Catalogo Whatman PDF

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 377

Part of GE Healthcare

Touching lives
Product Guide 2009-2010
Welcome to Whatman,
the world’s leading developer of high-end laboratory separation
products. As a part of GE Healthcare, Whatman is creating a
center of excellence in separations technology for the scientific
community. Whether its a simple paper filter or technologies
that help us understand the role of genes and proteins in disease
treatments, our solutions enable scientists, engineers and medical
staff to impact human lives every day – from the child who needs
clean drinking water to the elderly woman who needs precisely
the right amount of medication to the man undergoing cancer
treatment. With this, we can promote Early Health to aid earlier
diagnosis and treatment of diseases. No matter what industry
you are in, or what type of research you are conducting,
Whatman will help you achieve your goals and touch lives.
One clear united vision
Our reputation, based on a solid foundation of expertise, enables us to touch lives and
change how healthcare is researched and delivered. In laboratories across the globe, the
Whatman name is synonymous with quality, reliability and ease of use. Our instinct for
simplification accelerates the rate of discovery, reduces costs and saves time. Whatman
products have a reputation for working right the first time – every time. Which is why
Whatman products are specified for the most exacting applications across a wide
range of industries for humans around the globe.
Genomics and Proteomics Pharmaceutical
Whatman products facilitate genomic studies of humans, Whatman helps pharmaceutical companies increase
animals, plants and microorganisms. Cancer research is aided productivity. Mini-UniPrep™ Syringeless Filters reduce HPLC
by our protein microarrays, which help to screen and profile sample preparation time and consumables usage. DE52
samples. Our FTA™ range of products and CloneSaver™ Cards ion-exchange resins are used for purification of critical
can assist with collection, storage and analysis of DNA, while our therapeutics. Multiwell plates enable high-throughput sample
blotting membranes are used for protein analysis. UNIFILTER™ is preparation and screening in drug discovery. Our track-etched
our market-leading multiwell filtration plate for high-throughput and Anopore™ membranes are also vital to making liposomes
nucleic acid sample preparation. We also offer 903™ Specimen for encasing and targeting drugs.
Collection Paper, the international standard for body fluid
sample collection and analysis. Environmental Monitoring
Whatman solutions are used extensively in EPA, ASTM and
Basic Analytical Testing ISO protocols for environmental monitoring. Total suspended
In the vast and disparate world of analytical chemistry, solids analysis methods for waste water, for example, require
Whatman products are considered the standard for basic Whatman 934-AH™ glass microfiber papers. Asbestos analysis
laboratory processes that range from simple clarification to is accomplished with Whatman Nuclepore™ track-etched
solvent extraction. Products range from filter papers, thimbles membranes. Our innovative products, such as the FTA
and Benchkote™, to membrane filters, phase separator papers Concentrator-PS™, are also used to purify nucleic acids
and thin layer chromatography plates. to identify organisms in diverse samples.

Food and Beverage­ FTA/Neonatal Screening


Quality control for food and beverage is a growing market for Our 903 Specimen Collection Paper is globally known for its high
our filtration, monitors and media, and separations products. quality for collecting blood samples for neonatal screening, and
Partisil™ HPLC columns are used for the analysis of caffeine has an international reputation as the market-leading paper for
by a major manufacturer, while GD/X™ syringe filters enable the purity and reproducibility. Whether collecting a blood sample or
clarification of a leading orange juice brand. Our products are a noninvasive buccal cell sample, our FTA technology is the right
also used to discover disease states and harmful bacteria. choice for genetic population screening. For straightforward
amplification analyses, FTA Cards provide rapid DNA preparation
for PCR amplifications. For more flexibility and real-time PCR
analysis, FTA Elute offers the choice of DNA in solution for a wide
variety of assays.
Two easy ways to contact
your local distributor
Call us now, or email your customer service team. Whatman can meet the filtration
and separations needs of virtually any laboratory with the right product at the right time.
Through partnerships with the world’s leading laboratory supply distribution companies,
we ensure speedy delivery of products to your lab. Details of your nearest distributor can
be found at www.whatman.com.

Three ways to use this guide


This catalog provides a wealth of products and general reference information, all presented
in a way that simplifies the selection process. Choose from the three paths below to find the
Whatman product that meets your specific requirements.

Industry Application Product Type Product/Catalog


Our application finder on the following If you know the type of product you’re Number
pages allows you to easily locate looking for, such as filter papers or
Look up Whatman products by name or
Whatman products by industry membranes, you can find it quickly
catalog number through the indices at
or application. using the table of contents.
the back of this catalog (p. 342).
North America
1-800-WHATMAN or
whatmaninfo@ge.com

EU (except countries
listed below), Europe,
Eastern Europe, Africa
and Middle East
+44 (0) 1622 676670 or
information@whatman.com

Belgium, Netherlands
and Luxembourg
+31 (0) 73631 3100 or
information@whatman.com

Germany
+49 (0) 5564 204 100 or
information@whatman.com

France
+33 (0)1 39 29 29 39 or
information@whatman.com

Japan
+81 (0) 3-6864-1240 or
japaninfo@whatman.com

Asia Pacific
+65 6534 0138 or
wap@whatman.com
Application Finder
Agricultural Identification GMO Analysis
Detection of genetically modified organisms
Micro-Organisms
Glass Microfiber Filters 26
Animal Identification via DNA based or immunological methods, Cellulose Membranes 47
Genetic analysis, purifying DNA for microsatellite R&D, basic research Teflon (PTFE) Membranes 57
and SNP typing to identify individual animals
FTA Products 222 Non-Medical Respiratory
and important genetic traits in research and
Protein Microarrays 254 Glass Microfiber Filters 26
livestock production settings
Blotting Products 278 Cellulose Membranes 47
FTA Products 222 Multiwell Plates 300
Multiwell Plates 300 Water
Analysis of water (drinking and waste water)
Animal Disease Diagnostics Basic Lab for biological and particulate contaminants
Nucleic acid based molecular diagnostic Education, Commercial Labs Bacterial Detection
testing and analysis in R&D, protein based Basic laboratory filtration for educational Cyclopore Track-Etched Membranes 37
disease diagnostics via immunoassay and purposes, quality control, analysis and R&D Black Cyclopore Track-Etched
Western blot analysis
Filter Papers 4 Membranes 43
FTA Products 222 Membrane Filters 36 Cellulose Nitrate Membranes 50
Protein Microarrays 254 Filtration Devices 72 Nylon Membranes 61
Blotting Products 278 Thimbles 168 Membrane Filtration 142
Multiwell Plates 300 Specialty Products 168 Membrane Filtration Accessories 149
Benchkote 172 Media 154
Animal Genotyping and Tracking
pH Papers 177 Particulates/Suspended Solids
Purifying DNA for genetic analysis of
HPLC Products 198 Glass Microfiber Filters 26
economically important traits, meat
Thin Layer Chromatography Plates 210 934-AH 28
and meat products traceability
Cellulose Membranes 47
FTA Products 222
Environmental Monitoring Cellulose Nitrate Membranes 50

Animal Research Air Ground Water


Nucleic acid and protein based analysis Analysis of air for biological Capsule Filters 106
in basic research, molecular biology and and particulate contaminants HPLC Products 198
immunological assays Trace Organics
Particulate Detection –
FTA Products 222 Asbestos, Flue/Gas Stacks Thimbles 168
Protein Microarrays 254 Glass Microfiber Filters 26 Solid Phase Extraction Discs 195
Blotting Products 278 QM-A (Quartz) 28 HPLC Products 198
Multiwell Plates 300 Cyclopore Track-Etched Membranes 37
Others
Teflon (PTFE) Membranes 57
Plant Research and Breeding Analysis of non-water/air
PM 2.5 Air Monitoring Membrane 59
Molecular biology analysis, nucleic (eg. fuel, soils, nuclear)
acids isolation and gene detection Aerosols
Turbine/Diesel Fuel
Membrane Filters 36
FTA Products 222 Cyclopore Track-Etched Membranes 37
Cyclopore Track-Etched Membranes 37
Multiwell Plates 300 Black Cyclopore Track-Etched
Teflon (PTFE) Membranes 57
Membranes 43
HEPA-VENT 130
Plant Genotyping
VACU-GUARD 133 Particulates/Suspended Solids
Analysis of advantageous growth genes,
Glass Microfiber Filters 26
screening transgenic plants, germplasm Trace Organics
Cellulose Membranes 47
identification and identity preservation Solid Phase Extraction Discs 197
Cellulose Nitrate Membranes 50
HPLC Products 198
FTA Products 222
Hazardous Contaminants Operations Evidence Collection
Glass Microfiber Filters 26 In process filtration in the production Collection, analysis and long-term archiving
Thimbles 168 of food and beverage products of DNA samples collected at crime scenes
Solid Phase Extraction Devices 195
Clarification FTA Products 222
Soil Analysis Glass Microfiber Filters 26
Filter Papers 4 Cellulose Membranes 47
Glass Microfiber Filters 26 Capsule Filters 106
Genomics
Cellulose Nitrate Membranes 50 Clone Archiving
Final Filtration
Thimbles 168 Room temperature clone storage and
Capsule Filters 106
Solid Phase Extraction Devices 195 management, basic research, R&D
Sterilizing Filters
Nuclear Radiation Monitoring CloneSaver Card 234
Syringe Filters 80
Glass Microfiber Filters 26 SPOT Holder 235
Capsule Filters 106
Airport Explosives Detection
Vacuum Filtration
Cellulose Filters 4
FilterCup 138 Human Identification
Solvents, Acids, Bases Child Safety and Military Identification
Food and Beverage Teflon (PTFE) Membranes 57 Child and adult identification,
Syringe Filters 80 genetic identification
QA/QC
Microbial and contaminant detection Capsule Filters 106 FTA Products 222
in food and beverage products Sterilizing Filtration Specimen Collection Devices 288

Analysis and Detection of Air and Gases


Syringe Filters 80 Paternity
of Microorganisms
Capsule Filters 106 Parent/child relationships, family relationships,
Membrane Filters 36
ancestry tracing
Black Cyclopore Track-Etched Liposome Extrusion
Membranes 43 Cyclopore Track-Etched Membranes 37 FTA Products 222
Membrane Filtration 142 Anodisc Inorganic Membranes 46
Membrane Filtration Accessories 149
Media 154 Analysis and Detection
HPLC Products 198
Toxicity and Safety Testing Thin Layer Chromatography Plates 210
HPLC Products 198
Thin Layer Chromatography Plates 246
Physical Properties Testing
Forensics
Filter Papers 4 Databanking
Collection analysis and long-term archiving
Wine Filtration Analysis
of DNA samples
Filter Papers and Membranes 4
Chromatography Paper 186 FTA Products 222
Specimen Collection Devices 248
HPLC Sample Preparation
Syringeless Filters 72
Syringe Filters 80
MBS I 146
Media 154
Weighing Papers 174
Application Finder continued
Microbial Genomics Molecular Diagnostics Pharmaceutical,
Microbial Identification Disease Identification Biotechnology,
Identification of bacterial species
by DNA based and immunological
Molecular diagnostics, oncology, disease
tracking, basic research, clinical research, R&D
Medical Research,
methods, basic research, R&D
FTA Products 222
Specialty Chemicals,
FTA Products 222 903 Specimen Collection Paper 244 Life Science Research
Protein Microarrays 254 Protein Microarrays 254
R&D
Blotting Products 278 Blotting Products 278
The discovery of new pharmaceutical
Multiwell Plates 300 Multiwell Products 300
therapeutic and biotech products for
human and animal uses
Water Analysis Genetic Markers
Detecting microorganisms in water Identification of genetic disease markers, Basic Lab
samples, molecular identification, screening, basic research, clinical research, R&D Filter Papers 4
basic research, R&D, monitoring Membrane Filters 36
FTA Products 222
Microbiology 142 Protein Microarrays 254 Prefiltration
FTA Products 222 Multiwell Products 300 Cellulose Filters 4
Protein Microarrays 254 Glass Microfiber Filters 26
Blotting Products 278
Multiwell Plates 300
Non-life Sciences Sterilizing Filters
Membrane Filters 36
Micro-Electronics Syringe Filters 80
Air Analysis Products in process and for analysis Capsule Filters 106
Detecting microorganisms in air samples, in semiconductor production
Blotting
molecular identification, basic research,
Cyclopore Track-Etched Membranes 37 Cellulose Filters 4
R&D, monitoring
Nuclepore Track-Etched Membranes 40 3MM Chr 186
FTA Products 222 Polydisc 50 mm Disc Filters 100
Capsule Filters 106 Specialized Procedures
Protein Microarrays 254
Cyclopore Track-Etched Membranes 37
Blotting Products 278
Multiwell Plates 300 Chemical Process Industries Analysis and Detection
The analysis of chemicals, polymers Filtration Devices 72
Food Safety and Analysis and petrochemicals HPLC Products 198
Detecting microorganisms in food samples, Thin Layer Chromatography Plates 210
Filter Papers 4
molecular identification, basic research, R&D
Solid Phase Extraction Devices 195 Purification
FTA Products 222 HPLC Products 198 VectaSpin Centrifuge Filter Tubes 123
Protein Microarrays 254 High Flow Rate Media 154
Blotting Products 278 Population Screening Ion Exchangers EXPRESS-ION 192
Multiwell Plates 300 Neonatal testing, genetic screening,
Proteomics
basic research, clinical, R&D
Protein Microarrays 254
Homeland Security
FTA Products 222
Identification of bioterrorism agents, toxicology, HPLC Sample Preparation
903 Specimen Collection Paper 244
molecular and protein analysis Syringeless Filters 72
Syringe Filters 80
FTA Products 222
Protein Microarrays 254
Blotting Products 278
Multiwell Plates 300
Manufacturing Operations
Full scale production of pharmaceuticals
and other products
Bio-Separation and Purification
Chromatography Media 190
Prefiltration
Capsule Filters 106
Sterilizing Filters
Cyclopore Track-Etched Membranes 37
Nuclepore Track-Etched Membranes 40
Liposome Extrusion
Cyclopore Track-Etched Membranes 37
Anodisc Inorganic Membranes 46
Analysis and Detection
Membrane Filtration 142
Membrane Filtration Accessories 149
Media 154
HPLC Products 198
Thin Layer Chromatography Plates 210

Product Development
Scale up of new products from R&D
to clinical trials
Bio-Separation and Purification
VectaSpin Centrifuge Filter Tubes 123
Prefiltration
Cellulose Filters 4
Glass Microfiber Filters 26
Syringe Filters 80
Capsule Filters 106

Pharmacogenomics
Clinical Trials
Sample collection, analysis and archiving,
genetic analysis, genotyping, basic research,
clinical research, pharmaceutical R&D
FTA Products 222
Protein Microarrays 254
Blotting Products 278

BioBanking/DNA Repositories
Sample collection, analysis and long term
archiving, genetic analysis, genotyping, basic
research, clinical research, pharmaceutical R&D
FTA Products 222
Filter Papers and Membranes Nucleic Acid and Protein
Cellulose Filters 4 Sample Preparation
Glass Microfiber Filters 26 EasiCollect 222
Membrane Filters 36 FTA and FTA Elute 223
FTA Concentrator-PS Parasite Purification 229
Filtration Devices FTA Purification Reagent and Accessories 230
Syringeless Filters 72 Clone Archiving 234
Syringe Filters DNA/Protein Purification 236
(including syringe filters for automation) 80 PCR Clean-up UNIFILTER 239
Inline Filters 100 Dye Terminator Removal UNIFILTER
Capsule Filters 106 (96 Well and 384 Well) 239
Centrifuge Filters 123 Plasmid/BAC Sample Preparation 240
Venting Filters 128
Vacuum Protection Filters 133 Neonatal Screening Products
Specialty Devices 134 903 Specimen Collection Paper 244
Specimen Collection Devices 248
Microbiology Products
Membrane Filtration 142 Protein Microarrays
Membrane Filtration Accessories 149 Protein Microarrays 254
Media 154 FAST Slides 256
Swabs 159 FAST PAK 257
Rapid Test 165 Slide Incubation Chambers 259
Slide Holders 260
Specialty Products Protein Array Buffers and Reagents 262
Extraction Thimbles 168 MicroCaster Arrayer 263
Benchkote and Benchkote Plus 172 FAST Quant System 265
Weighing Papers 174 FAST Quant 40 Human 267
Ashless Filter Aids 175 MicroVigene for FAST Quant Analysis Software 269
Paper for Ignition Strength (IS) Serum Biomarker Chip 270
Measurement of Cigarettes 175 ULS Biotin Single Color Labeling System 272
Seed Testing Papers 176 Two-Color Labeling and Detection System 273
pH Indicators and Test Papers 177 Protein Array Services 274
Papers for Healthcare 180
Phase Separator Paper 181 Blotting Products
Lens Cleaning Tissue 183 Blotting Membranes 278
Blotting Papers 286
Chromatography Products Blotting Devices 289
Chromatography Paper 186 Blotting Accessories 254
Cellulose Chromatography Media 190 Waste Reduction 295
Advanced Ion Exchange Cellulose 191
Solid Phase Extraction (SPE) 195 Multiwell Plates
High Performance Liquid Application Specific Plates 300
Chromatography (HPLC) 198 UNIFILTER Filtration Microplates 312
Silica Media for Column and UNIPLATE Collection Plates 319
Flash Chromatography 207 Specialty Microplates 323
Thin Layer Chromatography (TLC) 210 Multiwell Accessories 326
Contents
Filter Papers and Membranes 2-69

Filtration Devices 70-139

Microbiology Products 140-165

Specialty Products 166-183

Chromatography Products 184-219

Nucleic Acid and Protein Sample Preparation 220-241

Neonatal Screening Products 242-251

Protein Microarrays 252-275

Blotting Products 276-297

Multiwell Plates 298-331

Appendices 333-363
F i l t e r P ap e r s a n d M e m b r a n e s

Filter Paper and Membranes


Take a Whatman microfiber filter paper, run a water sample
through it and test for suspended solids. A simple but essential
test that protects the environment and the quality of drinking
water for millions of people throughout the world.

4 Cellulose Filters

26 Glass Microfiber Filters

36 Membrane Filters
Filter Papers and Membr anes | Cellulose filters

Filter Papers and Membranes


Whatman filter papers are world-renowned as the standard for laboratory filtration and are
associated with quality, reliability, and customer service. The familiar Whatman Blue Box is the
laboratory benchmark for filtration. Papermaking skills have been developed to the highest level,
with the expertise and technology to manufacture innovative multilayer materials.

Whatman offers an extensive line of filter papers. The The filters are tested for grammage, thickness, air flow, and
innovative features of these filters make them the optimum mechanical strength. In addition, special parameters such as
choice for many filtering techniques. Whatman maintains particle retention, wicking rate, filtration performance, and
a guaranteed quality, reproducibility, and uniformity for all surface characteristics can be measured as needed.
its filters by using only the highest quality raw materials.

Cellulose Filters
Whatman cellulose filters are manufactured from high-quality
cotton linters, which have been treated to achieve a minimum
alpha cellulose content of 98%. These cellulose filter papers
are used for general filtration and exhibit particle retention
levels down to 2.5 µm. Whatman offers a wide choice of
retention/flow rate combinations to suit numerous
laboratory applications.

The different groups of cellulose filters offer increasing


degrees of purity, hardness, and chemical resistance.

Selection – Cellulose Filters: Trace Elements – Typical Values (µg/g Paper)


Grade 1 42 542 Grade 1 42 542
Aluminum < 0.5 2 1 Iron 5 6 3
Antimony < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 Lead 0.3 0.2 0.1
Arsenic < 0.02 < 0.02 < 0.02 Magnesium 7 1.8 0.7
Barium <1 <1 <1 Manganese 0.06 0.05 0.05
Boron 1 1 2 Mercury < 0.005 < 0.005 < 0.005
Bromine 1 1 1 Nitrogen 23 12 260
Calcium 185 13 8 Potassium 3 1.5 0.6
Chlorine 130 80 55 Silicon 20 <2 <2
Chromium 0.3 0.3 0.7 Sodium 160 33 8
Copper 1.2 0.3 0.2 Sulfur 15 <5 <2
Fluorine 0.1 0.2 0.3 Zinc 2.4 0.6 0.3

4
Qualitative Filter Papers
These cellulose filters are used in qualitative analytical techniques to determine
and identify materials. Prepleated qualitative filters are also available, which give
improved flow rate and increased loading capacity compared to equivalent
flat filters.

Qualitative Filter Papers – Standard Grades


Grade 1: 11 µm
The most widely used filter paper for routine applications with medium retention
and flow rate. Extended range of sizes includes 10 to 500 mm diameter circles and
460 × 570 mm sheets. This filter is also available in the FilterCup. This is a convenient,
disposable 70 mm filter funnel with a 250 ml capacity molded from polypropylene
with an integral, heat bonded filter (catalog number 1600-001).

This grade covers a wide range of laboratory applications and is frequently used for
clarifying liquids. Traditionally, the grade is used in qualitative analytical separations
for precipitates such as lead sulfate, calcium oxalate (hot), and calcium carbonate.

In agriculture, it is used for soil analysis and seed testing procedures. In the food
industry, Grade 1 is used for numerous routine techniques to separate solid
foodstuffs from associated liquid or extracting liquid and is widely used in education
for teaching simple qualitative analytical separations.

In air pollution monitoring, using circles or rolls, atmospheric dust is collected from
airflow and the stain intensity measured photometrically. For gas detection, the
paper is impregnated with a chromogenic reagent and color formation quantified by
optical reflectance.

Grade 2: 8 µm
Slightly more retentive than Grade 1 with a corresponding increase in filtration
time (i.e., slightly slower filtration speed). More absorbent than Grade 1. In addition
to general filtration in the 8 µm particle size range, the extra absorbency is utilized,
for example, to hold soil nutrient in plant growth trials. Also used for monitoring
specific contaminants in the atmosphere and in soil testing. Also available
prepleated as Grade 2V.

Grade 3: 6 µm
Double the thickness of Grade 1 with still finer particle retention and excellent
loading capacity; more precipitate can be held without clogging. The extra thickness
gives increased wet strength and makes this grade highly suitable for use in Büchner
funnels. The high absorbency is particularly valuable when the paper is used as
a sample carrier. This filter is also available in the FilterCup. This is a convenient,
disposable 70 mm filter funnel with a 250 ml capacity, molded from polypropylene
with an integral, heat bonded filter (catalog number 1600-003).

Grade 4: 20-25 µm
Extremely fast filtering with excellent retention of coarse particles and gelatinous
precipitates such as ferric hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide. Very useful as a rapid
filter for routine clean-up of biological fluids or organic extracts during analysis.
Used when high flow rates in air pollution monitoring are required and the collection
of fine particles is not critical.

5
Filter Papers and Membr anes | Cellulose filters

Grade 5: 2.5 µm Grade 597: 4-7 µm


The maximum degree of fine particle filtration in the A medium fast filter paper with medium to fine particle
qualitative range. Capable of retaining the fine precipitates retention. Used for a wide variety of analytical routine
encountered in chemical analysis. Slow flow rate. Excellent applications in different industries like food testing (e.g.,
clarifying filter for cloudy suspensions and for water and soil determination of fat content or removal of carbon dioxide
analysis. Also available prepleated as Grade 5V. and turbidity from beverages (as in beer analysis). Available
prepleated as Grade 597 ½.
Grade 6: 3 µm
Twice as fast as Grade 5 with similar fine particle retention. Grade 598: 8-10 µm
Often specified for boiler water analysis applications. A thick filter paper with high loading capacity. Combines
medium retention with medium-fast to fast filtration speed.
Grade 591: 7-12 µm Also available prepleated as Grade 598 ½.
A thick filter paper with very high loading capacity for fast
filtration of medium to coarse precipitates. Offers high Grade 602 h: < 2 µm
absorbency and increased wet strength. Also available A dense filter paper for collecting very small particles and
prepleated as Grade 591 ½. removing fine precipitates. Used in sample preparation
(e.g., in the beverage industry for residual sugar determination,
Grade 595: 4-7 µm acidic spectra, refractometric analysis, and HPLC). Available
Very popular, thin filter paper, medium-fast with medium prepleated as Grade 602 h ½.
to fine particle retention. Used for many routine analytical
applications in different industries (e.g., particle separation For qualitative wet strengthened papers see
from food extracts or filtration of solids from digested Qualitative Filter Papers – Wet Strengthened Grades
environmental samples for ICP/AAS analysis). Also available
prepleated as Grade 595 ½.

Typical Properties – Qualitative Standard Filter Grades


Grade Description Particle Retention Filtration Speed Air Flow Typical Thickness Basis Weight
in Liquid (µm) (approx) Herzberg (s) (s/100 ml/in2) (µm) (g/m2)
1 Medium flow 11* 150 10.5 180 88
2 Medium flow 8* 240 21 190 103
3 Medium flow, thick 6* 325 26 390 187
4 Very fast 20-25* 37 3.7 205 96
5 Slow 2.5* 1420 94 200 98
6 Medium to slow 3* 715 35 180 105
591 Medium fast, thick 7-12** 45 5.9 350 161
595 Medium fast, thin 4-7** 80 – 150 68
597 Medium fast 4-7** 140 – 180 85
598 Medium fast, thick 8-10** 50 – 320 140
602 h Slow, dense < 2** 375 – 160 84
* Particle retention rating at 98% efficiency
* * Approximate values

6
Ordering Information – Qualitative Filter Circles – Standard Grades
Diameter (mm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Grade 1 Grade 2 Grade 3 Grade 4 Grade 5 Grade 6
10 1001-6508 – – – – – 500
15 1001-0155 – – – – – 500
18 1001-018 – – – – – 400
20 1001-020 – – – – – 400
23 – – 1003-323 – – – 100
25 1001-325 1002-325 – 1004-325 1005-325 – 100
25 1001-025 – – – – – 400
27 – – – 1004-027 – – 400
30 1001-329 – – – – – 100
30 1001-030 – – – – – 400
32 1001-032 – – – – – 100
42.5 1001-042 1002-042 1003-042 1004-042 1005-042 1006-042 100
47 1001-047 1002-047 – 1004-047 1005-047 – 100
50 – – – 1004-050 – – –
55 1001-055 1002-055 1003-055 1004-055 1005-055 – 100
70 1001-070 1002-070 1003-070 1004-070 1005-070 1006-070 100
85 1001-085 – – – – – 100
90 1001-090 1002-090 1003-090 1004-090 1005-090 1006-090 100
94 – 1002-094 – – – – 1000
110 1001-110 1002-110 1003-110 1004-110 1005-110 1006-110 100
125 1001-125 1002-125 1003-125 1004-125 1005-125 1006-125 100
150 1002-147 – – – – 100
150 1001-150 1002-150 1003-150 1004-150 1005-150 1006-150 100
185 1001-185 1002-185 1003-185 1004-185 1005-185 1006-185 100
240 1001-240 1002-240 1003-240 1004-240 1005-240 1006-240 100
270 1001-270 1002-270 1003-270 1004-270 – – 100
320 1001-320 1002-320 1003-320 1004-320 1005-320 – 100
385 1001-385 1002-385 – – – – 100
400 1001-400 – – 1004-400 – – 100
500 1001-500 1002-500 1003-500 – 1005-550 – 100
FilterCup 70* 1600-001 – 1600-003 – – – 25
* Requires FilterCup stem, catalog number 1600-900

7
Filter Papers and Membr anes | Cellulose filters

Ordering Information – Qualitative Filter Circles – Standard Grades


Diameter (mm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Grade 595 Grade 597 Grade 598 Grade 602 h
12.7 – 10311862 – – 1000
42.5 – 10312040 – – 100
45 – 10311804 – – 100
55 – 10311807 – – 100
70 – 10311808 – – 100
90 – 10311809 10312209 10312609 100
110 10311610 10311810 – – 100
125 10311611 10311811 – 10312611 100
150 10311612 10311812 - 10312612 100
185 – 10311814 – 10312614 100
240 – 10311820 – 10312620 100
320 – 10311822 – – 100

Ordering Information – Qualitative Filter Sheets – Standard Grades


Dimensions (mm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack Dimensions (mm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Grade 1 Grade 4
26 × 31 1001-813 1000 130 × 190 1004-912 500
75 × 100 1001-824 500 140 × 190 1004-911 500
460 × 570 1001-917 100 250 × 355 1004-922 100
460 × 570 1001-918 500 460 × 570 1004-917 100
580 × 680 1001-931 100 580 × 580 1004-930 100
580 × 680 1001-932 500 Grade 591
600 × 600 1001-929 100 580 × 580 10311387 250
Grade 2 Grade 595
430 × 680 1002-6691 500 580 × 580 10311687 500
460 × 570 1002-917 100 Grade 597
580 × 680 1002-931 100 580 × 580 10311887 500
600 × 600 1002-929 100 580 × 580 10311897 100
Grade 3 Grade 598
305 × 457 1003-433 100 580 × 580 10312287 250
460 × 570 1003-917 100
580 × 580 1003-930 100

8
Qualitative Filter Papers – Wet Strengthened Grades
These extremely strong filter papers have a high wet strength due to the addition
of a small quantity of chemically stable resin. Their use in normal qualitative
applications will not introduce any significant impurities into the filtrate. The
resins do, however, contain nitrogen so these grades should not be used in
Kjeldahl estimations, etc. Some wet strengthened grades are available in
folded (prepleated) forms.

Grade 91: 10 µm
A general purpose creped filter for less critical routine analysis. Widely used to assay
sucrose in cane sugar and within pharmaceutical laboratories for routine filtration.

Grade 93: 10 µm
This filter paper is intermediate in speed and retention between Grades 1 and 4.
Available in a dispenser pack, which can be attached to the wall or bench, placed
on a shelf either upright or flat, and used as a normal carton or as a convenient
dispenser. The envelopes are released individually for easy one-at-a-time removal.
Package and envelopes are clearly marked for size and content.

Grade 113: 30 µm
Ultra high loading capacity with a particle retention — making it ideal for use with
coarse or gelatinous precipitates. Fastest flow rate of the qualitative grades. Creped
surface. Thickest filter paper in the qualitative range. This filter is also available in
the FilterCup, a convenient, disposable 70 mm filter funnel with a 250 ml capacity,
molded from polypropylene with an integral, heat bonded filter (catalog number
1600-113). Also available as Grade 113V.

Grade 114: 25 µm
Only half the thickness of Grade 113 and suitable for coarse or gelatinous
precipitates. Smooth surface for easy recovery of precipitates. Also available
prepleated as Grade 114V.

Grade 588
Fast filter paper. Stated in a number of standards and methods, e.g., Aflatoxin
determination in animal feed (BS 5766-7) and Mercury determination in sludge
(EPA method 105). Also available prepleated as Grade 588 ½.

Grade 1573: 12-25 µm


A fast filter paper with high wet strength. It has a very smooth surface, making it
easy to scrape or wash off precipitate. Resistant against: sulfuric and nitric acid
solutions (up to 40% at 50°C), hydrochloric (up to 10% at 100°C, 20% at 60°C, 25% at
20°C) and alkalis (up to 10% at 20°C). Also available prepleated as Grade 1573 ½.

Grade 1575: < 2 µm


Slow filter paper with high wet strength. This paper has the same chemical
resistance characteristics as Grade 1573 (see under Grade 1573 above).

See Filter Papers for Technical Use section, for additional wet strengthened
filter papers.

9
Filter Papers and Membr anes | Cellulose filters

Typical Properties – Qualitative Wet Strengthened Grades


Grade Description Particle Retention Filtration Speed Air Flow Typical Thickness (µm) Basis Weight (g/m2)
in Liquid (µm) (approx) Herzberg (s) (s/100 ml/in2)
91 Creped 10* 70 6.2 205 71
93 Medium 10* 80 7 145 67
113 Fast, creped 30* 28 1.3 420 125
114 Fast, smooth 25* 38 5.3 190 77
588 Fast – – – 205 80
1573 Fast, smooth 12-25** 25 – 170 88
1575 Slow < 2** 700 – 140 92
* Particle retention rating at 98% efficiency
* * Approximate values

Ordering Information – Qualitative Filter Papers – Wet Strengthened Grades


Diameter (mm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Grade 91 Grade 93 Grade 113 Grade 114 Grade 588 Grade 1573 Grade 1575
90 – – 1113-090 1114-090 – – – 100
110 1091-110 – – – – – – 4000‡
110 – 1093-110 1113-110 – – – – 100
110 – 1093-111* – – – – – 1250
125 1091-125 – – – – – – 4000‡
125 – 1093-125 1113-125 1114-125 – 10314711 10314911 100
125 – 1093-126* – – – – – 1250
125 – 1093-6212** – – – – – 4000‡
150 1091-150 1093-6215** – – – – – 1000‡
150 – – 1113-150 1114-150 – 10314712 10314912 100
165 1091-165 – – – – – – 1000‡
185 1091-185 – – – – – – 1000‡
185 – – 1113-185 1114-185 – 10314714 10314914 100
190 1091-190 – – – – – – 1000‡
200 - - - - - - 10314916 100
240 1091-240 – – – – – – 1000‡
240 – – 1113-240 1114-240 10318220 10314720 – 100
270 – – – 1114-270 – – – 100
290 - - - - - 10314726 - 100
320 – – 1113-320 – – – – 100
400 – – – 1114-400 – – – 100
500 1091-500 – 1113-500 – – – – 100
400 x 400 10314984 500
1100 x 1100 10314991 100
FilterCup† – – 1600-113 – – – – 25
* Packed 50 envelopes of 25 circles
* * Packed 10 bags of 100 circles
† Requires FilterCup stem, catalog number 1600-900
‡ Subdivided into 100

10
Qualitative Filter Papers – Folded Prepleated Grades
Time-saving Whatman qualitative grades are offered in this convenient form,
which have major advantages over flat circles:
• Savings in time required to quadrant-fold circles to fit conical filter funnels in
repetitive or multiple analyses
• Decreased overall filtration time because of the extra surface area exposed; the
normal slow down of filtration speed due to the loading of particulate is postponed
• Increased total loading capacity as more filter area is available
• Maintained flow rate due to the reduction in filter paper contact with funnel side
and the self-supporting shape of the filter itself
• The prepleating does not significantly affect any of the technical data and the
same figures may be used for the flat circles

Grade 2V: 8 µm
Widely used for general purpose filtration. Has excellent particle retention and a good
filtration speed and loading capacity. Also available in flat stock form as Grade 2.

Grade 5V: 2.5 µm


The maximum degree of fine particle filtration in the qualitative range. Capable
of retaining the fine precipitates encountered in chemical analysis. Slow flow rate.
Excellent clarifying filter for cloudy suspensions and for water and soil analysis.
Also available in flat stock form as Grade 5.

Grade 113V: 30 µm
Very thick and strong filter with creped surface for extremely high loading capacity,
particularly in folded form. Fastest flow rate of any qualitative grade. Ideal for coarse
particles and gelatinous precipitates. Also available in flat stock form as Grade 113.

Grade 114V: 25 µm
Strong filter with very fast flow rate. Ideal for coarse particles and gelatinous
precipitates. Smooth surface. Also available in flat stock form as Grade 114.

Grade 287 ½
Kieselguhr paper with a medium to slow flow rate. Additional adsorption effect,
e.g., for the separation of very fine semi-colloidal turbidity, for clarifying milk serum,
starch solutions, soil suspensions, or sugar-containing solutions prior to polarimetry
or refractometry. Also available in flat stock form as Grade 287.

Grade 520 a ½: 15-18 µm


A thin paper with great wet strength and a very high flow rate. Frequently used
in technical applications such as the filtration of viscous liquids and emulsions
(e.g., sweetened juices, spirits and syrups, resin solutions, oils or plant extracts).
Also available in flat stock form as Grade 520 a.

Grade 520 bII ½: 15-19 µm


A thick paper with high wet strength offering a very high flow rate. Also available
in flat stock form as Grade 520 bII.

11
Filter Papers and Membr anes | Cellulose filters

Grade 588 ½ Grade 0858 ½: 7-12 µm


Fast filter paper. Stated in a number of standards and methods, Grained, with medium fast flow rate and medium retention.
e.g., Aflatoxin determination in animal feed (BS 5766-7) and A universal filter paper used for the filtration of extracts,
Mercury determination in sludge (EPA method 105). Also oils, beer, syrups, etc., also applied in filter presses or for the
available in flat stock form as Grade 588. aspiration of liquids. Available in flat stock form as Grade 0858.

Grade 591 ½: 7-12 µm Grade 0860 ½: 12 µm


A thick filter paper with very high loading capacity for fast Comparable to Grade 0858 but with a smooth surface,
filtration of medium to coarse precipitates. Offers high slightly thinner and faster. Also available in flat stock form as
absorbency and increased wet strength. Also available in Grade 0860.
flat stock form as Grade 591.
Grade 0905 ½: 12-25 µm
Grade 595 ½: 4-7 µm A creped paper for coarse particles, offers a very high filtration
Very popular, thin filter paper, medium-fast with medium speed. Available in flat stock form as Grade 0905.
to fine particle retention. Used for many routine analytical
applications in different industries (e.g., particle separation Grade 1573 ½: 12-25 µm
from food extracts or filtration of solids from digested A fast filter paper with high wet strength. It has a very smooth
environmental samples, e.g., for ICP/AAS analysis). Also surface, making it easy to scrape or wash off precipitate.
available in flat stock form as Grade 595. Resistant against: sulfuric and nitric acid solutions (up to 40%
at 50°C), hydrochloric (up to 10% at 100°C, 20% at 60°C, 25%
Grade 597 ½: 4-7 µm at 20°C), alkalis (up to 10% at 20°C). Also available in flat stock
A medium fast filter paper with medium to fine particle form as Grade 1573.
retention. Used for a wide variety of analytical routine
applications in different industries like food testing (e.g., Grade 1574 ½: 7-12 µm
determination of fat content or removal of carbon dioxide A medium fast filter paper with high wet strength. This paper
and turbidity from beverages (e.g., beer analysis). Also has the same chemical resistance characteristics as Grade
available in flat stock form as Grade 597. 1573 (see under Grade 1573 above). Also available in flat stock
form as Grade 1574.
Grade 598 ½: 8-10 µm
A thick filter paper with high loading capacity. Combines Grade 2555 ½
medium retention with medium-fast to quick filtration speed. A medium fast filter paper. Used for the filtration of the mash
Also available in flat stock form as Grade 598. for the determination of the extract in malt and wort and for
removing carbon dioxide from beer.
Grade 602 h ½: < 2 µm
A dense filter paper for collecting very small particles and
removing fine precipitates. Used in sample preparation,
e.g., in the beverage industry for residual sugar determination,
acidic spectra, refractometric analysis, and HPLC. Also
available in flat stock form as Grade 602 h.

12
Typical Properties – Qualitative Folded Grades
Grade Description Particle Retention Filtration Speed Typical Thickness Basis Weight
in Liquid (µm) (approx) Herzberg (s) (µm) (g/m2)
2V Medium flow 8* 240 190 103
5V Slow 2.5* 1420 200 98
113V Fast, creped 30* 28 420 125
114V Fast, smooth 25* 38 190 77
287 ½ Kieselguhr – 330 360 154
520 a ½ Very fast, creped, high wet strength 15-18** 17.5 300 90
520 bII ½ Very fast, creped, wet strength, thick 15-19** 15 500 135
588 ½ Fast – – 205 80
591 ½ Medium fast, thick 7-12** 45 350 161
595 ½ Medium fast, thin 4-7** 80 150 68
597 ½ Medium fast 4-7** 70 180 85
598 ½ Medium fast, thick 8-10** 50 320 140
602 h ½ Slow, dense < 2** 375 160 84
0858 ½ Medium fast, grained 7-12** 55 170 75
0860 ½ Medium fast, smooth 7-12** 60 170 75
0905 ½ Very fast, creped 12-25** 40 270 75
1573 ½ Fast, smooth 12-25** 25 170 88
1574 ½ Medium fast, very low fiber release 7-12** 85 160 90
2555 ½ Medium fast 7-12** 55 170 75
* Particle retention rating at 98% efficiency
* * Approximate values

Ordering Information – Qualitative Filter Papers – Folded (Prepleated Grades)


Diameter (mm) Catalog Number Quantity/
Grade 2V Grade 5V Grade 113V Grade 114V Grade 287 ½ Grade 520 a ½ Grade 520 bII ½ Pack
125 – – – – 10310244 – – 50
125 1202-125 – 1213-125 1214-125 – – – 100
150 – – – – 10310245 – – 50
150 1202-150 – 1213-150 1214-150 – 100
185 – – – – 10310247 – – 50
185 1202-185 1205-185 1213-185 1214-185 – – 100
240 – – – – 10310251 – – 50
240 1202-240 – 1213-240 1214-240 – 10331451 – 100
270 1202-270 – 1213-270 – – – – 100
320 – – – – 10310253 – 10331653 50
320 1202-320 – 1213-320 1214-320 – – 100
385 1202-385 – – – – – – 100
400 1202-400 – – – – – – 100
500 1202-500 – 1213-500 – – 10331456 – 100
700 – – – – – 10331459 – 100
cont.

13
Filter Papers and Membr anes | Cellulose filters

Diameter (mm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack


Grade 588 ½ Grade 591 ½ Grade 595 ½ Grade 597 ½ Grade 598 ½ Grade 602 h ½
70 – – 10311641 10311841 – – 100
90 – – 10311642 10311842 – 10312642 100
110 – – 10311643 10311843 – – 100
125 – – – – 10312244 – 50
125 – – 10311644 10311844 – 10312644 100
150 – – 10311645 10311845 – 10312645 100
185 – 10311347 – – 10312247 – 50
185 – – 10311647 10311847 10312647 100
210 – – 10311649 – – – 100
240 – 10311351 – – 10312251 – 50
240 – – 10311651 10311851 – 10312651 100
270 10319352* – 10311652 10311852 – – 100
320 – – – – – – 50
320 – – 10311653 10311853 – – 100
385 – – 10311654 10311854 – – 100
400 – – – – – – 100
500 – – – – 10312256 – 50
500 – – 10311656 10311856 – – 100
700 – – – – – – 100
* Product is only available in the Americas

Diameter (mm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack


Grade 0858 ½  Grade 0860 ½ Grade 0905 ½ Grade 1573 ½ Grade 1574 ½ Grade 2555 ½
125 – – – 10314744 10314844 – 100
150 10334345 – – 10314745 – – 100
185 10334347 10334547 – 10314747 10314847 10313947 100
240 10334351 10334551 – 10314751 – 10313951 100
270 10334352 – – 10314752 – – 100
320 10334353 10334553 10334953 10314753 – 10313953 100
500 – – – 10314756 – – 100

14
Quantitative Filter Papers
Whatman quantitative filters are designed for gravimetric analysis and the
preparation of samples for instrumental analysis. They are available in three
formats designed to meet your specific needs.
• Ashless: 0.007% ash maximum for Grades 40 to 44 and a maximum of 0.01% for
the 589 Grades – very pure filters suitable for a wide range of critical analytical
filtration procedures.
• Hardened low ash: 0.015% ash maximum – treated with a strong acid to remove
trace metals and produce high wet strength and chemical resistance. These filters
are particularly suitable for Büchner filtration where the tough smooth surface of
the filter makes it easy to recover precipitates.
• Hardened ashless: 0.006% ash maximum – acid hardened to give high wet strength
and chemical resistance with extremely low ash content. The tough surface makes
these filters suitable for a wide range of critical filtration procedures.

Quantitative Filter Paper – Ashless Grades


Grade 40: 8 µm
The classic general purpose ashless filter paper with medium speed and retention.
Typical applications include gravimetric analysis for numerous components in
cements, clays, iron, and steel products; as a primary filter for separating solid
matter from aqueous extracts in general soil analysis, quantitative determination of
sediments in milk, and as a pure analytical grade clean-up filter for solutions prior to
AA spectrometry. Also used as a high-purity filter in the collection of trace elements
and radionuclides from the atmosphere.

Grade 41: 20 µm
The fastest ashless filter paper, recommended for analytical procedures involving
coarse particles or gelatinous precipitates (e.g., iron or aluminum hydroxides). Also
used in quantitative air pollution analysis as a paper tape for impregnation when
determining gaseous compounds at high flow rates. This filter is also available in
the Disposable Filter Funnel. This is a convenient, disposable 47 mm filter funnel with
a 250 ml capacity (catalog number 1920-1441). The 47 mm Grade 41 filter can be
easily removed for further analysis or culturing.

Grade 42: 2.5 µm


A world standard for critical gravimetric analysis with the finest particle retention
of all Whatman cellulose filter papers. Typical analytical precipitates include barium
sulfate, metastannic acid, and finely precipitated calcium carbonate.

Grade 43: 16 µm
Intermediate in retention between Grades 40 and 41, and twice as fast as Grade 40.
Typical applications include foodstuffs analysis, soil analysis, particle collection in
air pollution monitoring for subsequent analysis by XRF techniques, and inorganic
analysis in the construction, mining and steel industries.

Grade 44: 3 µm
Thin version of Grade 42 retaining very fine particles but with lower ash weight per
sample and almost twice the flow rate of Grade 42.

15
Filter Papers and Membr anes | Cellulose filters

Grade 589/1: 12-25 µm sand content in foodstuffs, determination of the grade of flour
“Black Ribbon Filter” – the established standard in quantitative or analysis of aqueous suspensions in the paper industry. Also
analysis for the filtration of coarse precipitates (class 2a acc. available prepleated as Grade 589/2 ½.
to DIN 53 135). Ashless filter paper with very high flow rate.
Used for many quantitative standard methods, especially for Grade 589/3: 2 µm
gravimetric applications (e.g., determination of the ash content “Blue Ribbon Filter” – ashless standard filter paper for very fine
in foodstuffs or for the Blaine test in the cement industry). Also precipitates (class 2d acc. to DIN 53 135). Slow filter paper with
available prepleated as Grade 589/1 ½. highest efficiency for collecting very small particles. Also used
for many analytical routine methods in different industries,
Grade 589/2: 4-12 µm e.g., determination of the amount of insoluble contaminants in
“White Ribbon Filter” – ashless standard filter paper for animal and vegetable fats and oils. Also available prepleated
medium fine precipitates (class 2b acc. to DIN 53 135) offering as Grade 589/3 ½.
medium filtration speed. Applied in a variety of routine
methods in quantitative analysis, e.g., determination of the

Typical Properties – Ashless Quantitative Papers


Grade Description Particle Retention Filtration Speed Ash Content† (%) Typical Thickness (µm) Basis Weight (g/m2)
in Liquid (µm) Herzberg (s)
40 Medium flow 8* 340 0.007 210 95
41 Fast 20* 54 0.007 220 85
42 Slow 2.5* 1870 0.007 200 100
43 Medium to fast 16* 155 0.007 220 95
44 Slow to medium 3* 995 0.007 180 80
589/1 Fast 12-25** 25 0.01 190 80
589/2 Medium fast 4-12** 70 0.01 180 85
589/3 Slow < 2** 375 0.01 160 84
* Particle retention rating at 98% efficiency
** Approximate values
† Ash is determined by ignition of the cellulose filter at 900°C in air

Ordering Information – Quantitative Filter Papers – Ashless Grades


Dimensions Catalog Number Quantity/
(mm) Grade 40   Grade 41 Grade 42 Grade 43 Grade 44 Grade 589/1 Grade 589/2 Grade 589/3 Pack
Filter Circles
12.7 1440-012 – – – – – 10300102 10300263 400
25 – 1441-325 – – – – – – 100
25 – 1441-025 – – – – – – 400
25 – 1441-6309 – – – – – – 1000
30 1440-329 – – – – – – – 100
cont.

16
Dimensions Catalog Number Quantity/
(mm) Grade 40   Grade 41 Grade 42 Grade 43 Grade 44 Grade 589/1 Grade 589/2 Grade 589/3 Pack
32 1440-032 – – – – – – – 100
40.5 – 1441-040 – – – – 10300103 – 100
42.5 1440-042 1441-042 1442-042 – – – – – 100
47 1440-047 1441-047 1442-047* – – – – – 100
50 – 1441-050 – – – – 10300106 – 100
55 1440-055 1441-055 1442-055 – – – 10300107 – 100
60 – 1441-060 – – – – – – 100
70 1440-070 1441-070 1442-070 – 1444-070 – 10300108 – 100
90 1440-090 1441-090 1442-090 1443-090 1444-090 10300009 10300109 – 100
105 – 1441-105 – – – – – – 100
110 1440-110 1441-110 1442-110 1443-110 1444-110 10300010 10300110 10300210 100
125 1440-125 1441-125 1442-125 1443-125 1444-125 10300011 10300111 10300211 100
150 1440-150 1441-150 1442-150 1443-150 1444-150 10300012 10300112 10300212 100
185 1440-185 1441-185 1442-185 1443-185 1444-185 10300014 10300114 10300214 100
200 – – 1442-200 – – – – – 100
240 1440-240 1441-240 1442-240 – 1444-240 – 10300120 – 100
320 1440-320 1441-320 1442-320 – – – – 100
450 1440-6168 – – – – – – – 100
500 – – – – – – – – 100
700 – – – – – – – – 100
Disposable Filter Funnel
47 – 1920-1441 – – – – – – 5
Filter Sheets
25.4 × 90 – – 1442-6551 – – – – – 100
203 × 254 – 1441-866 – – – – – – 100
460 × 570 1440-917 1441-917 1442-917 – 1444-917 – – – 100
580 × 580 – – 1442-930 – – – – – 500
* Product is only available in Europe

Ordering Information – Quantitative Ashless Filter Papers – Folded (Prepleated Grades)


Diameter (mm) Catalog Number
Grade 589/1 ½ Grade 589/2 ½ Grade 589/3 ½ Quantity/Pack
110 – 10300143 – 100
150 10300045 10300145 – 100
240 – – 10300251* 100
* Product is only available in the Americas

17
Filter Papers and Membr anes | Cellulose filters

Quantitative Filter Papers – Hardened Low Ash Grades


The maximum ash content of these grades is intermediate between ashless and
qualitative grades. They are particularly suitable for Büchner filtrations where it
is desirable to recover the precipitate from the filter surface after filtration. Other
characteristics include high wet strength and chemical resistance, which are
similar to the acid hardened ashless filter papers.

Grade 50: 2.7 µm


Retention of very fine crystalline precipitates. The thinnest of all Whatman filter
papers with a slow flow rate. Hardened and highly glazed surface. This finish also
keeps the paper free from loose surface fibers. Highly suitable for qualitative or Hardened Low Ash Grades
quantitative filtrations requiring vacuum assistance on Büchner or 3-piece filter
funnels. Very strong when wet. Will withstand wet handling and precipitate removal
by scraping. In the electronics industry, the virtual absence of fiber shedding is
utilized in carriers for integrated circuits.

This grade is also available in Smear Tab format for wipe testing (e.g., testing
of surfaces for radionuclide contamination).

Grade 52: 7 µm
The general purpose hardened filter paper with medium retention and flow rate.
Very hard surface.
Surface Wipes – Smear Tab
Grade 54: 22 µm
Very fast filtration and high wet strength makes this grade very suitable for vacuum
assisted fast filtration of “difficult” coarse or gelatinous precipitates.

Typical Properties – Quantitative Hardened Low Ash Grades


Grade Description Particle Retention Filtration Speed Ash Content* (%) Typical Thickness (µm) Basis Weight (g/m2)
in Liquid (µm) Herzberg (s)

50 Slow 2.7** 2685 0.015 115 97


52 Medium 7** 235 0.015 175 101
54 Very fast 22** 39 0.015 185 92
* Ash is determined by ignition of the cellulose filter at 900°C in air
* * Particle retention rating at 98% efficiency

18
Ordering Information – Quantitative Filter Papers – Hardened Low Ash Grades
Dimensions (mm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Grade 50 Grade 52 Grade 54
Filter Circles
42.5 1450-042 – – 100
50 1450-050 – – 100
55 1450-055 – 1454-055 100
70 1450-070 1452-070 1454-070 100
90 1450-090 1452-090 1454-090 100
110 1450-110 1452-110 1454-110 100
125 1450-125 1452-125 1454-125 100
150 1450-150 1452-150 1454-150 100
185 1450-185 – 1454-185 100
240 1450-240 1452-240 1454-240 100
320 1450-320 – 1454-320 100
400 1450-400 – – 100
500 1450-500 – 1454-500 100
609.6 1450-561 – – 100
Smear Tab 1450-993 – – 100
Filter Sheets –
150 × 230 1450-916 – – 100
400 × 400 1450-925* – – 100
400 × 450 – 1452-923 – 500
410 × 400 1450-900 – – 100
460 × 570 1450-917 – 1454-917 100
10 × 10" 1450-880 – – 100
* Product is only available in the Americas

Quantitative Filter Papers – Hardened Ashless Grades


These are the supreme quantitative filter papers featuring high Grade 541: 22 µm
wet strength and chemical resistance. These papers are acid Fast filtration of coarse particles and gelatinous precipitates
hardened, which reduces ash to an extremely low level. Their in acid/alkali solutions during gravimetric analysis. Typical
tough surfaces make them suitable for a wide range of critical applications include fiber in animal foodstuffs, gelatin in milk
analytical filtration operations. Each grade offers a convenient and cream, chloride in cement, and chloride and phosphorus
combination of filtration speed and particle retention. in coal and coke.

Grade 540: 8 µm Grade 542: 2.7 µm


The general purpose hardened ashless filter paper with High retention of fine particles under demanding conditions.
medium retention and flow rate. Extremely pure and strong Slow flow rate. Very hard and strong with excellent chemical
with a hard surface. High chemical resistance to strong acid resistance. Often used in gravimetric metal determinations.
and alkali. Frequently used in the gravimetric analysis of
metals in acid/alkali solutions and in collecting hydroxides
after precipitation by strong alkalis.

19
Filter Papers and Membr anes | Cellulose filters

Typical Properties – Quantitative Hardened Ashless Grades


Grade Description Particle Retention Filtration Speed Ash Content* (%) Typical Thickness (µm) Basis Weight (g/m2)
in Liquid (µm) Herzberg (s)
540 Medium 8** 200 < 0.006 160 88
541 Fast 22** 34 < 0.006 155 82
542 Slow 2.7** 2510 < 0.006 150 93
* Ash is determined by ignition of the cellulose filter at 900°C in air
* * Particle retention rating at 98% efficiency

Ordering Information - Quantitative Filter Papers – Hardened Ashless Grades


Dimensions (mm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Grade 540 Grade 541 Grade 542
Filter Circles
21 1540-321 – – 100
24 1540-324 – – 100
42.5 1540-042 1541-042 – 100
47 – 1541-047 – 100
55 1540-055 1541-055 1542-055 100
70 1540-070 1541-070 1542-070 100
85 1541-085 –
90 1540-090 1541-090 1542-090 100
110 1540-110 1541-110 1542-110 100
125 1540-125 1541-125 1542-125 100
150 1540-150 1541-150 1542-150 100
185 1540-185 1541-185 1542-185 100
240 1540-240 1541-240 1542-240 100
270 1540-270 1541-270 – 100
320 1540-320 1541-320 – 100
400 – 1541-400 1542-400 100
Filter Sheets
460 × 570 – 1541-917 – 100

20
Filter Papers for Technical Use
These filter papers are made from super-refined cellulose Grade 1574: 7-12 µm
and have been specifically designed to have particular A medium fast filter paper with high wet strength. This
properties for each technical application. Applications paper has the same chemical resistance characteristics
range from the filtration of beverages to the purification as Grade 1573. Also available prepleated as Grade 1574 ½.
of electroplating baths.
Grade 1575: < 2 µm
Grade 520 a: 15-18 µm Slow filter paper with high wet strength. This paper has the
A thin paper with great wet strength and a very high flow rate. same chemical resistance characteristics as Grade 1573.
Frequently used in technical applications such as the filtration
of viscous liquids and emulsions (e.g., sweetened juices, spirits Grade 2294: 8-15 µm
and syrups, resin solutions, oils, or plant extracts). Available A very thick filter card with high wet strength. Offers very
prepleated as Grade 520 a ½. high flow rate and retains medium to coarse particles.

Grade 520 bII: 15-19 µm Grade 2411: 9-11 µm


A thick paper with high wet strength offering a very high flow A fast filter paper with high wet strength and medium
rate. Also available prepleated as Grade 520 bII ½. retention. Frequently used as a protective paper in
filter presses.
Grade 0858: 7-12 µm
Grained, with medium fast flow rate and medium retention. Grade 2589 a: 6-12 µm
A universal filter paper used for the filtration of extracts, A fast to medium fast filter with high wet strength offering
oils, beer, syrups, etc., also applied in filter presses or for the medium retention.
aspiration of liquids. Available prepleated as Grade 0858 ½.
Grade 2589 c: 4-8 µm
Grade 0860: 12 µm Thick filter with medium to slow filtration speed, high wet
Comparable to 0858 but with a smooth surface, slightly thinner strength, and good retention for smaller particles.
and faster. Also available prepleated as Grade 0860 ½.
Grade 2589 d: 2-6 µm
Grade 0903: 4-7 µm A very thick filter with high wet strength. Offers medium to
Thin filter paper with smooth surface. Offers medium to slow slow flow rate and retains very fine precipitates.
flow rate and good retention for small particles.
Grade Shark Skin: 8-12 µm
Grade 0905: 12-25 µm Creped, medium to slow filter paper. Resistant to weak acids
A creped paper for coarse particles, offers a very high filtration and bases. Often used as a protective paper for filter press
speed. Available prepleated as Grade 0905 ½. cloths, as well as in processing of cocoa butter and edible oils.

21
Filter Papers and Membr anes | Cellulose filters

Typical Properties – Qualitative Standard Filter Grades


Grade Description Particle Retention Filtration Speed Air Flow Typical Basis
in Liquid (µm) (approx) Herzberg (s) (s/100 ml/in2) Thickness (µm) Weight (g/m2)
520 a Very fast, creped, 15-18 17.5 – 300 90
high wet strength
520 b II Very fast, creped, 15-19 15 – 500 135
wet strength, thick
0858 Medium fast, grained 7-12 55 4.9 170 75
0860 Medium fast, smooth 7-12 60 4.8 170 75
0903 Medium to slow, smooth 4-7 175 – 140 65
0905 Very fast, creped 12-25 20 – 270 75
1574 Medium fast, very 7-12 85 – 160 90
low fiber release
1575 Slow, very low <2 700 – 140 92
fiber release
2294 Fast, wet strength, 8-15 27.5 4.4 1500 556
thick
2411 Fast, creped, 9-11 35 – 350 85
wet strength
2589 a Medium fast, 6-12 60 – 430 200
wet strength
2589 c Medium to slow, 4-8 160 – 750 400
wet strength
2589 d Medium to slow, 2-6 235 – 1000 500
wet strength, thick
Shark Medium to slow, 8-12 77.5 – 170 44
Skin wet strength, thin, creped

Ordering Information – Filter Papers for Technical Use


Dimensions Catalog Number Shark Skin Quantity/
(mm) Grade 0858    Grade 0903 Grade 0905 Grade 520 a Grade 520 bII Filter Sheets Pack
Filter Sheets
110 × 580 10334365 – – – – – 500
390 × 390 10334383 – – – – – 500
450 × 450 10334385 10334885 10334985 – – – 500
580 × 580 – 10334887 10334987 – – – 500
580 × 580 – – – 10331487 10331687 – 250
8 × 10" – – – – – 10538877† 100
26 × 53" – – – – – 10347588 500
32 × 64" – – – – – 10347585 500
37 × 37" – – – – – 10538873† 500
21" × 750 ft. – – – – – 10537138† 1
† Product is only available in the Americas cont.

22
Dimensions Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
(mm) Grade 1574    Grade 1575 Grade 2411 Grade 2589 a Grade 2589 c Grade 2589 d
Filter Circles
150 10314812 - - - - - 100
Filter Sheets
25 × 75 – – – – 10343876 10343976 100
300 × 309 – 10314983** – – – – 500
400 × 400 10314889* – – – – – 500
580 × 580 – – 10343287 – – – 250
580 × 580 – – – 10343687 – – 100
Diameter (mm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Grade 0860    520 a Grade 2294 Grade 2589 a Shark Skin Filter Circles
Filter Circles
90 – – – – 10347509 100
110 – – 10342810 – 10347510 100
125 – – – – 10347511 100
140 – – – 10343630 – 500
150 10334512† – – – 10347513 100
180 / 33 ZL1 – – 10342860 – – 100
185 – – – – 10347512 100
210 / 60 ZL1 – – 10342862 – – 100
240 – – – – 10347519 100
270 – 10331421 – – 10347521 100
290 – – – – 10347577 100
320 – – – – 10347530 100
340 – – – – 10347522 100
385 – – – – 10347523 100
500 – – – – 10347525 100
812.8 – – – – 10347576 100
* With 4 holes each 28 mm
** With 4 holes each 20 mm

23
Filter Papers and Membr anes | Cellulose filters

Application Specific Filters Soil Analysis Filter Papers


Whatman offers a line of cellulose filter papers for specific Grade 0790 ½
applications. The product line includes filter papers for use in Acid-washed paper with ash content of approximately 0.01%,
soil analysis and filter papers for the sugar industry. low magnesium, and phosphorus for the determination of
trace elements (Mg, Mn, Co, Cu, Mo, B). Prepleated.
Grade 2 (IS Certified)
Certified for use in measuring the ignition strength of Grade 512 ½
cigarettes according to ASTM standard E2187-04. Low phosphate papers approximately 1.5 ppm phosphate, for
the filtration of calcium lactate extracts from soil samples for
Grade 0048 the determination of K and P according to Egnér, Riehm and
Filter mat made from a mixture of cellulose and polyester. Lederle. Prepleated.
This mat is used for optically testing baby food (artificial
milk) for textile fibers. Sugar/Food Industry Filter Papers
Grade 3000, 3002 and 3459
Grade 72
Creped or smooth filter papers, Grades 3000, 3002, and 3459
Composite cellulose/glass filter loaded with activated carbon.
have good retentivity at a relatively high filtration speed. They
Used to absorb radioactive iodine in air pollution monitoring
are used for the clarifying filtration of:
and in nuclear installations.
• Dried beet pulp extracts
Grade 287 ½ • Beet juice after the addition of lead acetate for subsequent
Kieselguhr paper with a medium to slow flow rate. Additional polarimetric sugar determination
adsorption effect, e.g., for the separation of very fine semi-
colloidal turbidity, for clarifying milk serum, starch solutions, • Grade 3459 is specifically designed for the Venema unit (lead
soil suspensions, or sugar-containing solutions prior to acetate method)
polarimetry or refractometry. Prepleated.

Grade 551
Black colored paper with a medium to slow flow rate.
Provides contrast for the detection of very fine traces of
white precipitates.

Grade 2555 ½
A medium fast filter paper. Used for the filtration of the mash
for the determination of the extract in malt and wort and for
removing carbon dioxide from beer. Prepleated.

24
Typical Properties – Application Specific Filters
Grade Properties Filtration Speed in Herzberg (s) Thickness (mm) Weight (g/m2)
Soil Analysis Filter Papers
0790 ½ Low Mg and P 225 0.17 84
512 ½ Low phosphate 375 0.16 84
Sugar Industry Filter Papers
3000 Fast, smooth 47.5 0.16 68
3002 Medium fast, smooth 75 0.14 60
Specially for the Venema Unit
3459 Fast, creped 55 0.30 75
Malt and Beer Filter
2555 ½ – 55 0.17 75
Food Industry Mat (Cellulose/Polyester)
0048 – – 0.86 130
Detection of Contaminants
551 Colored black 425 0.2 95
Activated Carbon Loaded Paper
72 – – 0.80 195
Kieselguhr Paper
287 ½ – 330 0.36 161

Ordering Information – Application Specific Filters


Diameter (mm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Grade 0048   Grade 72 Grade 551 Grade 3000 Grade 3002 Grade 3459
Filter Circles
12.7 – 1872-012 – – – – 1000
32 10348903 – – – – – 1000
42.5 – – 10310802 – – – 100
47 – 1872-047 – – – – 100
55 – – 10310807 – – – 100
60 – 1872-060 – – – – 100
70 – – 10310808 – – – 100
90 – – 10310809 – – – 100
110 – – 10310810 – – – 100
125 – – 10310811 – – – 100
185 – – – 10316114 – – 1000
200 – – – 10316116* 10316316 – 1000
230 – – – – – 10316619 1000
240 – – – – 10316320 – 1000
* Product is only available in the Americas cont.

25
Filter Papers and Membr anes | gl ass microfiber filters

Diameter (mm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack


Grade 287 ½      Grade 512 ½ Grade 0790 ½ Grade 2555 ½
Folded Filters
110 – 10310643 – – 100
125 10310244 – – – 50
150 10310245 – – – 50
150 – 10310645 10301645 – 100
185 10310247 – – – 50
185 – 10310647 10301647 10313947 100
240 10310251 – – – 50
240 – – – 10313951 100
320 10310253 – – – 50
320 – – – 10313953 100
* Product is only available in the Americas

Paper for Ignition Strength (IS) Measurement of Cigarettes


Specifically developed for use in measuring the Ignition Features and Benefits
Strength of Cigarettes according to ASTM standard E 2187-04, • Each lot is guaranteed to meet the ASTM E 2187-04
this certified Grade 2 is tested according to the procedure specifications
detailed in ASTM E 2187-04 Sections 9.3.1 and 9.3.2. The paper
• Simplifies testing process by eliminating lot suitability testing
meets both the conditioned (26.1 ± 0.5 g, SD ≤ 0.3 g) and dried
(24.7 ± 0.5 g, SD ≤ 0.3 g) weight requirements. • Lot specific certificate is downloadable from the web
• Just condition and use
The lot specific certificate can be downloaded from
http://www.whatman.com/customercertificates.aspx.

Ordering Information – Paper for Ignition Strength (IS) Measurement of Cigarettes


Diameter (mm) Catalog Number Grade Quantity/Pack
150 1002-147 Grade 2 (for IS testing) 100

Glass Microfiber Filters


Whatman offers two types of glass microfiber filters
manufactured from 100% borosilicate glass: binder free
glass microfiber that is chemically inert and glass microfiber
with binder.

These depth filters combine fast flow rates with high loading
capacity and the retention of very fine particles, extending
into the sub-micron range. Glass microfiber filters can be
used at temperatures up to 500°C and are ideal for use in
applications involving air filtration and for gravimetric
analysis of volatile materials where ignition is involved.

26
Whatman glass microfiber filters have a fine capillary
structure and can absorb significantly larger quantities
of water than an equivalent cellulose filter, making them
suitable for spot tests and liquid scintillation counting
methods. The filters can also be made completely
transparent for subsequent microscopic examination.

The particle loading capacity of a filtration system can


be greatly increased by using a prefilter. Whatman glass
microfiber filters such as GF/B or GF/D are recommended
because of the low resistance to fluid flow and high particle
loading capacity. Whatman Multigrade GMF 150 is particularly
valuable for the prefiltration of larger volumes and solutions
that are normally difficult to filter.
Glass Microfiber GF Series

Glass Microfiber GF Series


Binder Free Glass Microfiber Filters
Grade GF/A: 1.6 µm Grade GF/D: 2.7 µm
Offers fine particle retention and high flow rate, as well as Considerably faster in flow rate and overall filtration speed
good loading capacity. Used for high-efficiency general than cellulose filter papers of similar particle retention.
purpose laboratory filtration, including water pollution The filter is thick and consequently exhibits a high loading
monitoring of effluents, for filtration of water, algae and capacity. Designed as a membrane prefilter and available
bacteria cultures, foodstuff analyses, protein filtration, and in sizes to fit most holders. GF/D will provide good protection
radioimmunoassay of weak ß emitters. Recommended for for finely retentive membranes. Can be used in combination
gravimetric determination of airborne particulates, stack with GF/B to provide very efficient graded prefilter protection
sampling, and absorption methods of air pollution monitoring. for membranes.
This filter is also available in the FilterCup and Disposable Filter
Grade GF/F: 0.7 µm
Funnel formats.
This high-efficiency filter will retain fine particles down to
0.7 µm. Unlike membrane filters with a comparable retention
Grade GF/B: 1.0 µm
value, it has a very rapid flow rate and an extremely high
Three times thicker than GF/A with higher wet strength and
loading capacity.
significantly increased loading capacity. Combines fine
particle retention with good flow rate. Particularly useful
Because of the tight specification of 0.6 µm – 0.8 µm particle
where liquid clarification or solids quantification is required for
retention and pure borosilicate glass structure, GF/F is the
heavily-loaded, fine particulate suspensions. Can be used as
material upon which the EPA Method TCLP 1311 for Toxicity
a finely retentive membrane prefilter. Used in LSC techniques
Characteristic Leaching Procedure was developed. It remains
where high loading capacity is required.
today the filter of choice.
Grade GF/C: 1.2 µm
Recommended for DNA binding and purification. Very
Combines fine particle retention with good flow rate. The
effective in filtering finely precipitated proteins, GF/F can
standard filter in many parts of the world for the collection
be used in conjunction with GF/D as a prefilter for the
of suspended solids in potable water and natural and
successful clarification of extremely “difficult” biochemical
industrial wastes.
solutions and fluids, and nucleic acids.
Fast and efficient clarification of aqueous liquids containing This filter is available in the FilterCup and Disposable Filter
low to medium levels of fine particulates. Widely used for cell Funnel format.
harvesting, liquid scintillation counting, and binding assays
where more loading capacity is required.
This filter is available in the FilterCup format.

27
Filter Papers and Membr anes | gl ass microfiber filters

Grade 934-AH: 1.5 µm Grade EPM 2000: 2.0 µm


The fine particle retention of this popular grade is superior EPM 2000 has been developed especially for use in high
for its high retention efficiency at high flow rates and its volume air sampling equipment that collects atmospheric
high loading capacity. This is a smooth surface, high- particulates and aerosols. It is manufactured from 100%
retention borosilicate glass microfiber filter, which withstands pure borosilicate glass of special purity, enabling detailed
temperatures over 500°C. Used for determining total chemical analysis of trace pollutants to take place with the
suspended solids in water, removal of turbidity, and filtration minimum of interference or background. See Air Sampling
of bacterial cultures. Grade 934-AH is used for a wide range Filter/Quartz Filters section for ordering details.
of laboratory applications. It is recommended for water
pollution monitoring, cell harvesting, liquid scintillation Grade GMF 150: 1 µm or 2 µm
counting, and air pollution monitoring. The Whatman GMF 150 is a multilayer glass microfiber filter
with a coarse top layer (10 µm) and meshed with a finer layer
Quartz Filter – Grade QM-A: 2.2 µm of 1 µm or 2 µm. Manufactured from 100% borosilicate glass
High-purity quartz (SiO2) microfiber filters are used for microfiber, the filter is binder free. It is an excellent prefilter for
air sampling in acidic gases, stacks, flues, and aerosols, higher particulate loading capacity with faster flow rates.
particularly at high temperatures up to 500°C and in PM-10 See GMF 150 section for ordering information.
testing. Due to the low level of alkaline earth metals, “artifact”
products of sulfates and nitrates (from SO2 and NO2) are
virtually eliminated. QM-A, sequentially numbered according
to EPA standards, is suitable for most applications. Please
refer to the Air Sampling Filter/Quartz Filters section for
ordering information.

Typical Properties – Binder Free Glass Microfiber Grades


Grade Description Particle Retention Filtration Speed Air Flow Typical Basis Weight
in Liquid (µm) Herzberg (s) (s/100 ml/in²) Thickness (µm) (g/m²)
GF/A Fast, high loading 1.6* 62 4.3 260 53
GF/B Medium to fast, 1.0* 195 12 675 143
very high loading
GF/C Medium to fast, 1.2* 100 6.7 260 53
high loading
GF/D Fast, very high loading 2.7 41 2.2 675 121
GF/F Medium, high loading 0.7* 325 19 420 75
934-AH Fast, high loading 1.5* 47 3.7 435 64
QM-A Quartz 2.2* – 6.4 450 85
EPM 2000 Used u/c PM-10 air 2.0* – 4.7 450 85
monitoring
GMF 150 Multilayer 1.2* – 3.1 730 139
1 µm
GMF 150 Multilayer 2.4* – 1.5 750 149
2 µm
* Particle retention rating at 98% efficiency

28
Ordering Information – Binder Free Glass Microfiber
Dimensions Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
(mm) Grade GF/A    Grade GF/B Grade GF/C Grade GF/D Grade GF/F Grade 934-AH
Filter Circles
7 – – – 1823-007 – – 100
10 – – – 1823-010 – – 100
13 1820-8013 – – – – – 100
13 – – – – 1825-0134 – 400
19.1 – 1821-019 – – – – 50
21 1820-021 1821-021 1822-021 1823-021 1825-021 1827-021 100
24 1820-024 1821-024 1822-024 1823-024 1825-024 1827-024 100
25 1820-025 1821-025 1822-025 1823-025 1825-025 1827-025 100
25 – – 1822-6580 – – – 400
27 – – – – – 1827-027 100
28 – – – – – 1827-028 100
30 1820-030 – – – – 1827-030 100
32 – – – – – 1827-032 100
35 – – – 1823-035 – 1827-035 100
37 1820-037 1821-037 1822-037 – 1825-037 1827-037 100
42 – – – 1823-042 – – 100
42.5 1820-042 1821-042 1822-042 – 1825-042 1827-042 100
47 1820-047 1821-047 1822-047 1823-047 1825-047 1827-047 100
50 1820-050 – 1822-050 – – – 100
55 1820-055 1821-055 1822-055 1823-055 1825-055 1827-055 100
60 1820-060 – – – – – 100
60 1820-061‡ – – – – – 50
70 1820-070 1821-070 1822-070 1823-070 1825-070 1827-070 100
81 1820-6537 – – – – 1827-132 100
82 – – – – – 1827-082 100
85 – – – 1827-085 100
90 1820-090 1821-090* 1822-090 1823-090* 1825-090* 1827-090 100
100 – – 1822-100 – – – 100
100 – – 1822-9916** – – – 100
105 – – – – – 1827-105 100
110 1820-110 1821-110* 1822-110 # 1823-110* 1825-110* 1827-110 100
125 1820-125 1821-125* 1822-125 1823-125* 1825-125* 1827-125 100
142 – – 1822-142 1823-142* 1825-142* 100
150 1820-150 1821-150* 1822-150 1823-150* 1825-150* 1827-150 100
* 25 per box ‡ With reinforced rim cont.
** Individually bagged # Product is only available in Europe
† Requires FilterCup stem, catalog number 1600-900 ## Product is only available in the Americas

29
Filter Papers and Membr anes | gl ass microfiber filters

Dimensions Catalog Number Quantity/Pack


(mm) Grade GF/A    Grade GF/B Grade GF/C Grade GF/D Grade GF/F Grade 934-AH
155 – 1821-155# 100
185 – 1821-185* – – – 1827-185 100
240 1820-240 – – – – 1827-240 100
257 – – – 1823-257 1825-257 – 25
293 – 1821-293 – – 1825-293 1825-295## 25
320 – – – – – 1827-320 100
FilterCup 1600-820† – 1600-822† – 1600-825† – 25
Disposable Filter 1922-1820 – 1922-1822 – – – 50
Funnel 25 ml
Filter Sheets
102 × 254 – – 1822-849 – – – 50
203 × 254 – – – – – – 100
460 × 570 – 1821-914 1822-914 – – – 5
460 × 570 1820-915 1821-915 1822-915 1823-915 1825-915 – 25
1/5 × 9.5" – – – – – 1827-262# 100
2 × 12" – – – – – 1827-808 100
8 × 10" 1820-866 – 1822-866 – – 1827-866 100
12 × 15" – – – – – 1827-889 100
9 × 28" – – – – – 1827-957 100
* 25 per box ‡ With reinforced rim
** Individually bagged # Product is only available in Europe
† Requires FilterCup stem, catalog number 1600-900 ## Product is only available in the Americas

Multigrade GMF 150


The Whatman GMF 150 is a multilayer glass microfiber filter
with a coarse top layer (10 µm) meshed with a finer layer of
1 µm or 2 µm. Manufactured from 100% borosilicate glass
microfiber, the filter is binder free. It is the ideal prefilter for
higher particulate loading capacity with faster flow rates.

The GMF 150 allows for:


• Higher particulate loading capacity
• Faster flow rate
• Extended life of filter

Multiple Porosities, Greater Filtration Efficiency


The GMF 150 represents a new dimension in separation
science leading to faster and more cost-effective filtration. In
application, the GMF 150 traps larger particles in the pores
or on the surface of the coarse layer while the medium sized
particles are caught in the interface meshing. The smaller
particles are netted in the interstices of the fine layer.

30
Typical Properties – GMF 150 Grades
Grade Description Particle Retention Air Flow (s/100 ml/in²) Typical Thickness (µm) Basis Weight (g/m²)
in Liquid (µm)
GMF 150 – 1 µm Multilayer 1.2* 3.1 730 139
GMF 150 – 2 µm Multilayer 2.4* 1.5 750 149
* Particle retention rating at 98% efficiency

Ordering Information – Multigrade GMF 150


Diameter (mm) Pore Size Quantity/Pack
1 µm 2 µm
47 1841-047 1842-047 40
90 1841-090 1842-090 20

Glass Microfiber Filters with Binder


Grade GF 6 – Inorganic Binder Grade GF 10 – Organic Binder
Good retention for very fine particles. This filter is used in water This filter with extreme mechanical stability and temperature
pollution applications, for removing protein from difficult-to- resistant up to 180°C is used as a weighing aid for infrared
filter beers, for determination of chlorophyll and phytoplankton weighing and as a roll filter in automatic air filtration units.
residues, for the determination of filterable substances and the
residue on ignition (dry weight), for the analysis of aggressive Grade GF 92 – Inorganic Binder
media (e.g., acidic gases), for scintillation measurements, and This filter is used as a membrane prefilter in applications
for determination of the elemental iron content in the presence such as the determination of crop protection agent residues
of iron oxides. by GC or HPLC, in cold sludge determination of beer, in soot
separation before gas analyzers, and as roll filters in automatic
Grade GF 8 – Inorganic Binder air filtration units.
This glass fiber filter is used in the filtration of coarse
particles. Frequently used in environmental analysis, in the Grade GF 3362 – Inorganic Binder
determination of PCB, DDE, DDT, furans and dioxins in the air; Thicker and slightly denser than GF 9, for the fast filtration of
pollution measurements in industrial, urban and populated large amounts of particles.
areas, cement factories, iron and steel industry, dust
measurements at the workplace, determination of the dust
fraction in technical gases, and testing the effectiveness of Glass fiber filter with binder
dust collecting. ~ 3 µm Retention capability < 1 µm

Grade GF 9 – Inorganic Binder GF8    GF9    GF10   GF 3362   GF6


Used in similar applications to GF 8.
Fast        Medium       Slow
Filtration Speed

Typical Properties – Glass Microfiber Grades with Binder


Grade Description Air Flow (s/100 ml/1.56 cm²) Typical Thickness (µm) Basis Weight (g/m²)
GF 6 Inorganic binder 40 350 80
GF 8 Inorganic binder 12 350 80
GF 9 Inorganic binder 27 350 70
GF 10 Organic binder 12 350 70
GF 92 Inorganic binder 27 350 70
GF 3362 Inorganic binder 34 500 130

31
Filter Papers and Membr anes | gl ass microfiber filters

Ordering Information – Glass Microfiber Filters with Binder


Dimensions (mm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Grade GF 6 Grade GF 8 Grade GF 9 Grade GF 10 Grade GF 92 Grade GF 3362
Filter Circles
25 10370018 – – – – – 200
42 – – – – 10421019 – 200
44 – – – – 10421022 – 200
47 10370019 10370119 – 10370319 10421026 – 200
50 10370002 – 10370202 10370302 10421030 – 200
55 10370003 – – – – – 100
70 10370004 – – – – 100
90 10370005 10370105 10370205 10370305 – – 100
100 10370020 – – 10370320 10421043 – 100
110 10370006 – 10370206 – 10421048 – 100
125 10370007 – – – – – 100
130 – – – – 10421055 – 100
135 – – – – 10421057 – 100
142 – – – – 10421060 – 100
150 10370008 – 10370208 10370308 – – 100
185 10370010 – – – – – 100
200 10370011 – – – – – 100
240 10370012 – – – – 10372112 50
Roll
50 mm × 100 m – – – 10370394 – – 1

Ordering Information – Glass Microfiber Filter Sheets with Binder


Dimensions (mm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Grade GF 6 Grade GF 8 Grade GF 3362
60 × 90 – 10370172 – 100
610 × 620 10370050 – 10372150 100

Whatman Acid Treated Low Metal


TCLP Filters
Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) is an
analytical test designed to determine the leaching potential in
a landfill for hazardous organic and inorganic contaminants
that could potentially migrate into groundwater, threatening
drinking water sources.

Used for EPA Method 1311


The Whatman TCLP Filter is manufactured using a binder free
borosilicate glass microfiber with a particle retention rating of
0.6 to 0.8 µm.
32
These acid treated low metal filters are available in 47, 90, 110, The 142 mm filter is typically used with nonvolatile samples
125, 142, and 150 mm diameters. The 90 mm filter is required in an approved jar.
for volatile samples and use with a Zero Headspace Extractor.

Ordering Information – Acid Treated Low Metal TCLP Filters


Diameter (mm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
47 1810-047 100
90 1810-090 50
110 1810-110 50
125 1810-125 50
142 1810-142 50
150 1810-150 50

Air Sampling Filters


EPM 2000
EPM 2000 has been developed especially for use in high
volume PM-10 air sampling equipment that collects
atmospheric particulates and aerosols. It is manufactured
from 100% pure borosilicate glass of special purity, enabling
detailed chemical analysis of trace pollutants to take place
with the minimum of interference or background.

Whatman EPM 2000 was selected by the EPA to be the


standard filter for use in the nationwide network of HiVol
air samplers. Sheets are individually numbered to facilitate
identification.

Quartz Filters – QM-A


High-purity quartz (SiO2) microfiber filters are used for Quartz Filters – QM-H
air sampling in acidic gases, stacks, flues, and aerosols, This is a pure quartz fiber filter with low heavy metal content,
particularly at high temperatures up to 500°C, and in PM-10 which can be used at temperatures up to 900°C.
testing. Due to the low level of alkaline earth metals, “artifact”
products of sulfates and nitrates (from SO2 and NO2) are PM 2.5 Air Monitoring Membranes – Please refer to the
virtually eliminated. QM-A, sequentially numbered according section on PM 2.5
to EPA standards, is suitable for most applications.

Typical Properties – Air Sampling Filters


Grade Description Particle Retention Air Flow (s/100ml/in²) Typical Thickness (µm) Basis Weight (g/m²)
in Liquid (µm)
QM-A Quartz 2.2* 6.4 450 85
QM-H Quartz – – 430 85
EPM 2000 Pure borosilicate glass 2.0* 4.7 450 85
* Particle retention rating at 98% efficiency

33
Filter Papers and Membr anes | gl ass microfiber filters

Ordering Information – EPM 2000


Diameter (mm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
EPM 2000
Filter Circles
47 1882-047 100
Dimensions EPM 2000
Filter Sheets
8 × 10" (prenumbered) 1882-866 100

Ordering Information – Quartz Filters


Diameter (mm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
QM-A QM-H
Filter Circles
25 1851-025 100
32 1851-032 25
37 1851-037 1853-037 25
47 1851-047 1853-047 25
50 1851-050 1853-050* 100
55 1851-055 100
70 1851-070 100
82 1851-082 100
85 1851-085 100
90 1851-090 100
101.6 1851-101 100
110 1851-110 100
118 1851-118 100
150 1851-150 1853-150* 100
Dimensions Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
QM-A
Filter Sheets
8 × 10" 1851-8866 (prenumbered) 100
8 × 10" 1851-865 25
* 25 pack

34
Glass Microfiber Accessories
3-Piece Filter Funnel
The increased use of high-efficiency glass microfiber filters
in modern laboratories has created a demand for simple
and effective filter-holding systems. Whatman 3-Piece Filter
Funnels have been designed to complement the range
of Whatman fine particle retention, rapid flow rate glass
microfiber filters.

Functional Design
Three-piece construction. The funnel is quickly dismantled,
ready for the insertion of a new filter. The glass sealing flanges
of the funnel and reservoir are ground flat to ensure a good • Acrylic Plate: Supplied as standard. Suitable for
filter seal. filtration of most aqueous solutions. Maximum working
temperature 65°C.
Positive Filter Clamping
•P
 olypropylene Plate: Optional extra. Recommended
All retained solids are deposited within the filter circle. Edge
for most acids (except concentrated nitric acid and
clamping prevents peripheral loss and possible passage of
fuming sulfuric acid) at room temperatures. Suitable
solution around, rather than through, the filter circle.
also for most alcohols, glycols, ethers, and ketones.
Maximum working temperature 100°C.
Simple to Clean 
The parts can be quickly and efficiently cleaned because • PTFE Plate: Optional extra. For virtually all common
of the simplicity of the design. acids, alkalis and solvents at temperatures up to 100°C.
Maximum working temperature 200°C.
A Choice of Three Plates
For quick and easy filtration, Whatman 3-Piece Filter Funnels
are available with a choice of three plates. They also come in
several sizes to match your needs.

Ordering Information – 3-Piece Filter Funnel Details


Filter Catalog Number Reservoir Effective Filtration Effective Filtration Filter Support Plate Filter Funnel
Dimensions (cm) Volume (ml) Diameter (cm) Area (cm2) Diameter (cm) Height (cm)
2.5 1950-002 16 1.6 2 3 13.6
4.7 1950-004 36 3.2 8 4.7 12.1
7 1950-007 115 5 19.6 7 15.9
7 1950-017 210 5 19.6 7 20.8
7 1950-027 400 5 19.6 7 –
9 1950-009 200 7 38.5 9 17.9
12.5 1950-012 530 9.2 66.5 12.5 22

Ordering Information – Glass Microfiber Accessories


Type Catalog Number
Optional Plates
Dimensions (cm) PTFE Plates Filter Funnel Plates – PTFE Replacement Reservoirs
47 1950-104 1950-114 –
70 1950-107 1950-117 1950-207 1950-217*
90 1950-109 1950-119 1950-209
* Large reservoir
35
Filter Papers and Membranes | M E M B R A N E f i l t er s

Membrane Filters
Whatman brings to the laboratory user a range of membrane filters whose advanced technical
specifications make them today’s preferred choice for a wide range of applications. The membrane
filters offer accurately controlled pore size distribution and higher strength and flexibility, which
ensure reproducibility and consistency. The Whatman membrane filter range includes pore sizes
from 0.015 to 12 µm with a wide selection of membrane filters. Sterile and autoclave packs are
available for specialized applications. Colored and gridded types are also available.

Quick Pick Reference Chart

Sample Membrane

Liquids Air

Aqueous Solvents

Cell Culture Media Non-polar (Hydrophobic)

PES PTFE

General Purpose Microbiology Polar (Hydrophilic)

Nitrocellulose
Nylon RC
Particle Analysis Microbiology

Mixed Cellulose Ester

Particle Analysis SEM Epifluorescence PTFE

Track-Etched Mixed Cellulose Ester

Track-Etched/Polycarbonate
General Purpose Filtration Low Protein Binding Applications

Cellulose Acetate/Regenerated Cellulose

Solvent Mixtures

Nylon PTFE RC

36
Membranes
Membrane Type Material Pore Size* (µm) Diameter (mm) Rectangular Brand Name
Track-Etched Polyester (Polyethylene 0.1, 0.2, 0.4, 1.0, 5.0 13, 25, 47 – Cyclopore
Terephthalate) Nuclepore
– Polycarbonate 0.015, 0.03, 0.05, 0.08, 0.1, 13, 19, 25, 37, 47, 50, 76, 19 × 42 mm, –
(4, 4-hydroxy-diphenyl-2, 0.2, 0.4, 0.6, 0.8, 1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 90, 142, 293 25 × 80 mm,
2’-propane) 5.0, 8.0, 10.0, 12.0 8 × 10 inches
Anopore Aluminum Oxide 0.02, 0.1, 0.2 13, 25, 47 – Anodisc
Cellulose based Regenerated Cellulose 0.2, 0.45, 1.0 25, 47, 50, 100, 110, 142 300 × 600 mm –
– Cellulose Acetate 0.2, 0.45, 0.8, 1.2 13, 25, 47, 50, 85, 100, 110, 300 × 600 mm –
142, 293
– Cellulose Nitrate 0.025, 0.1, 0.2, 0.45, 0.65, 0.8, 13, 25, 30, 37, 47, 50, 82, 300 × 600 mm –
1.0, 1.2, 3.0, 5.0, 8.0, 12.0 90, 100, 110, 142, 150, 293
– Mixed Cellulose Ester 0.2, 0.45, 0.6, 0.8, 1.2, 3.0 25, 37, 47, 50, 90, 100, – –
(mixture of cellulose acetate 110, 142
and cellulose nitrate)
Polytetrafluoro- Polytetrafluoroethylene 0.2, 0.45, 0.5, 1.0, 5.0 25, 37, 47, 50, 90, 150 – –
ethylene (PTFE)
Nylon Hexamethylenediamine; 0.2, 0.45, 0.8, 1.0 13, 25, 47, 50, 90, 142 – –
(Polyamide) Nylon 66
Polyethersulfone Polyethersulfone 0.8 47 – –
(PES)
Polypropylene Polypropylene 0.2, 0.45 25, 47, 90 – –
MembraClear – – 25, 37, 47 – –
* Not all pore sizes are available in all diameters

Track-Etched Polycarbonate
and Polyester Membranes
Whatman offers a complete range of track-etched membranes manufactured using
proprietary Whatman technology to produce a precision membrane filter with
a closely controlled pore size distribution.

These membranes include Cyclopore™ polycarbonate and polyester, Nuclepore™


polycarbonate, chemotaxis membranes, black polycarbonate, and polycarbonate
membranes for cell culture.

Cyclopore Polycarbonate
and Polyester Membranes
Whatman Cyclopore membranes are true pore size microporous membranes
featuring sharp cut-off and reproducible microfiltration performance characteristics
of track-etched membranes. The smooth flat membrane ensures particles are
retained on the surface so that they are easily visible under a microscope.

Cyclopore membranes are manufactured using proprietary Whatman technology to Cyclopore track-etched membranes
produce a precision membrane filter with a closely controlled pore size distribution.

37
Filter Papers and Membranes | Trac k - E t ched P C and P E M embrane s

Membranes are produced from a pure polymeric film


and give exceptional chemical cleanliness. They are free
of contaminants, have low tare weight, minimum water
adsorption, and very low levels of nonspecific protein binding.

The polycarbonate membranes are hydrophilic and are


available in a choice of diameters and pore sizes. The
polyester membranes are resistant to most organic solvents,
amides, and halogenated hydrocarbons. This broad chemical
compatibility makes them suitable for the detection of
particles in many corrosive fluids.

Features and Benefits


Electron micrograph of Cyclopore membrane with latex beads
• L ow affinity for stains providing higher optical contrast and
on surface
making visibility under a microscope easy
• True surface capture provides easy examination of samples
and short analysis times •M
 icroscopy
Electron microscopy, epifluorescence microscopy,
• Totally transparent membranes available
and direct optical microscopy
• Negligible absorption and adsorption of filtrate;
•M
 icroorganism Analysis
nonhygroscopic
Direct total microbial count, harvesting, concentration,
• Low tare weights fractionation, yeast, molds, Giardia, Legionella, coliform,
• No particle shedding provides ultra clean filtrate and canine microfilaria

• Biologically inert •N
 ucleic Acid Studies
Alkaline elution and DNA fragment fractionation
Typical Applications • Oceanographic Studies
Transparent polycarbonate membrane filters provide a new
• Air Monitoring
tool for studying planktonic organisms. These ultra thin
Trace elements (chemicals, radioactivity) and particulate
transparent membranes are strong yet flexible, allowing for
analysis (dust, pollens, and airborne particles)
planktonic samples to be filtered and the membranes to be
• Analytical Methods mounted directly onto microscope slides. (Ref: Hewes et al.
Gravimetric analysis, densitometry, emission spectroscopy, 1998; Graham and Mitchell 1999; Graham 1999.)
X-ray fluorescence, and infrared analysis
•H
 ealthcare
• Water Analysis Biosensors – as a barrier offering controlled diffusion
Absorbable organic halides (AOX), direct count of for biological reagents and electrochemical detectors.
microorganisms, marine biology and dissolved phosphates,
  D
 iagnostic assays – for flow control, sample preparation,
nitrates, and ammonia analysis
blood separation, and capture of latex microparticles.
• Blood Filtration and Cell Analysis
  C
 ell biology – for cell culture, chemotaxis, and cytological
RBC deformability, leukocyte removal, RBC filtration and
analyses, e.g., direct staining, isotopic, and fluorescence
plasmapheresis, chemotaxis, cytology, and cell culture
based assays.
• General Filtration
  T ransdermal drug delivery – as an inert matrix for retention
Particulate and bacteria removal, cross flow filtration,
of therapeutics.
HPLC sample preparation, and solution filtration

38
Typical Data – Cyclopore Track-Etched Membranes
Polycarbonate Polyester
Thickness 7-20 µm 9-23 µm
Burst strength > 10 psi > 10 psi
Weight 0.7-2.0 mg/cm2 0.9-2.3 mg/cm2
Maximum service temperature 140ºC 150ºC
Porosity (void vol.) 4-20% 4-20%
Ash weight 0.6 µg/cm2 2.3 µg/cm2
Pore density 1 × 105 – 6 × 108 pores/cm2 1 × 105 – 6 × 108 pores/cm2
Opacity Translucent* Translucent
Autoclavable 30 minutes at 121ºC 30 minutes at 121ºC
Specific gravity 1.21 g/cm2 1.39 g/cm2
Flammability Slow burn Slow burn
Fiber releasing No No
Leachables Negligible Negligible
Biological compatibility Inert Inert
* Transparent also available as Special Clear

Ordering Information – Cyclopore Polycarbonate and Polyester Membrane Circles

Diameter (mm) Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack


Standard Cyclopore
13 0.1 7060-1301 Polycarbonate 100
13 0.4 7060-1304 Polycarbonate 100
13 0.8 7060-1308 Polycarbonate 100
13 5.0 7061-1313 Polyester 100
25 0.1 7060-2501 Polycarbonate 100
25 0.2 7060-2502 Polycarbonate 100
25 0.2 7061-2502 Polyester 100
25 0.4 7060-2504 Polycarbonate 100
25 0.4 7061-2504 Polyester 100
25 0.6 7060-2506 Polycarbonate 100
25 0.8 7060-2508 Polycarbonate 100
25 1.0 7060-2510 Polycarbonate 100
25 1.0 7061-2510 Polyester 100
25 1.0 7091-2510 Polycarbonate, thin clear circles 100
25 2.0 7060-2511 Polycarbonate 100
25 5.0 7060-2513 Polycarbonate 100
25 5.0 7062-2513 Polycarbonate, clear circles 100
25 8.0 7060-2514 Polycarbonate 100
25 10.0 7060-2515 Polycarbonate 100
25 12.0 7060-2516 Polycarbonate 100
cont.

39
Filter Papers and Membranes | Trac k - E t ched P C and P E M embrane s

Diameter (mm) Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack


Standard Cyclopore
37 0.4 7060-3704 Polycarbonate 100
47 0.1 7060-4701 Polycarbonate 100
47 0.1 7061-4701 Polyester 100
47 0.2 7060-4702 Polycarbonate 100
47 0.2 7061-4702 Polyester 100
47 0.4 7060-4704 Polycarbonate 100
47 1.0 7060-4710 Polycarbonate* 100
47 1.0 7091-4710 Polycarbonate, thin clear circles 100
47 2.0 7060-4711 Polycarbonate 100
47 3.0 7060-4712 Polycarbonate 100
47 3.0 7062-4712 Polycarbonate, clear circles** 100
47 5.0 7060-4713 Polycarbonate 100
47 8.0 7060-4714 Polycarbonate 100
47 10.0 7060-4715 Polycarbonate 100
47 12.0 7060-4716 Polycarbonate 100
90 1.0 7060-9010 Polycarbonate 100
* Special clear Cyclopore
** Standard polycarbonate

Nuclepore Track-Etched Membranes


Nuclepore track-etched polycarbonate membranes are manufactured from
high-quality polycarbonate film and have sharply defined pore sizes, high flow
rates, and excellent chemical and thermal resistance. The membranes have a
smooth flat surface and exhibit very low levels of extractables.

Features and Benefits


• Low protein binding and low extractables, ensuring no sample contamination
• High chemical resistance and good thermal stability for a wide range of samples
• Low, consistent ash and tare weights
• Smooth flat surface for good visibility of particles

Applications
• Epifluorescence microscopy • Bioassays
• Environmental analysis • Parasitology
• Cell biology • Air analysis
• EPA testing • Water microbiology
• Fuel testing

40
Ordering Information – Nuclepore Track-Etched Membranes
Diameter (mm) Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
Circles
13 0.015 110401 Polycarbonate 100
13 0.1 110405 Polycarbonate 100
13 0.2 110406 Polycarbonate 100
13 0.4 110407 Polycarbonate 100
13 0.8 110409 Polycarbonate 100
13 1.0 110410 Polycarbonate 100
13 3.0 110412 Polycarbonate 100
13 5.0 110413 Polycarbonate 100
13 8.0 110414 Polycarbonate 100
13 10.0 110415 Polycarbonate 100
13 8.0 150446 Polycarbonate PVP-free* 100
13 0.8 800195 Gold Coated PC 10
19 0.03 800307 Polycarbonate 100
19 0.05 800308 Polycarbonate 100
19 0.08 800280 Polycarbonate 100
19 0.1 800309 Polycarbonate 100
19 0.2 800281 Polycarbonate 100
19 0.4 800282 Polycarbonate 100
19 0.8 800284 Polycarbonate 100
19 1.0 800319 Polycarbonate 100
25 0.015 110601 Polycarbonate 100
25 0.03 110602 Polycarbonate 100
25 0.05 110603 Polycarbonate 100
25 0.08 110604 Polycarbonate 100
25 0.1 110605 Polycarbonate 100
25 0.2 110606 Polycarbonate 100
25 0.4 110607 Polycarbonate 100
25 0.6 110608 Polycarbonate 100
25 0.8 110609 Polycarbonate 100
25 1.0 110610 Polycarbonate 100
25 2.0 110611 Polycarbonate 100
25 3.0 110612 Polycarbonate 100
25 5.0 110613 Polycarbonate 100
25 8.0 110614 Polycarbonate 100
25 10.0 110615 Polycarbonate 100
25 12.0 110616 Polycarbonate 100
25 0.4 110637 Polycarbonate AOX† 100
25 0.4 170607 Gold Coated PC 50
25 0.8 117197 Gold Coated PC 50
* PVP-free – hydrophobic cont.
† AOX – suitable for AOX (Absorbable Organic Halogens) analysis

41
Filter Papers and Membranes | Trac k - E t ched P C and P E M embrane s

Diameter (mm) Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack


Circles
37 0.4 110807 Polycarbonate 100
37 0.8 110809 Polycarbonate 100
47 0.015 111101 Polycarbonate 100
47 0.05 111103 Polycarbonate 100
47 0.08 111104 Polycarbonate 100
47 0.1 111105 Polycarbonate 100
47 0.2 111106 Polycarbonate 100
47 0.4 111107 Polycarbonate 100
47 0.6 111108 Polycarbonate 100
47 0.8 111109 Polycarbonate 100
47 1.0 111110 Polycarbonate 100
47 2.0 111111 Polycarbonate 100
47 3.0 111112 Polycarbonate 100
47 5.0 111113 Polycarbonate 100
47 8.0 111114 Polycarbonate 100
47 10.0 111115 Polycarbonate 100
47 12.0 111116 Polycarbonate 100
47 0.4 111137 Polycarbonate AOX† 100
47 0.4 111130 Polycarbonate AERO** 100
50 0.2 111206 Polycarbonate 100
50 0.4 111207 Polycarbonate 100
50 5.0 111213 Polycarbonate 100
50 12.0 111216 Polycarbonate 100
76 0.05 111503 Polycarbonate 100
76 0.1 111505 Polycarbonate 100
90 0.015 111701‡ Polycarbonate 25
90 0.05 111703 Polycarbonate 25
90 0.1 111705 Polycarbonate 25
90 0.2 111706 Polycarbonate 25
90 0.4 111707 Polycarbonate 25
90 1.0 111710 Polycarbonate 25
90 2.0 111711 Polycarbonate 25
90 3.0 111712 Polycarbonate 25
142 0.08 112104 Polycarbonate 25
142 0.1 112105 Polycarbonate 25
142 0.2 112106 Polycarbonate 25
142 0.4 112107 Polycarbonate 25
142 0.6 112108 Polycarbonate 25
142 1.0 112110 Polycarbonate 25
142 2.0 112111 Polycarbonate 25
* PVP-free – hydrophobic † AOX – suitable for AOX (Absorbable Organic Halogens) analysis cont.
* * AERO – suitable for aerosol testing ‡ Product is only available in the Americas

42
Diameter (mm) Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
Circles
293 0.2 112806 Polycarbonate 25
293 0.4 112807 Polycarbonate 25
293 1.0 112810 Polycarbonate 25
293 2.0 112811 Polycarbonate 25
Sheets
8 × 10" 0.03 113502 Polycarbonate 25
8 × 10" 0.2 113506 Polycarbonate 25
8 × 10" 5.0 113513 Polycarbonate 25
8 × 10" 12.0 113516 Polycarbonate 25
19 × 42" 5.0 113313 Polycarbonate 100
19 × 42" 8.0 113314 Polycarbonate 100
25 × 80" 8.0 155846 Polycarbonate PVP-free* 100
* PVP-free – hydrophobic

Black Cyclopore Membranes


Black Cyclopore membranes are ideal for epifluorescence
and other microscopy applications requiring a contrasting
background. The polycarbonate membrane is used to
filter the sample and is then used directly for analysis. The
dark membrane gives lower background fluorescence and
improves the sensitivity of the test.

Yeast cells on Black Cyclopore with DAPI Stain

Typical Data – Black Cyclopore Membranes


Black Polycarbonate
Thickness 7-20 µm
Burst strength > 10 psi
Weight 0.7-2.0 mg/cm2
Maximum service temperature 140ºC
Porosity (Void Vol.) 4-20%
Ash weight 20.6 µg/cm2
Pore density 1 × 105 - 6 × 108 pores/cm2
Opacity N/A
Autoclavable 30 minutes at 121ºC
Flammability Slow burn
Fiber releasing No
Leachables Negligible
Biological compatibility Inert

43
Filter Papers and Membranes | Trac k - E t ched P C and P E M embrane s

Typical Properties – Black Cyclopore Membranes


Pore Size (µm) Nominal Thickness (µm) Mean Porosity (%) Bubble Point in Water (bar)* Burst Strength (bar)*
Polycarbonate Microporous
0.2 20 13 4 >1
0.4 20 15 2.2 >1
* 1 bar = 14.7 psi

Ordering Information – Black Cyclopore Membranes


Diameter (mm) Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
25 0.2 7063-2502 Polycarbonate 100
25 0.4 7063-2504 Polycarbonate 100
47 0.2 7063-4702 Polycarbonate 100
47 0.4 7063-4704 Polycarbonate 100

Black Nuclepore Membranes


Membranes for use with Epifluorescence Features and Benefits
Microscopy • Polycarbonate track-etched membrane dyed black
with Irgalan Black
Nuclepore black dyed polycarbonate membranes are
high performance membranes ideally suited for applications • F lat, smooth surface assures surface capture
using epifluorescence microscopy. Black membranes of microorganisms and particles
greatly reduce background fluorescence, which results • Extremely low nonspecific absorption
in improved microorganism and particulate visibility.
Applications
Using these membranes in combination with epifluorescence • Potable water
techniques, rapid enumeration of viable and nonviable
• Ultra pure water
microorganisms and particulate matter can be conducted
in 30 minutes or less. Conventional culturing methods • Food and dairy
require incubation times of more than 24 hours. Use black • Wine and beverages
track-etched membranes with epifluorescence techniques
to achieve rapid, direct enumeration of microorganisms. • Clinical
• Electronics

Ordering Information – Black Nuclepore Membrane Circles


Diameter (mm) Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
25 0.2 110656 Polycarbonate 100
25 0.4 110657 Polycarbonate 100
25 0.8 110659 Polycarbonate 100
47 0.2 111156 Polycarbonate 100
47 0.4 111157 Polycarbonate 100

44
Hemafil Track-Etched Polycarbonate Membranes
Whatman Hemafil™ track-etched polycarbonate membranes, for quantitative assessment of erythrocyte (red blood cell)
part of the Whatman range of Nuclepore membranes, are deformability. Healthy erythrocytes have a mean diameter of
specially selected for measuring erythrocyte deformability to approximately 7.5 µm but pass through capillaries as small as
assure a uniform flow rate and pore size. Select membranes 3.0 µm diameter due to their ability to deform.

Ordering Information - Hemafil Track-Etched Polycarbonate Membranes


Diameter (mm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
13 110424 100

Track-Etched
Polycarbonate Membranes
Cell Culture and Chemotaxis Applications
Whatman track-etched polycarbonate membranes for cell
culture applications.
Features and Benefits
• For the analysis of cell migration toward a chemical stimulus
• Thin and uniform; cylindrical pores facilitate rapid
cell migration
•R
 educes incubation time and the need to sterilize
• Offered without the standard wetting agent (PVP-free
membranes) for increased cellular adhesion
(e.g., neutrophil chemotaxis) Chemotaxis membranes

Ordering Information – Cell Culture Track-Etched Polycarbonate Membranes


Diameter (mm) Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Surface Quantity/Pack
13 3.0 110412 Standard 100
13 5.0 110413 Standard 100
13 5.0 150445 PVP-free 100
13 8.0 110414 Standard 100
13 8.0 150446 PVP-free 100
25 2.0 110611 Standard 100
25 3.0 110612 Standard 100
25 5.0 110613 Standard 100
25 8.0 110614 Standard 100
25 × 80 5.0 155845 PVP-free 100
25 × 80 8.0 155814 Standard 100
25 × 80 8.0 155846 PVP-free 100

45
Filter Papers and Membranes | Trac k - E t ched P C and P E M embrane s

Anopore Inorganic Membranes


The Anopore inorganic membrane (Anodisc™) is excellent for a
wide range of laboratory filtration applications. This material
has a precise, nondeformable honeycomb pore structure, with
no lateral crossovers between individual pores, that filters at
precisely the stated cut-off, allowing no larger sized particles
to pass through the membrane. The Anopore inorganic
membrane is composed of a high-purity alumina matrix that is
manufactured electrochemically. The membrane also exhibits
low protein binding, has minimal autofluorescence, is nontoxic,
and supports cellular growth.

The precise pore structure and narrow pore size distribution


of the Anopore membrane ensure a high level of particle Anodisc 47
removal efficiency. Microorganisms and particulate material
are captured on the surface of the membrane for subsequent
analysis by light or electron microscopy. When wet, the
membrane is virtually transparent, which means that retained
particles do not need to be transferred to another surface
before microscopic examination.

The membrane is hydrophilic and is compatible with most


solvents and aqueous material. No monomers, plasticizers,
adhesives, surfactants or wetting agents are used in
the manufacturing process, which eliminates sample
contamination and ensures low protein binding and
minimal loss of sample.

The Anopore membrane is supplied in the form of Anodisc


membrane filters. The membrane is peripherally bonded to
Anodisc pore structure
an annular polypropylene ring (except the 13 mm diameter
disc) for ease of handling and is suitable for both vacuum and
pressure filtration.
Applications
• HPLC mobile phase filtration and degassing
Anopore is available in three nominal pore sizes: 0.02 µm,
0.1 µm and 0.2 µm and in three diameters: 13 mm, 25 mm • Ultra cleaning of solvents
and 47 mm. • Gravimetric analysis

Features and Benefits • Liposome extrusion


• High pore density and narrow pore size distribution make it • Scanning electron microscopy studies
an extremely precise membrane
• Bacterial analysis by epifluorescence light microscopy
• Wide solvent compatibility reduces the need to stock a
• Micrometer and nanometer filtration
variety of membranes in the laboratory
• Metal nanorods formation
• No additives used in the manufacturing process ensures
minimal extractables and no sample contamination
•E
 xtremely low protein binding minimizes sample loss
• Virtually transparent when wet, making it ideal for
microscopy studies 

46
Typical Data – Anopore Inorganic Membranes
Anodisc 13 Anodisc 25 Anodisc 47
Average membrane thickness 60 µm 60 µm 60 µm
Membrane diameter 13 mm 21 mm 43 mm
Membrane type Anopore aluminum oxide Anopore aluminum oxide Anopore aluminum oxide
Support ring material None Polypropylene Polypropylene
Construction process None Thermal weld Thermal weld
Protein adsorption Low Low Low
Burst strength 65-110 psi 65-110 psi 65-110 psi
Maximum service temperature 400°C 40°C 40°C
Porosity 25-50% 25-50% 25-50%
Autoclavable Yes No No
Refractive index 1.6 1.6 1.6

Ordering Information – Anopore Inorganic Membranes (Anodisc)


Diameter (mm) Membrane Pore Size µm Catalog Number Hydrophilic Protein Solvent Quantity/
Binding Resistance Pack
13 Anodisc 13* 0.02 6809-7003 Yes Low Very good 100
13 Anodisc 13* 0.1 6809-7013 Yes Low Very good 100
13 Anodisc 13* 0.2 6809-7023 Yes Low Very good 100
25 Anodisc 25 0.02 6809-6002 Yes Low Very good 50
25 Anodisc 25 0.1 6809-6012 Yes Low Very good 50
25 Anodisc 25 0.2 6809-6022 Yes Low Very good 50
47 Anodisc 47* 0.02 6809-5502 Yes Low Very good 50
47 Anodisc 47 0.02 6809-5002 Yes Low Very good 50
47 Anodisc 47 0.1 6809-5012 Yes Low Very good 50
47 Anodisc 47* 0.2 6809-5522 Yes Low Very good 50
* No support ring

Regenerated Cellulose Membranes


Whatman regenerated cellulose membranes are made of pure
cellulose, without any wetting agents.

Features and Benefits


• Spontaneously wetting, very good wet strength
• Extremely chemically resistant; suitable for aqueous and
organic media
• Hydrophilic
• Mechanically stable
• Sterilizable by all methods Regenerated cellulose membrane (0.45 µm (RC 55)) electron
• Pore sizes between 0.2 µm and 1 µm micrograph (magnification 1000×)

47
Filter Papers and Membranes | Trac k - E t ched P C and P E M embrane s

Typical Data – Regenerated Cellulose Membranes


Membrane Type Pore Size (μm) Thickness (µm) Water Flow Rate Air Flow Rate Bubble Point (bar)
Δp = 0.9 bar Δp = 3 mbar
(s/100 ml/12.5 cm2) (s/100 ml)
RC 58 0.2 75 26 – 3.7
RC 55 0.45 75 14 – 3.5
RC 60 1.0 70 15 12.5 0.8

Ordering Information – Regenerated Cellulose Membranes


Diameter (mm) Pore Size (μm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
RC 55
25 0.45 10410206 100
47 0.45 10410212 100
50 0.45 10410214 100
100 0.45 10410219 25
110 0.45 10410224 25
142 0.45 10410229 25
RC 58
47 0.2 10410312 100
50 0.2 10410314 100
100 0.2 10410319 25
300 × 600 0.2 10410380 5
RC 60
47 1 10410012 100
50 1 10410014 100

Cellulose Acetate Membranes


Whatman cellulose acetate membranes are made from pure
cellulose acetate, making them suitable for biological and
clinical analysis, sterility tests, and scintillation measurements.

Cellulose acetate membrane filters exhibit very low protein


binding capacity. They are hydrophilic, making them suitable for
aqueous and alcoholic media. The cellulose acetate membranes
have improved solvent resistance, particularly to low molecular
weight alcohols and increased heat resistance. With high
physical strength, the membrane filters can be used up to
180ºC, are suitable for hot gases, and can be sterilized by all
methods without sacrificing the integrity of the membrane. Cellulose acetate membrane (Type ST 68, 0.8 µm)

48
Typical Data – Cellulose Acetate Membranes
Membrane Type Pore Size (μm) Thickness (µm) Water Flow Rate Bubble Point (psi) Bubble Point (bar)
Δp = 0.9 bar
(s/100 ml/12.5 cm2)
OE 66 0.2 115 26 58 4
OE 67 0.45 115 12 44.95 3.1
ST 68 0.8 140 16 21.75 1.5
ST 69 1.2 140 12 13.05 0.9

Ordering Information – Cellulose Acetate Membranes


Diameter (mm) Pore Size (μm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
OE 66
25 0.2 10404106 100
47 0.2 10404112 100
47 0.2 10404170 100
50 0.2 10404114 100
110 0.2 10404126 50
142 0.2 10404131 25
293 0.2 10404139 25
300 × 600 0.2 10404180 5
OE 67
13 0.45 10404001 100
25 0.45 10404006 100
47 0.45 10404012 100
50 0.45 10404014 100
85 0.45 10404044 50
100 0.45 10404021 50
110 0.45 10404026 50
142 0.45 10404031 25
OE 67/A
142 0.45 10404331 25
ST 68
47 0.8 10403112 100
50 0.8 10403114 100
ST 69
47 1.2 10403012 100
50 1.2 10403014 100

49
Filter Papers and Membranes | Trac k - E t ched P C and P E M embrane s

Cellulose Nitrate Membranes


Recommended for the majority of routine applications,
this membrane is manufactured under strictly controlled
conditions. The user will benefit from the performance
improvements, which are now available in Whatman
membrane filters, including very narrow pore size distribution
and low levels of extractables.

Higher Strength and Flexibility


Most membranes are inherently brittle and difficult to handle;
it is not uncommon for filters to be damaged during loading
into holders or while in use. Whatman cellulose nitrate
membrane filters have a noticeably improved flexibility and
are made to tolerate abuse during handling, loading and
autoclaving without sacrificing integrity. These membranes Features and Benefits
are among the strongest of their type available, as measured • Narrow pore size distribution for improved surface capture
and compared by burst pressure tests. and analysis
• Low levels of extractables to ensure sample integrity
Low Extractable Levels
The level of extractables in membrane filters has become more Applications
important with advances in filtration or adsorption techniques. In • Sample preparation
particular, pharmaceutical, immunological and biomedical tissue
• Microbiological studies
culture and trace analysis applications can be adversely affected
by high extractable levels. Whatman cellulose nitrate membrane • Filtration of aqueous solutions
filters have a low level of extractables, generally below that of
other membranes of a similar type. Filter Types
White Plain Filters
Narrow Pore Size Distribution
This is the standard membrane filter for the majority of
One of the major features of Whatman membrane filters is
laboratory applications involving particles and cells in the range
the narrow distribution of pore sizes. The rated pore size of
of 0.1 µm to 12.0 µm. The residue after filtration is found to be
these membranes is closely controlled due to the advanced
almost completely on the surface of the membrane and allows
manufacturing and control system. Additionally, the batch-
physical recovery of deposits and microscopic examination.
to-batch variation is minimized, providing more consistent
laboratory results.
Gridded Filters
Gridded filters make it easier to count particles,
Increased Temperature Stability
microorganisms and colonies. If a gridded membrane is
Membrane filters are normally autoclaved at 121°C without
required, please see Mixed Cellulose Ester Membranes.
loss of integrity. Cellulose nitrate membranes are supplied as
circles, sheets or reels.

Reduced Shrinkage
Excessive shrinkage can cause problems during autoclaving
and is often the cause of membranes tearing in their holders
after autoclaving. It may also cause a reduction in flow rate
and total throughput. Whatman membranes exhibit a low
shrinkage during autoclaving.

50
Typical Data – Cellulose Nitrate Membranes
Cellulose Nitrate
Thickness 105-140 µm
Burst strength > 2 psi
Weight 3.6-5.5 mg/cm2
Maximum service temperature 80ºC
Porosity 66-84%
Steam autoclavable Yes
Hydrophilic Yes

Typical Applications – Cellulose Nitrate Membranes


Field of Application Pore Size (µm)
General
Microfiltration 0.1
Ultracleaning 0.1
Sterilizing 0.2
Bulk bacterial removal 0.45
Analytical precipitates 0.65
Clarifying filtration 1.0
Particle removal 5.0
Water Microbiology and Analysis
Bacterial colony count 0.45 (gridded) – See Mixed Cellulose Ester Membranes
Sediment analysis 0.45
Suspended particles 5.0
Air Pollution Monitoring
Asbestos Monitoring (NIOSH) 0.8
Food and Beverage QC
E. coli and Coliforms 0.45 (gridded) – See Mixed Cellulose Ester Membranes
Total bacteria count 0.2
Tissue Culture
Mycoplasma removal 0.1
Sterile filtration 0.2

51
Filter Papers and Membranes | Trac k - E t ched P C and P E M embrane s

Ordering Information – Cellulose Nitrate Membrane Circles


Diameter (mm) Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
13 0.2 7182-001 Plain (white) 100
13 0.45 7184-001 Plain (white) 100
25 0.025 10402206* Plain (white) 100
25 0.1 7181-002 Plain (white) 100
25 0.2 7182-002 Plain (white) 100
25 0.2 10401306 Plain (white) 100
25 0.45 7184-002 Plain (white) 100
25 0.65 7186-002 Plain (white) 100
25 0.8 7188-002 Plain (white) 100
25 1.0 7190-002 Plain (white) 100
25 3.0 7193-002 Plain (white) 100
25 5.0 7195-002 Plain (white) 100
25 5.0 10400206 Plain (white) 100
25 8.0 10400106 Plain (white) 100
30 0.45 10401107 Plain (white) 100
37 0.45 7184-003 Plain (white) 100
37 0.8 7188-003 Plain (white) 100
37 8.0 10400109 Plain (white) 100
47 0.1 7181-004 Plain (white) 100
47 0.1 10402012 Plain (white) 100
47 0.2 7182-004 Plain (white) 100
47 0.2 10401312 Plain (white) 100
47 0.2 7187-114 Plain (white) 100
47 0.45 7184-004 Plain (white) 100
47 0.45 10401170 Plain (white), sterile 100
47 0.45 7153-004 Black gridded 100
47 0.45 7153-104 Black gridded, sterile 100
47 0.45 7155-004 Green gridded, sterile 100
47 0.65 7186-004 Plain (white) 100
47 0.8 7188-004 Plain (white) 100
47 1.0 7190-004 Plain (white) 100
47 3.0 7193-004 Plain (white) 100
47 5.0 7195-004 Plain (white) 100
47 5.0 10400212 Plain (white) 100
47 8.0 10400112 Plain (white) 100
47 12.0 10400012 Plain (white) 100
50 0.1 10402014 Plain (white) 100
50 0.2 10401314 Plain (white) 100
50 0.45 10401114 Plain (white) 100
50 0.45 7184-005 Plain (white) 100
50 1.2 7191-005 Plain (white) 100
* Product is only available in the Americas cont.

52
Diameter (mm) Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
50 5.0 10400214 Plain (white) 100
50 8.0 10400114 Plain (white) 100
50 8.0 10405079 Plain (white), with hydrophobic rim 100
50 12.0 10400014 Plain (white) 100
82 0.45 7184-008 Plain (white) 25
90 0.2 7182-009 Plain (white) 25
90 0.45 10401118 Plain (white) 50
90 0.45 7184-009 Plain (white) 25
90 0.8 7188-009 Plain (white) 25
90 1.0 7190-009 Plain (white) 25
90 5.0 7195-009 Plain (white) 25
100 0.45 10401121 Plain (white) 50
100 8.0 10400121* Plain (white) 50
110 0.45 10401126 Plain (white) 50
142 0.2 7182-014 Plain (white) 25
142 0.2 10401331 Plain (white) 25
142 0.45 7184-014 Plain (white) 25
142 0.45 10401131 Plain (white) 25
142 1.2 7191-014 Plain (white) 25
150 8.0 10400132 Plain (white) 25
293 0.45 7184-029 Plain (white) 25
* Product is only available in the Americas

Mixed Cellulose Ester Membranes


Whatman mixed cellulose ester membranes are composed of
cellulose acetate and cellulose nitrate. These membranes are
characterized by a smoother and more uniform surface than
pure nitrocellulose filters. Also, the color contrast provided by
the filter surface facilitates particle detection and minimizes
eye fatigue. The ME range has a lower cellulose acetate
content compared to the WME range of membranes.

Eased Counting Process


In microbiological colony counting procedures, the color
contrast between the surface and the colonies facilitates
the counting process.

Plain or Gridded
Many microbiological techniques include colony counting Whatman black mixed cellulose esters are available plain for
after incubation as the standard method of quantification. automatic colony counting applications, as well as gridded
Whatman gridded filters have clearly defined grid lines spaced to assist in manual counting procedures. Black membranes
at 3.1 or 5 mm intervals. The special ink used is nontoxic and provide contrast between residue or cell colors and the filter
completely free from bacterial growth inhibitors. without having to counter-stain the membrane.

53
Filter Papers and Membranes | Trac k - E t ched P C and P E M embrane s

Sterile Filters Applications


For those laboratories preferring to use membranes sterilized The membrane is particularly effective in applications
by autoclaving for microbiological work, Whatman provides requiring higher flow rates and larger volume filtration,
black gridded membranes in packs with pads ready for including clarification or sterilization of aqueous solutions,
laboratory autoclaving. particulate analysis and removal, air monitoring and microbial
analysis. Other applications include:
Features and Benefits • Clarification or sterilization of aqueous solutions
• Sterile options available for critical applications
• Cytology
• Excellent contrast for easier particle detection
• Air monitoring
• Grids are nontoxic and do not inhibit bacterial growth,
ensuring sample integrity • HPLC samples (aqueous)

• Black plain and black gridded membranes have a mix of • Virus concentration
cellulose nitrate and cellulose acetate • Particulate analysis
• The membrane offers a high degree of internal surface area • Biological assays
for greater adsorption of product
• Food microbiology, including enumeration of E. coli in foods
• Higher dirt loading capacity
• Bacteriological studies
• Biologically inert with good thermal stability
• Particle counting from liquids and aerosols
• No surfactants to contaminate samples
• Yeasts and molds
• Uniform microporous structure of membrane gives high
flow rates
• Thermally stable

Typical Data – Mixed Cellulose Ester Membranes


General
Burst strength > 10 psi
Weight 4.3-5.0 mg/cm2
Maximum service temperature 130°C
Porosity 74-77%
Steam autoclavable Yes
Solvent resistancy Medium
Protein binding Medium

Product Selection – Mixed Cellulose Ester Membranes


Membrane Type Pore Size Thickness (µm) Water Flow Rate Air Flow Rate Bubble Point Bubble Point
(μm) Δp = 0.9 bar Δp = 3 mbar (psi) (bar)
(s/100 ml/12.5 cm2) (s/100 ml)
WME Product Range 140 – – – –
ME Product Range
ME 24 0.2 135 20 – 53.65 3.7
ME 25 0.45 145 12.5 – 40.6 2.8
ME 26 0.6 135 48 21 27.55 1.9
ME 27 0.8 140 2.8 11.6 18.85 1.3
ME 28 1.2 140 2 9.3 11.6 0.8
ME 29 3 150 1.2 6.7 10.15 0.7
Note: Autoclave pack contains 10 sealed envelopes. Each envelope contains 10 filters with 10 pads.
54
Ordering Information – Mixed Cellulose Ester Membranes
Diameter (mm) Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
ME Range – ME 24, Plain
25 0.2 10401706 Plain 100
47 0.2 10401712 Plain 100
47 0.2 10401770 Plain 100
50 0.2 10401714 Plain 100
50 0.2 10401772 Plain, sterile 100
100 0.2 10401721 Plain 50
110 0.2 10401726 Plain 50
142 0.2 10401731 Plain 25
ME Range – ME 25, Plain
25 0.45 10401606 Plain 100
47 0.45 10401612 Plain 100
47 0.45 10401670 Plain 100
50 0.45 10401614 Plain 100
50 0.45 10401662 Without interleaving paper 100
50 0.45 10401672 Plain 100
90 0.45 10401618 Plain 50
100 0.45 10401621 Plain 50
110 0.45 10401626 Plain 50
142 0.45 10401631 Plain 25
ME Range – ME 26, Plain
25 0.6 10401506 Plain 100
47 0.6 10401512 Plain 100
50 0.6 10401514 Plain 100
100 0.6 10401521 Plain 100
ME Range – ME 27, Plain
25 0.8 10400906 Plain 100
37 0.8 10400909 Plain 100
47 0.8 10400912 Plain 100
47 0.8 10400970 Plain 100
50 0.8 10400914 Plain 100
100 0.8 10400921 Plain 50
ME Range – ME 28, Plain
25 1.2 10400806 Plain 100
47 1.2 10400812 Plain 100
50 1.2 10400814 Plain 100
100 1.2 10400821 Plain 50
* Product is only available in the Americas cont.

55
Filter Papers and Membranes | Trac k - E t ched P C and P E M embrane s

Diameter (mm) Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack


ME Range – ME 29
25 3 10400706 Plain 100
47 3 10400712 Plain 100
50 3 10400714 Plain 100
50 3 10400772 Plain, sterile 100
100 3 10400721* Plain 50
ME Range – ME 24, Gridded
47 0.2 10406970 White/black grid 3.1 mm, sterile 100
50 0.2 10406914 White/black grid 3.1 mm 100
50 0.2 10406972 White/black grid 3.1 mm, sterile 100
ME Range – ME 25, Gridded
47 0.45 10406812 White/black grid 3.1 mm 100
47 0.45 10407970 White/black grid 3.1 mm, sterile 100
47 0.45 10406871 White/black grid 3.1 mm, sterile 1000
47 0.45 10406512 White/black grid 5 mm 100
47 0.45 10406570* White/black grid 5 mm, sterile 100
47 0.45 10409712 Black/white grid 3.1 mm 100
47 0.45 10409770 Black/white grid 3.1 mm, sterile 100
47 0.45 10409771 Black/white grid 3.1 mm, sterile 1000
47 0.45 10409414 Green/black grid 3.1 mm 1000
47 0.45 10409471* Green/black grid 3.1 mm, sterile 1000
50 0.45 10406814 White/black grid 3.1 mm 100
50 0.45 10406862 White/black grid 3.1 mm, without interleaving paper 100
50 0.45 10406873 White/black grid 3.1 mm, sterile 1000
50 0.45 10406514 White/black grid 5 mm 100
50 0.45 10406572 White/black grid 5 mm, sterile 100
50 0.45 10406562 White/black grid 5 mm, without interleaving paper 100
50 0.45 10409714 Black/white grid 3.1 mm 100
50 0.45 10409772 Black/white grid 3.1 mm, sterile 100
50 0.45 10409773* Black/white grid 3.1 mm, sterile 1000
50 0.45 10409462 Green/black grid 3.1 mm, without interleaving paper, sterile 100
50 0.45 10409473 Green/black grid 3.1 mm, sterile 1000
ME Range – ME 26, Gridded
50 0.6 10409814 Black/white grid 3.1 mm 100
ME Range – ME 27, Gridded
47 0.8 10408970 White/black grid 3.1 mm, sterile 100
47 0.8 10409970 White/black grid 3.1 mm with pad, sterile 100
47 0.8 10409270 Black/white grid 3.1 mm, sterile 100
50 0.8 10405672 Green/black grid 3.1 mm, sterile 100
ME Range – ME 28, Gridded
50 1.2 10408372 Black/white grid 3.1 mm, sterile 100
50 1.2 10408472 Green/black grid 3.1 mm, sterile 100
* Product is only available in the Americas cont.

56
Diameter (mm) Pore Size µm Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
WME Range, Gridded
25 0.45 7141-002 White/black grid 3.1 mm 100
25 0.8 7148-002 White/black grid 3.1 mm 100
47 0.45 7140-104 Plain, sterile 100
47 0.2 7187-114 White/black grid 3.1 mm 100
47 0.45 7141-004 White/black grid 3.1 mm 100
47 0.45 7141-104 White/black grid 3.1 mm, sterile 100
47 0.45 7141-114 White/black grid 3.1 mm, sterile, without pad 100
47 0.45 7141-124 White/black grid 3.1 mm, sterile 200
47 0.45 7141-154 White/black grid 3.1 mm, sterile, without pad 1000
47 0.45 7141-204 White/black grid 3.1 mm, autoclave pack, sterile 100
47 0.45 7153-004 Black/white grid 3.1 mm 100
47 0.45 7153-104 Black/white grid 3.1 mm, sterile 100
47 0.45 7155-004 Green/black grid 3.1 mm, sterile 100

Teflon® (PTFE) Membranes


Whatman PTFE membranes are chemically stable and
inert. They are suitable for applications involving aggressive
organic solvents, strong acids and alkalis. PTFE membranes
are particularly suitable for preparing samples for HPLC
analysis. The hydrophobic nature of the membrane also has
applications for air and gas sterilization. The membrane is
laminated onto a nonwoven polypropylene support web
for improved strength and handling and can be used at
temperatures up to 120ºC.

Chemically Stable and Inert


PTFE is the membrane of choice for use with aggressive
solvents, liquids, and gases that can attack other membranes.
It is resistant to most acids, alkalis, and solvents.

PTFE membrane
Applications
One of the major applications for the PTFE membrane is the
clarification of corrosives, solvents, and aggressive fluids. This WTP and TE Membrane Ranges
includes the important requirement in HPLC analysis for sample WTP membranes use a polypropylene grid as the support
filtration where any solid particles can cause permanent material whereas the TE range uses a randomly arranged
damage to the column. The 0.5 µm pore size is normally polypropylene support material.
used. Air and gas sterilization make use of the hydrophobic
characteristics of PTFE membranes and their ability to stop
aqueous aerosols. Usual pore sizes are 0.2 µm and 0.5 µm. Sterile
venting of vacuum manifolds, fermentation vessels, and sterile
filtrate tanks and containers utilize PTFE 0.2 µm membranes.

57
Filter Papers and Membranes | Trac k - E t ched P C and P E M embrane s

Typical Data – Teflon (PTFE) Membranes


Membrane Thickness Porosity Liquid Flow Rate Liquid Flow Rate Air Flow Rate Air Flow Rate Bubble Point Max.
Type (µm) (%) Δp = 0.9 bar @ 10 psi Vacuum Δp = 3 mbar @ 10 psi Vacuum (psi)    (bar †) Temp.
(s/100 ml/12.5 cm2) (ml/min/cm2) (s/100 ml) (l/min/cm2) (°C)
TE Range
0.2 μm 240 – 24* – 70 – 1.29 18.8 100
(TE 35)
0.45 μm 220 – 12* – 60 – 0.89 13 100
(TE 36)
1.0 μm 275 – 5.4* – 24 – 0.24 3.5 100
(TE 37)
5.0 μm 265 – 2.2* – 3.5 – 0.19 2.9 100
(TE 38)
WTP Range
0.2 μm 130 72 – 61.4** – 4.5 0.89 13 120
0.5 μm 120 74 – 110** – 7.5 0.41 6 120
1.0 μm 90 76 – 445** – 17 0.21 3 120
* Measured with ethanol
** Measured with acetone
† Measured using 2-propanol

Ordering Information – Teflon (PTFE) Membranes


Diameter (mm) Pore Size (μm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
WTP Range
25 0.2 7582-002 100
25 1.0 7590-002 100
37 1.0 7590-003 100
47 0.2 7582-004 100
47 0.5 7585-004 100
47 1.0 7590-004 100
TE Range – TE 35
25 0.2 10411405 50
47 0.2 10411411 50
50 0.2 10411413 50
TE Range – TE 36
25 0.45 10411305 50
47 0.45 10411311 50
50 0.45 10411313 50
TE Range – TE 37
25 1.0 10411205 50
47 1.0 10411211 50
50 1.0 10411213 50
cont.

58
Diameter (mm) Pore Size (μm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
TE Range – TE 38
37 5.0 10411108 50
47 5.0 10411111 50
50 5.0 10411113 50
90 5.0 10411116 50
150 5.0 10411130 50

PM 2.5 Air Monitoring Membrane


A high-purity, thin PTFE membrane in a sequentially numbered chemically resistant
polypropylene support ring for PM 2.5 ambient air monitoring. Whatman PM 2.5
membranes have low tare mass for accurate gravimetric determinations. The
thermally stable design eliminates curling, keeps the membrane flat, and makes
the filter robot-friendly.

The PM 2.5 PTFE membranes are manufactured under clean room conditions.
These chemically resistant, low chemical background filters permit sensitive,
interference-free determinations. No glues or adhesives are used in making
these 46.2 mm diameter products.

Statement of Conformance
PTFE Filters for EPA PM 2.5 Reference Method. Under the requirements of
40 CFR Part 50, Appendix L, shown below, the manufacturer must perform
the following tests as listed.

Any filter manufacturer or vendor who sells or offers to sell filters specifically
identified for use with this PM 2.5 reference method shall certify that the required
number of filters from each lot (0.1% or 10, whichever is greater) of filters offered for
sale have been tested as specified for the following tests and meet 90% of each of
the design and performance specifications:
• Loose, surface particle contamination (drop test – weight loss stability)
• Temperature stability (temperature – weight loss stability)

Any filter manufacturer or vendor who sells or offers to sell filters specifically
identified for use with this PM 2.5 reference method shall certify that a minimum
number of 50 filters from each lot of filters offered for sale have been tested
as specified for the following tests and meet 90% of each of the design and
performance specifications:
• Filter type • Maximum pressure drop (clean filter)
• Filter diameter • Maximum moisture pickup
• Filter thickness • Collection efficiency
• Filter pore size • Alkalinity
• Support ring width • Special requirements
• Support ring thickness (total)

59
Filter Papers and Membranes | pm 2 . 5 a i r mon i t or i ng membrane

These include trace metal analysis by XRF and visual inspection for defects
such as pinholes, support ring separation, chaff or flashing, loose material,
discoloration, filter nonuniformity or any other obvious filter defect.

Whatman hereby states that every manufactured lot that is offered for sale,
and is identified for use with the PM 2.5 reference method, conforms to EPA
acceptance criteria.

Technical Specifications – PTFE Filters for use in US EPA PM 2.5 Ambient Air Monitoring
Property Test Method Unit of Measure Value Range
PTFE filter media N/A N/A PTFE –
Filter thickness – µm 40 ± 10
Filter diameter Template mm 46.2 ± 0.25
Filter pore size ASTM F 316-94 µm 2.0 Maximum
Support ring media N/A N/A Polypropylene –
Total support ring thickness – mm 0.38 ± 0.04
Support ring width Template mm 3.68 ± 0.00 - 0.51
Particle retention (0.3 µm) ASTM D 2986-95a % 99.7 Minimum
Pressure drop (0.3 µm) @ 16.67 l/min ASTM D 2986-95a cm water 30 Maximum
Alkalinity Section 2.12 EPA/600/R-94/038b µeq/g of filter < 25 Maximum
Temperature weight loss stability as above µg < 20 Maximum
Drop test weight loss stability as above µg < 20 Maximum
Moisture weight gain stability as above µg < 10 Maximum

Maximum Trace Element Concentration by X-Ray Fluorescence


Ion ng/cm2 Ion ng/cm2 Ion ng/cm2 Ion ng/cm2 Ion ng/cm2 Ion ng/cm2
Al 94.4 Sc 7.2 Ni 3.0 Br 2.0 Pd 9.6 Cs 25
Si 32.8 Ti 13.8 Cu 2.8 Rb 2.0 Ag 9.6 Ba 32.2
P 22.6 V 4.8 Zn 2.2 Sr 2.2 Cd 10.8 La 87.6
S 13.4 Cr 2.2 Ga 1.8 Y 14.6 Sn 15.2 W 5
Cl 9.4 Mn 2.2 Ge 3.0 Zr 13.2 Sb 14.4 Au 4.4
K 5.6 Fe 5.8 As 2.8 Mo 11.6 Te 16.2 Hg 4.4
Ca 8.2 Co 4.0 Se 1.6 Rh 9.4 I 18.6 Pb 4.8

Ordering Information – PM 2.5 Air Monitoring Membrane


Diameter (mm) Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
46.2 7592-104 With support ring, sequentially numbered 50

60
Nylon Membranes
High-quality nylon membranes are suitable for filtering aqueous solutions and
most organic solvents. The membranes are suitable for use with a wide range of
biological preparations and can be used where other membranes are unsuitable
or difficult to use.

Nylon membranes are hydrophilic, eliminating the need for wetting agents that
could be extracted when filtering aqueous solutions. The membranes are flexible,
durable and tear resistant, and can be autoclaved at 135ºC.

Applications
• Filtration of aqueous and organic mobile phases
• Vacuum degassing
• F iltration of tissue culture media, microbiological media, buffers, and solutions

Typical Data – Nylon Membranes


Pore Size (μm) Thickness (µm) Fiber Releasing Water Flow Rate @ 5 psi Bubble Point (psi) Maximum
Temperature (ºC)
0.2 150-187 No > 50 ml/min 40-49 135
0.45 150-187 No > 60 ml/min 34-42 135
0.8 137-200 No > 180 ml/min > 13 135

Ordering Information - Nylon Membrane Circles


Diameter (mm) Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
13 0.2 7402-001 100
13 0.45 7404-001 100
25 0.2 7402-002 100
25 0.45 7404-002 100
47 0.2 7402-004 100
47 0.45 7404-004 100
47 0.8 7408-004 100
47 1.0 7410-004 100
90 0.2 7402-009 50
90 0.45 7404-009 50

61
Filter Papers and Membranes | P E S membrane s

Polyamide Membranes
Whatman polyamide membranes are made from pure polyamide, making them the
universal filter for clarification and sterile filtration.

Polyamide membrane filters are mechanically very strong and exhibit excellent wet
strength and dry strength. They are hydrophilic, making them suitable for aqueous
and organic solutions. The membrane filters can be used up to 135ºC.

Polyamide membrane (0.45 µm, Type NL 17)


electronic micrograph (magnification 1000×)

Typical Data – Polyamide Membranes


Pore Size (μm) Thickness (µm) Water Flow Rate Air Flow Rate Bubble Point (bar) Maximum
Δp = 0.9 bar Δp = 3 mbar (bar) Temperature (ºC)
(ml/min/cm2) (ml/min/cm2)
0.2 (NL 16) 110 0.2 10 4.2 135
0.45 (NL 17) 110 0.45 20 2.8 135

Ordering Information – Polyamide Membrane Circles


Diameter (mm) Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Membrane Type Quantity/Pack
25 0.2 10414006 NL 16 100
25 0.45 10414106 NL 17 100
47 0.2 10414012 NL 16 100
47 0.45 10414112 NL 17 100
50 0.2 10414014 NL 16 100
50 0.45 10414114 NL 17 100
142 0.45 10414131 NL 17 25

Polyethersulfone (PES) Membranes


Whatman polyethersulfone (PES) membranes are hydrophilic, low protein binding,
and stable in alkaline pH. Available in a 0.8 µm pore size, the PES membrane is
recommended for aqueous applications and for biological samples. The Whatman
PES membrane has a smooth surface that allows for easy enumeration of artifacts.

Ordering Information – PES Membrane Circles


Diameter (mm) Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
47 0.8 111164 100

62
Polypropylene Membranes
Whatman polypropylene membrane filters are ideal for numerous applications in
chromatography and biotechnology laboratories. They are available in 0.2 µm and
0.45 µm pore sizes.

Easy Handling
Whatman polypropylene membrane filters are flexible, durable, and virtually
indestructible. The exceptionally uniform strength of the device means that the
membrane will not crack, tear, break or distort when picked up by hand or forceps.

Versatility
These devices are temperature tolerant, which means they are not affected
by autoclaving. This temperature resistance gives users autoclaved membranes
with flow rates and throughput at least 80% higher than those of autoclaved
cellulosic membranes.

Purity
There is no need for prewetting or wetting with cytotoxic wetting agents that could
be extracted. This makes the membranes suitable as a support for cell growth,
filtration of media and sterilization of tissue culture media, pharmaceuticals and
other solutions used for biological work. The membranes are also compatible with
organic solvents, making them highly suitable for HPLC mobile phase filtering and
degassing, especially acetonitrile.

Ordering Information - Polypropylene (Type WPP) Membrane Circles


Diameter (mm) Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
25 0.45 7002-0425 100
47 0.45 7002-0447 100
90 0.2 7002-0290 50

MembraClear Membrane
This membrane is particularly suitable for the hot block method for Asbestos fiber
analysis as it becomes crystal clear and stays clear without artifacts.

Ordering Information - MembraClear Membrane


Diameter (mm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
25 7141-025 100
37 7141-037 100
47 7141-047 100

63
Filter Papers and Membranes | M E M B R A N E acce s s or i e s

Membrane Accessories
Membrane Prefilters
The life of a membrane filter can be extended many The Whatman Multigrade GMF 150, used as a prefilter,
times by placing a prefilter adjacent to or upstream of nearly doubles the volume of sample filtered compared
the membrane. The total particulate load challenging to a single density prefilter. Compared to an unprotected
the membrane is considerably reduced thus allowing membrane, the volume of sample filtered is three to seven
the membrane to operate efficiently. times greater. Conventional prefilters cannot perform in
the same way as the Multigrade GMF 150 simply because
Whatman glass microfiber filters are used as prefilters prefilters of a uniform density do not have the loading capacity
for membranes. The outstanding properties of borosilicate of the multiporosity filter technology advanced by Whatman.
glass microfibers mean the filters offer high loading capacity For highly particulate loaded samples, the performance of
and retention of very fine particulates. GMF 150 filters is unsurpassed.

Ordering Information – Glass Microfiber Prefilter Circles


Prefilter Diameter Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
(mm) Multigrade GMF 150 Grade GF/B (fine) Grade GF/D (coarse)
10 2.7 – 1823-010 100
25 1.0 1821-025 – 100
25 2.7 – 1823-025 100
35 2.7 – 1823-035 100
37 1.0 1821-037 – 100
42.5 1.0 1821-042 – 100
42.5 2.7 – 1823-042 100
47 1.0 1841-047 – 40
47 2.0 1842-047 – 40
47 1.0 1821-047 – 100
47 2.7 – 1823-047 100
90 1.0 1841-090 – 20
90 2.0 1842-090 – 20
90 1.0 1821-090 – 25
90 2.7 – 1823-090 25
125 1.0 1821-125 – 25
125 2.7 – 1823-125 25
142 2.7 – 1823-142 25
257 2.7 – 1823-257 25

64
Membrane Filter Holders
Whatman offers a choice of holders for use with
membrane filters.

Vacuum Type Glass Holders


Produced from borosilicate glass and available with a choice
of support screen. Suitable for aqueous and organic solvent
filtration. The funnel seal ensures that the sample does not
bypass the membrane and that particulates are retained on
the surface of the membrane.

The sintered glass support is recommended for filtration and


biological analysis. The 304 stainless steel support screen is Membrane filter holders
suitable for use with proteinaceous solutions.

Polyester Drain Discs Applications


For use with membrane hardware where extra support • General laboratory microfiltration
is needed for improved flow rate and throughput. The
• Quality control and sterility testing
polyester drain disc is binder free and has a thickness of
100 µm. It provides a flat surface to eliminate filter tearing • Removal of particulates from HPLC solvents
or rupturing. It is also used as a separator between membrane • Tissue culture media filtration
layers in serial stack filtration applications. This chemically
inert support disc is available in a variety of diameters for
use in a range of devices.

Typical Data – Membrane Filter Holders


Filter Diameter (mm) Membrane Holder Reservoir Volume (ml) Filter Surface Area (cm2) Prefilter Diameter (mm)
Filter Systems – Glass
25 FG 25 25 2.1 16
25 FG 25R 50 2.1 13
25 FG 25S 25 2.1 16
47 FG 47 300 9.6 35
47 FG 47S 300 9.6 35
90 FG 90 1000 38.5 70
Additional types of membrane holders can be found in the Membrane Accessories section and Membrane Vacuum Filtration Equipment section.

65
Filter Papers and Membranes | M E M B R A N E acce s s or i e s

Ordering Information – Membrane Filter Accessories


Diameter (mm) Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
Membrane Filter Holders
25 1960-032 Stainless steel support, 50 ml volume 1
25 1960-002 Glass support, 25 ml volume 1
25 1960-052 Stainless steel support, 25 ml volume 1
47 1960-004 Glass support, 300 ml volume 1
47 1960-054 Stainless steel support, 300 ml volume 1
47 1961-054 Glass reservoir, 300 ml volume 1
90 1960-009 Glass support, 1000 ml volume 1
Drain Discs
10 230300 Polyester 100
22 230500 Polyester 100
25 230600 Polyester 100
37 230800 Polyester 100
47 231100 Polyester 100

Glass Vacuum Filtration Devices


Features and benefits
• Chemically resistant to most aqueous and organic solutions
• Acid and caustic solution resistant
• Autoclavable and can be sterilized in dry heat to 180°C
• Can be used up to 200°C

Applications
• Foodstuffs (e.g., ice cream)
• Beverages (e.g., residues in beer)
• Pharmaceuticals and cosmetics
• Water and wastewater
• Residue analytics and precipitation analysis
• Contamination tests (e.g., in electroplating)
• Microbiological, biochemical, and hydrobiological detection
• Radiochemical tests
• Particle analysis in sensitive areas of electronics, aviation,
and space travel

66
Technical Information – Glass Vacuum Filtration Devices

Upper part, lower part Borosilicate glass


Cap Silicone
Flask Borosilicate glass
Frit Glass D2
Sieve Stainless steel, Teflon coated
Seals PTFE and silicone
Clamps Aluminum and stainless steel
Hose connection POM, thread RD14

Series Funnel Volume (ml) Filter Format (mm) Filter Surface (cm2) Prefilter (mm) Height* × Diameter (mm)
GV 025 60 24/25 3.1 20 210/335 × 45
GV 050 250 47/50 12.5 40 225/450 × 80
GV 100 500 100 70 80 225 × 90
* Height without/with Erlenmeyer flask, diameter without clamp and hose coupling

Ordering Information – Glass Vacuum Filtration Devices


Code No Description Filter Support Vacuum Connection Quantity/Pack
GV 025 Series
10441000 GV 025/0 Glass frit Rubber stopper 1
10441100 GV 025/1 Sieve Rubber stopper 1
10441200 GV 025/2 Glass frit Hose coupling 1
Erlenmeyer flask 250 ml (NS29)
GV 050 Series*
10442000 GV 050/0 Glass frit Rubber stopper 1
10442100 GV 050/1 Sieve Rubber stopper 1
10442200 GV 050/2 Glass frit Hose coupling 1
Erlenmeyer flask 1000 ml (NS45)
10442300 GV 050/3 Sieve Hose coupling 1
Erlenmeyer flask 1000 ml (NS45)
GV 100 Series
10443000 GV 100/0 Glass frit Rubber stopper 1
10443100 GV 100/1 Sieve Rubber stopper 1
* Silicone cap and supplied with air inlet

67
Filter Papers and Membranes | M E M B R A N E acce s s or i e s

Syringe Type Holders S/S


Available in stainless steel and polypropylene with luer fittings
for use with a standard syringe. The holders are designed for
the quick and easy clarification, sterilization, and removal of
particulates from small volume samples, typically for HPLC
applications. The holders contain PTFE gaskets and O-rings
and allow the membrane to be autoclaved in place without
the filter sticking to the holder.

Luer lock fittings connect to a standard syringe and offer


convenience and ease of use for clarification, sterilization,
and removal of particulates from small volumes of liquid
(e.g., HPLC samples and solvents). Syringe type holder

Ordering Information – Syringe Type Holders


Diameter (mm) Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
Membrane Holders
13 1980-001 Stainless steel 1
25 1980-002 Stainless steel 1

Pop-TopTM and Swin-LokTM


Plastic Filter Holders
Features and Benefits
• Designed for microfiltration and ultra cleaning of small
volumes of liquids using positive pressure
• All three holders will accommodate Nuclepore track-etched
and cast membranes
• Syringe compatible

Plastic filter holders

68
Typical Data – Pop-Top and Swin-Lok Plastic Filter Holders
Materials 13 mm Pop-Top 25 mm Swin-Lok 47 mm Swin-Lok
Holder Polycarbonate Polypropylene Polycarbonate
Maximum operating 38°C (100°F) at 3.5 bar (50 psi)
temperature and pressure
Sterilization 121°C (250°F) for 15 minutes
Size (cm) 2.7 OD × 2.7 H 3.5 OD × 3.7 H 6.0 OD × 6.5 H
Membrane size (mm) 13 25 47
Prefilter size (mm) 10 22 42
Filtration area (cm2) 0.8 3.9 13.8
Connection
Cap Male luer slip-fit Female luer-lok Female luer slip-fit
Base Female luer slip-fit Male luer slip-fit Male 1/4” NPT and 1/4”
tubing (multipurpose)

Ordering Information – Pop-Top and Swin-Lok Plastic Filter Holders


Diameter (mm) Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
13 420100 Pop-Top holder 10
25 420200 Swin-Lok holder 10
47 420400 Swin-Lok holder 8

69
fil t r a t i o n devices

Filtration Devices
Every day, people put their trust in our solutions. From critical
HPLC/UHPLC sample preparations, to automated sample
preparations for dissolution testing, our products offer reliable
quality. When the lives and health of many are at stake, you
can count on us to deliver filtration devices that work.

72 Syringeless Filters

80 Syringe Filters (including syringe filters for automation)

100 Inline Filters

106 Capsule Filters

123 Centrifuge Filters

128 Venting Filters

133 Vacuum Protection Filters

134 Specialty Devices


Filtr ation de vices | s y r i n g eless fil t e r s

Filtration Devices
Whatman disposable filtration devices are designed to enable filtration of many types of samples.
They are available in a wide variety of filter choices with a polypropylene or polycarbonate housing
and utilize the most advanced construction methods and design features. This level of engineering
provides for the finest disposable filtration devices possible.

Syringeless Filters
Whatman syringeless filters are preassembled convenient filtration devices for
removing particulates from samples. They replace syringe-coupled filtration devices
with single disposable units. Whatman has made sample preparation easier, faster,
and more efficient with its innovative product line of syringeless filters.

Mini-UniPrep Syringeless Filters


The Whatman Mini-UniPrep™ Syringeless Filters provide a faster and easier way
to remove particulates from samples being prepared for High-Performance Liquid
Chromatography (HPLC) and Ultra High-Performance Liquid Chromatography
(UHPLC) analysis. In fact, Mini-UniPrep lets you prepare samples in one-third the time
required by other methods. Add up the time savings, plus the money saved from
cutting multiple consumables out of the sample preparation process, and you’ll see
huge benefits for your laboratory.

Mini-UniPrep is a preassembled filtration device consisting of a 0.4 ml capacity


chamber and a plunger. The plunger contains a filtration membrane at one end and Mini-UniPrep
a preattached cap/septum at the other. The plunger is pressed through the sample
in the outer chamber and positive pressure forces the filtrate into the reservoir of
the plunger. Air escapes through the vent hole until the locking ring is engaged,
Septum
providing an air-tight seal. Within seconds, the Mini-UniPrep can be placed into
any autosampler able to contain 2 ml vials for injection into your instrument.
Cap

The device can be used either manually or with a compressor unit. The multi-
compressor can process up to 6 samples at one time, further improving sample Locking ring
processing time and reducing the risk of hand stress. The Mini-UniPrep device is
designed to fit into any autosampler accommodating 12 × 32 mm vials. Alternatively
the septum can be pierced with a needle and the sample drawn off for manual
injection into an analyzer. Filtered liquid

Plunger
Features and Benefits Membrane
• All-in-one filtration process allows you to process sample loads in one-third Chamber
the time Liquid to be filtered
(containing particles)
•W
 ide range of membrane choices from 0.2 and 0.45 µm pore sizes to meet
specific sample application requirements
Mini-UniPrep
•C
 ompatible with most major autosamplers
• F ewer consumables required. Reduce costs by up to 40%
72
Applications HPLC/UHPLC
• Routine HPLC/UHPLC analysis
• Composite assays
• Content uniformity
• Protein precipitation
• Solubility testing
• Dissolution testing
• Sample filtration
Mini-UniPrep automated
A Variety of Mini-UniPrep Filters to Meet Your Needs
In a process of continuous improvement and innovation, Whatman has listened to
customers and created a whole family of Mini-UniPrep filters to meet specific needs.
For customers who need to filter light sensitive samples, there is Amber Mini-UniPrep.
For customers using robotics to maximize throughput, Whatman offers Slit Septa
Mini-UniPrep.

Amber Mini-UniPrep Syringeless Filter


Protects samples from UV damage.

Features and Benefits


• Amber colorant prevents photodegradation of light sensitive samples
Six-position compressor
• Same colorant used in pharmaceutical containers designed to meet USP
specifications for light resistance
• Translucent amber chamber and plunger enable easy visual inspection

Applications
• Use with any compound that requires protection from light, such as
catecholamines or vitamins

Slit Septa Mini-UniPrep Syringeless Filter


For high-throughput automation.

Features and Benefits


Mini-UniPrep in an HPLC autosampler
• Slit septum cap enables Mini-UniPrep use with current robotics on
HPLC instruments for high throughput automation
•D
 urable yet flexible slit septum cap has been specially designed for
instruments with sensitive sampling needs. Sample evaporation is minimal.

Applications
•U
 se with standard robotics on HPLC instruments with sensitive needles,
allowing for higher throughput

73
Filtr ation de vices | s y r i n g eless fil t e r s

Selection – Mini-UniPrep Filtering Media


Sample Type Suitable Mini-UniPrep Media
High particulate laden liquids Glass Microfiber (GMF)
Aqueous/organic samples in 3 to 10 pH range Nylon (NYL)
General filtration media/solvent based samples Polypropylene (PP)
Chemically aggressive solutions Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE)
Biological samples requiring low protein binding media Regenerated Cellulose (RC) or Polyethersulfone (PES)
Aqueous/organic solvents – low nonspecific protein binding media Polyvinylidene Difluoride (PVDF) or Regenerated Cellulose (RC)
Aqueous/organic solvents – high flow and loading capacity Polypropylene Depth Filter (Depth PP or DpPP)

Technical Data – Mini-UniPrep Syringeless Filters

Dimensions Equivalent in size to 12 × 32 mm vials


Materials of Construction
Housing and cap Polypropylene
Filter media As specified
Septa PTFE coated silicone rubber
Filtering capacity 0.4 ml
Nominal force needed to compress Approximately 18 lbs/8.2 kg
Maximum operating temperature 120°F (50°C)

Ordering Information – Mini-UniPrep Syringeless Filters


Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media Quantity/Pack
Standard Cap – Translucent Housing
0.2 UN203NPENYL Nylon 100
0.2 UN503NPENYL Nylon 1000
0.45 UN203NPUNYL Nylon 100
0.45 UN503NPUNYL Nylon 1000
0.2 UN203NPEPES PES 100
0.2 UN503NPEPES PES 1000
0.45 UN203NPUPES PES 100
0.45 UN503NPUPES PES 1000
0.2 UN203NPEAQU PVDF 100
0.2 UN503NPEAQU PVDF 1000
0.45 UN203NPUAQU PVDF 100
0.45 UN503NPUAQU PVDF 1000
0.2 UN203NPERC RC 100
0.2 UN503NPERC RC 1000
0.45 UN203NPURC RC 100
0.45 UN503NPURC RC 1000
0.2 UN203NPEORG PTFE 100
0.2 UN503NPEORG PTFE 1000
0.45 UN203NPUORG PTFE 100
PES – Polyethersulfone PVDF – Polyvinylidene Difluoride cont.
PTFE – Polytetrafluoroethylene RC – Regenerated Cellulose
74
Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media Quantity/Pack
Standard Cap – Translucent Housing
0.45 UN503NPUORG PTFE 1000
0.2 UN203NPEPP PP 100
0.2 UN503NPEPP PP 1000
0.45 UN203NPUPP PP 100
0.45 UN503NPUPP PP 1000
0.45 UN203NPUDPP DpPP 100
0.45 UN503NPUDPP DpPP 1000
0.45 UN203NPUGMF GMF 100
0.45 UN503NPUGMF GMF 1000
Slit Septum Cap – Translucent Housing
0.2 US203NPENYL Nylon 100
0.2 US503NPENYL Nylon 1000
0.45 US203NPUNYL Nylon 100
0.45 US503NPUNYL Nylon 1000
0.2 US203NPEPES PES 100
0.2 US503NPEPES PES 1000
0.45 US203NPUPES PES 100
0.45 US503NPUPES PES 1000
0.2 US203NPEAQU PVDF 100
0.2 US503NPEAQU PVDF 1000
0.45 US203NPUAQU PVDF 100
0.45 US503NPUAQU PVDF 1000
0.2 US203NPEORG PTFE 100
0.2 US503NPEORG PTFE 1000
0.45 US203NPUORG PTFE 100
0.45 US503NPUORG PTFE 1000
0.2 US203NPEPP PP 100
0.2 US503NPEPP PP 1000
0.45 US203NPUPP PP 100
0.45 US503NPUPP PP 1000
0.45 US203NPUDPP DpPP 100
0.45 US503NPUDPP DpPP 1000
0.45 US203NPUGMF GMF 100
0.45 US503NPUGMF GMF 1000
Amber Housing (for Light Sensitive Samples) – Standard Cap
0.2 UN203APENYL Nylon 100
0.45 UN203APUNYL Nylon 100
0.2 UN203APEPES PES 100
0.45 UN203APUPES PES 100
DpPP – Polypropylene Depth Filter PP – Polypropylene cont.
GMF – Glass Microfiber PTFE – Polytetrafluoroethylene
PES – Polyethersulfone PVDF – Polyvinylidene Difluoride

75
Filtr ation de vices | s y r i n g eless fil t e r s

Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media Quantity/Pack


Amber Housing (for Light Sensitive Samples) – Standard Cap
0.2 UN203APEAQU PVDF 100
0.45 UN203APUAQU PVDF 100
0.2 UN203APEORG PTFE 100
0.45 UN203APUORG PTFE 100
0.2 UN203APEPP PP 100
0.45 UN203APUPP PP 100
0.45 UN203APUDPP DpPP 100
0.45 UN203APUGMF GMF 100
Amber Housing (for Light Sensitive Samples) – Slit Septum Cap
0.45 US203APUNYL Nylon 100
Accessories – Six-Position Compressor
– CR0000006 – 1
Accessories – Adapter
– UN2031545PP – 150
DpPP – Polypropylene Depth Filter PTFE – Polytetrafluoroethylene
GMF – Glass Microfiber PVDF – Polyvinylidene Difluoride
PP – Polypropylene

UniPrep Syringeless Filters


UniPrep™ syringeless filters are preassembled filtration
devices for the filtration and storage of laboratory samples.
These devices are quick and easy to use and feature a plunger,
filter, and vial in one unit. They replace syringe-coupled
filtration devices with single, disposable units.

UniPrep devices consist of two parts: a test tube and a filter-


plunger. The design incorporates a prefilter and a membrane
into the tip of the plunger. When the filter-plunger is pressed
through the liquid placed in the test tube, positive pressure
forces the filtrate up into the reservoir of the filter-plunger.

UniPrep devices function in a similar way to the Mini-UniPrep.


However, UniPrep does not contain a septum in the cap and
can be used to filter larger volumes (1 to 5 ml).

Features and Benefits Applications


• Integral storage vial saves time and minimizes • Sample preparation (e.g., prior to preparative HPLC)
laboratory waste
• Difficult-to-filter samples
• Built-in glass fiber prefilter means even difficult samples are
• Quick filtration of samples
quick and easy to prepare
•C
 hoice of membranes for wide sample compatibility

76
The UniPrep syringeless filter is selected based on • NYL: Naturally hydrophilic membrane for filtration
compatibility with the sample in use. In manual operation, of samples containing aqueous or organic solvents
the filter-plunger, after the tip comes in contact with the liquid, with a pH range of 3-10
is slowly pushed into the test tube until it stops at the bottom.
•P
 TFE: Chemically inert Teflon membrane for filtration
The UniPrep is emptied either by decanting into a sample or
of samples containing > 50% organic solvent
autosampler vial or by drawing the filtered sample into
a syringe for manual injection into an instrument. • PVDF: Low protein binding membrane for filtration
of samples with aqueous or aqueous/organic
UniPrep Membranes are Available for Various Applications: solvent composition
•G
 MF: Layered glass microfiber depth filter for use with
samples containing aqueous or organic solvents (indicated
pore size is the particle retention rating)

Technical Data – UniPrep Syringeless Filters

Housing Polypropylene
Filtration area 0.3 cm2
Capacity 1-5 ml
Volume hold-up 50 μl
Prefilter Glass fiber
Sterilization Autoclave: 121°C at 15 psi (1 bar) for 20 min.

Ordering Information – UniPrep Syringeless Filters


Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media Quantity/Pack
0.2 UN113ENYL Nylon 50
0.45 UN113UNYL Nylon 50
0.45 UN513UNYL Nylon 1000
0.2 UN113EAQU PVDF 50
0.45 UN113UAQU PVDF 50
0.45 UN513UAQU PVDF 1000
0.2 UN113EORG PTFE 50
0.2 UN513EORG PTFE 1000
0.45 UN113UORG PTFE 50
0.45 UN513UORG PTFE 1000
0.45* UN113UGMF GMF 50
* Particle retention rating
GMF – Glass Microfiber
PTFE – Polytetrafluoroethylene
PVDF – Polyvinylidene Difluoride

77
Filtr ation de vices | s y r i n g eless fil t e r s

Autovial Syringeless Filters


Autovial™ syringeless filters are preassembled filtration devices for removing
particulates from samples. They replace syringe-coupled filtration devices with
single, disposable units.

Autovial devices are comprised of two parts: a graduated filter barrel and a
plunger. The proven design features an integral filter, built-in air purge and
a support stand that protects the recessed slip-luer tip. They are available in
a 5 ml and 12 ml volume capacity.

The Autovial filter is selected according to membrane compatibility with the


sample. In practice, the sample is poured into the 5 ml or 12 ml capacity filter barrel.
A plunger is inserted into the barrel until the bottom is securely in place; there is a
gap of air between the sample and plunger. Then, the tip of the Autovial is placed
into the mouth of an autosampler vial or container and the plunger compressed.
Filtration begins immediately and, as the plunger is compressed until it reaches
the bottom, the membrane is purged with air for maximum sample recovery.
For direct instrument injection, a needle is placed on the Autovial slip-luer outlet.

Features and Benefits


• Single unit convenience saves time. No assembly required – easier to load
•C
 hoice of filter media. Compatible with a wide range of sample types
• Excellent for hazardous samples. Self-contained device eliminates risk of
filter pop-off
• Built-in air purge maximizes sample recovery
• Sterile option available to maintain sample integrity
• Prefilter design for difficult-to-filter samples (no prefilter in Autovial 5 and in
selected Autovial 12)
•C
 hoice of glass fiber or polypropylene prefilters

Autovial Membranes are Available for Various Applications:


• CA: Cellulose Acetate – low nonspecific protein binding and high loading capacity
membrane for biological solutions
• GMF: Glass microfiber depth filter for samples in aqueous or organic solutions
• NYL: Nylon membrane for aqueous and organic samples within a pH range of 3-10
• PES: Polyethersulfone – low nonspecific protein binding membrane for samples
in aqueous solutions
• PP: Polypropylene – Hydrophobic membrane. Resistant to a wide range of
organic solvents
• PTFE: Polytetrafluoroethylene – Teflon membrane for samples with > 50%
organic solvent
• PVDF: Polyvinylidene Fluoride – low nonspecific protein binding membrane for
samples in aqueous solutions and/or organic solvents

Patent # 4,859,336

78
Typical Data – Autovial Syringeless Filters
Autovial 5 Autovial 12
Housing Polypropylene Polypropylene
Filtration area 1.7 cm2 3.0 cm2
Capacity 5 ml 12 ml
Volume hold-up 30 µl 140 µl
Outlet connection Male slip luer Male slip luer
Autoclavable 121°C for 20 min. 121°C for 20 min.

Ordering Information – Autovial Syringeless Filters


Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media Sterile Quantity/Pack
Autovial 5
0.45 AV115NPUNYL** Nylon No 50
0.45 AV115NPUAQU** PVDF No 50
0.2 AV115NPEORG** PTFE No 50
0.45 AV115NPUORG** PTFE No 50
0.45* AV115UGMF** GMF No 50
Autovial 12 – with Glass Prefilter
0.45 AV125UCA CA No 50
0.2 AV125SNAO Nylon Yes 40
0.2 AV125ENAO Nylon No 50
0.45 AV125UNAO Nylon No 50
0.45 AV525UNAO Nylon No 1000
0.45 AV125NPUPSU** PES No 50
0.2 AV125SAQU PVDF Yes 40
0.2 AV125EAQU PVDF No 50
0.45 AV125UAQU PVDF No 50
0.45 AV525UAQU PVDF No 1000
0.45 AV125NPUAQU** PVDF No 50
0.2 AV125SORG PTFE Yes 40
0.2 AV125EORG PTFE No 50
0.45 AV125UORG PTFE No 50
0.45 AV525UORG PTFE No 1000
0.45* AV125UGMF GMF No 50
0.45 AV125URCT GMF No 75
1.0* AV525BGMF GF/B No 1000
0.65 AV125PDCE CE No 40
Autovial 12 – with Polypropylene Prefilter
0.2 AV125EPP PP No 50
0.45 AV125UPP PP No 50
* Particle retention rating
* * No prefilters
CA – Cellulose Acetate PTFE – Polytetrafluoroethylene
GF – Glass Fiber PVDF – Polyvinylidene Difluoride
GMF – Glass Microfiber CE – Cellulose Ester

79
Filtr ation de vices | s y r i n g e fil t e r s

Syringe Filters Safety – Applicable to ALL Syringe Filters


Whatman offers a comprehensive range of disposable syringe Syringe use can result in high pressure. The smaller the
filter devices designed to provide fast and efficient filtration syringe, the higher the pressure that can be generated. As
of aqueous and organic solutions. They are made with a a general guide, the following pressures can be obtained
wide variety of membrane filters with a polypropylene or by hand with the syringes indicated:
polycarbonate housing using the most advanced methods
• 20 ml – 30 psi (2 bar) • 10 ml – 50 psi (3.4 bar)
and design features available today. These syringe filters
• 5 ml – 75 psi (5.2 bar) • 3 ml – 100 psi (6.9 bar)
are suitable for numerous applications in pharmaceutical,
• 1 ml – 150 psi (10.3 bar)
environmental, biotechnology, food/beverage, and agricultural
testing laboratories.
Individual users should determine the pressure they
generate by hand with a specific size syringe and
Whatman syringe filters are composed of either pure
take appropriate safety precautions not to exceed the
polypropylene or polycarbonate housing, and heat sealed
recommended rating for the device used. If the limitations
without the use of glues or sealants.
are exceeded, the device may burst.

Product Overview – Syringe Filters


Diameter (mm) Filters Features Media
10, 25 Anotop • Made of Anopore membrane Anopore
10, 25 Anotop Plus • Suitable for ion chromatography Anopore
• Low levels of anion leaching
13, 25 GD/X • Contains proprietary prefiltration stack of Whatman CA, PTFE, Nylon, PP, PES,
GMF 150 and Grade GF/F PVDF, GMF, RC
• 3x flow rates compared to unprotected membrane
25 GD/XP • Contains proprietary polypropylene prefiltration stack Nylon, PVDF, PP, PES, PTFE,
• Suitable for inorganic ion analysis Depth Polypropylene

4, 13, 25 Puradisc • Designed for manual operation PTFE, Nylon, PP, PES,
CA PVDF, GMF
30 Puradisc FP • Polycarbonate housing CA, CN
25 Roby 25 • Designed to be compatible with the major dissolution CA, Nylon, RC, GMF
test systems
13, 30 ReZist • PTFE for HPLC sample prep PTFE
13, 30 SPARTAN • Optimized for HPLC sample prep, HPLC certified, RC
batch certificate can be downloaded. Compatible with
organic and aqueous solvents
13 ZC • Designed to be Caliper (Zymark) compatible (ZC) for Nylon, PVDF, PTFE
automated robotic systems
CA – Cellulose Acetate PES – Polyethersulfone PVDF – Polyvinylidene Difluoride
CN – Cellulose Nitrate PP – Polypropylene RC – Regenerated Cellulose
GMF – Glass Microfiber PTFE – Polytetrafluoroethylene

80
Visible particles

Yeasts
Smallest
visible
particles Average size of
Bacteria Sub-optical particles (haze) (dust) human hair

0.05 µm 0.1 µm 0.2 µm 0.3 µm 0.45 µm 0.6 µm 1.0 µm 3.0 µm 5.0 µm 10 µm 25 µm 50 µm 100 µm 150 µm

Absolute Filters

PES

AS

TF

TC
SPF

VACU-GUARD
GW

Nominal Filters
HEPA-CAP

CARBON-CAP

HEPA-VENT

HEPA-DISC WPE

HD

Syringe filters are available in 4, 10, 13, 25, and 30 mm sizes – not all combinations may be available.

GD/X Syringe Filters


The GD/X™ range is specifically designed for high particulate
loaded samples. Constructed of a pigment-free polypropylene
housing with a prefiltration stack of Whatman GMF 150
(graded density) and GF/F glass microfiber media, these filters
eliminate sample contamination and allow you to filter even
the most difficult samples with less hand pressure. GD/X
syringe filters can process three to seven times more sample
volume than standard syringe filters.

GMF 150 and GF/F are produced from 100% borosilicate


glass microfiber. The innovative, graded density GMF 150
medium has a coarse top layer meshed with a fine bottom
layer that retains particles to 1.0 µm. A GF/F filter then retains
particles down to 0.7 µm. The prefilter stack ends with a
final membrane.

GD/X Syringe filter


81
Filtr ation de vices | s y r i n g e fil t e r s

GD/X filter construction facilitates exceptional loading


capacity with fast flow rates. This prevents the build up
of back pressure typically caused by the blocking of an Filters samples with
high particulates with
unprotected membrane. less hand force

Features
• 13 and 25 mm diameter syringe filters
• 13 mm devices for samples up to 10 ml and 25 mm
devices for samples greater than 10 ml (however, the
volume of sample that can be filtered through each filter
depends on the characteristics of the sample)
•S
 terile options Increase
flow rates
•P
 igment-free polypropylene housing Increases the volume
of sample filtered by
•P
 refiltration stack of Whatman GMF 150 3 to 7 times compared
(graded density) and GF/F glass microfiber media with conventional filters

Extends filter life and


Benefits reduces costly exchanges
• Eliminates sample contamination
• Requires less hand pressure, even with the most
difficult samples
• Processes three to seven times more sample volume

Applications
GD/X syringe filters are excellent for heavily particulate-laden
samples found in:
• Dissolution testing
• Content uniformity
• Concentration analysis
• Routine sample preparation
• Food analysis
• Environmental samples
• Composite assay

82
Typical Data – GD/X Syringe Filters
GD/X 13 mm GD/X 25 mm
Housing Polypropylene (pigment free) Polypropylene (pigment free)
Filtration area 1.3 cm2 4.6 cm2
Maximum pressure 100 psi (6.9 bar) 75 psi (5.2 bar)
Volume hold-up – full housing 0.5 ml 1.4 ml
– with air purge 50 µl (approx) 250 µl (approx)
Dimensions 21.6 × 29.8 mm 20.8 × 29.8 mm
Weight 3 g (approx) 3 g (approx)
Flow direction Flow should enter from the inlet Flow should enter from the inlet
Inlet connection Female luer lock Female luer lock
Outlet connection Male luer Male luer
Sterlization Autoclave at 121ºC (131ºC max) Autoclave at 121ºC (131ºC max)
at 15 psi (1 bar) for 20 min. at 15 psi (1 bar) for 20 min.
Biosafe All materials pass USP Class VI All materials pass USP Class VI
Glass microfiber 100% borosilicate glass fiber 100% borosilicate glass fiber
prefiltration media GMF 150 10 µm: 1 µm GMF 150 10 µm: 1 µm
GF/F 0.7 µm GF/F 0.7 µm

Ordering Information – GD/X Syringe Filters


Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media Quantity/Pack
GD/X 13 mm – Nonsterile
0.2 6880-1302 CA 150
0.45 6880-1304 CA 150
0.2 6870-1302 Nylon 150
0.2 6871-1302 Nylon 1500
0.45 6870-1304 Nylon 150
0.45 6871-1304 Nylon 1500
0.2 6876-1302 PES 150
0.45 6876-1304 PES 150
0.2 6872-1302 PVDF 150
0.45 6872-1304 PVDF 150
0.45 6873-1304 PVDF 1500
0.2 6878-1302 PP 150
0.45 6878-1304 PP 150
0.2 6874-1302 PTFE 150
0.2 6875-1302 PTFE 1500
0.45 6874-1304 PTFE 150
0.45 6875-1304 PTFE 1500
1.6* 6882-1316 GF/A** 150
1.0* 6884-1310 GF/B** 150
1.2* 6886-1312 GF/C** 150
* Glass microfiber particle retention rating cont.
* * Contains GMF 150 without the GF/F prefilter
CA – Cellulose Acetate PES – Polyethersulfone PTFE – Polytetrafluoroethylene
GF – Glass Fiber PP – Polypropylene PVDF – Polyvinylidene Difluoride

83
Filtr ation de vices | s y r i n g e fil t e r s

Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media Quantity/Pack


GD/X 13 mm – Nonsterile
2.7* 6888-1327 GF/D** 150
0.7* 6890-1307 GF/F** 150
0.45* 6894-1304 GMF 150
GD/X 25 mm – Nonsterile
0.2 6880-2502 CA 150
0.2 6881-2502† CA 1500
0.45 6880-2504 CA 150
0.45 6881-2504 CA 1500
0.2 6869-2502 Nylon high charge (positive) 150
0.45 6869-2504 Nylon high charge (positive) 150
0.2 6870-2502 Nylon 150
0.2 6871-2502 Nylon 1500
0.45 6870-2504 Nylon 150
0.45 6871-2504 Nylon 1500
5.0 6870-2550 Nylon 150
5.0 6871-2550 Nylon 1500
0.2 6876-2502 PES 150
0.2 6905-2502 PES 1500
0.45 6876-2504 PES 150
0.45 6905-2504 PES 1500
0.2 6872-2502 PVDF 150
0.2 6873-2502 PVDF 1500
0.45 6872-2504 PVDF 150
0.45 6873-2504 PVDF 1500
0.2 6878-2502 PP 150
0.45 6878-2504 PP 150
0.45 6879-2504 PP 1500
0.2 6874-2502 PTFE 150
0.2 6875-2502 PTFE 1500
0.45 6874-2504 PTFE 150
0.45 6875-2504 PTFE 1500
0.45 6882-2504 RC 150
0.45 6883-2504 RC 1500
1.6* 6882-2516 GF/A** 150
1.6* 6883-2516 GF/A** 1500
1.0* 6884-2510 GF/B** 150
1.2* 6886-2512 GF/C** 150
2.7* 6888-2527 GF/D** 150
0.7* 6890-2507 GF/F** 150
0.7* 6891-2507 GF/F** 1500
0.45* 6894-2504 GMF** 150
0.45* 6895-2504 GMF** 1500
1.5* 6892-2515 934-AH** 150
0.2 6901-2502 CA 50
0.45 6901-2504 CA 50
0.2 6896-2502 PES 50
cont.

84
Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media Quantity/Pack
GD/X 25 mm – Sterile
0.45 6896-2504 PES 50
0.2 6897-2502 PES 500
0.45 6897-2504 PES 500
0.2 6900-2502 PVDF 50
0.45 6900-2504 PVDF 50
0.45* 6902-2504 GMF** 50
* Glass microfiber particle retention rating
* * Contains GMF 150 without the GF/F prefilter
† Product is only available in the Americas
CA – Cellulose Acetate PES – Polyethersulfone PVDF – Polyvinylidene Difluoride
GF – Glass Fiber PP – Polypropylene RC – Regenerated Cellulose
GMF – Glass Microfiber PTFE – Polytetrafluoroethylene

GD/XP Syringe Filters


Whatman GD/XP™ disposable syringe filters are designed for use with samples
that require inorganic ion analysis, as levels of ion extractables are minimized.
They are also an alternative choice for users requiring a filter that exhibits
extremely low protein binding characteristics.

GD/XP syringe filters contain a two layer prefilter stack comprised of 20 µm and
5 µm polypropylene filters. The last stage of filtration is a choice of membrane,
which is positioned below the prefilter stack.

Applications
• HPLC sample preparation
• Trace metal analysis
• Sample preparation prior to determination of dissolved heavy metals

Typical Data – GD/XP Syringe Filters


GD/XP 25 mm
Housing Polypropylene (pigment free)
Filtration area 4.6 cm2
Maximum pressure 75 psi (5.2 bar)
Volume hold-up full housing 1.4 ml
with air purge 250 µl (approx)
Dimensions 20.8 × 30.0 mm
Weight 3 g (approx)
Flow direction Flow should enter from the inlet
Inlet connection Female luer lock
Outlet connection Male luer
Sterlization Autoclave at 121ºC (131ºC max) at 15 psi (1 bar) for 20 min.
Biosafe All materials pass USP Class VI
Prefiltration media PP 20 µm: 5 µm

85
Filtr ation de vices | s y r i n g e fil t e r s

Ordering Information – GD/XP Syringe Filters


Diameter (mm) Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media Hydrophilic Quantity/Pack
25 0.45 6970-2504 Nylon Yes 150
25 0.45 6971-2504 Nylon Yes 1500
25 0.45 6994-2504 PES Yes 150
25 0.45 6995-2504 PES Yes 1500
25 0.45 6972-2504 PVDF Yes 150
25 0.45 6973-2504 PVDF Yes 1500
25 0.45 6978-2504 PP No 150
25 0.45 6993-2504 PP No 1500
25 0.45 6974-2504 PTFE No 150
25 0.45 6993-2504 DpPP No 1500
DpPP – Polypropylene Depth Filter PVDF – Polyvinylidene Difluoride
PES – Polyethersulfone PTFE – Polytetrafluoroethylene
PP – Polypropylene

Puradisc Syringe Filters


Puradisc™ syringe filters combine premium quality and Puradisc 4
economy. They are used for the quick, efficient filtration of
samples up to 100 ml volume. Features
• 4 mm diameter syringe filter
Puradisc filters are produced from pigment-free polypropylene • Sample volume up to 2 ml
or polycarbonate with standard inlet (female luer lock) and • L ow hold-up volume < 10 µl ensures maximum
outlet (male luer) connections (unless otherwise stated). sample recovery
Options include a sterile, medical-grade blister pack for
critical applications and a special tube tip outlet that allows • Tube-tip format (optional)
the sample to be accurately dispensed into a micro-vial,
eliminating air lock. Applications
• HPLC samples containing low solid content – filtration will
Features and Benefits improve column life
• Pigment-free polypropylene (polycarbonate for Puradisc 30 • CE (Capillary Electrophoresis) samples – filtration will
and Aqua 30) eliminate spurious peaks
• Standard inlet and outlet luer connectors • Sterile filtration of low volume samples
• Optional sterile, medical-grade blister pack • UV/Vis samples – filter directly into cuvette using tube tip
• Tube-tip format (optional) for accurate dispensing into a • Refractometry – filter samples to prevent damage to
micro-vial instrument optics and improve accuracy of results
• Choice of membrane or glass microfiber filter media • Minimizing nonspecific binding to membrane
• Choice of filter sizes (4, 13 or 30 mm) to minimize sample loss (due to small membrane size)

• Sterile option for critical applications


• Wide range of membranes

86
Puradisc 13
Features
• 13 mm diameter syringe filter
• Sample volume up to 10 ml
• Low hold-up volume < 25 µl ensures maximum
sample recovery
• Glass microfiber option available
• Tube-tip format (optional)

Applications
• Biological sample preparation
• HPLC sample preparation
Puradisc 4 syringe filters

Puradisc 25
Features
• 25 mm diameter syringe filter
• Sample volume up to 100 ml
• Low hold-up volumes for maximum sample recovery
• Glass microfiber option available

Applications
• HPLC aqueous sample preparation
• Biological sample preparation
• Buffer solutions
• Salt solutions
• Tissue culture media
Puradisc 13 syringe filters with tube tip
• Irrigation solutions
• Sterile isolation

Puradisc 30
Features
• 30 mm diameter
• Larger filtration area (44% greater in comparison
with 25 mm)
•D
 esigned for aqueous samples

Applications
• Filtration of protein-containing solutions with minimal
protein loss (CA membrane)
• Removal of cellular constituents from solution

Puradisc 25 syringe filters


87
Filtr ation de vices | s y r i n g e fil t e r s

Puradisc Aqua 30
Specifically designed for filtration of environmental samples
prior to COD and DOC analysis. The membranes used in these
devices are prewashed prior to assembly of the filters so as to
reduce the organic carbon level.

Puradisc 30 syringe filter

Typical Data – Puradisc Syringe Filters


Puradisc 4 Puradisc 13 Puradisc 25 Puradisc 30/Aqua 30
Housing Polypropylene Polypropylene Polypropylene Polycarbonate
Filtration area 0.2 cm2 1.3 cm2 4.2 cm2 5.7 cm2
Maximum pressure 75 psi (5.2 bar) 75 psi (5.2 bar) 75 psi (5.2 bar) 100 psi (6.9 bar)
Volume hold-up full < 10 µl < 25 µl < 100 µl < 50 µl
housing with air purge
Dimensions 10.1 × 23.5 mm 16.3 × 19.8 mm 22.9 × 28.4 mm 26 × 34 mm
Weight 0.55 g 0.95 g 2.7 g 4.7 g
Volume throughput up to 2 ml up to 10 ml up to 100 ml up to 100 ml
Inlet connection Female luer lock Female luer lock Female luer lock Female luer lock
Outlet connection Male luer Male luer Male luer Male luer
Sterlization Autoclave at 121ºC Autoclave at 121ºC Autoclave at 121ºC Autoclave at 121ºC
(131ºC max) 131ºC max) (131ºC max) (131ºC max)

Ordering Information – Puradisc 4 mm Syringe Filters


Pore Size (µm) Media Quantity/Pack
Nylon PVDF PTFE
Nonsterile with Tube Tip
0.2 – 6777-0402 – 50
0.45 – 6777-0404 – 50
Sterile without Tube Tip
0.2 6786-0402 6791-0402 – 50
Nonsterile without Tube Tip
0.2 6789-0402 6779-0402 6784-0402 100
0.2 6790-0402 6792-0402 6783-0402 500
0.45 6789-0404 6779-0404 6784-0404 100
0.45 6790-0404 6792-0404 6783-0404 500
PTFE – Polytetrafluoroethylene
PVDF – Polyvinylidene Difluoride

88
Ordering Information – Puradisc 13 mm Syringe Filters (Nonsterile)
Pore Size (µm) Media Quantity/Pack
CA Nylon PES PVDF PP PTFE GMF
With Tube Tip
0.1 – – – – – 6784-1301 – 50
0.2 – – – 6777-1302 – 6775-1302 – 50
0.2 – – – 6778-1302 – – – 50
0.2 – – – 6760-1302 – 6761-1302 – 500
0.45 – – – 6777-1304 – 6775-1304 – 50
0.45 – – – 6796-1304 – – – 100
0.45 – – – 6760-1304 – 6761-1304 – 500
Without Tube Tip
0.1 – 6789-1301 – – – – – 100
0.2 – 6789-1302 6782-1302 6779-1302 6788-1302 6784-1302 – 100
0.2 – 6790-1302 – 6792-1302 6785-1302 6783-1302 – 500
0.2 – 6768-1302 – 6765-1302 – 6766-1302 – 2000
0.45 6771-1304 6789-1304 6782-1304 6779-1304 6788-1304 6784-1304 – 100
0.45 – 6790-1304 6781-1304 6792-1304 6785-1304 6783-1304 6818-1304 500
0.45 6763-1304 6768-1304 – 6765-1304 – 6766-1304 – 2000
1.0 – – – – – 6784-1310 – 100
5.0 – – – – – 6784-1350 100
GF/F 0.7* – – – – – – 6825-1307 100
GF/B 1.0* – – – – – – 6821-1310 100
GF/C 1.2* – – – – – – 6822-1312 100
GF/A 1.6* – – – – – – 6820-1316 100
GF/A 1.6 – – – – – 6806-1316 500
GF/D 2.7* – – – – – – 6823-1327 100
934-AH 1.5* – – – – – – 6827-1315 100
934-AH 1.5* – – – – – – 6816-1315 2000
* Particle retention rating
CA – Cellulose Acetate PES – Polyethersulfone PTFE – Polytetrafluoroethylene
GMF – Glass Microfiber PP – Polypropylene PVDF – Polyvinylidene Difluoride

Ordering Information – Puradisc 13 mm Syringe Filters (Sterile)


Pore Size (µm) Media Quantity/Pack
Nylon PVDF PES
Without Tube Tip
0.1 6786-1301 – –
0.2 6786-1302 6791-1302 6780-1302 50
0.45 – 6791-1304 6780-1304 50
PES – Polyethersulfone PVDF – Polyvinylidene Difluoride

Ordering Information – Puradisc FP 13 Syringe Filters (Sterile)


Pore Size (µm) Media: RC (Regenerated Cellulose) Quantity/Pack
With Mini Tip
0.2 10462940 50
Without Mini Tip
0.2 10462945 50
89
Filtr ation de vices | s y r i n g e fil t e r s

Ordering Information – Puradisc 25 mm Syringe Filters


Pore Size (µm) Media Quantity/Pack
Nylon PES PVDF PP PTFE GMF DpPP
Sterile Membrane
0.2 – 6780-2502 – – – – – 50
0.2 – 6794-2512 – – – – – 1000
0.45 – 6780-2504 – – – – – 50
0.45 – 6794-2514 – – – – – 1000
1.0 – 6780-2510 – – – – – 50
Nonsterile Membrane
0.1 – – – – 6784-2501 – – 50
0.1 – – – – 6798-2501 – – 1000
0.2 6750-2502 – 6746-2502 6786-2502 6784-2502 – – 50
0.2 6751-2502 6781-2502 6747-2502 6788-2502 6785-2502 – – 200
0.2 – 6759-2502 – – – – 300
0.2 6753-2502 6794-2502 – 6790-2502 6798-2502 – – 1000
0.2 – 6794-2512 – – – – – 1000
0.2 – 6794-2512 – – – – – 1000
0.45 6750-2504 – 6746-2504 – 6784-2504 – 6786-2504 50
0.45 6751-2504 6781-2504 6747-2504 6788-2504 6785-2504 – 6788-2504 200
0.45 – 6759-2504 – – – – – 300
0.45 6752-2504 – – – – – – 500
0.45 6753-2504 6794-2504 6749-2504 – 6798-2504 – 6790-2504 1000
0.45 – 6794-2514 – – – – – 1000
0.7 GF/F* – – – – – 6825-2517 – 50
0.7 GF/F* – – – – – 6825-2527 – 200
0.7 GF/F* – – – – – 6787-2520 – 1000
1.0 6750-2510 – – – 6784-2510 – – 50
1.0 6751-2510 6781-2510 – – – – – 200
1.0 6753-2510 6794-2510 – – 6798-2510 – – 1000
1.0 GD 1* – – – – – 6783-2510 – 100
1.0 GD 1* – – – – – 6792-2510 – 1000
2.0 GD 2* – – – – – 6783-2520 – 100
* Particle retention rating .
DpPP – Polypropylene Depth Filter PES – Polyethersulfone PTFE – Polytetrafluoroethylene
GD – Graded Density PP – Polypropylene PVDF – Polyvinylidene Difluoride
GMF – Glass Microfiber

Ordering Information – Puradisc 30 mm Syringe Filters


Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Description Media Connection Color Code Quantity/Pack
Housing In/Out
0.2 10462200* FP 30 CN-S CA/PC FLL/ML Red 50
0.2 10462701 FP 30 CA CA/PC FLL/ML Red 50
0.2 10462710 FP 30 CA CA/PC FLL/ML Red 100
0.2 10462700 FP 30 CA CA/PC FLL/ML Red 500
0.45 10462100* FP 30 CA-S** CA/PC FLL/ML White 50
0.45 10462601 FP 30 CA CA/PC FLL/ML White 50
0.45 10462610 FP 30 CA CA/PC FLL/ML White 100
0.45 10462600 FP 30 CA CA/PC FLL/ML White 500
cont.
90
Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Description Media Connection Color Code Quantity/Pack
Housing In/Out
0.8 10462240* FP 30 CA-S** CA/PC FLL/ML Green 50
0.8 10462241 FP 30 CA CA/PC FLL/ML Green 50
0.8 10462260* FP 30 CA-S CA/PC FLL/ML Orange 50
0.8 10462243 FP 30 CA CA/PC FLL/ML Green 500
1.2 10462261 FP 30 CA CA/PC FLL/ML Orange 50
1.2 10462263 FP 30 CA CN/PC FLL/ML Orange 500
5.0 10462000* FP 30 CN-S CN/PC FLL/ML Black 50
5.0 10462520 FP 30 CN CN/PC FLL/ML Black 50
5.0 10462510 FP 30 CN CN/PC FLL/ML Black 100
5.0 10462500 FP 30 CN CN/PC FLL/ML Black 500
Luer-Lock Outlet
0.2 10462205* FP 30 CA-S** CA/PC FLL/MLL Red 50
0.2 10462206 FP 30 CA CA/PC FLL/MLL Red 500
0.2 10462300* FP 30 PTFE/PC FLL/ML – 50
0.2 10462800 FP 30 PTFE PTFE/PC FLL/ML – 500
0.2 10462960* FP 30 RC-S RC/PC FLL/ML – 50
0.45 10462950* FP 30 RC-S RC/PC FLL/ML – 50
* Sterile * * Edotoxin-free according to LAL test (USPXXII), sensitivity: 0.25 EU/ml
CA – Cellulose Acetate FLL – Female Luer Lock MLL – Male Luer Lock RC – Regenerated
CN – Cellulose Nitrate ML – Male Luer PC – Polycarbonate Cellulose

Ordering Information – Puradisc Aqua 30 mm Syringe Filters


Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Description Media Connection Color Code Quantity/Pack
Housing In/Out
0.45 10462656 Aqua 30 CA CA/PC FLL/ML White 50
0.45 10462655 Aqua 30 CA CA/PC FLL/ML White 100
0.45 10462650 Aqua 30 CA CA/PC FLL/ML White 500
CA – Cellulose Acetate PC – Polycarbonate ML – Male Luer
CN – Cellulose Nitrate FLL – Female Luer Lock MLL – Male Luer Lock

SPARTAN – HPLC Certified


SPARTAN™ syringe filters ensure reproducible results from the filtration of organic
or aqueous solutions for HPLC. For batch-to-batch consistency, the SPARTAN range
of filters is tested and certified for the absence of UV-absorbing substances at
wavelengths of 210 and 254 nm with water, methanol, and acetonitrile.

Technical Tip:
Download your SPARTAN 13 and 30 batch certificate from the Internet to
document the unequalled purity of each batch.

To download, visit the Support section of www.whatman.com. Enter the lot


number, and you will receive the lot specific chromatogram and test conditions.

91
Filtr ation de vices | s y r i n g e fil t e r s

Features
• Ready-to-use filter unit with a hydrophilic, low protein-binding membrane made
of regenerated cellulose
• Excellent chemical resistance against the standard aqueous and organic
HPLC solvents
• 13 mm diameter with Mini-Tip
• SPARTAN syringe filters are tested and certified for the absence of UV-absorbing
substances at wavelengths of 210 and 254 nm with water, methanol, and
acetonitrile
• 13 mm diameter with extremely low dead volume < 10 µl
SPARTAN 13 with Mini-Tip

Benefits
• Versatile: Use for any application requiring a chemically resistant, hydrophilic, low
protein-binding membrane
• Documented batch-to-batch quality and consistency ensure reproducible results
• 13 mm diameter with Mini-Tip outlet is ideal for filtration into very small
sample bottles

Applications
• Filtration of organic and aqueous solutions in HPLC with reproducible results
• Purification of aqueous and organic solutions
• Filtration of protein solutions
SPARTAN 30

Ordering Information – SPARTAN – HPLC Certified Syringe Filters


Diameter (mm) Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media/Housing Connection (In/Out) Color Code Quantity/Pack
13 0.2 10463040 RC/PP FLL/Mini-Tip Dark Brown 100
13 0.2 10463042 RC/PP FLL/Mini-Tip Dark Brown 500
13 0.2 10463100 RC/PP FLL/ML Dark Brown 100
13 0.2 10463102 RC/PP FLL/ML Dark Brown 500
13 0.45 10463030 RC/PP FLL/Mini-Tip Light Brown 100
13 0.45 10463032 RC/PP FLL/Mini-Tip Light Brown 500
13 0.45 10463110 RC/PP FLL/ML Light Brown 100
13 0.45 10463112 RC/PP FLL/ML Light Brown 500
30 0.2 10463060 RC/PP FLL/ML Dark Brown 100
30 0.2 10463062 RC/PP FLL/ML Dark Brown 500
30 0.45 10463053 RC/PP FLL/ML Light Brown 50
30 0.45 10463050 RC/PP FLL/ML Light Brown 100
30 0.45 10463052 RC/PP FLL/ML Light Brown 500
FLL – Female Luer Lock         PP – Polypropylene     
ML – Male Luer        RC – Regenerated Cellulose

92
ReZist Syringe Filters
The Whatman ReZist™ range of syringe filters has been specifically designed
to be resistant to organic solvents. These filters are suitable for the clarification of
aggressive organic solvents. ReZist 30 mm filters can also be used as a venting
filter for small vessels.

ReZist for HPLC Sample Preparation


Features
• Hydrophobic PTFE membrane is laminated with polypropylene
• 13 mm diameter with Mini-Tip
• 13 mm diameter with extremely low dead volume < 10 µl

Benefits
• Excellent chemical resistance against standard organic HPLC solvents
• 13 mm diameter with Mini-Tip outlet permits filtration into very
small sample bottles
•P
 ermits optimal utilization of small sample volumes

ReZist 13 mm PTFE and ReZist 30 mm PTFE


ReZist for Air Venting
Features
• Integral, permanently hydrophobic PTFE membranes
• Polypropylene support

Benefits
• Extremely high chemical resistance

Typical Applications – ReZist

Filtration of organic solutions in HPLC ReZist 13 and 30 Aerosol separation for protecting vacuum pumps ReZist 30
Filtration of aggressive solutions ReZist 13 and 30 Sterile venting of small volumes ReZist 30
1 µm membrane for prefiltration of high solid ReZist 13 and 30 Prefiltration of difficult-to-filter aqueous or ReZist 30/GF92
content solutions organic solutions containing particles
Moisture barrier when venting ReZist 30 Air sterilization for tubing systems ReZist 30

Ordering Information – ReZist


Diameter (mm) Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media/Housing Connection (In/Out) Color Code Quantity/Pack
13 0.2 10463703 PTFE/PP FLL/Mini-Tip White 100
13 0.45 10463713 PTFE/PP FLL/Mini-Tip Green 100
30 0.2 10463500* PTFE/PP FLL/ML White 50
30 0.2 10463503 PTFE/PP FLL/ML White 100
30 0.2 10463505 PTFE/PP FLL/ML White 500
30 0.45 10463510* PTFE/PP FLL/ML Green 50
30 0.45 10463513 PTFE/PP FLL/ML Green 100
30 0.45 10463515 PTFE/PP FLL/ML Green 500
cont.

93
Filtr ation de vices | s y r i n g e fil t e r s

Diameter (mm) Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media/Housing Connection (In/Out) Color Code Quantity/Pack
30 >1 10463545 GF92/PP FLL/ML Natural 50
30 >1 10463543 GF92/PP FLL/ML Natural 100
30 1.0 10463523 PTFE/PP FLL/ML Yellow 100
30 1.0 10463525 PTFE/PP FLL/ML Yellow 500
30 5.0 10463533 PTFE/PP FLL/ML Grey 100
30 5.0 10463535 PTFE/PP FLL/ML Grey 500
* Sterile
FLL –Female Luer Lock ML – Male Luer PTFE – Polytetrafluoroethylene
GF – Glass Fiber PP – Polypropylene

Anotop Syringe Filters


Anotop™ syringe filters are a universal solution for numerous filtration
applications. Anotop filters can be used with most organic solvents and
aqueous materials, and they are suitable for sample volumes up to 100 ml.
The distinctive hexagonal housing is manufactured from pigment-free
polypropylene to eliminate sample contamination. No wetting agents or
adhesives are used in the manufacturing process.

Anotop syringe filters contain the proprietary alumina based Anopore™


membrane and are supplied in three pore sizes. Glass microfiber prefilter
versions are available for difficult-to-filter samples.

Anotop 10
Features
• 10 mm diameter syringe filter
• Inorganic membrane
• Capillary pore structure

Benefits
• Low protein binding
• Filters sample volume up to 10 ml
• Low hold-up volume < 20 µl ensures maximum sample recovery
Anotop 10
• Sterile formats are available for critical applications

Anotop 10 Plus
The Anotop 10 Plus syringe filter offers the added benefit of an integral glass
microfiber prefilter. This unit is designed to enable difficult and hard-to-filter
solutions to be filtered without adversely affecting the filtration efficiency of
the final membrane. This can eliminate the need for sample clean-up or
expensive and time-consuming sequential filtration.

Applications
• Filtration of heavily particulate loaded samples prior to HPLC
• Removal of solids prior to UV/Vis analysis
Anotop 10 and Anotop 25
94
Anotop 25
Features
• 25 mm diameter syringe filter
• Filters sample volume up to 100 ml

Applications
• Cold sterilization of growth media
• Phage and virus filtration
• Removal of high molecular weight proteins or polymers
• Liposome extrusion
• Filtration of solvents for spectroanalysis and analytical
sample preparation
Anotop IC
Anotop 25 Plus
The Anotop 25 Plus syringe filter offers the added benefit Benefits
of an integral glass microfiber prefilter. This unit is designed • Enhanced consistency of analytical results
to enable difficult and hard-to-filter solutions to be filtered
without adversely affecting the filtration efficiency of the final • Extended column life
membrane. This can eliminate the need for sample clean-up • Certified and guaranteed low levels of anion leaching
or expensive and time-consuming sequential filtration. for improved results

Applications Applications
• Filtration of tissue culture media • Ion chromatography sample preparation
• Clean-up of difficult samples • HPLC sample preparation
• Filtration of colloidal material
• Removal of mycoplasma
Anotop LC
Whatman Anotop LC syringe filters have been specially
• HPLC sample preparation
designed for simple and effective preparation of your samples
• Biological sample preparation prior to HPLC. They preserve the life of your column by
efficiently removing particulates from your analytical samples.
Anotop IC Because the Anotop LC syringe filter is made from pigment free
Whatman Anotop IC syringe filters are specifically polypropylene and uses the Anopore inorganic membrane,
designed for the preparation of samples for subsequent you can be sure that after filtration the level of extractable UV
ion chromatography and HPLC analysis. These devices absorbing compounds is minimal.
ensure very low levels of anion leaching for ion
chromatography testing. Features
• Better consistency of analytical results and longer column life
Features • Extremely low levels of UV absorbing compounds mean
• 10 mm diameter syringe filters better HPLC results
• 25 mm diameter syringe filters • Easy to use with all sample types
• Each batch certified for IC

95
Filtr ation de vices | s y r i n g e fil t e r s

Typical Data – Anotop Syringe Filters


Anotop 10 Anotop 10 Plus Anotop 25 Anotop 25 Plus
Housing Polypropylene Polypropylene Polypropylene Polypropylene
Filtration area 0.78 cm2 0.78 cm2 4.78 cm2 4.78 cm2
Maximum pressure 100 psi (6.9 bar) 100 psi (6.9 bar) 100 psi (6.9 bar) 100 psi (6.9 bar)
Volume hold-up < 20 µl < 30 µl < 150 µl < 200 µl
Prefilter type N/A Glass microfiber (binderless) N/A Glass microfiber (binderless)
Membrane diameter 10 mm 10 mm 25 mm 25 mm
Membrane type Anopore Anopore Anopore Anopore
Average membrane 60 µm 60 µm 60 µm 60 µm
thickness
Device width 15.4 mm 15.4 mm 36.8 mm 36.8 mm
Device length 18.5 mm 18.5 mm 26.3 mm 26.3 mm
Device shape Hexagonal Hexagonal Hexagonal Hexagonal
Construction process Thermal weld Thermal weld Thermal weld Thermal weld
Inlet connection Female luer lock Female luer lock Female luer lock Female luer lock
Outlet connection Male luer Male luer Male luer Male luer
Protein adsorption Low Medium/High Low Medium/High
Extractable materials Low Low Low Low
Cytotoxicity Non-Cytotoxic Non-Cytotoxic Non-Cytotoxic Non-Cytotoxic

Typical Data – Anotop Syringe Filters


Anotop 10 IC Anotop 10 LC Anotop 25 IC Anotop 25 LC
Housing Polypropylene Polypropylene (pigment free) Polypropylene Polypropylene (pigment free)
Filtration area 0.78 cm2 – 4.78 cm2 –
Maximum pressure 100 psi (6.9 bar) – 100 psi (6.9 bar) –
Volume hold-up < 20 µl < 20 µl < 150 µl < 150 µl
with air purge
Membrane diameter 10 mm – 25 mm –
Construction process Thermal weld – Thermal weld –
Extractable materials Negligible – Negligible –
Average membrane 60 µm – 60 µm –
thickness
Device width 15.4 mm – 36.8 mm –
Device length 18.5 mm – 26.3 mm –
Inlet connection Female luer lock – Female luer lock –
Outlet connection Male luer – Male luer –
Membrane type Anopore – Anopore –

Typical Data – Anotop IC Syringe Filters


Anion Level (ppb) Anion Level (ppb)
Fluoride < 10 Phosphate < 75
Chloride < 15 Nitrite < 30
Bromide < 20 Nitrate < 30
Sulfate < 30 – –
Typical average anion leaching levels in 18 MΩ • cm (MegaOhm • cm) water at 20°C
96
Ordering Information – Anotop Syringe Filters
Pore Size (µm) Media Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Anotop 10
0.02 Anopore 6809-1002 50
0.1 Anopore 6809-1012 50
0.2 Anopore 6809-1022 50
0.02 Anopore, sterile 6809-1102 50
0.1 Anopore, sterile 6809-1112 50
0.2 Anopore, sterile 6809-1122 50
Anotop 10 Plus
0.02 Anopore with prefilter 6809-3002 50
0.1 Anopore with prefilter 6809-3012 50
0.2 Anopore with prefilter 6809-3022 50
0.02 Anopore with prefilter, sterile 6809-3102 50
0.1 Anopore with prefilter, sterile 6809-3112 50
0.2 Anopore with prefilter, sterile 6809-3122 50
Anotop 25
0.02 Anopore 6809-2002 50
0.1 Anopore 6809-2012 50
0.2 Anopore 6809-2022 50
0.2 Anopore 6809-2024 200
0.02 Anopore, sterile 6809-2102 50
0.1 Anopore, sterile 6809-2112 50
0.2 Anopore, sterile 6809-2122 50
Anotop 25 Plus
0.02 Anopore with prefilter 6809-4002 50
0.1 Anopore with prefilter 6809-4012 50
0.2 Anopore with prefilter 6809-4022 50
0.02 Anopore with prefilter, sterile 6809-4102 50
0.1 Anopore with prefilter, sterile 6809-4112 50
0.2 Anopore with prefilter, sterile 6809-4122 50
0.2 Anopore with prefilter 6809-4024 200
Anotop 10 IC
0.2 Anopore 6809-9233 100
0.2 Anopore 6809-9234 200
0.2 Anopore 6809-9244 250
0.2* Anopore 6839-1212 100
Anotop 10 IC Blister
0.2 Anopore 6809-9232 50
0.2 Anopore 6809-9235 250
Anotop 10 LC
0.2 Anopore 2001-0100 100
0.2 Anopore 2001-0200 200
Anotop 25 LC
0.2 Anopore 2002-5100 100
0.2 Anopore 2002-5200 200
* With tube tip
97
Filtr ation de vices | s y r i n g e fil t e r s

Roby 25
Roby 25 syringe filters for robotic systems were developed
specifically for automated sample filtration systems.
Whatman offers Roby syringe filters with various membranes.
For difficult-to-filter samples, Roby syringe filters are also
available with membranes plus an integral glass fiber prefilter.

The filter housing is made from mechanically stable


polypropylene. The external geometry of the filter housing
ensures simple and smooth filter transport from the storage
turntable to the filtration site and easy filter changing. Roby 25

Features ZC 13 mm Syringe Filter for Automation


• Optimized for Sotax,® Caliper® (Zymark®), and Varian®
These devices offer an effective alternative to single layer
tablet testers
devices and prevent premature membrane clogging.
• Mechanically stable polypropylene
Features
Benefits • 13 mm diameter syringe filters
•E
 asy filter changing
• For sample volumes up to 10 ml
•E
 nsures simple and smooth filter transport
• High loading capacity for difficult samples
Applications • Choice of membranes and pore sizes available for wide
• Fine filtration of samples in the automatic tablet sample compatibility
dissolution test • Suitable for manual and automated processes
•M
 ethod development with the Roby 25 Filter Validation Kit
Applications
Roby 25 Filter Validation Kit • Automated sample filtration

The Roby 25 Filter Validation Kit includes step-by-step • Tablet dissolution tests
instructions for essential selection tests. Instructions include
all important properties in an at-a-glance format.

Features
• Six types of filters: six tubes each with 25 filters
• Filter validation protocol with filter selection aid

Ordering Information – Roby 25 Syringe Filters for Automation


Diameter Pore Size Description Catalog Media/Housing Connection Color Code Quantity/
(mm) (µm) Number In/Out Pack
25 0.45 Roby 25 CA-GF92 10463813 CA-GF/PP FLL/ML Green 200*
25 0.45 Roby 25 CA-GF92 10463812 CA-GF/PP FLL/ML Green 1000
25 0.45 Roby 25 NL 10463803 NYL/PP FLL/ML Translucent yellow 200*
25 0.45 Roby 25 NL-GF92 10463805 NYL-GF/PP FLL/ML Yellow 200*
25 0.45 Roby 25 NL-GF92 10463804 NYL-GF/PP FLL/ML Yellow 1000
25 0.45 Roby 25 RC 10463807 RC/PP FLL/ML Translucent brown 200*
25 0.45 Roby 25 RC-GF92 10463809 RC-GF/PP FLL/ML Brown 200*
25 0.7 Roby 25/GF55 10463814 GF/PP FLL/ML Natural 200*
cont.

98
Diameter Pore Size Description Catalog Description Connection Color Code Quantity/
(mm) (µm) Number In/Out Pack
25 0.7 Roby 25/GF55 10463815 GF/PP FLL/ML Natural 1000
25 1.0 Roby 25/GF92 10463801 GF/PP FLL/ML Natural 200*
25 1.0 Roby 25/GF92 10463800 GF/PP FLL/ML Natural 1000
25 – Filter Validation Kit** 10463898 – FLL/ML – 150
* 8 tubes with 25 pieces each
* * Filter Validation Kit includes: Roby 25 NL; Roby 25 NL-GF92; Roby 25/RC; Roby 25/RC-GF92; Roby 25/GF55; Roby 25/GF92
FLL – Female Luer Lock ML – Male Luer PP – Polypropylene
GF – Glass Fiber NYL – Nylon RC – Regenerated Cellulose

Typical Data – ZC 13 mm Syringe Filters

Housing Polypropylene Inlet connection Female slip luer


Dimensions 21.7 × 29.7 mm Outlet connection Male luer
Weight 3 g (approx) Prefiltration media GMF 150 10 µm: 1 µm and GF/F 0.7 µm
Filtration area 1.3 cm2 Biosafe All materials pass USP Class VI
Glass microfiber 100% borosilicate Maximum pressure 100 psi (6.9 bar)
Hold-up volume full housing 0.5 ml Sterilization Autoclave at 121ºC (max 131ºC) at 15 psi
with air purge 50 µl (approx) for 20 min.

Ordering Information – ZC 13 and ZC 25 mm Syringe Filters


Pore Size (µm) Media Catalog Number Protein Binder Solvent Resistance Quantity/Pack
ZC 13 mm
0.2 Nylon with prefilter 6841-1302 High Good 1000
0.45 Nylon with prefilter 6840-1304 High Good 200
0.45 PVDF with prefilter 6842-1304 Low Good 200
0.45 PVDF with prefilter 6843-1304 Low Good 1000
0.2 PTFE with prefilter 6844-1302 Low Excellent 200
0.45 PTFE with prefilter 6844-1304 Low Excellent 200
ZC 25 mm
0.2 Nylon 6841-2502 – – 1000
0.45 Nylon 6840-2504 – – 200
0.45 Nylon 6841-2504 – – 1000
0.45 PVDF 6842-2504 – – 200
0.2 PTFE 6844-2502 – – 200
0.45 PTFE 6844-2504 – – 200
0.45 PS 6846-2504 – – 200
0.45 PS 6847-2504 – – 1000
0.45 PP 6849-2504 – – 1000
1.6 GF/A 6853-2516 – – 1000
1.0 GF/B 6855-2510 – – 200
1.0 GF/B 6854-2510 1000
1.0 GF/B 6888-2510 – – 1000
2.7 GF/D 6858-2527 – – 200
0.7 GF/F 6860-2507 – – 200
0.45 GMF 6864-2504 – – 200
PTFE – Polytetrafluoroethylene   PVDF – Polyvinylidene Difluoride
99
Filtr ation de vices | I N L I N E fil t e r s

Clyde Inline Filter


The most convenient way to filter sterilize and dispense tissue
culture media.
• 0.2 µm version typically filter sterilizes 2 liters in one
continuous process
•C
 ompletely self-contained
• Integral syringe pump provides positive pressure filtration
in any location
• Includes flexible tubing and one-way check valve
•G
 lass microfiber prefilter
•R
 adiation sterilized and individually packed
•N
 onpyrogenic and biosafe

Clyde™ features an asymmetric mixed cellulose ester Clyde can be used with tissue culture media and aqueous
membrane. Filtration area is 16 cm2. Filter housing is acrylic; solutions compatible with the cellulose membrane. As Clyde
other materials featured are polypropylene, PVC, and Tygon. needs no vacuum pump or other power supply, field work
Syringe capacity is 20 ml. applications are also possible.

Ordering Information – Clyde (Sterile)


Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
0.2 6740-5002 5
0.45 6740-5004 5

Inline Filters
Whatman inline filters feature a high-purity polypropylene
housing to maintain sample purity and are available with
a choice of filtration media to suit a range of aqueous and
organic samples. They utilize the most advanced construction
methods and design features. This level of engineering
provides for the finest disposable inline filter devices.

Polydisc Filters
Whatman Polydisc™ 50 mm inline disc filters are designed
for larger volume sample filtration in the laboratory, at a pilot
plant, or in manufacturing. They are extremely versatile and of filtration media to suit a range of aqueous and organic
cost effective. Sample volumes up to 1 liter can be filtered with samples. The devices are autoclavable and sterile options
one device. Polydisc devices can be used in conjunction with are available.
a syringe or connected inline via stepped hose barbs.
Whatman Inline Filter/Degassers (IFD) connect directly into
Polydisc filters feature a high-purity polypropylene housing an HPLC line to simultaneously filter and degas the mobile
to maintain sample purity and are available with a choice phase as it is being used.

100
Polydisc AS Features and Benefits
•R
 adiation sterilized. No EtO residuals
The Polydisc AS (Aqueous Solution) family of 50 mm
filter devices features a high throughput polyethersulfone •B
 arbed hose connections fit multiple tubing sizes
membrane, which has low protein binding and no • Integrity-testable (bubble point method)
surfactants, developed for use in the pharmaceutical
• Lightweight (11.5 g); avoids the collapsing of tubing, which
industry. A glass microfiber prefilter extends the life of
can be caused by heavy filter devices
the membrane and effectively filters heavily contaminated
samples. Each Polydisc AS device has a sterility cap on
Applications
the outlet and is sealed in its own medical-grade clear
• Tissue culture media
blister pack, radiation sterilized, and secured in a
protective shelf pack. • Reagent preparation
• Particle counting solutions
• Pharmaceutical preparations
Typical Data – Polydisc AS
Pore Size (µm)* Prefilter/Media Water Flow Rate
ml/min at 0.7 bar (10 psi)
0.2 GMF/PES 150
0.45 GMF/PES 225
1.0 GMF/Nylon 625
* Liquid rating. Retention efficiency in gas GMF – Glass Microfiber
streams is significantly higher PES – Polyethersulfone
SLPM – Standard Liters Per Minute

Ordering Information – Polydisc AS


Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Prefilter/Media Quantity/Pack
Sterile
0.2 6724-5002 GMF/PES 10
0.45 6724-5045 GMF/PES 10
1.0 6724-5010 GMF/Nylon 10
Nonsterile
0.45 6724-5145 GMF/PES 50
Inline connection – Polydisc, AS, TF, SPF accepts 6-10 mm ID hose

Polydisc TF and ReZist • Integrity-testable (bubble point or water breakthrough


pressure “in situ” methods)
This device features a PTFE membrane, which is suitable
for chemically aggressive solutions, reagents, and organic • Biosafe
solvents. This lightweight unit is particularly suitable for • Lightweight (11.5 g for Polydisc and 17.9 g for ReZist);
protective vents and for inline filtration and isolation avoids the collapsing of tubing, which can be caused by
applications. The 1 µm device features a polypropylene heavy filter devices
prefilter for use with heavily contaminated samples.
Applications
Features and Benefits •P
 harmaceutical: vents and inline applications
• Solvent-resistant membrane
• Biotech: sterile vents and exhausts for growth environments,
• Chemical-resistant housing inline sterilization of gases
• Hydrophobic PTFE membrane • Laboratory: clean or sterile gases, filtration of solvents and
• Autoclavable (multiple times) reagents, drying gases
• Electronics: photoresists, solvents, gases for research
101
Filtr ation de vices | I N L I N E fil t e r s

Polydisc TF ReZist 50 mm

Typical Data – Polydisc TF


Pore Size (µm) Integrity Test Data* Flow Rates*
IPA Bubble Point Water Breakthrough Methanol Air
(bar) (psi) (bar) (psi) ml/min at 0.7 bar (10 psi) SLPM at 0.2 bar (3 psi)
0.1 1.7 25 3.4 50 200 8
0.2 0.9 13 2.1 38 400 16
0.45 0.5 7 1.1 16 700 24
1.0 0.2 3 0.3 13 900 30
* Typical values

Ordering Information – Polydisc TF and ReZist


Pore Size (µm) Media Catalog Number Sterile Quantity/Pack
Polydisc TF
0.05 PTFE 6720-5005 No 10
0.1 PTFE 6720-5001 No 10
0.2 PTFE 6720-5002 No 10
0.45 PTFE 6720-5045 No 10
1.0 PTFE* 6721-5010 No 10
ReZist Filter 50 mm, Sterile
0.2 PTFE 10463607 Yes 10
0.2 PTFE 10463609 No 50
0.45 PTFE 10463610** Yes 10
0.45 PTFE 10463611 No 10
0.45 PTFE 10463612 No 50
* With PP prefilter Inline connection 6-10 mm ID hose
* * Product is only available in the U.S. PTFE – Polytetrafluoroethylene

Polydisc HD Features and Benefits


• All polypropylene unit for aqueous and solvent samples
Excellent flow rate characteristics for filtering large volumes
to 1 liter of aqueous and solvent samples. Polydisc HD (Heavy • Broad solvent compatibility
Duty) is available in 5 and 10 µm retention ratings.
Applications
• Large volume sample preparation
102
Typical Data – Polydisc HD
Pore Size (µm)* Air Flow Rate Water Flow Rate
SLPM at 1.0 bar (14.5 psi) ml/min at 1.0 bar (14.5 psi)
5.0 110 1500
10.0 140 2200
* Liquid rating. Retention efficiency in gas streams is significantly higher

Ordering Information – Polydisc HD


Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media Quantity/Pack
5.0 6728-5050 Polypropylene 10
10.0 6728-5100 Polypropylene 10
5.0 2227 Polypropylene 50
10.0 2228 Polypropylene 50

Polydisc SPF
Contains a stack of filter media for the prefiltration Applications
of serum and other hard-to-filter solutions. The glass • Virology, microbiology, and tissue culture laboratories
microfiber and polyethersulfone membrane filter • Immunoassay methods and diagnostic standards/controls
stack effectively filters the complex particulates
found in serum samples.

Typical Data – Polydisc SPF


Pore Size (µm)* Air Flow Rate Water Flow Rate
SLPM at 1.0 bar (14.5 psi) ml/min at 1.0 bar (14.5 psi)
1.0 – 500
* Liquid rating. Retention efficiency in gas streams is significantly higher

Ordering Information – Polydisc SPF


Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Prefilter/Media Quantity/Pack
1.0 6724-5000 GMF/GF/Polysulfone 10
Inline connection – Polydisc SPF accepts 6-10 mm ID hose

Polydisc GW
Polydisc GW (Ground Water) is specifically designed for
sample preparation of ground water samples for the analysis
of dissolved heavy metals. It is an aqueous filter with low
background values for the determination of trace elements
(each pack contains a certificate).

It has everything that makes the preparation of aqueous


solutions for the analysis of dissolved heavy metals easy:
a large filter surface, quartz fiber prefilter, and membrane filter
in sandwich arrangement and a high dirt loading capacity.
And, of course, it meets all the requirements of regulations
such as NEN, EPA.
103
Filtr ation de vices | I N L I N E fil t e r s

Typical Data – Polydisc GW

Housing Polypropylene
Membrane type 0.45 µm polyamide (nylon)
Prefilter 100% quartz fiber
Filtration diameter 52 mm
Filtration area 20.4 cm2
Dead volume 220 µl
Filling volume 540 µl
Maximum pressure 4.5 bar (65 psi)
Connections Tubing nozzle 6-14 mm
Max. operating temperature 80ºC

Ordering Information – Polydisc GW 50 mm


Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Prefilter/Media Quantity/Pack
0.45 10463400 Quartz fiber/nylon 20
0.45 10463401 Quartz fiber/nylon 50
Inline connection – Polydisc GW accepts 6-14 mm ID hose

Inline Filter Degasser


Whatman Inline Filter/Degassers (IFD) connect directly into an HPLC line to
simultaneously filter and degas the mobile phase as it is being used. The Aqueous
IFD provides pure filtration of aqueous based HPLC mobile phases while the Solvent
IFD is used with organically based HPLC mobile phases. Specifically, the Aqueous
IFD is designed to work with mobile phases containing at least 20% of the
aqueous component.

The Aqueous IFD has a 0.2 µm hydrophilic nylon membrane for use with
aqueous-based mobile phases. Solvent IFD has a 0.2 µm high-flow polypropylene
membrane for mobile phases containing organic solvents. Both devices have a
polypropylene housing, the circumference of which is sealed by a security ring,
fittings to accommodate 1 ⁄16”-1 ⁄8” tubing and an air vent on the inlet with luer
lock cap to enable priming. Inline Filter Degasser

The inline filters work on the principle of “bubble point” – the point of pressure at
which gases will pass through a wet membrane. If pressure is maintained below the
bubble point, the gas will not pass through the membrane and is trapped by
the particular filter device.

104
Features and Benefits
• Faster than traditional methods of mobile phase preparation – saving time
in the laboratory
• Enhanced laboratory safety
• No need to purchase expensive degassing equipment
• Rugged, chemically resistant polypropylene construction
• Air vent on inlet with luer lock cap
• Integrity-testable (bubble point method)

Applications
• HPLC analysis
• Pharmaceutical research
• Analytical chemistry

Typical Data – Inline Filters


Aqueous IFD Solvent IFD
Bubble point*
bar 2.9 (a) 0.76 (b)
psi 42 (a) 11.0 (b)
Maximum flow rate** 2.5 ml/min 2.5 ml/min
Filtration area 16 cm2 16 cm2
* Typical values determined with (a) water and (b) isopropanol
* * For effective gas bubble removal in HPLC

Ordering Information – Aqueous IFD and Solvent IFD


Diameter Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Description Media Quantity/Pack
50 0.2 6726-5002 Aqueous IFD* Nylon 10
50 0.2 6726-5002A Aqueous IFD** Nylon 10
50 0.2 6725-5002 Solvent IFD* PP 10
50 0.2 6725-5002A Solvent IFD** PP 10
– – 6726-5000 IFD End Fitting Kit – 10
(10 rings and 10 caps)
* Standard catalog numbers include O-rings: 1/32”-5/32”; accepts different diameter tubing 0.8-4 mm
* * Catalog numbers with suffix “A” are non-o-ring style and accept 1/8” tubing only
PP – Polypropylene

105
Filtr ation de vices | capsule filters

Capsule Filters
Whether you are conducting research, pilot manufacturing or filtering large volumes
or hard-to-filter samples, Whatman has a filtration solution to fit your needs.

Whatman products are manufactured with the highest quality materials, under
exacting clean room conditions using ISO-controlled manufacturing processes.
We offer a variety of pore sizes and filter materials to choose from, and all of our
capsules are free of adhesives to ensure product purity. For the most reliable
performance in any application, trust the comprehensive line of Whatman
capsule filtration devices.

Product Overview – Capsule Filters

Visible particles

Yeasts
Smallest
visible
particles Average size
Bacteria Sub-optical particles (haze) (dust) of human hair

0.05 µm 0.1 µm 0.2 µm 0.3 µm 0.45 µm 0.6 µm 1.0 µm 3.0 µm 5.0 µm 10 µm 25 µm 50 µm 100 µm 150 µm

Absolute Filters

PES

AS

TF

TC
SPF
VACU-GUARD
GW

Nominal Filters
HEPA-CAP

CARBON-CAP

HEPA-VENT

HEPA-DISC WPE

HD

106
Polycap AS
Polycap™ AS (Aqueous Solution) is recommended for filtering aqueous solutions.
It combines a Glass Microfiber (GMF) prefilter and a nylon membrane, prolonging the
life of the filter and allowing larger volumes and difficult samples to be filtered easily.

Features and Benefits


• First layer (GMF) acts as a prefilter to ensure longer membrane (0.2, 0.45, and
1.0 µm) life and higher filtration efficiency
• Nylon membrane layer is inherently hydrophilic, has low extractables,
is biosafe, and has excellent flow rates
• Ultra-clean, containing no surfactant or mold release agents
• Housing thermally fused (no glues, adhesives or extraneous materials)
• Integrity-testable by bubble point, pressure decay or forward flow methods
• Provides highly effective filtration area in a small size
• Autoclavable; some presterilized with gamma irradiation Polycap AS with filling bell

• Manufactured in clean room facilities under ISO Quality Systems

Applications
• Admixtures • Ophthalmic solutions
• Biologicals • Pharmaceutical solutions
• Buffers • Reagent preparation
• Cleaning/rinsing solutions • Salt solutions
• Enzymes • Therapy solutions
• Immunologicals • Tissue culture media
• Irrigation solutions • Viral suspensions
• Nutrients

Water Flow Rates*


AS 36 mm AS 75 mm AS 150 mm
psi  bar 0.2
pore size
0.1 (µm)
psi  bar 0.2 0.45 0.2**
pore size
1.0 (µm)
psi  bar 0.2** 0.2 0.45
pore size
1.0 (µm)
15 1.0 15 1.0 15 1.0
Differential Pressure

Differential Pressure

Differential Pressure

10 10 10

0.5 0.5 0.5

5 5 5

0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 0 1 2 3 4 5 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Flow Rate (LPM) Flow Rate (LPM) Flow Rate (LPM)

* Flow rates are indicative and vary by type of end fitting


** Sanitary connectors

107
Filtr ation de vices | capsule filters

Technical Properties – Polycap AS

Housing Polypropylene
Vent On inlet
Prefilter Glass microfiber double laminated with polyolefin monofilament nonwoven
Membrane Nylon
Support system Polypropylene
Sealing Heat-fused
Maximum pressure 60 psi (4.1 bar)
Endotoxin level LAL tested, ≤ 0.5 EU/ml
Biosafety Materials pass USP Class VI
Sterilization Certain filter devices have been sterilized.* Capsules may be autoclaved at 121°C for
20 min (maximum 132°C). However, an integrity test should be performed after autoclaving.
Filling bell is not autoclavable but is detachable.
Filtration Area 36 mm capsule: 400 cm2 (62 in2)
75 mm capsule: 820 cm2 (127 in2)
150 mm capsule: 1650 cm2 (256 in2)
IPA Bubble Point 0.2 µm membrane: > 1.1 bar (16 psi)
0.45 µm membrane: > 0.69 bar (10 psi)
1.0 µm membrane: > 0.14 bar (3 psi)
* Sterile and nonsterile options offered

Ordering Information – Polycap AS


Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media Prefilter Connections Sterile Quantity/Pack
Inlet Outlet
Polycap AS 36
0.2 6708-3602 Nylon GMF 1/2 SB 1/2 SB Yes 1
0.2 6705-3602 Nylon GMF SB SB Yes 1
0.2 6709-3602 Nylon GMF MNPT SB Yes 1
0.2 2606T Nylon GMF FNPT FNPT No 5
0.2 2606NS Nylon GMF SB SB No 5
0.45 6708-3604 Nylon GMF 1/2 SB 1/2 SB Yes 1
0.45 6705-3604 Nylon GMF SB SB Yes 1
0.45 2607NS Nylon GMF SB SB No 5
1.0 6705-3610 Nylon GMF SB SB Yes 1
1.0 2608NS Nylon GMF SB SB No 5
Polycap AS 36 Plus Filling Bell
0.2 6706-3602 Nylon GMF SB SB Yes 1
Polycap AS 75
0.2 6709-7502 Nylon GMF MNPT SB Yes 1
0.2 6708-7502 Nylon GMF 1/2 SB 1/2 SB Yes 1
0.2 6705-7502 Nylon GMF SB SB Yes 1
cont.

108
Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media Prefilter Connections Sterile Quantity/Pack
Inlet Outlet
Polycap AS 75
0.2 2706 Nylon – – – – 5
0.2 2706T Nylon GMF FNPT FNPT No 5
0.2 6709-7504 Nylon GMF MNPT SB Yes 1
0.45 6705-7504 Nylon GMF SB SB Yes 1
0.45 6708-7504 Nylon GMF 1/2 SB 1/2 SB Yes 1
0.45 2707NS Nylon GMF SB SB No 1
1.0 6705-7510 Nylon GMF 1/2 SB 1/2 SB Yes 1
Polycap AS 75 Plus Filling Bell
0.2 6706-7502 Nylon GMF SB SB Yes 1
Polycap AS 150
0.2 2806T Nylon GMF FNPT FNPT No 1
0.2 2806 Nylon GMF 1/2 HB 1/2 HB Yes 5
0.2 2805 Nylon GMF 1 1/2 sanitary 1 1/2 SB Yes 5
0.45 2807 Nylon GMF 1/2 SB 1/2 SB Yes 5
1.0 2808* Nylon GMF 1/2 SB 1/2 HB Yes 5
* Product is only available in the Americas
FNPT – Female National Pipe Thread MNPT – Male National Pipe Thread
GMF – Glass Microfiber Filter 1/2 SB – Stepped Barb for 10-12 mm (3/8"-1/2") tubing
HB – Hose Barb SB – Stepped Barb for 6-10 mm (1/4"-3/8") tubing

Polycap HD
Polycap HD (Heavy Duty) is a well-engineered product that offers high filtration
efficiency and excellent filtrate purity due to its materials and methods of
manufacture.

Polycap HD provides an advantage in process applications as its performance


characteristics fit between gross filters and microporous membrane filters used
for final filtration.

Features and Benefits


• 100% polypropylene filter media, support system, and housing allows usage
with a broad range of solutions, pH and temperature
• High flow and high retention capacity
• Materials of construction are FDA approved for food contact
• Able to be sterilized by autoclaving with steam at 121°C for 20 min
• Manual vent with luer lock to bleed air from upstream or serve as an injection or
sample port
• Available in 0.2, 0.45, 1.0, 5.0 or 10 µm pore sizes and a variety of end-fitting
configurations
• Manufactured in a Class 10,000 clean room in an ISO certified manufacturing plant

109
Filtr ation de vices | capsule filters

Applications
• Buffers • Photographic emulsions and make-up water
• Clean air and gas equipment • Prefiltration for RO/UF/MF membranes
• Cosmetics and personal care products • Reagents
• Food and beverage • Sample preparations
• General fine filtration • Semiconductor and magnetic media
• Inks and pigments • Solvents
• Pharmaceutical solutions

Water Flow Rates*


HD 36 mm HD 75 mm HD 150 mm
psi  bar 5.0 pore size (µm)
psi  bar 0.45 0.1 5.0 pore size (µm)
psi  bar 0.45 1.0 5.0 pore size (µm)
15 1.0 15 1.0 15 1.0
Differential Pressure

Differential Pressure

Differential Pressure
10 10 10

0.5 0.5 0.5

5 5 5

0 0 0 0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Flow Rate (LPM) Flow Rate (LPM) Flow Rate (LPM)

* Flow rates are indicative and vary by type of end fitting. X-rated with 90% removal efficiency.

Technical Properties – Polycap HD

Housing Polypropylene
Vent On Inlet
Filter media Polypropylene
Support system Polypropylene
Biosafety Materials pass USP Class VI
Filtration area 36 mm capsule: 400 cm2 (62 in2)
75 mm capsule: 820 cm2 (127 in2)
150 mm capsule: 1650 cm2 (256 in2)
Sterilization Capsules autoclavable at 121°C for 20 min
(maximum temperature is 132°C)
Maximum pressure 4.1 bar (60 psi)

110
Ordering Information – Polycap HD (Non-Sterile)
Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media Prefilter Connections Quantity/Pack
Inlet Outlet
Polycap HD 36
0.2 2610 PP No SB SB 5
0.45 2610T PP No FNPT FNPT 5
0.45 2611 PP No SB SB 5
1.0 6703-3610 PP No SB SB 1
1.0 6707-3612 PP No MNPT SB 1
1.0 2611T PP No FNPT FNPT 5
5.0 6703-3650 PP No SB SB 1
5.0 2612T PP No FNPT FNPT 5
10.0 6703-3611 PP No SB SB 1
10.0 2613T PP No FNPT FNPT 5
20.0 6703-3621 PP No SB SB 1
20.0 2614T PP No FNPT FNPT 5
Polycap HD 75
0.45 2710T PP No FNPT FNPT 5
0.45 2710 PP No HB HB 5
1.0 6703-7510 PP No 1/2 SB 1/2 SB 1
1.0 2711T PP No FNPT FNPT 5
5.0 6703-7550 PP No 1/2 SB 1/2 SB 1
5.0 2712M PP No MNPT MNPT 5
5.0 2712T PP No FNPT FNPT 5
5.0 2712 PP No HB HB 5
10.0 6703-7511 PP No 1/2 SB 1/2 SB 1
10.0 2713M PP No MNPT MNPT 5
10.0 2713T PP No FNPT FNPT 5
10.0 2713 PP No 1/2 HB 1/2 HB 5
20.0 6703-7521 PP No 1/2 SB 1/2 SB 1
20.0 2714T PP No FNPT FNPT 5
20.0 2714 PP No HB HB 5
Polycap HD 150
0.45 6703-9502 PP No HB HB 1
0.45 2810 PP No HB HB 5
0.45 2810T PP No FNPT FNPT 5
1.0 6703-9504 PP No HB HB 1
1.0 2811 PP PP HB HB 5
1.0 2811T PP No FNPT FNPT 5
5.0 6703-9510 PP No HB HB 1
5.0 2812 PP No HB HB 5
5.0 2812T PP No FNPT FNPT 5
FNPT – Female National Pipe Thread PP – Polypropylene cont.
HB – 1/2 Hose Barb 1/2 SB – Stepped Barb for 10-12 mm (3/8”-1/2”) tubing
MNPT – Male National Pipe Thread SB – Stepped Barb for 6-10 mm (1/4”-3/8”) tubing

111
Filtr ation de vices | capsule filters

Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media Prefilter Connections Quantity/Pack


Inlet Outlet
Polycap HD 150
10.0 2813T PP No FNPT FNPT 5
10.0 2813 PP No HB HB 5
20.0 2814T PP No FNPT FNPT 5
20.0 2814 PP No HB HB 5
20.0 6703-7521 PP No 1/2 SB 1/2 SB 1
FNPT – Female National Pipe Thread PP – Polypropylene
HB – Hose Barb 1/2 SB – Stepped Barb for 10-12 mm (3/8”-1/2”) tubing
MNPT – Male National Pipe Thread SB – Stepped Barb for 6-10 mm (1/4”-3/8”) tubing

Polycap SPF
Polycap SPF (Serum Prefilter) is an exceptional product that is
optimized for prefiltration applications and is typically used
upstream of a Polycap AS or a Polycap PES capsule.

Serum is difficult to filter because it contains a high degree


of loading of complex particulates, lipids, triglycerides, and
lipoproteins that clog filters. When filtering serum without
proper prefiltration, membrane filters clog rapidly.

Features and Benefits


• Three layers of special media: fine and ultrafine Glass
Microfiber (GMF) and polyethersulfone membrane
• Excellent for hard-to-filter solutions such as serums
and protein solutions
• Able to be sterilized by autoclaving with steam
• Manufactured under ISO manufacturing system Water Flow Rates
• Suitable for filtering serums, viral suspensions, nutrients, Polycap SPF
biologicals, immunologicals, enzymes, and buffers
psi  bar 36 75 150
mm mm mm
• Prefilters help extend the life of the final filter 15 1.0
Differential Pressure

Applications 10
• Biologicals
0.5
• Buffers
5
• Diagnostic standards
• Enzymes
0 0
• Immunologicals 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Flow Rate (LPM)
• Nutrients
• Serum prefiltration
• Tissue culture media
• Viral suspensions

112
Technical Properties – Polycap SPF

Housing Polypropylene
Vent On inlet
Prefilter Two layers of glass microfiber
Membrane Polyethersulfone (PES)
Support system Polypropylene
Sealing Heat-fused
Maximum pressure 60 psi (4.1 bar)
Sterilization Autoclave at 121°C for 20 min (132°C max)
Filtration area 36 mm capsule: 260 cm2 (40 in2)
75 mm capsule: 535 cm2 (83 in2)
150 mm capsule: 1100 cm2 (170 in2)

Ordering Information – Polycap SPF (Nonsterile)


Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media Prefilter Connections Quantity/Pack
Inlet       Outlet
Polycap SPF 36
1.0 6705-3600 PES GMF SB SB 1
Polycap SPF 75
1.0 6705-7500 PES GMF SB SB 1
Polycap SPF 150
1.0 2820 PES GMF HB HB 5
GMF – Glass Microfiber Filter PES – Polyethersulfone
HB – 1/2 Hose Barb SB – Stepped Barb for 6-10 mm (1/4”-3/8”) tubing

Polycap TC
Polycap TC (PES) is available with and without a filling bell. They are disposable,
dual layer Polyethersulfone (PES) membrane filtration capsules that provide efficient
filtration for critical aqueous solutions.

The PES membrane is inherently hydrophilic, has low extractables, is biosafe,


has excellent flow rates, and exhibits low protein binding.

113
Filtr ation de vices | capsule filters

Features and Benefits Applications


• Polycap TC/PES 0.2/0.1, 0.2/0.2, and 0.8/0.2 µm capsules • Aqueous solutions
pass the HIMA Challenge Test for Sterilizing Grade Filters
• Biologicals
• 100% integrity-tested during manufacturing; results
• Buffers
are correlated to microbial retention
• Cleaning/rinsing solutions
• Housing thermally fused (no surfactants or mold
releasing agents) • Enzymes

• Integrity-testable by bubble point, pressure decay or • High-quality water


forward flow methods • Particle counting solutions
• Available in sterile and nonsterile versions with a filling • Pharmaceutical solutions
bell option
• Reagent preparation
• Manufactured in clean room facilities under ISO
• Salt solutions
Quality Systems
• Tissue culture media
• PES membrane protein adsorption characteristics:
• Virus suspensions
– HSA 0.4 µg/cm2
– Insulin 2.0 µg/cm2
– Gammaglobulin 1.5 µg/cm2

Water Flow Rates*


TC/PES 36 mm TC/PES 75 mm TC/PES 150 mm
pore pore pore
psi  bar size psi  bar size psi  bar size
0.1 0.2 0.45 1.0 (µm) 0.1 0.2 0.45 1.0 (µm) 0.1 0.2 0.45 1.0 (µm)
15 1.0 15 1.0 15 1.0
Differential Pressure

Differential Pressure

Differential Pressure

10 10 10

0.5 0.5 0.5

5 5 5

0 0 0 0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Flow Rate (LPM) Flow Rate (LPM) Flow Rate (LPM)

* Flow rates are indicative and vary by type of end fitting

114
Technical Properties – Polycap TC

Housing Polypropylene
Vent On inlet
Membrane Polyethersulfone (PES)
Support system Polypropylene
Sealing Heat-fused
Maximum pressure 60 psi (4.1 bar)
Flow direction If there is a prefilter, it is located on the inlet side and flow should follow arrows
Endotoxin level LAL tested, ≤ 0.5 EU/ml
Biosafety Materials pass USP class VI
Sterilization Certain filter devices have been sterilized.* Capsule may be autoclaved at 121°C
for 20 min (maximum 132°C). However, an integrity test should be performed
after autoclaving.
Filtration area 36 mm capsule: 440 cm2 (72 in2)
75 mm capsule: 930 cm2 (144 in2)
150 mm capsule: 1900 cm2 (302 in2)
Water bubble point (final membrane) 0.1 µm > 3.2 bar (46 psi)
0.2 µm > 2.7 bar (40 psi)
0.45 µm > 2.1 bar (30 psi)
1.0 µm > 1.1 bar (16 psi)
* Sterile and nonsterile options offered

Ordering Information – Polycap TC


Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media Connections Sterile Quantity/Pack
Inlet      Outlet
Polycap TC 36
0.2/0.1 6714-3601 PES SB SB Yes 1
0.2/0.2 6714-3602 PES SB SB Yes 1
0.2/0.2 6717-3602 PES 1/2 SB 1/2 SB Yes 1
0.2/0.2 2622NS PES HB SB No 5
0.65/0.45 6714-3604 PES SB SB Yes 1
Polycap TC 36 Plus Filling Bell
0.2/0.1 6715-3601 PES SB SB Yes 1
0.2/0.2 6715-3602 PES SB SB Yes 1
0.2/0.2 6716-3612 PES 1/2 SB SB No 1
0.2/0.2 6716-3602 PES MNPT SB No 1
0.65/0.45 6715-3604 PES SB SB Yes 1
0.8/0.2 6715-3682 PES SB SB Yes 1
MNPT – Male National Pipe Thread 1/2 SB – Stepped Barb for 10-12 mm (3/8”-1/2”) tubing cont.
PES – Polyethersulfone SB – Stepped Barb for 6-10 mm (1/4”-3/8”) tubing

115
Filtr ation de vices | capsule filters

Ordering Information – Polycap TC


Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media Connections Sterile Quantity/Pack
Inlet Outlet
Polycap TC 75
0.2/0.1 6714-7501 PES SB SB Yes 1
0.2/0.2 6714-7502 PES SB SB Yes 1
0.2/0.2 2742C PES 1/2 SB 1/2 SB Yes 5
0.2 2742M PES MNPT MNPT No 5
0.65/0.45 6717-7504 PES 1/2 SB 1/2 SB Yes 1
0.65/0.45 6714-7504 PES SB SB Yes 1
1.0/1.0 6717-7510 PES 1/2 SB 1/2 SB Yes 1
Polycap TC 75 Plus Filling Bell
0.2/0.1 6715-7501 PES SB SB Yes 1
0.2/0.2 6715-7502 PES SB SB Yes 1
0.2/0.2 6716-7502 PES MNPT SB Yes 1
0.65/0.45 6718-7504 PES 1/2 SB SB No 1
0.8/0.2 6715-7582 PES SB SB Yes 1
Polycap TC 150
0.2/0.1 6717-9501 PES 1/2 SB 1/2 SB Yes 1
0.2/0.2 6717-9502 PES 1/2 SB 1/2 SB Yes 1
0.2/0.2 6704-9502 PES 1 1/2" Sanitary 1 1/2" Sanitary No 1
0.65/0.45 6717-9504 PES 1/2 SB 1/2 SB Yes 1
1.0/1.0 6717-9510 PES 1/2 SB 1/2 SB Yes 1
Polycap TC 150 Plus Filling Bell
0.2/0.2 6718-9502 PES 1/2 SB 1/2 SB Yes 1
0.8/0.2 6718-9582 PES 1/2 SB 1/2 SB Yes 1
MNPT – Male National Pipe Thread 1/2 SB – Stepped Barb for 10-12 mm (3/8"-1/2") tubing
PES – Polyethersulfone SB – Stepped Barb for 6-10 mm (1/4"-3/8") tubing

116
Polycap TF
Polycap TF filter devices are among the finest disposable encapsulated filters.
These capsules are made with durable, hydrophobic Polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE)
membranes in a polypropylene housing and are designed for use with organic
solvents and chemically aggressive solutions.

Features and Benefits


• Resistant to most solvents, autoclavable, and integrity-testable
• Available in 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.45, and 1.0 µm pore sizes
• 0.05 µm capsules designed for ultra-clean applications; 1.0 µm used for
extended life and filtration of highly contaminated solutions
• Able to be sterilized by autoclaving with steam or EtO
• Manufactured under very clean conditions in a Class 10,000 clean room
and under ISO Quality Systems

Applications
• Venting • Pharmaceutical
• Inline filtration • Biotech
• Isolation • Laboratory
• Electronics • Other uses

Water Flow Rates*


TF 36 mm TF 75 mm TF 150 mm
pore pore pore
psi  bar size psi  bar size psi  bar 0.2 size
0.2 1.0 (µm) 0.1 0.2 0.45 1.0 (µm) 0.1 0.2* 0.45 1.0 (µm)
15 1.0 15 1.0 15 1.0
Differential Pressure

Differential Pressure

Differential Pressure

10 10 10

0.5 0.5 0.5

5 5 5

0 0 0 0 0 0
0 1 2 3 4 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 5 10 15 20
Flow Rate (LPM) Flow Rate (LPM) Flow Rate (LPM)

117
Filtr ation de vices | capsule filters

Technical Properties – Polycap TF

Housing Polypropylene
Membrane PTFE
Vent On inlet
Support system Polypropylene
Sealing Heat-fused
Maximum pressure 60 psi (4.1 bar)
Flow direction Supported bi-directionally. Certain applications may require orientation, i.e., vents.
Reverse flow only for low-pressure applications.
Biosafety Materials pass USP Class VI
Sterilization May be autoclaved at 121°C for 20 min (maximum 132°C). Multiple
autoclave cycles are possible. However, the responsibility for reuse is with
the operator. The device should be protected from cross contamination.
An integrity test should be performed after autoclaving. Compatible with
EtO sterilization.
Filtration area 36 mm capsule: 500 cm2 (77 in2)
75 mm capsule: 1,000 cm2 (155 in2)
150 mm capsule: 2,000 cm2 (310 in2)
IPA bubble point 0.05 µm membrane: > 2.4 bar (35 psi)
0.1 µm membrane: > 1.7 bar (25 psi)
0.2 µm membrane: > 0.9 bar (13 psi)
0.45 µm membrane: > 0.5 bar (7 psi)
1.0 µm membrane: > 0.2 bar (3 psi)

Ordering Information – Polycap TF (Nonsterile)


Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media Connections Quantity/Pack
Inlet Outlet
Polycap TF 36
0.1 6711-3601 PTFE MNPT SB 1
0.2 6711-3602 PTFE MNPT SB 1
0.2 6710-3602 PTFE 1/2 SB 1/2 SB 1
0.2 6700-3602 PTFE SB SB 1
0.2 2601T PTFE FNPT FNPT 5
0.2 2601 PTFE SB SB 5
0.45 6711-3604 PTFE MNPT SB 1
0.45 6710-3604 PTFE SB SB 1
0.45 2602S PTFE 1 1/2" Sanitary 1 1/2" Sanitary 5
1.0 6700-3610 PTFE SB SB 1
1.0 2603T PTFE FNPT FNPT 5
1.0 2603 PTFE SB SB 5
cont.

118
Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media Connections Quantity/Pack
Inlet Outlet
Polycap TF 75
0.05 6711-7505 PTFE MNPT SB 1
0.1 6700-7501 PTFE SB SB 1
0.1 6711-7501 PTFE MNPT SB 1
0.1 2700M PTFE MNPT MNPT 5
0.1 2700T PTFE FNPT FNPT 5
0.2 6711-7502 PTFE MNPT SB 1
0.2 6710-7502 PTFE SB SB 1
0.2 6700-7502 PTFE SB SB 1
0.2 2702M PTFE MNPT MNPT 5
0.2 2702T PTFE FNPT FNPT 5
0.45 6711-7504 PTFE MNPT SB 1
0.45 6710-7504 PTFE 1/2 SB 1/2 SB 1
0.45 6700-7504 PTFE SB SB 1
0.45 2703T PTFE FNPT FNPT 5
1.0 6700-7510 PTFE SB SB 1
1.0 6701-7510 PTFE 1/2 SB 1/2 SB 1
1.0 2704T PTFE FNPT FNPT 5
Polycap TF 150
0.1 2800T PTFE FNPT FNPT 5
0.2 2802 PTFE HB HB 5
0.2 2802T PTFE FNPT FNPT 5
0.2 2801 PTFE 1 1/2” Sanitary 1 1/2” Sanitary 5
0.45 2803 PTFE HB HB 5
0.45 2803T PTFE FNPT FNPT 5
1.0 2804T PTFE FNPT FNPT 5
FNPT – Female National Pipe Thread PTFE – Polytetrafluoroethylene
HB – Hose Barb 1/2 SB – Stepped Barb for 10-12 mm (3/8”-1/2”) tubing
MNPT – Male National Pipe Thread SB – Stepped Barb for 6-10 mm (1/4”-3/8”) tubing

119
Filtr ation de vices | capsule filters

Polycap GW
The US Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) and local
Departments for Environmental Protection protocols specify
filtering ground water samples with a 0.45 µm filter when
analyzing dissolved or suspended metals (EPA Method
3005). Specifically designed with field sampling in mind, the
Whatman Polycap Ground Water sampling capsule can be
used as a convenient inline filter unit.

Features and Benefits


• Connects directly to outlet of a sampling pump
• Easy to use
• Filtration membrane is encapsulated in durable
polypropylene housing
• Also available in 1.0 µm and 5.0 µm filters, as required
by US and regional EPA test methods
• Large surface area optimized to provide at least 600 cm2
of effective filtration area to ensure rapid sample collection Ground Water Source Sampling Pump
• Housing components thermally fused (no glues, adhesives,
metals, epoxies or extraneous materials)
• Suitable for filtration procedure outlined in EPA Method
3005 for ground water analysis
• Stepped hose barb fittings allow for connection
with various size tubings
• Lot number printed on each unit for traceability

Applications
• Filter ground water samples before dissolved metal analysis

To Collection

120
Technical Properties – Polycap GW

Housing Polypropylene
Filter media 0.45 µm: PES filter
1.0 µm: Polypropylene filter
5.0 µm: Polypropylene filter
Inlet/outlet 1 ⁄4 to 3⁄8 in (6-9 mm) Stepped Barb (SB)
Support system Polypropylene
Vent On Inlet
Filtration area 600 cm2 (93 in2)
Wetting characteristics Hydrophilic
Maximum pressure 60 psi (4.1 bar)
Water flow rate at 1.0 bar (14.5 psi) 60 l/min
Flow direction Flow should follow arrows

Ordering Information – Polycap GW


Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media Connections Quantity/Pack
Inlet Outlet
Polycap GW 75
0.45 6714-6004 PES SB SB 1
0.45 6724-6004 PES SB SB 100
1.0 6703-6010 PP SB SB 1
1.0 6723-6010 PP SB SB 100
5.0 6703-6050 PP SB SB 1
5.0 6723-6050 PP SB SB 100
PES – Polyethersulfone
PP – Polypropylene
SB – Stepped Barb for 6-10 mm (1/4”-3/8”) tubing

Carbon Cap
This filter capsule is suitable for adsorption of organics from air and removal of color,
organics, and chlorine from water.

Carbon Cap™ is a capsule filter that is filled with high-purity, high-efficiency, acid-
washed, granular-activated carbon and a pleated HEPA filter. It is made specially to
meet the requirements for continuous column percolation purification processes.

Carbon Cap

121
Filtr ation de vices | Capsule filters

Features and Benefits Applications


• Carbon acts as an adsorption media • Water, chemical, and reagent purification
• Pleated glass microfiber filter structure • Removes noxious odors, oil mists, and contaminants
• Retains 99.97% of particles greater than 0.3 µm • Compressed air lines and vacuum pumps
• Large surface area of activated carbon • Instrument outlet exhausts
for effective operation • Eliminates a potential health hazard from the workplace
• Two sizes of capsules available to suit your
specific application

Carbon Cap in Water* Carbon Cap in Air*


Carbon Cap Carbon Cap
psi  bar 75 mm 150 mm
psi  bar 75 mm 150 mm
25 15
1.5 1.0
Differential Pressure

Differential Pressure
20

10
15 1.0

0.5
10
5
0.5
5

0 0 0 0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 50 100 150 200 250
Flow Rate (LPM) Flow Rate (LPM)

* Flow rates are indicative and vary by type of end fitting * Flow rates are indicative and vary by type of end fitting

Technical Properties – Carbon Cap

Housing Polypropylene
Filter media Activated carbon with a pleated HEPA cartridge
Support system Polypropylene
Sealing Heat-fused
Maximum pressure 60 psi (4.1 bar)
Surface area (activated carbon) Carbon Cap 75 capsule: 26,000 m2 (40 g of activated carbon)
Carbon Cap 150 capsule: 82,000 m2 (126 g of activated carbon)

Ordering Information – Carbon Cap


Description Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Carbon Cap 75 6704-7500 1
Carbon Cap 150 6704-1500 1
Carbon Cap 150 Sanitary TC 2022S 5

122
Centrifuge Filters
Whatman supplies centrifuge filters in two formats – both are supplied with a range
of filtration and separation media.

VectaSpin Centrifuge Filters


The VectaSpin™ range of centrifuge filters is available in 400 µl, 3 ml, and
20 ml sizes and is produced from pigment-free polypropylene to eliminate
sample contamination. A 10 µm mesh is available for the filtration of coarse
particulates. VectaSpin Micro and VectaSpin 3 are also available with a range
of ultrafiltration membranes, which can separate macromolecules such as VectaSpin Micro centrifuge tube filter
proteins, based on differences in their molecular weights. The centrifuge filters
are compatible with all common centrifuge rotors and holders. Filtrate can be
stored in the receiving tube after centrifugation, eliminating the need for a
separate storage tube.

CENTREX centrifuge filters are supplied with a range of filtration and separation
media. 1.5 ml and 5 ml sterile and nonsterile versions are available.

VectaSpin Micro
VectaSpin Micro centrifuge filters are supplied with a range of filtration and
separation media. They are 400 µl volume and are produced from pigment-free
polypropylene to eliminate sample contamination. A 10 µm mesh is available for
the filtration of coarse particulates, and devices are also available with a range of CENTREX centrifuge filters
ultrafiltration membranes, which can separate macromolecules such as proteins,
based on differences in their molecular weights.

The centrifuge filters are compatible with all common centrifuge rotors and holders.
Filtrate can be stored in the receiving tube after centrifugation, eliminating the need
for a separate storage tube.

Features and Benefits


• Quick and easy to use. Supplied ready assembled, saving time in the laboratory
• Prefilter versions available for difficult-to-filter samples
• Frosted area on tube for easy sample identification
• Capacity 400/600 µl (insert volume/tube volume with insert in place)
VectaSpin Micro

Applications
• Removal of cells from culture media
• Particle removal from solvents
• Liquid chromatography sample preparation
• Removal of bacteria from sample material
• Fractionation/purification of proteins

123
Filtr ation de vices | centrifuge filters

Typical Data – VectaSpin Centrifuge Filters


VectaSpin Micro VectaSpin 3 VectaSpin 20
Housing (pigment free) PP PP PP
Insert capacity 400 µl 3 ml 20 ml
Receiving Tube Capacities
With insert 1.25 ml 5 ml 25 ml
Without insert 2.0 ml 10 ml 50 ml
Maximum force 10,000 G* 5,000 G* 2,075 G*
Tube dimensions 42 × 10.6 mm 87 × 16.4 mm 35 mm dia. × 117 mm (with cap)
31 mm dia. × 104 mm (without cap)
Cap material PP PP PP
Cap closure – – Screw-on
Minimum Force for RCF** – 2,000 G –
(Polypropylene 0.45 µm)
Temperature Resistance
In use +4ºC to +40ºC +4ºC to +40ºC +4ºC to +40ºC
For sample storage (without filter insert) -70ºC to +50ºC -70ºC to +50ºC -70ºC to +50ºC
Insert material PP PP PP
Overall height 42 mm 86 mm 61 mm
* Do not use at centrifugal forces above the recommended maximum
** All other devices no minimum RCF
PP – Polypropylene

The cellulose acetate and polysulfone membranes contain glycerin as a wetting


agent. This may be removed if necessary by pre-rinsing with distilled water or
buffers. Transparent spots may appear on filters under higher levels of humidity.
These are due to the glycerin and do not affect the performance of the filter.

Ordering Information – VectaSpin Micro Centrifuge Filters


Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media Quantity/Pack
Mol. Wt. Cut-off
VectaSpin Micro Centrifuge Tube Filter, 400 µl Insert Capacity
0.02 6830-0021 Anopore 100
0.2 6830-0201 Anopore 100
0.2 6830-0203 Anopore 100
12K 6834-1001 CA 100
20K 6834-2001 CA 100
0.45 6832-0401 PP 100
10.0 6838-0002 PP 25
0.2 6833-0201 PS 100
0.45 6833-0401 PS 100
30K 6835-3001 PS 100
100K 6835-1101 PS 100
0.45 6831-0401 PVDF 100
CA – Cellulose Acetate PS – Polysulfone
PP – Polypropylene PVDF – Polyvinylidene Diflouride

124
VectaSpin 3
VectaSpin 3 centrifuge filters are supplied with a range of
filtration and separation media. The VectaSpin 3 centrifuge
filters are 3 ml volume and are produced from pigment-free
polypropylene to eliminate sample contamination. A 10 µm
mesh is available for the filtration of coarse particulates. They
are also available with a range of ultrafiltration membranes,
which can separate macromolecules such as proteins, based
on differences in their molecular weights.

The centrifuge filters are compatible with all common


centrifuge rotors and holders. Filtrate can be stored in the
receiving tube after centrifugation, eliminating the need for
a separate storage tube.

Features and Benefits


• 3 ml sample capacity is suitable for many
laboratory samples
• Store filtrate in receiving tube, reducing costs and
saving time in the laboratory
VectaSpin 3
• Frosted area on tube for easy sample identification

Applications The polysulfone membrane contains glycerin as a wetting


• HPLC sample preparation agent. This may be removed if necessary by prerinsing with
distilled water or buffers. Transparent spots may appear on
• Biotechnology and life science
filters under higher levels of humidity. These are due to the
• Environmental research glycerin and do not affect performance of the filter.
• Removal of microspheres in aqueous solution
• Filtration of river waters
• Protein separation from sample matrices

Ordering Information – VectaSpin 3 Centrifuge Filters


Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media Quantity/Pack
Mol. Wt. Cut-off
VectaSpin 3 Centrifuge Tube Filter, 3 ml Insert Capacity
0.45 6831-0405 PVDF 25
0.45 6832-0405 PP 25
10.0 6838-0005 PP 25
10K 6835-1005 PS 25
30K 6835-3005 PS 25
PP – Polypropylene
PS – Polysulfone
PVDF – Polyvinylidene Diflouride

125
Filtr ation de vices | centrifuge filters

VectaSpin 20
VectaSpin 20 centrifuge filters are supplied with a range of
filtration and separation media. The VectaSpin 20 centrifuge
filters are 20 ml volume and are produced from pigment-free
polypropylene to eliminate sample contamination. A 10 µm
mesh is available for the filtration of coarse particulates.

The centrifuge filters are compatible with all common


centrifuge rotors and holders. Filtrate can be stored in the
receiving tube after centrifugation, eliminating the need for
a separate storage tube.

Features and Benefits Applications


• 20 ml sample capacity is suitable for large volume samples • Easy particle removal from large volume samples

• Screw-top cap for easy sample storage • Environmental sample filtration


• Sample preparation and collection
• Ligand binding studies
• Buffer exchange

Ordering Information – VectaSpin 20 Centrifuge Filters


Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media Quantity/Pack
VectaSpin 20 Centrifuge Tube Filter, 20 ml Insert Capacity
0.2 6830-0218 Anopore 10
0.45 6832-0408 PP 10
0.45 6832-0409 PP 100
0.45 6830-0220 Nylon 100
10.0 6838-0008 PP Mesh 10
10.0 6838-0009 PP Mesh 100
VectaSpin 20 tube pack 6809-0088** – 1000
VectaSpin 20 filter pack, 0.45 6809-0089* PS 500
* Filter only PP – Polypropylene
** Tube only PS - Polysulfone

CENTREX Centrifuge Filters


CENTREX™ centrifuge filters are supplied with a range of
filtration and separation media. 1.5 ml and 5 ml sterile and
non-sterile versions are available.

Features and Benefits


• Centrifugal filter units with various types of membrane filter
• Rapid and simple preparation of a large number of samples
• More than six samples can be processed at once

126
• Suitable for automated systems and high-speed batch
filtration with robots
• Considerably reduced contamination risk when working
with radioactive biologically hazardous material
• Cross contamination avoided

Applications
• 0.45 µm cellulose acetate membrane for the rapid elution
of agarose gels
• Nylon, regenerated cellulose, and cellulose acetate
membranes for the removal of particles and microorganisms
CENTREX MF
from HPLC samples
• Sample preparation for quality control
• Glass fiber for the filtration of very highly loaded samples or
a prefilter before a further filtration step

Ordering Information – CENTREX Centrifuge Filters


Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media Quantity/Pack
CENTREX 1.5 ml Sterile
0.2 10467004 CA 50
0.45 10467006 CA 50
0.8 10467008 CA 50
0.2 10467001 NC 50
0.45 10467005 NC 50
0.2 10467003 Nylon 50
0.45 10467007 Nylon 50
CENTREX 1.5 ml Nonsterile
0.2 10467009 CA 250
0.45 10467011 CA 250
0.45 10467002 Nylon 250
CENTREX 5.0 ml Sterile
0.2 10467013 CA 50
0.45 10467017 CA 50
0.45 10467019 NC 50
0.2 10467015 Nylon 50
0.45 10467021 Nylon 50
CENTREX 5.0 ml Nonsterile
0.2 10467010 Nylon 250
0.45 10467012 Nylon 250
CA – Cellulose Acetate
NC – Nitrocellulose

127
Filtr ation de vices | venting filters

Venting Filters
Whatman Venting Filters are disposable devices designed and
manufactured with a high-purity polypropylene housing to
maintain sample purity. Products are available with a choice of
filtration media to suit a range of venting applications. No glue,
adhesive, metal, epoxy or other extraneous materials are used
in construction. All seals are fused. This design provides the
finest in disposable filter devices available today.

PolyVENT/SteriVENT
PolyVENT TM and SteriVENT TM are integral filter products
for sterile venting of vessels and tanks. These devices are
constructed from a single, standardized set of materials –
PTFE membrane and polypropylene housing – to simplify
the approval process.

Features and Benefits


• Pass the HIMA Challenge Test for sterilizing grade
 etain > 107 CFU/cm2 Brevundimonas diminuta per ASTM
•R
F838-83 standards; this microbial retention is correlated to
Air Flow Rates*
100% integrity testing during manufacturing (rated in liquid). PolyVENT/SteriVENT Capsules
(100% integrity testing is carried out only on the capsules).
psi  bar
• Features a hydrophobic 0.2 µm PTFE membrane 3.5
Differential Pressure

PolyVENT/SteriVENT 36
• Validated for 50 steam autoclave cycles; compatible with EtO 3.0 PolyVENT/SteriVENT 75
0.2 PolyVENT/SteriVENT 150
2.5
• Testable by Water Breakthrough (WBT) Test or bubble
point testing 2.0

1.5
• Pass USP Class VI biosafety tests for plastics 0.1
1.0
• Manufactured in clean room facilities
0.5
• Bidirectional and autoclavable 0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
Flow Rate (LPM)
Applications
• Venting (filling) * Flow rates are indicative and vary by type of end fitting
• Isolation (incubators, autoclaves, lyophilizers, EtO
sterilizers, fermenters)
• Electronics (gases)

128
Technical Properties – PolyVENT/SteriVENT

Housing Polypropylene
Filter media PTFE (polytetrafluoroethylene)
Pore size 0.2 µm
Vent On Inlet
Support system Polypropylene
Sealing Heat-fused
Maximum pressure 29 psi (2 bar) – forward direction
Water Breakthrough Test 29 psi (2 bar)/15 seconds
Flow direction Bidirectional
Biosafety Materials pass USP Class VI
Sterilization Can be autoclaved at 121°C for 20 min (maximum 132°C). Multiple autoclave
cycles are possible. However, the responsibility for reuse is with the operator. The
device should be protected from cross contamination. An integrity test should be
performed after autoclaving. Compatible with EtO sterilization.
Nonpyrogenic LAL total, nonreactive
Filtration area 36 mm capsule: 500 cm2
75 mm capsule: 1000 cm2
150 mm capsule: 2000 cm2
50 mm disc: 16 cm2
25 mm disc: 4 cm2

Ordering Information – PolyVENT/SteriVENT


Pore Size (µm) Catalog Housing Type Connections* Media Quantity/Pack
Number Inlet Outlet
PolyVENT/SteriVENT 36
0.2 6713-5036 Capsule SB SB PTFE 1
0.2 2103 Capsule 1/2 SB 1/2 SB PTFE 1
PolyVENT/SteriVENT 75
0.2 6713-1075 Capsule 1/2 SB 1/2 SB PTFE 1
PolyVENT/SteriVENT 150
0.2 2107 Capsule 1/2 SB 1/2 SB PTFE 1
0.2 2108 Capsule 1 1/2" Sanitary 1 1/2" Sanitary PTFE 1
PolyVENT Discs
0.2 6713-0425 25 mm FLL ML PTFE 50
0.2 6713-1650 50 mm SB SB PTFE 10
0.2 6713-1651 50 mm SB SB PTFE 100
FLL – Female Luer Lock 1/2 SB – Stepped Barb for 10-2 mm (3/8”-1/2”) tubing
ML – Male Luer Lock SB – Stepped Barb for 6-10 mm (1/4”-3/8”) tubing
PTFE – Polytetrafluoroethylene

129
Filtr ation de vices | venting filters

HEPA-VENT™ and HEPA-CAP™


HEPA filter media are used throughout the scientific, research
and industrial environments in a variety of air and gas
filtration applications where high retention, dirt-holding
capacity, and flow rates are required.

Features and Benefits


• Glass filter media strengthened by dual lamination with
a tough polyester monofilament
• Retains 99.97% of all particles ≥ 0.3 µm in air
• Durable polypropylene housing
• High flow rates with low pressure drops across filter media,
ensuring clean air passing in and out of vessels
• Suitable for particulate removal from air and gases, prefilter
for suction or to serve gas inline filter
• Able to be sterilized by autoclaving with steam Air Flow Rates*
• Available in a variety of end-fitting configurations
HEPA-CAP
Capsule size
• Manufactured in clean room facilities under psi  bar 36 mm
75 mm
150 mm
ISO Quality Systems 25
0.16

• Repeatedly autoclavable at 121°C for 20 min Differential Pressure 20 0.14

(132°C max) for assured sterility 0.12

15 0.10

• Allows bidirectional flow 0.08


10
• Depth filter design allows for high loading capacity 0.06

0.04
• Preventing bacterial, algal or fungal contamination 5
0.02
in fermentors or incubators
0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500
• Tissue culture applications
Flow Rate (LPM)

Applications * Flow rates are indicative and vary by type of end fitting
• Gas line filter
• Particulate removal from gases
• Prefilters for suction

Technical Properties – HEPA Venting Filters

Housing Polypropylene
Filter media Laminated hydrophobically treated glass microfiber
Support system Polypropylene
Sealing Heat-fused
Maximum pressure 60 psi (4.1 bar) – capsule
Flow direction Bidirectional
Biosafety Materials pass USP Class VI
Sterilization Autoclavable
Filtration area 36 mm capsule: 625 cm2 (97 in2) 150 mm capsule: 2590 cm2 (402 in2)
75 mm capsule: 1300 cm2 (201 in2) 50 mm disc: 16 cm2

130
Ordering Information – HEPA-VENT and HEPA-CAP Filters
Catalog Number Housing Type Connections Quantity/Pack
Inlet Outlet
HEPA-CAP 36
6702-3600 Capsule SB SB 1
2609T Capsule 3/8 in. FNPT 3/8 in. FNPT 5
HEPA-CAP 75
6702-7500 Capsule 1/2 in. SB 1/2 in. SB 1
2709T Capsule 3/8 in. FNPT 3/8 in. FNPT 5
HEPA-CAP 150
6702-9500 Capsule 3/8 in. FNPT 3/8 in. FNPT 1
2809 Capsule HB HB 5
HEPA-VENT
6723-5000 50 mm disc SB SB 10
FNPT – Female National Pipe Thread 1/2 SB – Stepped Barb for 10-2 mm (3/8”-1/2”) tubing
HB – 1/2 Hose Barb SB – Stepped Barb for 6-10 mm (1/4”-3/8”) tubing

BugStopper
BugStopper™ is a reusable closure, providing a sterile vent for culture vessels. It
replaces traditional methods of venting at minimal cost and maintains sample
integrity. The device is manufactured from biosafe silicone rubber, and the vent is a
hydrophobic ultrafine glass microfiber filter reinforced with polyester monofilament
laminates. A stainless steel reinforcement ring surrounds the vent for added support.

The device prevents bacteria or viruses from entering or exiting the culture
vessel while at the same time allowing the free passage of air and gases through
the vent layer. It has a filter rating of 99.9% bacterial filtration efficiency (BFE) and
viral efficiency (VFE).

BugStopper is available in two sizes and simply pushes onto a variety of culture
vessels. The device fits inside typical 250 ml to 2500 ml flasks and on the outside
of typical 125 ml flasks. The silicone portion of the smaller BugStopper device can
be penetrated with needles for use as a sample port or for gas infusion. BugStopper
10 fits flasks which accept size 8 1 ⁄2 to 10 1 ⁄2 stoppers (stopper sizes are country-
dependent. Sizes stated are those in use in the USA. See Technical Data table for
actual dimensions of BugStopper).

Features and Benefits Applications


• Autoclavable in use to maintain • Bacterial cultures
solution integrity • Viral cultures
• Available in two sizes to fit a wide • Cell cultures
variety of culture flasks
• Repeated use minimizes cost
• Quick and easy-to-use BugStopper
pushes into place and is ready to use

131
Filtr ation de vices | V acuum protection filters

Stainless steel reinforcement ring surrounds the media


for added support

Vent is composed of hydrophobic ultrafine glass microfiber


media reinforced with a polyester monofilament layer

Biosafe silicone wall

BugStopper

Stainless steel reinforcement ring surrounds the media


for added support

Vent is composed of hydrophobic ultrafine glass microfiber


media reinforced with a polyester monofilament layer

Integral silicone shroud to keep flask lip clean

Biosafe silicone wall

BugStopper 10

Technical Data – BugStopper


Top Diameter (mm) Bottom Diameter Bottom Diameter Device Vent Material Support Ring
(internal) (mm) (external) (mm)
BugStopper
43 21 28 Biosafe silicone Hydrophobic ultrafine Stainless steel
glass microfiber
BugStopper 10
54 22 37 Biosafe silicone Hydrophobic ultrafine Stainless steel
glass microfiber

Ordering Information – BugStopper


Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
6713-3010 BugStopper 10
6713-3100 BugStopper 100
6713-6010 BugStopper 10 10
6713-6050 BugStopper 10 50

132
Vacuum Protection Filters
Vacu-GuardTM
These easy-to-use inline filter devices help to confine and isolate infectious
materials in vacuum systems and protect your laboratory.

Features and Benefits


• Protecting vacuum pump systems from solvent vapor or gaseous contaminants
and aqueous aerosols
VACU-GUARD
• Designed for inline use with stepped barb connections for 10-12 mm ID hose
• Available with choice of chemical trap: activated carbon, molecular sieve
or desiccant
• Membrane retains 99.99% of airborne particles greater than 0.1 µm
• Features hydrophobic PTFE membrane

Applications
• Vacuum pump protection
•A
 ctivated carbon removes organic vapors and radioactive particles
• Molecular sieve for use with organic and alkaline air streams VACU-GUARD 150
• Desiccant for use with high velocity acidic air streams
• Removes a potential health hazard from the work place

Air Flow Rates*


VACU-GUARD 150
psi  bar
8

7 0.5 Molecular Sieve


Differential Pressure

Activated Carbon
6 Dessicant
0.4
5
0.3
4

3 0.2
2
0.1
1

0 0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600
Flow Rate (LPM)

* Flow rates are indicative and vary by type of end fitting

Typical Data – VACU-GUARD


Housing Type Maximum Pressure Filtration Media Connections Retentions
PP 1 bar (15 psi) PTFE 6722-5000 (50 mm) Aqueous solutions:
6-10 mm (1 ⁄4" - 3⁄8") SB up to 0.9 bar (14 psi)
6722-5001 (60 mm) Particulates in air:
10-12 mm (3⁄8" - 1 ⁄2") SB 0.1 µm 99.99%
PP – Polypropylene SB – Stepped Barb
PTFE – Polytetrafluoroethylene

133
Filtr ation de vices | specialt y devices

Typical Data – VACU-GUARD 150


VACU-GUARD 150 VACU-GUARD 150 VACU-GUARD 150
Product Activated Carbon Desiccant Molecular Sieve
Chemical trap media Activated carbon Anhydrous calcium sulfate Silico aluminate zeolite
Filter media PTFE PTFE PTFE
Surface area* or weight (nominal) 82,000 m (carbon)
2
318 g (desiccant)** 318 g (zeolite)
Connectors – inlet/outlet HB/SB HB/SB HB/SB
Maximum Operating Pressure
Dry gas 60 psi 60 psi 60 psi
Wet gas 14 psi 14 psi 14 psi
* For 50 mm disc = 16 cm2; 60 mm = 25 cm2 HB – Hose Barb 1/2 cm2 – inlet SB – Stepped Barb
** Absorbs 6-10% of its weight in water (dependent on relative humidity) PTFE – Polytetrafluoroethylene

Ordering Information – VACU-GUARD and VACU-GUARD 150


Catalog Number Chemical Media Housing Type Quantity/Pack
Vacu-guard
6722-5000 PTFE* 50 mm disc 10
6722-5001 PTFE* 60 mm disc 10
Vacu-guard 150
6722-1001 Activated carbon Capsule 1
6722-1002 Dessicant Capsule 1
6722-1003 Molecular sieve Capsule 1
* PTFE – 0.2 µm Polytetrafluoroethylene

Specialty Devices
Whatman offers a line of disposable specialty filter devices designed to provide
fast and efficient filtration of aqueous and organic solutions. They are made with a
variety of different membrane filters with a polypropylene housing using the most
advanced methods and design features available today.

Filter Tubes
Versatile Whatman Filter Tubes are designed to prepare and filter samples in batches
using standard SPE vacuum manifolds and automated systems. The devices feature
a rigid pigment-free polypropylene housing, a filter support, and a choice of filter media.

The polypropylene housing is autoclavable for repeated use and ensures excellent
chemical and biomolecule compatibility with minimum extractables. The filter media
is securely welded into the tube to ensure that the filter cannot be bypassed and no
sample is lost.

Filter Tubes are available with 1PS filters and PTFE membranes for chemical
compatibility with solvents. The 1PS Filter Tube contains Whatman Phase Separator
filter media for the quick and easy separation of solvent and aqueous phase layers.

134
Technical Properties – Filter Tubes

Housing Polypropylene (pigment free)


Inlet connection Standard tube opening
Outlet connection Male slip luer
Maximum force 100 psi for PTFE (not available for 1PS)
Filtration Area
6 ml 1.2 cm2
12 ml 1.4 cm2 
60 ml 5.3 cm2
Weight
6 ml 3.2 g
12 ml 4.8 g
60 ml 18.8 g
Bubble Point for PTFE Filter Tubes (in isopropanol)
1.0 µm 9 psi
5.0 µm 2 psi
PTFE – 0.2 µm Polytetrafluoroethylene

Ordering Information – Filter Tubes


Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media Capacity (ml) Quantity/Pack
0.45 6988-6010 DpPP 60 100
1.0 6984-0610 PTFE 6 50
1.0 6984-1210 PTFE 12 40
5.0 6984-0650 PTFE 6 50
5.0 6984-1250 PTFE 12 40
5.0 6984-6050 PTFE 60 100
– 6987-0699 1PS 6 50
– 6987-1299 1PS 12 40
– 6987-6099 1PS 60 100
HD soil tube 6986-6010 HD 60 100
DpPP – Depth polypropylene PTFE – Polytetrafluoroethylene
HD – Nonwoven polypropylene

AUTOCUP Disposal Filter Funnel


The AUTOCUPTM filter funnel is a convenient, disposable device for batch filtration
of samples. Designed specifically for use with automated systems, AUTOCUP can
also be used with a standard flask or manifold under vacuum. The device is fully
compatible with Zymark automated systems.

AUTOCUP is manufactured from pigment-free polypropylene and contains a choice


of Nylon or PTFE membrane for use with aqueous and solvent solutions.

Features and Benefits


• 20 ml sample volume, for batch processing of laboratory samples
• Manufactured using no adhesives or additives and ensures sample purity
• Versatile and easy to use and suitable for use under vacuum or in
automated systems
135
Filtr ation de vices | specialt y devices

Applications
• Drug discovery synthesis
• Sample clarification
• Sample filtration
• Combinatorial chemistry
• Batch preparation

Typical Data – AUTOCUP Disposable Filter Funnel

Housing Polypropylene
Volume 20 ml
Filtration area 4.7 cm2
Filter diameter 25.7 mm
Maximum pressure 0.7 bar (10 psi)

Ordering Information – AUTOCUP Disposable Filter Funnel


Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media Quantity/Pack
0.45 1602-0462 Nylon 250
0.45 1602-0465 Nylon 250
0.45 1602-0472 PTFE 250
0.45 1602-0475 PTFE 250

Disposable Filter Funnels


The Whatman Disposable Filter Funnels, available in 25 mm and 47 mm diameters,
are convenient filter funnels containing Whatman brand filter media. The filter media
can be easily removed for further analysis. The unit is composed of medical-grade
polypropylene, compatible with most solutions.

25 mm Disposable Filter Funnel


The 25 mm Disposable Filter Funnel is a convenient, disposable filter funnel
containing Whatman brand filter media. This 25 mm diameter filter can be used
in evaluation of processed proteins in TCA precipitation or binding assay procedures
and can be easily removed for further analysis or culturing.

The 25 mm Disposable Filter Funnel is available with glass microfiber filters.


Typical applications include TCA precipitation, cell harvesting, tissue washing,
protein precipitation, and high recovery capture filtration.

136
Chemical Resistance
Both are compatible with aqueous solutions and most organic solvents. Caution
should be used when working with strong acids or strong bases in these filter funnels.

Features and Benefits


• Disposable design eliminates dedicated glassware, suitable for
radioactive applications
• Chemically resistant polypropylene housing allows for use with a
wide range of aggressive solutions
• Designed for single use or batch sample processing
• Robotic friendly
• Removable filter allows for further processing
• Luer taper outlet for easy vacuum attachment

47 mm Disposable Filter Funnel


The 47 mm Disposable Filter Funnel is a convenient, disposable unit containing
Whatman brand media. The 47 mm diameter filter can be easily removed for further
analysis or culturing.

Features and Benefits


• 47 mm diameter Whatman brand filter
• Retrievable filter for further analysis
• Disposable for cleanliness and convenience
• 250 ml reservoir
• 0.45 µm cellulose nitrate available sterile for culturing

Ordering Information – 25 mm Disposable Filter Funnels


Catalog Number Media Nominal Particle Volume Capacity (ml) Quantity/Pack
Retention (µm)
1922-1820 Grade GF/A 1.6 25 50
1922-1822 Grade GF/C 1.2 25 50

Ordering Information – 47 mm Disposable Filter Funnels


Catalog Number Media Nominal Particle Volume Capacity (ml) Quantity/Pack
Retention (µm)
1920-1443 Grade 934 AH 1.5 250 300
1920-7001 WCN 0.45 µm Grid sterile 0.45 250 5
1920-7113 WCN 0.45 µm Grid sterile with pads 0.45 250 300
1920-1441 Grade 41 20-25 250 5

137
Filtr ation de vices | specialt y devices

FilterCup
The FilterCupTM is a disposable filter funnel available with a range of 70 mm
Whatman brand filter media. This convenient device is molded from polypropylene
with an integral, heat bonded filter for easy filtration.

Features and Benefits


• Choice of glass microfiber and cellulose filter media
• 250 ml capacity
• Approx. 31 cm2 filtration area

Chemical Compatibility – FilterCup

Dilute acids Recommended Ketones Recommended


Dilute bases Recommended Hydrocarbons: aliphatic Recommended
Alcohols: aliphatic Recommended Hydrocarbons: aromatic Limited applications
Aldehydes Recommended Hydrocarbons: halogenated Not recommended
Esters Recommended – –
Note: Paper Grade 113 contains a wet-strengthening agent
which may leach out when used with solvents

Ordering Information – FilterCup Disposable Filter Funnel


Catalog Number Media Partical Retention Liquid (µm) Quantity/Pack
1600-001 Grade 1 11 25
1600-003 Grade 3 6 25
1600-113 Grade 113 30 25
1600-820 Grade GF/A 1.6 25
1600-822 Grade GF/C 1.2 25
1600-825 Grade GF/F 0.7 25
FilterCup Stem with Stopper
1600-900 – – 1

Bottle-top Filters
VACUFLO
For Residue Analysis
• Filter cakes can be used for microscopic analysis
• Complete units with tubing nozzle, 125 ml funnel, and receiver vessel,
both graduated
• Rapid filtration, thanks to exchangeable mixed esters membrane filter,
50 mm diameter with glass fiber prefilter

VACUFLO
138
ZapCap
For filtration of medium volumes, cell culture media, and HPLC solutions.

Features and Benefits


• Complete 500 ml units with tubing nozzle; for attaching to bottles (bottle-top)
• Connection seals on any standard bottles 33-45 mm
• Membrane diameter 76 mm, filter area 39.2 cm2
• ZapCap™-S with included borosilicate prefilter for high flow rates
• ZapCap-S Plus with integral borosilicate prefilter for very high flow rates
• ZapCap-CR, the chemical-resistant bottle-top filter
• Can be used up to 50ºC

ZapCap

Typical Applications – Bottle-top Filter Unit

Residue Analysis in Environmental Monitoring VACUFLO


Filtration of Cell Culture Media ZapCap S
1. Cellulose acetate membrane filters (CA) with extremely low protein binding for cell
culture media and other aqueous solutions
2. Sterile filtration of solutions which cannot be autoclaved
Sterile filtration and clarification of difficult-to-filter aqueous solutions ZapCap S Plus
Filtration of HPLC Solutions ZapCap CR
1. Polyamide membrane filters (NYL) for the retention of fine particles and microorganisms
in HPLC/FPLC solutions when the column packing is 10 µm
2. PTFE membrane filters (TE) for the retention of particles in organic solutions, strong acids or aldehydes

Ordering Information – VACUFLO and ZapCap Bottle-top Filters


Description Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Media/Housing** Color Code Quantity/Pack
Residue Analysis
VACUFLO PV 050/3** 0.2 10443301 ME-GF/SBC Blue 10
VACUFLO PV 050/2** 0.45 10443311 ME-GF/SBC White 10
Filtration of Medium Volumes, Cell Culture Media
ZapCap S CA*† 0.2 10443401 CA/SBC – 12
ZapCap S CA*† 0.45 10443411 CA/SBC – 12
ZapCap S Plus CA* 0.2 10443430 CA-GF/SBC – 12
ZapCap S Plus CA* 0.45 10443435 CA-GF/SBC – 12
Filtration of HPLC solutions
ZapCap S CR NL 0.2 10443421 NYL/PP – 12
ZapCap S CR NL 0.45 10443423 NYL/PP – 12
ZapCap S CR TE 0.45 10443425 PTFE/PP – 12
* Sterilized by gamma radiation GF – Glass Microfiber PTFE – Polytetrafluoroethylene
** CA – Cellulose Acetate ME – Mixed Ester Celluose SBC – S
 tyrene-Butadiene Copolymer
† Includes separate glass prefilter PP – Polypropylene

139
m i c ro b i o l o g y p ro d u c ts

Microbiology Products
A broad range of high-quality products for microbiological
quality control in food and beverage (wine, beer, soda, water).
Our products help you ensure that every person who eats
or drinks your products is getting the highest quality and
safest ingredients.

142 Membrane Filtration

149 Membrane Filtration Accessories

154 Media

159 Swabs

165 Rapid Test


MICROBIOLOGY PRODUCTS | M E M B R A N E F IL T R A T I O N

Microbiological Quality Control


Whatman offers a broad range of high-quality products for microbiological
quality control in the food and beverage, and water testing industries.
We develop solutions for microbiological applications and set today’s standards
in many areas. This is a result of long-term relationships with our customers who
provide input to new ideas and product improvements.

Membrane Filtration
The technical requirements for membrane filters used in
microbiological quality control are subject to strict national
and international standards.

Whatman offers a wide and versatile range of membrane filter


products with a very high level of consistent quality.

MicroPlus and ME Membranes


Membranes for Microbiological Control
To protect the consumer, the absence of microbial
contamination in foods, beverages, and cosmetics ME Membranes
must be assured.
MicroPlus membranes are high-flux-membranes, with 0.45 µm
characteristics for: Bacteria challenge test with Serratia
In these products, the microorganism counts are very low
marcescens ATCC 14756 (DSM 1636) with 1 × 103 germs/100 ml
and are therefore determined quantitatively via enrichment
with reference to the Standard Methods for the Examination
methods. Production processes are monitored continuously
of Water and Waste water Part 9020 (intra-laboratory Quality
at their critical points (tanks, pipelines, filling units) as are the
Control Guidelines) for microbiological quality control in the
finished products. The membrane filtration method is the
beverage industry.
optimal analytical method for doing this.
Features and Benefits
Method
• Made from mixed cellulose esters
The liquid is filtered through a membrane. The microorganisms
collect on the membrane surface. The filter is incubated • Economical
on a nutrient medium and the individual colonies can then • Specifically for aqueous solutions
be evaluated. The method is also suitable for large sample
volumes and low microorganism counts. • Hydrophilic
• For use up to 125ºC
Reliability
• Sterile, individually packed
The quality control and product design of our membrane filters
are strictly controlled and offer users significant advantages. • All membrane filters have a high-contrast grid
• Type STL in dispenser boxes with 100 numbered membrane
Test Parameters filters for easy removal and safe handling with the
All membranes used for microbiological quality control are Membrane-Butler (supplied in 4 boxes each with 100
tested systematically in order to ensure the same high quality membrane filters)
from batch to batch. Parameters tested are bubble point, flow
For a wider choice of membranes, please refer to the
rate, bacterial retention, recovery rate, and sterility.
Membrane Filters section.

142
Ordering Information – ME Membranes
Diameter (mm) Catalog Number Description Color Grid/Color Quantity/Pack
MicroPlus (Cellulose Nitrate)
47 10407112 MicroPlus-21 STL White Black 100 × 4
50 10407114 MicroPlus-21 STL White Black 100 × 4
47 10407713 MicroPlus-21 ST White Black 100
50 10407714 MicroPlus-21 ST White Black 100
47 10407132 MicroPlus-31 STL Black White 100 × 4
50 10407134 MicroPlus-31 STL Black White 100 × 4
50 10407734 MicroPlus-31 ST Black White 100
47 10407170 MicroPlus-41 STL Green Black 100 × 4
50 10407172 MicroPlus-41 STL Green Black 100 × 4
ME (Mixed Cellulose Ester)
47 10407312 ME25/21 STL, 0.45 µm White 3.1 mm/black 400
50 10407314 ME25/21 STL, 0.45 µm White 3.1 mm/black 400
47 10406870 ME25/21 ST, 0.45 µm White 3.1 mm/black 100
47 10406871 ME25/21 ST, 0.45 µm White 3.1 mm/black 1000
50 10406872 ME25/21 ST, 0.45 µm White 3.1 mm/black 100
50 10406873 ME25/21 ST, 0.45 µm White 3.1 mm/black 1000
47 10407332 ME25/21 STL, 0.45 µm Black 3.1 mm/white 400
50 10407334 ME25/31 STL, 0.45 µm Black 3.1 mm/white 400
47 10407370 ME25/41 STL, 0.45 µm Green 3.1 mm/black 400
50 10407372 ME25/41 STL, 0.45 µm Green 3.1 mm/black 400
47 10409470 ME25/41 ST, 0.45 µm Green 3.1 mm/black 100
50 10409472 ME25/41 ST, 0.45 µm Green 3.1 mm/black 100
47 10408712 ME24 STL, 0.2 µm White 3.1 mm/black 400
50 10408714 ME24 STL, 0.2 µm White 3.1 mm/black 400
50 10407324 ME25 STL, 0.45 µm White 5.1 mm/black 400
50 10408915 ME27 STL, 0.8 µm White 3.1 mm/black 100
47 10407342 ME27/31 STL, 0.8 µm – 3.1 mm/white 400
50 10407345 ME27/31 STL, 0.8 µm – 3.1 mm/white 400
50 10407615 ME27/41 STL, 0.8 µm – 3.1 mm/black 400
50 10409834 ME26/31 STL, 0.6 µm – 3.1 mm/white 400
50 10407344* ME25 STL, 0.45 µm – – 400
* Product is only available in the Americas
ST – Single sterile packed STL – Sterile, for use with Whatman Membrane-Butler

Microbiological Monitors
Presterilized and very versatile
Microbiological monitors are designed for monitoring contaminants in liquid
samples from raw materials to finished products.

After the filtration is complete, 2 ml of microbiological media is added and the


unit is converted into a Petri dish for culturing the bacteria collected.

47 mm and 56 mm monitors
143
MICROBIOLOGY PRODUCTS | M E M B R A N E F IL T R A T I O N

Microbiological monitors offer significant workload reduction. The presterilized


and ready-to-use units for filtration and subsequent incubation of microbiological
samples eliminate many time-consuming daily activities in the laboratory.

Features and Benefits


• Cellulose nitrate membrane with • Significant time savings – up to 70%
choice of pore size • Black membranes available for better
• Sterilized and ready for use contrast
• Easy handling

Monitor Workflow
Microbiological monitors have been
developed specifically for membrane
filter methods for aqueous samples of
up to 100 ml.

1. Add sample and filter it


2. Remove the funnel
3. Add 2 ml of microbiological media and
add vacuum briefly
4. Replace the lid and incubate the unit
1 2

3 4

Ordering Information – Microbiological Monitors


Size (mm) Catalog Number Description Pore Size (µm) Quantity/Pack
47 10497511 White/black grid, 100 ml 0.2 50
47 10497500 White/black grid, 100 ml 0.45 50
47 10497501 White/black grid, bagged, 100 ml 0.45 50
47 10497502 Black/white grid, 100 ml 0.45 50
47 10497503 Black/white grid, 100 ml 0.8 50
56 10497603 White/black grid, 100 ml 0.2 50
56 10497600 White/black grid, 100 ml 0.45 50
56 10497601 Black/white grid, 100 ml 0.45 50
56 10497602 Black/white grid, 100 ml 0.8 50
144
Analytical Funnels
Ready-to-use Filtration Units for Microbiology
Whatman analytical funnels are ready-to-use 100 ml filtration units with removable
cellulose nitrate membrane and culturing devices.

After filtration, the membrane of the analytical funnel can be easily removed for use
in a wide range of qualitative and quantitative biological analyses.

Features and Benefits


• Saves up to 50% in time with no flaming and sterilization required
• Minimizes the risk of cross contamination
• Easy release of membrane

Analytical Funnel Workflow


1. Perform sample filtration
2. Remove the upper part from the base
3. Place the base on the membrane
lifting device
4. Separate the membrane from the pad
and transfer the membrane into a
Petri dish with sterile pad

1 2

3 4

145
MICROBIOLOGY PRODUCTS | M E M B R A N E F IL T R A T I O N

Ordering Information – Analytical Funnels


Size (mm) Catalog Number Description Pore Size (µm) Quantity/Pack
47 10497507 White/black grid, 100 ml 0.2 50
47 10497510 White/black grid, bagged, 100 ml 0.2 50
47 10497504 White/black grid, 100 ml 0.45 50
47 10497506 White/black grid, bagged, 100 ml 0.45 50
47 10497508 White/black grid, 100 ml 0.45 50
47 10497509 White/black grid, bagged, 100 ml 0.45 50

MBS I
Microbiological Filtration System
MBS I is an excellent system for optimal microbiological control using membranes.
The overall procedure time is reduced to a minimum. The design of the system,
which consists of an electrical membrane dispenser, a funnel dispenser, and a
vacuum manifold, leads to more reproducible results.

The special sealing technique ensures easy handling and a good integrity of the funnel
and membrane during filtration. This reduces any cross contamination to a minimum.

Features and Benefits


• Simple to use
MBS I bringing a system into your
• Safe sealing mechanism quality control
• Shorter preparation time
• High reproducibility
• Funnels can be autoclaved up to 50 times
• Large funnel capacity for foaming liquids
• Easier to validate
• Risk of cross contamination is minimized

A Combination of Comfort and Progress


The combination of the funnel dispenser and the Membrane-Butler E in the MBS I
system is unique. When a funnel is taken from the dispenser, the butler automatically
dispenses a membrane from the sterile pack, which is ready to use.

MBS I sealing mechanism

146
Find the Right Funnel
The autoclavable plastic funnel for the MBS I is a true innovation. Unlike tedious
flaming of stainless steel filtration equipment for sterilization, the new funnel
is simple to use and ensures sterility. The new funnels are provided sterile in a
magazine and save time especially when a large number of samples need to be
processed by one apparatus.

The funnels (350 ml) are of high grade polypropylene and can be autoclaved up to
50 times. For applications in which funnels are only used once, the system offers
another solution: a 100 ml funnel which is presterilized and supplied ready for
immediate use. A special closure mechanism at the extraction edge ensures that
the funnel seals tightly with the membrane.

MBS I Workflow
1. When taking a new presterilized
funnel, the membrane is dispensed
automatically
2. Membrane is placed onto the filter
base and the funnel installed
3. Liquid is poured into the funnel and
a vacuum is applied
4. Membrane is easily removed after
filtration

1 2

3 4

147
MICROBIOLOGY PRODUCTS | M E M B R A N E F IL T R A T I O N

MicroPlus Membrane Filter – The Plus for Stability


Whatman MicroPlus membrane filters are an excellent addition to the MBS I for the
beverage industry. Wherever viscous or particle loaded solutions are being filtered,
MicroPlus filters with their matchless stability and nonblocking design are the
best choice. Filtration speed due to optimized through-flow, ease of use, and high
reproducibility contribute to the unmatched quality of this membrane.

Ordering Information – MBS I


Catalog Number Product Description Quantity/Pack
10445890 AS220 2-place vacuum filtration manifold for MBS I 1
10445863 Frit Steel frit with ring for AS220 1
10445870 Dispenser for funnels Dispenser for 100 ml and 350 ml funnels for MBS I 1
10445861 Funnel – 100 ml Plastic funnel of PP, autoclavable 20
10445865 Funnel – 100 ml Plastic funnel of ABS 20
10445866 Funnel – 350 ml Plastic funnel of PP, autoclavable 20
10445868 Autoclaving bags For MBS I plastic funnels 20
10477112 Butler-Tower rack Rack for two Membrane-Butler E 1
10477110 Membrane-Butler E Electric Butler for dispensing filtration membranes 1
10477602 PZ 001 Tweezers, stainless steel 1
10445895 Clamp Clamp for MBS 1 1

Membrane-Butler
Membrane Filter Dispenser for Microbiological Control
Membrane filters for microbiological checks must be handled carefully to ensure
that they remain sterile and that quantitative results are being obtained.

The Membrane-Butler offers optimal handling for all MicroPlus and ME membrane
filters with the type name “STL.” The dispenser box is placed in the Membrane-Butler,
the sterile packaging is inserted into the roller system and the system is ready.
With each turn (Manual Butler) or by pressing the push button or the foot pedal
(Butler E), a membrane filter is ejected from its sterile packing and can be removed
easily with forceps.
Removing a sterile membrane from Butler E
Features and Benefits
• High reliability
• Simple handling with foot switch and stepper motor
(applies only to Butler E)
• Cross contamination risks are minimized
• Membrane dispensed rapidly
• Ideal for use on sterile benches
• Compact dimensions for portable use

Manual dispenser for single sterile membranes


148
Ordering Information – Membrane-Butler
Catalog Number Description Use Quantity/Pack
10477100 Membrane-Butler Manual Butler for dispensing filtration membranes 1
10477110 Membrane-Butler E Electric Butler for dispensing filtration membranes 1
10477112 Butler-tower Rack for two Membrane-Butler E 1
10477113 Foot pedal For Membrane-Butler E 1
10477114* Power supply For Membrane-Butler E 1
* Product is only available in Europe.

Membrane Filtration Accessories


Whatman offers a line of analytical funnels and vacuum filtration equipment
for use in microbiological testing processes.

Pressure Filtration Devices


Pressure filtration devices with a sample loading cylinder are suitable for batch
filtration of samples from 20 ml, while devices without infusion cylinders are
connected inline and are suitable for larger volumes of several liters. Filtration
of liquids and gases is possible, including sterile filtration of serums or the clear
filtration of media that are difficult to filter, especially those that are highly viscous.
Membranes, paper or glass fiber filter discs can be used.

Cleaning and changing of filters is completed in a few steps. All units are equipped
with pressure resistant filter supports. High-quality silicone or PTFE O-rings seal the
systems. Please ensure you only use intact seals for safety reasons. PTFE versions
are available, in addition to stainless steel devices, for use with corrosive media.

Applications
• Clear filtration of liquids that are difficult to filter and sterile filtration of liquids and
gases. For small volumes: MD 050
• Inline sterilization of biological liquids, ophthalmics, etc.: MD 142/6
• Inline filtration of corrosive liquids which must not come into contact with metals:
MD 142/7 or with infusion cylinder MD 142/7/3

Technical Information – Pressure Filtration Devices*


Max Pressure** Max Temperature Filter Prefilter
Series Material Seals
(bar) Resistance (°C) Diameter (mm) Diameter (mm)
MD 050 Stainless steel Silicone/PTFE 10/4 200 50 43
MD 142/5 Stainless steel Silicone/PTFE 10/4 200 142 134
MD 142/6 Stainless steel Silicone/PTFE 10/4 200 142 134
MD 142/7 PTFE PTFE 3.5 200 142 134
* Product is only available in Europe
** With silicone O-ring/PTFE O-ring

149
MICROBIOLOGY PRODUCTS | M E M B R A N E F IL T R A T I O N A CC E S S O R I E S

Ordering Information – Pressure Filtration Devices*


Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
Stainless Steel
10450450 MD 050/4, 200 ml, 230 × 70 mm with rapid seal 1
10451410 MD 142/5, without infusion cylinder, 100 × 180 mm 1
10451610 MD 142/5/3, 2200 ml, 545 × 200 mm 1
10452600 MD 142/6/3 (GMP), 2200 ml, 570 × 220 mm 1
PTFE
10451700 MD 142/7, without infusion cylinder, 180 × 200 mm 1
10451710 MD 142/7/3, 1500 ml, 470 × 200 mm 1
Accessories – Inlet/Outlet Connections for Stainless Steel Pressure Filtration Devices
of the MD 050 and MD 142/5 series**
10453000 MD 050/0/11, connection: R 3/8", for SV 004 1
10453001 MD 050/0/12, connection: rapid seal coupling, for SV 003 b and SV 003 c 1
10453002 MD 050/0/13, connection: olive external diameter 1
13–15 mm, for pressure hoses
10453007 MD 050/0/18, connection: olive external diameter 1
9–11 mm, for pressure hoses
For GMP Pressure Filtration Devices of the MD 142/6 Series †
10453201 MD 142/2/11, connection: R 3/8", for SV 004 1
10453208 MD 142/2/14, connection: olive external diameter 1
9–11 mm, for pressure hoses
10453200 MD 142/2/09, connection: stainless steel clamp, 1
for TriClover connectors
10453301 ST 002 stand for pressure filter 1
Pressure Hoses
10471100 Pressure hose, braided, SV 003 a (connectors 1
R 3/8"/SVK) and SV 003 b (connectors SVK/SVK),
inner diameter 6 mm, length 1.5 m
10471101 Pressure hose, SV 003 c, loadable bar 10, connector 1
SVK/R 3/8", inner diameter 6 mm, length 1.5 m
10471200 Pressure hose, PTFE, SV 004, braided with 1
stainless steel wire, loadable bar 10, autoclavable
to 121°C, connection R 3/8"/R 3/8", inner diameter 8 mm, length 1.5 m
* Product is only available in Europe
** All connections are supplied with PTFE seal
† Connection to the device at safety collar for TriClover with clamp, supplied complete with sealing rings
SVK – rapid seal coupling

Vacuum Filtration Equipment


MV 050 Series Applications
• Microbiology (e.g., Escherichia coli detection), biochemistry,
All MV series vacuum filtration devices are made of stainless
hydrobiology
steel, which is especially suitable for microbiological
applications. • Drinks (e.g., cold sludge in beer), foodstuffs (e.g., ice cream),
pharmaceuticals, cosmetics, water, wastewater
The system can be used up to 200ºC, is autoclavable and can • Residue analysis, precipitate analysis, contamination tests
be sterilized by dry heat up to 180ºC.

150
MV 050/0 MV 050A/0 MV 050/2

Technical Data – Vacuum Filtration – MV 050 Series


Apparatus Selection Materials Selection
Filter size 47/50 mm Upper and lower parts Stainless steel 1.4301
Filter volume 100 or 500 ml Cover Stainless steel 1.4301
Filter area 12.5 cm 2
Frit Stainless steel 1.4571
Prefilter 40 mm diameter Sieve Stainless steel 1.4301
Vacuum connection Rubber stopper Seals PTFE and silicone
Filter support Sieve (frit as accessory) Clamps Aluminum

Ordering Information – MV 050 Series


Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
10440000 MV050/0 Vacuum Filtration Apparatus, stainless steel, 1
500 ml, 47/50 mm
10440020 MV050A/0 Vacuum Filtration Apparatus with rapid closure clamp, 1
stainless steel, 500 ml, 47/50 mm
10440200* MV050/2 Vacuum Filtration Apparatus, stainless steel, 100 ml, 47/50 mm 1
* Product is only available in Europe

Multiple Vacuum Filtration Apparatus


AS 300 and 600 Series
The stainless steel manifold for 3 or 6 filtration units is fitted with stainless steel
units. The apparatus can be autoclaved and sterilized by dry heat at up to 180ºC.
Suitable only for vacuum operation. If flushing tubes are used, do not exceed 1.3 bar
(300 mbar over-pressure).
AS 300/3
Applications
• Microbiological quality control
• Residue analyses
• Serial filtration carried out rapidly and easily with a common drainage outlet

AS 610/3

151
MICROBIOLOGY PRODUCTS | M E M B R A N E F IL T R A T I O N A CC E S S O R I E S

Technical Data – AS 300 and 600 Series – Multiple Vacuum Filtration Apparatus
Apparatus Selection
Filter size 47/50 mm
Filter volume 100 or 500 ml
Manifold 3 or 6 stopcocks and lower parts for individual choice of filter units
Filter support Sieve (frit as accessory)
Vacuum connection Tubing nozzle 9 mm (inside diameter)
Multiple filtration apparatus complete and ready for use. Filters and prefilters sold separately.

Ordering Information – Multiple Vacuum Filtration Apparatus


Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
Three-Place Filtration
10445850 AS300/5 Vacuum filtration system, stainless steel 100 ml, 1
47/50 mm, support screen
10445830 AS300/3 Vacuum filtration system, stainless steel 500 ml, 1
47/50 mm, support screen
10445835* AS310/3 Vacuum filtration system, stainless steel 500 ml, 1
47/50 mm, support screen
10498761** Stainless steel filter funnel 3-place manifold 1
Six-Place Filtration
10444850 AS600/5 Vacuum filtration system, stainless steel 100 ml, 1
47/50 mm, support screen
10444830 AS600/3 Vacuum filtration system, stainless steel 500 ml, 1
47/50 mm, support screen
10444835* AS610/3 Vacuum filtration system, stainless steel 500 ml, 1
47/50 mm, support screen
10444820† AS600/2 Vacuum filtration system, glass, 250 ml, 47/50 mm, 1
support screen
10498762** Stainless steel filter funnel 6-place manifold 1
* With rapid closure clamp
** Recommended for Microbiology Monitors and Analytical Funnels
† Product is only available in Europe

Accessories and Vacuum Filtration Apparatus


Vacuum and Pressure Pump*
Vacuum pumps are required especially in the fields of microbiological quality control,
analyses, medicine, and production technology. The pumps are used for pumping
gases, taking samples (even liquids in a vacuum), and evacuating vessels.

* 220 Volts. This product is only available in Europe

Vacuum Pump VP003

152
Features and Benefits
• AC model
• Contamination-free pumping of air, gases, and vapors
• High performance and minimum size
• Extremely quiet and smooth running
• Equipped with thermo switch and standard fuse
• Simple to use
• Maintenance free
• Oil-free membrane pump
Witt’s Bottle WT 100
Witt’s Bottle WT 100
For filtrate collection in an inserted container. The bottle is made of borosilicate
glass. It has a replaceable round lid and side-mounted tubing nozzle for vacuum
tubing 8 mm (inside diameter).

Forceps PZ 001
The stainless steel forceps with smooth angled jaws (104 mm long) are ideal
for handling membrane filters. They are autoclavable and can be flame
sterilized with ethanol.

Forceps PZ 001

Performance Data – Vacuum and Pressure Pump


Delivery (l/min) m3/h Vacuum (mbar absolute) Pressure (bar) Weight (kg)
VP003 3.6 < 100 4 11

Technical Data – Witt’s Bottle WT 100


Apparatus Selection
Size 100 mm diameter
Height 160 mm
Capacity 1000 ml
Vacuum Connection Tubing nozzle 8 mm (inside diameter)

Ordering Information – Vacuum Filtration Apparatus Accessories


Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
10470300 VP 003 Electrical vacuum and pressure pump 1
10464103 ML 050/0/03 Steel frit with ring 1
10477601 WT 100 Witt’s flask, 1000 ml with tubing nozzle 1
10477600 SF 100 Suction flask, 1000 ml with tubing nozzle 1
10471700 SV 006 Vacuum tubing, 1 length 1
10477602 PZ 001 Tweezers, stainless steel 1

153
MICROBIOLOGY PRODUCTS | M E DI A

Media
Liquid Media
Ready-to-use media considerably reduce the preparation time in quality control
laboratories and also effectively reduce the risks of cross contamination. Whatman
is cooperating closely with quality assurance managers in the industry in the
development of new media and test kits.

This intensive product development has produced a range of products that is being
used to monitor production plants and conduct microbiological checks on raw
materials through to final product release in laboratories worldwide.
2 ml ampouled media
Features and Benefits
• Wide range of products satisfies even special customer requirements
• Optimal media stability, sterility, and reproducibility
• Less time-consuming, higher productivity
• Batch-specific quality certificate in each pack

Media Variety and Flexibility


Our extensive range of liquid media is available for a wide variety of applications.
Liquid media products come with a host of advantages. Prepared nutrient media
save valuable time and keep costs to a minimum. All media undergo detailed quality
control checks in accordance with recognized methods, guaranteeing uniform media
preparation at all times. Comprehensive end product tests ensure optimal growth
and stable, and sterile media.

Media Descriptions
Brilliant Green Bile Broth 2%
BGBB contains two inhibitors of both gram-positive and selected gram-negative
organisms, namely, oxgall and brilliant green dye. Fermentation is detected
by gas production.

Cetrimide Broth
Pseudomonas aeruginosa is characterized by the production of pyocyanin (a blue
green, water soluble, non-fluorescent, phenazine pigment), which is stimulated by
the inclusion of magnesium chloride and potassium sulfate in the broth. Cetrimide
(N-cetyl-NNN-trimethylammonium bromide) is added to inhibit bacteria other than
Pseudomonas aeruginosa. Its action as a quaternary ammonium cationic detergent
causes nitrogen and phosphorous to be released from bacterial cells other than
Pseudomonas aeruginosa.

Brilliant green bile broth

154
EC Broth
EC Broth contains casein peptone as a source of nutrients. Lactose provides the
carbohydrate fermented by coliform bacteria and Escherichia coli. In addition,
lactose-positive bacteria metabolize lactose with gas formation. Gram-positive
bacteria are inhibited by the mixture of bile salts.

EC Broth with MUG


The presence of fluorescence using a long-wave UV light source confirms the
presence of Escherichia coli and no further confirmation is required. MUG detects
anaerogenic strains, which may not be detected in the conventional procedure.
Lactose is a source of energy. Casein peptone provides additional nutrients. The
mixture of bile salts is inhibiting for gram-positive bacteria, particularly bacilli and
fecal streptococci. The substrate 4-methylumbelliferyl-b-D-glucuronide is hydrolyzed
by an enzyme, b-glucuronidase, possessed by most Escherichia coli and a few
strains of Salmonella, Shigella and Yersinia, to produce a fluorescent end product,
4-methylumbelliferone. EC-Broth: Vial Left: Control; Vial Right: Broth
inoculated with Escherichia coli ATCC 25922
Enterococcus Broth
Enterococcus Broth is a modified version of the improved media described by Slanetz
and Bartley with TTC. The membrane filtration method is simple to perform, does not
require confirmation and permits a direct count of enterococci in 48 hours.

HPC Broth and HPC Broth with TTC


HPC is used to determine total count at incubation temperatures of 35ºC. All bacteria
develop on HPC to give colonies with their natural colors. With TTC, the colonies
produce a red color by reducing 2,3,5-triphenyltetrazolium chloride (TTC), which
precipitates as formazan.

KF-Streptococcus Broth
KF-Streptococcus Broth is selective for the determination of fecal streptococci in
polluted surface waters. Maltose and lactose are fermentable carbohydrates,
sodium azide is the selective agent and brom cresol purple is the indicator dye.

Lauryl Sulfate or Lauryl Tryptose Broth


This media was developed for the detection of coliform organisms by the American
Public Health Association (APHA). It is now the standard medium of choice in the
presumptive phase of the standard coliform MPN test for the microbiological
examination of water.

Mannitol Salt Broth


Because of the amount of peptones and beef extract, Mannitol Salt is a nutrient
rich medium. Most bacteria (other than staphylococci) are inhibited by the high
concentration of sodium chloride. Organisms capable of fermenting mannitol,
e.g., Staphylococcus aureus, cause a pH change in the media. With phenol red
as the pH indicator the colonies appear with a yellow coloration.

Membrane Lauryl Sulfate Broth


This media was developed for the detection of coliform organisms and is now
the media of choice for the enumeration of total coliforms and Escherichia coli in
the United Kingdom. This media replaced membrane enriched broth containing
0.4% Teepol 610.

155
MICROBIOLOGY PRODUCTS | M E DI A

M-Endo Coliform Broth


M-Endo is a red colored media, which needs to be stored in the dark to prevent
discoloration. Gram-positive bacteria are inhibited on this media by the desoxycholate
and lauryl sulfate. The addition of ethanol increases the antibacterial nature of the
formulation. Lactose fermenting organisms form aldehydes, which react with Schiff’s
reagent (basic fuchsin and sodium sulfite) to give red colored zones around the colonies.
Coliform colonies are therefore red with a characteristic metallic sheen.

M-FC Broth
Allows the development of fecal coliforms at elevated temperatures (44.5°C).

M-FC with Rosolic Acid


M-FC with Rosolic Acid acts and functions in the same way as M-FC Broth. Rosolic
acid inhibits bacterial growth in general, except for fecal coliforms.
M-Endo coliform broth
M-Green Yeast and Mold Broth
M-Green Yeast and Mold Broth is an improved modification of the liquid media.
The addition of bromocresol green, which diffuses into fungal colonies as an
alkaline reaction, allows them to be easily identified. Metabolic by-products from
the developing colonies diffuse into the surrounding medium, further reducing
the pH, which aids in the inhibition of bacterial growth, but also produces an acid
reaction that causes residual bromocresol green to change to yellow.

M-Green Select Broth


M-Green Select Broth was developed to improve efficiency of detection and
enumeration of fungi in sugar based drinks using the membrane filtration
method. This medium has a low pH, which inhibits bacterial growth. The
addition of chloramphenicol further inhibits the growth of bacteria to allow
for the development and enumeration of yeast and mold.

MI Broth and MI Agar M-Green Yeast and Mold Broth:


MI Broth detects the presence of coliform bacteria by the production Typical growth of Candida Albicans
ATCC10231 on a black membrane
of b-galactosidase, which cleaves the substrate MUGal to produce
4-methylumbelliferone, which fluoresces on exposure to UV light.
Non-coliforms do not produce this enzyme and therefore do not fluoresce
on the medium. Escherichia coli is detected by the compound IBDG. The
b-glucuronidase produced by Escherichia coli cleaves the substrate to
produce a blue indigo color in the colonies. As Escherichia coli is also a total
coliform, and also produces b-galactosidase, it will also fluoresce. The
antibiotic cefsulodin is present to inhibit the growth of gram-positive
bacteria and some non-coliform gram-negative bacteria that can cause
false positive reactions.

MRS Broth
MRS medium supports luxuriant growth of all lactobacilli, even the slow
growing species.

M-TGE Total Count Media


All bacteria develop on TGE media and produce a range of different colored MI-Media: Pure culture of Escherichia coli
and sized colonies. ATCC 25922 with UV light

156
Orange Serum Media
Organisms known to grow in single strength and concentrated juices are lactic acid
and acetic acid bacteria and yeast. Lactobacilli, Leuconostoc and yeast have all been
identified as spoilage organisms by numerous authors. Orange serum at pH 5.4 to
5.6 has been reported to yield maximum counts of all types of spoilage organisms in
mixed cultures and in single culture comparison tests.

Potato Dextrose Broth and Agar Media


Potato Dextrose Broth is recommended in Standard Methods as the media that gives
the most consistent and highest counts for the recoveries of yeast and mold in dairy
products. The inclusion of potato extract encourages the growth and development
of fungi. Sterile tartaric acid may be added to lower the pH to 3.5 ± 0.2 to further
Pseudomonas media: Typical growth of
inhibit the growth of conflicting bacteria. Pseudomonas aeruginosa ATCC 10145

Preservative-Resistant Yeast (PRY) Broth


A low pH selective medium. For the detection of spoilage microorganisms in
beverages. It is used to isolate and selectively enumerate Zygosaccharomyces spp.

Pseudomonas Broth
Pseudomonas aeruginosa is characterized by the production of pyocyanin (a blue
green, water soluble, non-fluorescent, phenazine pigment), which is stimulated by
the inclusion of magnesium chloride and potassium sulfate in the broth. Irgasan, an
antimicrobial agent, selectively inhibits gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria
other than pseudomonads. Glycerol both serves as an energy source and helps in
the promotion of pyocyanin.

Sabouraud Dextrose Broth


Total Count Media with indicator. Escherichia
Peptone in the media is used as a nitrogen source for the development of fungi.
Coli ATCC 25922 and Staphylococcus
Dextrose acts as an energy source for the growth of microorganisms. The low pH is Aureus ATCC 25923 can be easily detected
favorable for the development of fungi, especially dermatophytes, but at the same according to their red to pink colonies
time inhibits the development of contaminating bacteria from clinical specimens.

Standard Methods Agar


All bacteria develop on Standard Methods and produce a range of different colored
and sized colonies.

Total Count Media with TTC


All bacteria develop on Total Count Media with indicator and produce a red
color as a result of the precipitation of formazan following the reduction of
2,3,5-triphenyltetrazolium chloride (TTC) by bacteria.

Trypticase Soy Broth – Single Strength


General purpose medium used in qualitative procedures for the cultivation of
fastidious and non-fastidious microorganisms. Trypticase Soy Broth – Single Strength
complies with the demands of the DIN Norm 10167 for the detection of Escherichia
Trypticase Soy Broth
coli serotype 0157:H7 in foods and FDA-BAM for the isolation of enterohemorrhagic
(double strength not innoculated)
Escherichia coli (EHEC). In addition the media conforms to the formula of the U.S.
Pharmacopoeia.

Trypticase Soy Broth – Double Strength


TSB is a medium that will support the growth of a wide variety of microorganisms,
including aerobic, facultative, and anaerobic bacteria and fungi.

157
MICROBIOLOGY PRODUCTS | Media

Wallerstein Nutrient Broth (WL) and WL Differential Broth (WLD)


WL Nutrient Broth is for the cultivation and enumeration of yeast, and WL Differential
Broth is for determination of bacterial count. Use of the medium at pH 5.5 and
incubation at 25°C will give reliable counts for brewer’s yeast. Adjustment of the
pH to 6.5 and incubation at 30°C allows for the selective growth of baker’s and
distiller’s yeast.

Ordering Information – Liquid Media


Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
2 ml Ampoules
10496146 Cetrimide Broth 50
10496120 Enterococcus Broth 50
10496164 Heterotrophic Plate Count (HPC) Broth 50
10496151 HPC Broth with TTC 50
10496125 KF-Streptococcus Broth 50
10496121 Mannitol Salt Broth 50
10496187 Lauryl Sulfate PHLS/UK Broth 50
10496103 M-Endo Coliform Broth 50
10496124 M-FC Media 50
10496114 M-FC Broth with Rosolic Acid 50
10496116 M-Green Select Broth 50
10496101 M-Green Yeast and Mold Broth 50
10496192 MI-Broth Media (2ml vials, not ampoules) 50
10496112 MRS Broth 50
10496102 M-TGE Broth 50
10496104 Orange Serum Broth 50
10496106 Preservative-Resistant Yeast (PRY) Broth 50
10496119 Pseudomonas Broth 50
10496113 Total Count Broth with TTC 50
10496108 Wallerstein Broth 50
10496109 Wallerstein Differential Broth 50
9 ml Tubes
10496710 Brilliant Green Bile Bottled Broth, with Durham Tubes 20
10496714 EC Bottled Broth, with Durham Tubes 20
10496709 EC with MUG, Bottled Broth 20
10496722* Lauryl Sulfate / Lauryl Tryptose Broth 20
Bottled Media
10496700 M-Endo Coliform Bottled Broth, 50 ml 8
10496851 MI Media, Bottled Broth, 50 ml 1
10496847 MI Media, Bottled Agar, 50 ml 1
10496705 M-Green Yeast and Mold Bottled Agar, 100 ml 1
10496713 Orange Serum Bottled Agar, 100 ml 1
10496731 Potato Dextrose Bottled Agar, 100 ml 1
10496706 Standard Bottled Agar, 100 ml 1
10496707 Trypticase Soy Broth (TSB) Single Strength, Bottled Broth, 100 ml 1
10496708 Trypticase Soy Broth (TSB) Double Strength, Bottled Broth, 100 ml 1
* Product is only available in the Americas

158
Dilution Bottles
Our prefilled and sterile dilution bottles are designed for sample dilution of water,
dairy products, foods, and pharmaceuticals prior to microbiological testing. Final pH
for all solutions is 7.2 pH ± 0.2 pH at 25°C. They come in an easy open, flip-top, plastic
container with a tamper-evident seal.

Butterfield’s Phosphate Buffer contains monobasic potassium phosphate and is


used extensively in the food, dairy, and pharmaceutical industries. Offered in 90 ml
and 99 ml volumes for easy 1:10 and 1:100 dilutions. It is recommended as a general
diluent in laboratory procedures by the Federal Drug Administration and in the
Bacteriological Analytical Manual. This product is prepared according to Standard
Methods for the Examination of Water and Wastewater for use in water testing.

Phosphate Buffer with magnesium chloride is used as the diluent for the preparation
of dilutions in plate counts in the dairy and food industries. It is recommended by
the APHA for the recovery of injured microorganisms from dairy and food samples.
Contains deionized water, monopotassium phosphate, and magnesium chloride.

Ordering Information – Dilution Bottles


Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
Dilution Bottles
10498503 Dilution Bottle, Butterfield’s Buffer, 99 ml 72
10498504 Dilution Bottle, Butterfield’s Buffer, 90 ml 72
10498505 Dilution Bottle, Phosphate Buffer, magnesium chloride, 99 ml 72

Swabs
SwabCheck
The SwabCheck Principle
The surface is wiped with a cellulose swab and any bacteria collected are
transferred via the swab into a tube containing a special medium with an indicator
dye, which is then incubated. Even a single bacterium is sufficient to cause a color
change. This means that SwabCheck™ is about 1000 times more sensitive than
the conventional ATP method. This accuracy is particularly important in the food
industry. With this simple method, it is possible to identify microorganisms such as
Listeria monocytogenes, which must not be present in any concentration in food
and beverages.

159
MICROBIOLOGY PRODUCTS | swa b s

Features and Benefits


• The right test for each type of contamination
• Qualitative and semi-quantitative hygiene control
• Sterile packed and ready for use
• Easy to handle
• Rapid results
• Long shelf life

SwabCheck Use
Handling is easy. Open the sterile pack, remove the swab and wipe it over an
area of about 10 × 10 cm. Then twist off the cap of the medium tube and insert
the swab so that the cap fits tightly. Label the sample tube and incubate at the
appropriate temperature.

A change in color indicates the presence of the microorganism in question.


The quicker the color change occurs, the higher the bioburden. If no color change
has been observed after the maximum incubation period has elapsed, then the
corresponding microorganism is not present. SwabCheck is available in packs
of 25 pieces. Shelf life of 12 months.

Neutralizing Buffer Swabs


Neutralizing buffer swabs are used in the monitoring of surfaces for total bacterial Total count swab kit
count. Neutralizing buffer inactivates the bactericidal and bacteriostatic effects
of chlorine and quaternary ammonium detergents. However, neutralizing buffer
exhibits no toxic effects on microorganisms. This permits the transfer of swabbed
organisms to the laboratory without loss in viability. Neutralizing buffer is not
designed to culture and enumerate microorganisms.

Buffer Swabs
Used for the collection of surface contamination from flat or convoluted
surfaces prior to transport to a laboratory for culture and enumeration. Buffer
swabs contain no bacteriostatic or bactericidal compounds and cannot suppress
the action of detergents.

SwabCheck
Used as an indication of hygiene on contact surfaces. SwabCheck changes color Coliform SwabCheck
from purple to yellow. The color change is based on acid reaction with the indicator.
The more rapid the color change, the higher the level of bacteria in the sample.
SwabCheck is useful in determining the sanitation levels of preparation surfaces,
filling ports, and processing areas in beverage and food processing plants, dairies,
restaurants, and healthcare facilities.

160
Coliform SwabCheck
Escherichia coli and coliforms are used traditionally as indicator organisms for
fecal contamination in water and other environmental samples. Detection of these
organisms usually points to poor hygiene at some stage in the production process
or pollution of water at source. The presence of coliforms is indicated by a color
change from red to yellow. The more rapid the color change the higher the level of
coliform bacteria.

Hygiene SwabCheck
Easy to use: The Hygiene SwabCheck shows an obvious color change from red to
yellow. The time taken for this change is an indication of the level of contamination.
This should be used in conjunction with known specification levels of your process/ Hygiene SwabCheck
product. Rapid screening hygiene test is a same day test that will detect gross
bacterial and fungal contamination of work surfaces, equipment machinery or
other sampling sites.

Listeria SwabCheck
Listeria Isolation SwabCheck is designed to be used alongside traditional,
selective methods to improve the quality system and minimize the risk of Listeria
contamination. This simple-to-use diagnostic test can be applied anywhere in the
environment and on foodstuffs where the presence of Listeria species would be
critical. Listeria sp and specifically Listeria monocytogenes are rapidly becoming
the most important pathogen in the food industry; regulatory bodies from around
the world are insisting that all food products are Listeria free. Listeria Isolation
SwabCheck works on an enhanced Esculin media formulation. The hydrolysis of
esculin gives a distinctive black/brown precipitate. Inhibitors and antibiotics are Listeria SwabCheck
present in the media, which will inhibit the growth of non-Listeria species.

SwabCheck Escherichia coli


Used for the detection of Escherichia coli on surfaces. The presence of fluorescence
using a long-wave UV light source confirms the presence of Escherichia coli and
any further confirmation is not required. MUG detects anaerogenic strain that
may not be detected in the conventional procedure. Lactose is a source of energy.
Casein peptone provides additional nutrients. The mixture of bile salts is inhibiting
for gram-positive bacteria, particularly bacilli and fecal streptococci. The substrate
4-methylumbelliferyl-b-D-glucuronide is hydrolyzed by an enzyme, b-glucuronidase,
possessed by most Escherichia coli and a few strains of Salmonella, Shigella, and
Yersinia, to produce a fluorescent end product, 4-methylumbelliferone. The presence
of Escherichia coli is detected by the appearance of fluorescence throughout the tube.

161
MICROBIOLOGY PRODUCTS | SWABS

Total Count Swab Kit


Used for the non-selective development and enumeration of all aerobic bacteria
on surfaces in accordance with Hazard Analysis and Critical Control Points (HACCP).
The kit includes the swabs and culture medium, packaged with a membrane device,
providing a quantitative result. All bacteria develop on TGE media and produce
a range of different colored and sized colonies. It is not possible using TGE to
presumptively identify any bacteria. Identification can only be undertaken using
traditional microbiology techniques following initial colony development.

Yeast and Mold Swab Kit


Yeast and mold swab kit
Used for the enumeration of yeast and molds on surfaces in accordance with
HACCP. The kit includes the swabs and culture medium, packaged with a membrane
device, providing a quantitative result. M-Green yeast and mold is an improved
modification of the liquid medium, and was developed to improve efficiency of
detection and enumeration of fungi in sugar based drinks using the membrane
filtration method. This medium has a low pH, which inhibits bacterial growth.

The addition of bromocresol green, which diffuses into fungal colonies as an alkaline
reaction, allows them to be easily identified. Metabolic by-products from the
developing colonies diffuse into the surrounding medium, further reducing the
pH that aids in the inhibition of bacterial growth, but also produces an acid reaction
that causes residual bromocresol green to change to yellow. Green opaque colonies
against a yellow background are indicative of the growth of yeasts. Mold colonies
are green and filamentous.
Polywipe sponge
Polywipe Sponge
Used for the recovery of microorganisms from a surface. Polywipe is a blue sponge
that is premoistened with neutralizing buffer to neutralize the effects of surface
disinfectants. The sponge material is selected to be free of the preservatives found
in commercially available sponges, which can inhibit microorganism growth.
Polywipe sponges are biocide free and tested for zero toxicity to microorganisms.
Each sponge is individually wrapped in a peel pouch and gamma irradiated to
ensure sterility.

162
Technical Specifications – Swabs and SwabChecks
Quality Control and Recommended Incubation Conditions Formulation
Neutralizing Buffer Swabs
• Positive control: Undertaken on cultured organisms after transfer to standard • Per liter of water adjusted to pH 7.2 ± 0.5
methods agar plates from neutralizing buffer.
• Sodium thiosulfate 160 mg
• Escherichia coli ATCC 25922, incubated at 35ºC for 24 hours.
• Aryl sulfonate complex 5.0 g
• Negative control: Not undertaken.
• Sterility test: 7 days plated sterility test.
SwabCheck
• Positive control: Escherichia coli ATCC 25922, 24-48 hours at 35-37ºC. • Proprietary
• Negative control: Not undertaken.
• Sterility: 7 days plated sterility test.
Buffer Swabs
• Undertaken on cultured organisms after transfer to standard methods agar plates • Make to 1 liter and adjust pH to 7.2 ± 0.5
from the buffer solution. Positive control: Escherichia coli ATCC 25922, incubated at
• Monopotassium phosphate 42.5 mg
35ºC for 24 hours.
• Potassium di-hydrogen phosphate 34 g
• Negative control: Not undertaken.
• Sterility: 7 days plated sterility test.
ColiCheck
• Positive control: Escherichia coli ATCC 25922, incubated at 35°C for 48 hours. • Per liter of water adjusted to pH 6.8 ± 0.2
• Negative control: Sterile water incubated at 35°C for 48 hours. • Beef extract 3.0 g
• Sterility test: 14 days plated sterility test. • Pancreatic digest of gelatin 5.0 g
• Lactose 7.5 g
• Pancreatic digest of casein 10.0 g
• Dipotassium phosphate 1.375 g
• Monopotassium phosphate 1.375 g
• Sodium chloride 2.5 g
• Sodium lauryl sulfate 50 mg
• Bromocresol purple 8.5 mg
ColiCheck with MUG
• Positive control: Escherichia coli ATCC 25922, incubated at 35°C for 48 hours. • Per liter of water adjusted to pH 6.8 ± 0.2
Checked for fluorescence at 366 nm.
• Beef extract 3.0 g
• Negative control: Sterile water incubated at 35ºC for 48 hours.
• Pancreatic digest of gelatin 5.0 g
• Sterility test: 14 days plated sterility test.
• Lactose 7.5 g
Organisms, Characteristics:
• Pancreatic digest of casein 10.0 g
• E. coli ATCC 25922 Growth
• Dipotassium phosphate 1.375 g
• E. aerogenes ATCC 13048 Growth
• Monopotassium phosphate 1.375 g
• E. faecalis ATCC 29212 Inhibited
• Sodium chloride 2.5 g
Organisms, Coloring:
• Sodium lauryl sulfate 50 mg
• E. coli ATCC 25922 Yellow, fluorescence
• Bromocresol purple 8.5 mg
• E. aerogenes ATCC 13048 Yellow, no fluorescence
• MUG 125 mg
• E. faecalis ATCC 29212 Red, no fluorescence
cont.

163
MICROBIOLOGY PRODUCTS | SWABS

Quality Control and Recommended Incubation Conditions Formulation


SwabCheck Escherichia coli
• Positive control: Escherichia coli ATCC 25922, 24-48 hours at 35-37ºC. • Per liter of water adjusted to pH 6.9 ± 0.2
• Negative control: Enterobacter aerogenes ATCC 13048, 24-48 hours • Pancreatic digest of casein 20.0 g
at 35-37ºC.
• Lactose 5.0 g
• Growth but not fluorescence.
• Bile salts mixture 1.5 g
• Sterility: 7 days plated sterility test.
• Dipotassium phosphate 4.0 g
• Monopotassium phosphate 1.5 g
• Sodium chloride 5.0 g
• 4-methylumbelliferyl-b-D-glucuronide 50 mg
Total Count Swab Kit
• Positive control: Escherichia coli ATCC 25922, 24-48 hours at 35ºC. • Per liter of water adjusted to pH 7.0 ± 0.2
• Negative control: Not undertaken. • Pancreatic digest of casein 10.0 g
• Sterility: 7 days plated sterility test. • Yeast extract 5.0 g
• Dextrose 2.0 g
Yeast and Mold Swab Kit
• Positive control: Candida albicans ATCC 10231, 48 hours at 25-30ºC. • Per liter of water adjusted to pH 4.6 ± 0.2
• Negative control: Not undertaken. • Dipeptone 10.0 g
• Sterility: 7 days plated sterility test. • Yeast extract 9.0 g
• Dextrose 50.0 g
• Magnesium sulfate 2.1 g
• Potassium phosphate 2.0 g
• Drastase 50 mg
• Thiamine 50 mg
• Bromocresol green 26 mg

Ordering Information – SwabCheck


Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
10498303 Neutralizing buffer swabs, 4 ml 125
10498304 Neutralizing buffer swabs, 4 ml 500
10498305 Buffer swabs, 4 ml 125
10498306 Buffer swabs, 4 ml 500
10498404 SwabCheck, 4 ml 125
10498402 SwabCheck Escherichia coli, 4 ml 125
10498315 Total Count Swab Kit 30
10498316 Yeast and Mold Swab Kit 30
10498406 Coliform SwabCheck, units ready to use 25
10498407 Hygiene SwabCheck, units ready to use 25
10498408 Listeria SwabCheck, units ready to use 25
10498521 Polywipe sponge, ready to use, single packed 50

164
Rapid Test
Contamination Testing
ColiCheck with MUG
Used for the presumptive identification of coliforms and the determination of the
presence of Escherichia coli in water samples by a presence/absence technique.
Bromocresol purple is a pH indicator that demonstrates a color change from purple
to yellow in the presence of acid. Lactose fermenting organisms produce acid,
which initiates the color change. The presence of coliforms is detected with greater
sensitivity by use of a relatively large sample volume (100 ml) in a single bottle. ColiCheck with MUG

The addition of MUG (4-methylumbelliferyl-b-D-glucuronide), which is a


fluorogenic substrate, allows the media to selectively identify Escherichia coli.
MUG is hydrolyzed by the Escherichia coli specific enzyme b-glucuronidase to
release 4-methylumbelliferone, which fluoresces under ultraviolet light (approx.
366 nm wavelength).

Ordering Information – Rapid Test


Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
10496745 ColiCheck with MUG, P/A Test Kit – with sample bottles 30

165
specialt y p r o d u cts

Specialty Products
Separate the organic from the inorganic. Protect lab surfaces.
Test the pH levels in swimming pools. A range of products for a
variety of tasks – to help you touch lives with safety and security.

168 Extraction Thimbles

172 Benchkote and Benchkote Plus

174 Weighing Papers

175 Ashless Filter Aids

175 Paper for Ignition Strength (IS) Measurement of Cigarettes

176 Seed Testing Papers

177 pH Indicators and Test Papers

180 Papers for Healthcare

181 Phase Separator Paper

183 Lens Cleaning Tissue


Specialt y produc ts | E x t r acti o n thimbles

Specialty Products
Whatman offers a range of specialty products to meet your specific testing requirements.
Made with traditional Whatman quality, these products combine ease of use with unsurpassed
accuracy and consistency.

Extraction Thimbles
Whatman cellulose and glass microfiber extraction thimbles are known for their
purity and consistent high quality. The thimbles are widely used in Soxhlet extraction
units, providing a safe, convenient, and efficient method of solvent extraction of
solids and semi-solids. Soxhlet extraction is a widely used technique for the analysis
of fats or pesticides in foods and soil materials as well as in many other procedures
that involve a solid-liquid extraction.

Cellulose Extraction Thimbles


High-Performance Cellulose Extraction Thimbles
Cellulose extraction thimbles are produced from high-quality alpha cellulose cotton
linter and have excellent mechanical strength and retention.

Standard single thickness thimbles have a wall thickness of approximately 1 mm


(10.0 µm nominal particle retention).

Double thickness thimbles have a wall thickness of approximately 2 mm (6.0 µm


nominal particle retention) for applications where higher retention and increased
wet or dry strength, or rigidity are required.

The high purity of the materials ensures reliable and reproducible analytical results.

Standard Cellulose Extraction Thimbles


Thimbles of type 603 are made from high-quality cellulose and 603 g thimbles are
made from borosilicate glass fibers with an inorganic binder. For all automated
extraction apparatus in common use, Whatman offers thimbles whose dimensions
are matched exactly to those of the thimble holders to ensure optimal fit.

Thimble Size Selection Guide


Thimble sizes should be selected carefully to fit extractors correctly. The
different sizes represent the established practice of showing the internal
diameter and overall length of the thimble in millimeters. Therefore, an extra
allowance for wall thickness should be made when calculating external
diameters. The thimble should pass through the narrower end of the upper
extractor socket, allowing 1-2 mm clearance, and be 5-10 mm above the
level of the top of the siphon tube.

168
Technical Data – Standard Extraction Thimbles
Grade Material Maximum Temperature °C
603 Cellulose 120
603 g Borosilicate glass fibers* 500
* With inorganic binder

Ordering Information – High-Performance Cellulose Extraction Thimbles


Dimensions (mm)* † Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Single Thickness (Wall = 1 mm)
10 × 50 2800-105 25
18 × 55 2800-185 25
19 × 90 2800-199 25
22 × 65 2800-226 25
22 × 80 2800-228 25
25 × 80 2800-258 25
25 × 90 2800-259 25
25 × 100 2800-250 25
26 × 60 2800-266** 25
26 × 100 2800-260 25
28 × 80 2800-288 25
28 × 100 2800-280 25
28 × 120 2800-282 25
30 × 77 2800-307 25
30 × 80 2800-308 25
30 × 100 2800-300 25
33 × 80 2800-338 25
33 × 94 2800-339 25
33 × 100 2800-330 25
33 × 118 2800-331 25
37 × 130 2800-373 25
41 × 123 2800-412 25
43 × 123 2800-432 25
60 × 180 2800-608 25
Double Thickness (Wall = 2 mm)
16 × 60 2810-166 25
22 × 80 2810-228 25
25 × 80 2810-258 25
26 × 60 2810-266 25
33 × 80 2810-338 25
33 × 94 2810-339 25
43 × 123 2810-432 25
* Internal diameter and external length
* * Fits Soxtec™ extractor
† See Thimble Size Selection Guide on p. 168

169
Specialt y produc ts | E x t r acti o n thimbles

Ordering Information – Standard Cellulose Extraction Thimbles


Dimensions (mm)* † Grade Wall Thickness (mm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
22 × 60 603 2.0 10350306 25
22 × 80 603 1.5 10350211 25
25 × 50 603 1.5 10350116 25
25 × 60 603 1.5 10350215 25
25 × 70 603T 1.5 10350216 25
25 × 80 603 1.5 10350217 25
25 × 100 603 1.5 10350219 25
26 × 60 603 1.5 10350220 25
27 × 80 603 1.5 10350223 25
28 × 60 603 1.5 10350225 25
28 × 80 603 1.5 10350226 25
28 × 100 603 1.5 10350227 25
30 × 80 603 1.5 10350234 25
30 × 90 603 1.5 10350235 25
30 × 100 603 1.5 10350236 25
31 × 80 603 1.5 10350303 25
33 × 60 603 1.5 10350238 25
33 × 80 603 1.5 10350240 25
33 × 80 603T 1.0 10350437 25
33 × 90 603 1.5 10350241 25
33 × 94 603 1.5 10350242 25
33 × 100 603 1.5 10350243 25
33 × 118 603 1.5 10350245 25
33 × 130 603 1.5 10350247 25
33 × 205 603 1.5 10350250 25
34 × 130 603 1.5 10350252 25
35 × 120 603 1.5 10350254 25
35 × 150 603 1.5 10350255 25
40 × 85 603 2.0 10350261 25
41 × 123 603 2.0 10350265 25
44 × 230 603 2.0 10350275 25
48 × 145 603 2.0 10350273 25
48 × 200 603 2.0 10350274 25
75 × 250 603 2.5 10350287 25
80 × 250 603 3.0 10350324 25
* Internal diameter and external length
† See Thimble Size Selection Guide on p. 168

170
Ordering Information – Standard Cellulose Extraction Thimbles for DIONEX ASE
Extraction Volume (ml) Extraction System Wall Thickness (mm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
11 200 2.0 10350106 25
22 200 1.5 10350108 25
33 200 1.5 10350109 25
34 100/300 1.5 10350328 25
66 100/300 1.5 10350327 25
100 100/300 1.5 10350315 25

Glass & Quartz Extraction Thimbles


High-Purity Glass Microfiber Thimbles
High-purity glass microfiber thimbles manufactured from Applications
100% pure borosilicate glass are available for specialized • Smoke stack gas monitoring
applications. The thimbles are completely free of binders or • Soxhlet extraction
additives and can be used at temperatures up to 500°C or
when using solvents that are incompatible with cellulose • Analyzing pesticide residues
thimbles. These thimbles are also used in pollution monitoring • Determining oil/fat content of foods (e.g., French fries)
techniques (0.8 µm nominal particle retention). Typical
• Analysis of oil and grease in solid wastes
thickness 1.7 mm.

Features and Benefits Quartz Microfiber Thimbles


• Available in a range of sizes and wall thicknesses Made from high-purity quartz microfiber, this thimble is able to
to suit your application withstand high temperatures (up to 1000°C). Suitable for both
• Designed to fit most commercially available solvent extraction and air sampling applications.
Soxhlet extractors
• No binders are added
Standard Glass Fiber Thimbles
Thimbles of type 603 g are made from borosilicate glass fibers
with inorganic binder. There is also a selection of borosilicate
glass thimbles without binder.

Ordering Information – High-Purity Glass or Quartz Microfiber


Dimensions (mm)* Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Glass Microfiber Thimbles – Grade HP-GF
19 × 90 2814-199 25
25 × 90, tapered 2814-259 25
30 × 100 2814-300 25
43 × 123 2814-432 25
33 × 135 2814-533 25
Quartz Microfiber Thimble
25 × 90, tapered 2812-259 10
* See Thimble Size Selection Guide on p. 168

171
Specialt y produc ts | be n ch k o te a n d be n ch k o te P L u s

Ordering Information – Standard Glass Microfiber Extraction Thimbles


Dimensions (mm)* Wall Thickness (mm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Grade 603 g (Glass Fiber with Inorganic Binder)
10 × 38 1.5 10371103 25
16 × 50 1.0 10371005 25
19 × 90 1.0 10371007 25
22 × 80 1.5 10371011 25
23.8 × 68 1.5 10371114 25
25 × 98 1.5 10371029 25
25 × 100 1.5 10371019 25
26 × 63 1.5 10371122 25
26 × 100 1.5 10371023 25
28 × 60 1.5 10371025 25
30 × 100 1.5 10371036 25
33 × 94 1.5 10371042 25
33 × 100 1.5 10371043 25
33 × 118 1.5 10371045 25
35 × 150 1.5 10371055 25
44 × 230 1.5 10371075 25
Glass Microfiber Thimbles (without Binder)
25 × 80 – 2811-258 25
30 × 80 – 2811-308 25
* Internal diameter and external length

Benchkote and
Benchkote Plus
Benchkote
Benchkote is an absorbent, impermeable material designed
to protect laboratory surfaces against hazardous spills. The
material features a high-quality, smooth, absorbent Whatman
paper, which quickly absorbs liquid spills, and a laminated
polyethylene layer that prevents flow through to the working
surface. After use, the sheet is incinerated or disposed of
according to local regulations.

172
Benchkote Plus
Benchkote PlusTM is a thicker, more absorbent material for • Spillages are trapped in the absorbent paper
more demanding applications and can absorb in excess of • Benchkote can be incinerated after use; the polyethylene
0.75 liters of water per square meter. layer does not melt or drip but is rapidly consumed in
the flames
Features and Benefits
• Material is very strong, making it tear resistant, wet or dry Applications
• Smooth white surface can be written on with ink or • Containing radiochemical spillage and
pencil and lies flat avoiding contamination
• Suitable for saturation with disinfectant to protect benches • Recovering spillage of expensive materials
where pathogens and other bacteria are present • Protecting hard surfaces to lessen impact
• Use polyethylene side up to collect deposits • Water or solvent wick for humidity chambers
without absorption
• Lining of chemical cabinets, laboratory bench
• Paper side quickly absorbs liquid spills, preventing liquids drawers, and laboratory hoods
from going through to the work surface

Ordering Information – Benchkote for Blotting


Dimensions (mm) Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
Benchkote Surface Protector
460 × 570 2300-594* Pad 1 (50 sheets)
460 × 570 2300-599 Pad 1 (50 sheets)
460 × 570 2300-916 Sheets 50
460 × 570 2300-917 Sheets 100
460 mm × 50 m 2300-731 Reel 1
920 mm × 50 m 2300-772 Reel 1
Benchkote Plus Surface Protector
500 × 600 2301-6150 Sheets 50
600 mm × 50 m 2301-6160 Reel 1
* Product is only available in the Americas

173
Specialt y produc ts | weighi n g pape r s

Weighing Papers
Kjeldahl Weighing Boats
Features and Benefits
• Excellent for weighing and transferring Kjeldahl samples safely and reliably
• Dissolves residue-free in the digestion solution without influencing the analytical
results in any way
• Made from very low nitrogen parchment paper without any glue or additives

Transfer your samples completely loss-free by simply dropping the entire weighing
boat containing the sample into the acid solution in the Kjeldahl flask/digestion tube.

The fastest, safest and most reliable way to transfer Kjeldahl samples.

Parchment Paper
Features and Benefits
• Transparent and smooth
• Simplifies sample transfer
• Quantitative transfer from paper

Typical Properties – Weighing Papers


Product Grade Thickness (mm) Weight (g/m2)
Weighing boat, ≤ 0.07% N 609 0.07 80
Pergamyne paper 2122 0.03 40
Parchment paper, ≤ 0.05% N B-2 0.04 43

Ordering Information – Weighing Papers


Size (mm) Grade Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
55 × 10 × 10 609 10313032 Kjeldahl Weighing Boat 100
100 × 100 2122 10347893 Sheets 500
150 × 150 2122 10347890 Sheets 500
3 × 3" B-2 10347671 Sheets 500
4 × 4" B-2 10347672 Sheets 500
6 × 6" B-2 10347673 Sheets 500
12 × 12" B-2 10347670 Sheets 500

174
Ashless Filter Aids
Whatman ashless filter aids enhance filtration speed by coagulating precipitates or
suspensions to form a thick retentive “prefilter” layer on top of normal filter paper.

Easily dispersible, the powder is of a purity similar to that of Whatman ashless


quantitative papers. Maximum ash content is 0.015%. It is supplied with a
two-ended scoop for measuring 0.50 g or 2.5 g quantities.

Ordering Information – Ashless Filter Aids


Size (g) Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
100 1704-010 Ashless floc 1
250 1700-025 Ashless powder 1
500 1703-050 Ashless clippings 1

Paper for Ignition Strength (IS)


Measurement of Cigarettes
Specifically developed for use in measuring the Ignition Strength of Cigarettes
according to ASTM standard E 2187-04. This certified Grade 2 is tested according
to the procedure detailed in ASTM E 2187-04, Sections 9.3.1 and 9.3.2.
The paper meets both the conditioned (26.1 ± 0.5 g, SD < 0.3 g) and dried
(24.7 ± 0.5 g, SD < 0.3 g) weight requirements. Ignition strength testing of cigarettes

The lot specific certificate can be downloaded from the Certificates section.

Features and Benefits


•E
 ach lot is guaranteed to meet the ASTM E 2187-04 specifications
• Simplifies testing process by eliminating lot suitability testing
• Lot specific certificate is downloadable from the web
• Just condition and use

Ordering Information - Paper for Ignition Strength (IS) Measurement of Cigarettes


Diameter (mm) Grade Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Circles
­­150 2 1002-147 100

175
Specialt y produc ts | see d testi n g pape r s

Seed Testing Papers


Owing to their extremely high purity our seed testing papers
provide reliable and reproducible results. The papers are made
from pure cellulose without any additives and do not contain
any substances which could influence the growth of the seeds.
The constant water absorption of the papers ensures the
continuous provision of the required amount of water.

The contrast of the color seed testing papers makes


evaluation easier, particularly for seeds with fine white
rootlets or under artificial light. This makes work easier,
improves the results, and saves time. The dyes which we
use have been thoroughly investigated and have no
influence on the growth of the seeds.

Product Selection – Seed Testing Papers


Grade Description Thickness (mm) Weight (g/m2)
PP Method
3014 Pleated strips, white* 0.22 113
3236 Pleated strips, white* 0.22 110
TP Method
597 For Petri dishes or Jacobsen/Copenhagen tanks, white 0.18 85
598 For Petri dishes or Jacobsen/Copenhagen tanks, white 0.32 140
3621 Blotter, light blue 1.45 700
3633 Blotter, light blue 0.65 300
3644 Blotter, blue 1.4 720
3645 Yellow 0.35 165
* 50 double pleats

Application – Seed Testing Papers


Grade Description
181 Support filter for seed tests using Copenhagen tank system
182 Thicker paper for “Between Papers” method of germination for larger seeds
597, 598 Small Seeds (e.g., grasses, flowers)
3014, 3236 Medium-large and coated seeds
(e.g., sugar beet, fodder beet, grain, sunflower, rapeseed, mustard)
3014 Particularly sensitive seeds
3621, 3633, 3645 Seeds with small white rootlets

176
Ordering Information – Seed Testing Papers
Size (mm) Grade Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
Circles
70 597 10311808 Circles 100
90 597 10311809 Circles 100
90 598 10312209 Circles 100
90 3633 10342710 Circles 1000
­­90 181 2181-090 Circles 100
410 182 2182-410 Circles 100
Sheets
80 × 120 3621 10342577 Sheets 1000
270 × 410 3633 10342766 Sheets 100
500 × 600 181 2181-904 Sheets 100
110 × 170 3645 10342583 Sheets 100
140 × 200 3644 10342580 Sheets 100
Pleated Strips
110 × 20* 3014 10344672 Double pleated strips 1000
110 × 20* 3014 10344676 Double pleated strips 1000
110 × 20** 3236 10345572 Double pleated strips 1000
110 × 20** 3236 10345576 Double pleated strips 1000
* White
* * Grey

pH Indicator & Test Papers


Whatman offers a range of pH indicator and test papers to
meet your specific needs. Made with traditional Whatman
quality, these products combine ease of use with
unsurpassed accuracy and consistency.

The convenience of using indicator papers for the rapid


determination of pH values has led to many applications in
laboratories and industry.

Features and Benefits


• Instant pH readings
• Accurate for a wide range of routine pH testing
• Inexpensive
• Convenient and portable for field use

177
Specialt y produc ts | p H i n d icat o r s a n d test pape r s

pH Indicators Acid-Alkali Test Papers


Strips Type CF Litmus Blue and Litmus Red
Individual plastic support strips carry four different segments These easy-to-use test papers facilitate a general test for acid
of dye-impregnated indicator papers. The resulting combination or alkaline reaction. The change occurs around pH 5-8. They
of color differences gives an extremely clear and accurate are particularly recommended for educational use.
visual pH value. All the dyes are chemically bonded to
the paper and cannot be leached into solution; problems Congo Red
associated with contamination of the sample and resultant This test paper changes color from blue to red in the range pH
anomalous readings are avoided. 3-5 for the determination of neutralization point in strong acid/
weak alkali reactions.
Strips Type CS
Each test strip has a central segment of indicator dye and, Phenolpthalein
printed alongside, eight or more different color segments This white paper changes to pink at pH 8.3 and becomes red
marked with corresponding pH values for matching purposes. at pH 10. It is useful for the determination of the neutralization
The pH test value can be read off by direct comparison of point in weak acid/strong alkali reactions.
the test strip color and the color bars. Excellent for colored
solutions, when any changes in color of the paper stock are Specialized Test Papers
automatically cancelled out.
Lead Acetate Test Paper
Dispensers Type TC Used for detecting hydrogen sulfide, this rapid qualitative test
The strip has three separate indicator dye color bands. paper, when wetted with distilled water, can detect as little as
The individual combination of color change resulting from 5 ppm of H2S in the atmosphere or in a gas stream. Hydrogen
each test is compared with the color-coded comparison peroxide can be detected with this paper by preblackening the
chart printed on the dispenser, giving improved speed and paper in H2S. Concentrations as low as 4 ppm can be detected.
accuracy in reading.
Potassium Iodide Test Paper
Dispensers Type SR Used for detecting chlorine and other oxidizing agents. In
A full range and some narrow ranges in this popular pH acid solution, oxidizing agents react with the iodide in the
indicator dispenser. test paper to liberate iodine. The paper will turn blue in the
presence of an oxidizing agent (e.g., CI2, Br2, H2O2, HNO2 etc.).
Indicator Books
The book format is particularly suitable for educational and
industrial use. In schools they are economical because the
amount of paper per student can be carefully controlled.

178
Ordering Information – pH Indicators and Test Papers
Dimensions (mm) pH Range Catalog Number Description Packaging Quantity/Pack
Strips
6 × 80 0.0 – 14.0 2613-991 Color bonded 100 1
6 × 80 4.5 – 10.0 2614-991 Color bonded 100 1
11 × 100 1.0 – 12.0 2612-990 Integral comparison strip 200 1
11 × 100 1.8 – 3.8 2626-990 Integral comparison strip 200 1
11 × 100 3.8 – 5.5 2627-990 Integral comparison strip 200 1
11 × 100 5.2 – 6.8 2628-990 Integral comparison strip 200 1
11 × 100 6.0 – 8.1 2629-990 Integral comparison strip 200 1
11 × 100 8.0 – 9.7 2630-990 Integral comparison strip 200 1
11 × 100 9.5 – 12.0 2631-990 Integral comparison strip 200 1
Dispensers (Reel)
10 mm × 5 m 1.0 – 11.0 2611-628 Three colors – 1
7 mm × 5 m 1.0 – 14.0 2600-100A Standard full range – 1
7 mm × 5 m 0.5 – 5.5 2600-101A Standard narrow range – 1
7 mm × 5 m 4.0 – 7.0 2600-102A Standard narrow range – 1
7 mm × 5 m 6.4 – 8.0 2600-103A Standard narrow range – 1
7 mm × 5 m 8.0 – 10.0 2600-104A Standard narrow range – 1

Ordering Information – Acid-Alkali Test Papers


Dimensions pH Range Catalog Number Description Packaging Quantity/Pack
Dispensers (Reel)
7 mm × 5 m – 2600-201A Litmus blue – 1
7 mm × 5 m – 2600-202A Litmus red – 1
7 mm × 5 m – 2600-203A Congo red – 1
7 mm × 5 m – 2600-204A Phenophthalein – 1
Books
– – 2600-601 Litmus blue 10 books of 20 strips 10
– – 2600-602 Litmus red 10 books of 20 strips 10
– 1.0 – 11.0 2600-500 – 10 books of 10 strips 20
– 6.8 – 8.3 2638-500 – 10 books of 20 strips 10
Specialized Test Paper Dispensers (Reel)
7 mm × 50 m – 2602-501A Lead acetate – 1
7 mm × 5 m – 2602-500A Potassium iodide – 1
Specialized Test Paper Dispensers (Book)
– 2651-500 Starch iodide 10 books of 20 strips 10

179
Specialt y produc ts | P ape r s f o r healthca r e

Universal Indicator Papers


Universal indicator papers have been impregnated with a solution they assume a particular color. A check against
mixture of several indicators. On contact with the sample the color comparison table supplied allows the pH to
be determined.

Ordering Information – Universal Indicator Papers


pH Range Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
PANPEHA (Roll)
1 – 11 10362030 1
PANPEHA Plus (Nonbleeding) (Strips)
0 – 14 10362000 100
2–9 10362010 100
PANPEHA Nr. 112 (Strips)
0 – 14 10360005 200
Litmus Blue (Roll)
0 – 12 10360300 100
Litmus Red (Roll)
0 – 13 10360400 100

Papers for Healthcare


Antibiotic Assay Discs
For determining the type of causal agent of infectious The test discs can be coated with chemotherapeutic agents,
diseases and for checking their sensitivity to antibiotics placed on the innoculated nutrient agar and incubated.
and chemotherapeutic agents in vitro by means of the The size of the inhibition zone is a measure for the
inhibition zone determination method. The antibiogram effectiveness of the substances.
allows rational and selective chemotherapy.

Ordering Information – Antibiotic Assay (AA) Paper


Dimensions (mm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
AA Discs
6 2017-006 1000
9 2017-009 1000
13 2017-013 1000
Grade 17 Chr (Circles)
47 1017-047 100
70 1017-070 100
80 1017-080 100
185 1017-185 100
210, with 60 mm central hole 1017-411 100

180
Papers for Healthcare Applications
Grade 470 Grade 165
Soft surface. For gelatinous samples. Used for the absorption Special paper used for blood grouping tests by the
of culture media, as a blotting paper, for electrophoresis, and Technicon method.
amino acid chromatography.

Ordering Information – Papers for Healthcare Applications


Dimensions (mm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Grade 470 (Sheets)
200 × 200 10318487 100
460 × 570 10318493 100
203 × 305 10318489 25
Grade 165 (Roll)
25 mm × 150 m 2165-623 1

Phase Separator Paper


The Whatman 1PS Phase Separator is a high-grade filter
paper impregnated with a stabilized silicone that renders it
hydrophobic, retaining the aqueous phase and passing the
solvent phase through.

Features and Benefits


• Ease of use – no special training required
• Any number of separations can be processed together
• Staff involvement in routine separations is at a minimum

Automatic Cut-Off, Separatory Funnel Replacement


After being shaken, the mixed phases are simply poured
directly into the 1PS circle, which is quadrant-folded in a
funnel. The separation is extremely rapid so it is unnecessary
to wait until the two phases have settled into separate
layers. Droplets are automatically separated after only a
few moments, giving a solvent phase completely free of the
aqueous phase.

181
Specialt y produc ts | phase sepa r at o r pape r

In many applications, 1PS can replace the use of separatory Unsupervised Separation
funnels. The solvent phase flows through the paper quickly A key benefit of the 1PS method is that cut-off is automatic
and cleanly. It then stops automatically, leaving the aqueous and complete as soon as the solvent phase has passed
phase completely in the paper. This feature is particularly through.* The result is no skilled operators are required.
important when carrying out a large number of routine
solvent extractions at the same time. Samples can be shaken * Water may break through upon prolonged standing.
with solvent in stoppered conical flasks or test tubes and
transferred directly to funnels containing 1PS.

Ordering Information – 1PS Phase Separators


Dimensions (mm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Circles
70 2200-070 100
90 2200-090 100
110 2200-110 100
125 2200-125 100
150 2200-150 100
185 2200-185 100
240 2200-240 100
270 2200-270 100
Sheets
280 × 460 2200-890 25

182
Lens Cleaning Tissue
Lenses and other optical surfaces made from glass, quartz or
plastic can be easily scratched if you do not clean them with a
very soft surface. High-quality Whatman lens cleaning tissue
provides the solution. The tissue is chemically pure and free
from silicones and other additives. Most importantly, it can be
relied on to safely remove surface moisture and grease.

Features and Benefits


• Soft texture will not damage lenses or optical surfaces
• Chemically pure tissue is free from silicones and
other additives
• High absorbency ensures the safe removal of surface
moisture and grease
• Thickness 0.035 to 0.040 mm
• Very strong and leaves no fibers

Ordering Information – Lens Cleaning Tissues


Dimensions (mm) Catalog Number Packaging Quantity/Pack
Grade 105 (Sheets)
100 × 150 2105-841 25 wallets of 25 sheets 25
200 × 300 2105-862 – 100
460 × 570 2105-918 – 500

183
ch r o mat o g r aph y p r o d u cts

Chromatography Products
From pesticide analysis to pharmaceutical QC, our
chromatography solutions separate individual chemical
constituents for testing and analysis.

186 Chromatography Paper

190 Cellulose Chromatography Media

191 Advanced Ion Exchange Cellulose

195 Solid Phase Extraction (SPE)

198 High-Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC)

207 Silica Media for Column and Flash Chromatography

210 Thin Layer Chromatography (TLC)


CHROMATOGRAPHY PRODUC TS | C H RO M a T OGR A P H Y P A P E R

Chromatography Products
Whatman is known as an experienced manufacturer of chromatography products, including
chromatography paper, chromatography separation media, High-Performance Liquid
Chromatography (HPLC) columns and Thin Layer Chromatography (TLC) plates.

Today’s pharmaceutical, chemical and biotechnology and reproducibility have become vital components in the
industries are facing demands for purity in the development of ultimate goal of bringing a new product to market. Whatman
commercially important products. As a result, chromatography has a complete line of chromatography products to suit these
has become a major purification technique on a process and exacting requirements.
preparative scale. Separation media with assured uniformity

Chromatography Paper
Whatman chromatography papers are the most widely
used papers for chromatography worldwide. This acceptance
and usage reflect the purity, high quality, and consistency
of Whatman papers. These qualities are relied upon
by chromatographers and are essential to successful,
reproducible chromatography. Whatman chromatography
paper media are made from specially selected cotton
cellulose. They are rigorously quality controlled for
characteristics important to the chromatographer and to
ensure uniformity within the grade. The chromatography
paper product line includes standard cellulose and ion
exchange grades.

Features and Benefits Grade 2 Chr


• Pure cellulose produced entirely from the highest quality Thickness 0.18 mm. Flow rate 115 mm/30 min. Slower than
cotton linters with no additives of any kind 1 Chr for higher resolution applications. Smooth surface.
Particularly recommended for optical or radiometric scanning.
• Manufactured and tested specifically for chromatographic
techniques – this ensures the wicking capability and Grade 3 Chr
uniformity of capillary action that are important in  A medium thickness paper (0.36 mm) with a flow rate of
chemical separations. 130 mm/30 min. For general applications with medium/heavy
• Also widely used in protein and nucleic acid blotting solute loadings. Frequently used for separation of inorganic
(see Blotting Products) compounds and for electrophoresis.

Grade 3MM Chr


Cellulose Chromatography Papers Though widely used as a blotting paper, 3MM Chr is also
Grade 1 Chr used both in electrophoresis and for general chemistry.
The world standard chromatography paper. A smooth surface, A medium thickness paper (0.34 mm) used extensively for
0.18 mm thick with a linear flow rate (water) of 130 mm/ general chromatography and electrophoresis. Flow rate is
30 min. Good resolution for general analytical separations. 130 mm/30 min.

186
Grade 4 Chr Grade 31ET Chr
Thickness 0.21 mm. Flow rate 180 mm/30 min. Fastest of Thickness 0.50 mm. Flow rate 225 mm/30 min. Extremely fast.
the thin papers. Recommended for routine and/or repetitive Flow rate is the highest of all chromatography papers in the
chromatography when loadings are relatively low. Smooth Whatman range. Thick paper with fairly soft surface. Principal
surface. Very suitable where speed is important and very application is in electrophoresis of large molecules.
high resolution is not required.
Grade 54 SFC
Grade 17 Chr Thin (0.18 mm) hardened paper with high speed (180 mm/
A thick (0.92 mm) and highly absorbent paper with a very 30 min.) and fair to good resolution. Recommended for
high flow rate of 190 mm/30 min. Suitable for the heaviest routine chromatography. High wet strength.
loadings and for preparative paper chromatography
and electrophoresis. Grade 2668 Chr
Thickness 0.9 mm. Flow rate 155 mm/10 min. For separation
Grade 20 Chr of relatively large molecules by electrophoresis.
Thickness 0.17 mm. Flow rate 85 mm/30 min. For maximum
resolution, this grade is supreme, giving the greatest possible Grade 2727 Chr
separation of closely related compounds. Smooth surface. Thickness 1.40 mm. Flow rate 180 mm/30 min. For separation
Recommended for separation of samples of unknown of very large amounts of substance.
composition, with outstanding resolution at low loadings.

Ordering Information – Cellulose Chromatography Paper


Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
Grade 1 Chr
3001-964 1 Chr chromatography strips, CRL, 11 × 21.3 cm with 12 strips of 1.5 cm 100.
1 Chr sheet divided into 15 mm lanes for running up to 12 samples in parallel
3001-845 1 Chr sheets, 10 × 30 cm 100
3001-861 1 Chr sheets, 20 × 20 cm 100
3001-878 1 Chr sheets, 25 × 25 cm 100
3001-917 1 Chr sheets, 46 × 57 cm 100
3001-931 1 Chr sheets, 58 × 68 cm 100
3001-604 1 Chr roll, 1.0 cm × 100 m 1
3001-614 1 Chr roll, 2.0 cm × 100 m 1
3001-640 1 Chr roll, 3.0 cm × 100 m 1
3001-652 1 Chr roll, 4.0 cm × 100 m 1
3001-653 1 Chr roll, 5.0 cm × 100 m 1
3001-672 1 Chr roll, 10.0 cm × 100 m 1
3001-681 1 Chr roll, 15.0 cm × 100 m 1
3001-633 1 Chr roll, 1" × 300 ft. 1
3001-651 1 Chr roll, 1.5" × 300 ft. 1
Grade 2 Chr
3002-917 2 Chr sheets, 46 × 57 cm 100
3002-911 2 Chr sheets, 58 × 60 cm 100
Grade 3 Chr
3003-917 3 Chr sheets, 46 × 57 cm 100
3003-911 3 Chr sheets, 58 × 60 cm 100
cont.

187
CHROMATOGRAPHY PRODUC TS | C H RO M a T OGR A P H Y P A P E R

Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack


Grade 3MM Chr
1030-023 3MM Chr circles, 2.3 cm 100
1030-024 3MM Chr circles, 2.4 cm 100
1030-025 3MM Chr circles, 2.5 cm 100
1030-047 3MM Chr circles, 4.7 cm 100
3030-6185 3MM Chr sheets, 11 × 14 cm 100
3030-6132 3MM Chr sheets, 12 × 14 cm 100
3030-153 3MM Chr sheets, 15 × 17.5 cm 100
3030-6188 3MM Chr sheets, 15 × 20 cm 100
3030-221 3MM Chr sheets, 18 × 34 cm 100
3030-861 3MM Chr sheets, 20 × 20 cm 100
3030-6461 3MM Chr sheets, 26 × 41 cm 100
3030-347 3MM Chr sheets, 35 × 43 cm 100
3030-392 3MM Chr sheets, 35 × 45 cm 100
3030-335 3MM Chr sheets, 31.5 × 35.5 cm 100
3030-917 3MM Chr sheets, 46 × 57 cm 100
3030-931 3MM Chr sheets, 58 × 68 cm 100
3030-6189 3MM Chr sheets, 4 × 5.25" 100
3030-6187 3MM Chr sheets, 6 × 8" 100
3030-866 3MM Chr sheets, 8 × 10" 100
3030-614 3MM Chr roll, 2 cm × 100 m 1
3030-662 3MM Chr roll, 7.5 cm × 100 m 1
3030-672 3MM Chr roll, 10 cm × 100 m 1
3030-675 3MM Chr roll, 12.5 cm × 100 m 1
3030-681 3MM Chr roll, 15 cm × 100 m 1
3030-690 3MM Chr roll, 19 cm × 100 m 1
3030-700 3MM Chr roll, 23 cm × 100 m 1
3030-704 3MM Chr roll, 27 cm × 100 m 1
Grade 4 Chr
3004-919 4 Chr sheets, 21 × 29.7 cm 100
3004-917 4 Chr sheets, 46 × 57 cm 100
3004-614 4 Chr roll, 2.0 cm × 100 m 1
3004-651 4 Chr Roll, 1.5" × 300 ft. 1
Grade 17 Chr
3017-8793 17 Chr sheets, 2.5 × 22 cm 100
3017-8355 17 Chr sheets, 6.9 × 9 cm 200
3017-915 17 Chr sheets, 46 × 57 cm 25
3017-917 17 Chr sheets, 46 × 57 cm 100
3017-820 17 Chr sheets, 70 × 90 cm 100
3017-621 17 Chr roll, 2.5 cm × 30 m 1
Grade 20 Chr
3020-917 20 Chr sheets, 46 × 57 cm 100
cont.

188
Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
Grade 31ET Chr
3031-901 31ET Chr sheets, 2 × 5 cm 1000
3031-915 31ET Chr sheets, 46 × 57 cm 25
3031-917 31ET Chr sheets, 46 × 57 cm 100
3031-681 31ET Chr roll, 15 cm × 100 m 1
Grade 54 SFC
3454-7051 54 SFC roll, 27 cm × 100 m 1
3454-651 54 SFC roll, 1.5" × 300 ft. 1
Grade 2668 Chr
10382461 2668 Chr sheets, 58 × 60 cm 100
Grade 2727 Chr
10382581 2727 Chr sheets, 19 × 19 cm 100
10382562 2727 Chr sheets, 58 × 60 cm 50

Ion Exchange Papers


Grade P81
Features and Benefits
A thin (0.23 mm) cellulose phosphate paper. Strong
• Simultaneous development of multiple samples on the
cation exchanger of high capacity. Ion exchange capacity
same sheet under identical conditions
is 18.0 µeq/cm2 and the flow rate is 125 mm/30 min. For
• Sequential development of the same samples with different use with protein kinase assay with peptide substrates.
solvents and/or different concentrations of the same solvent Also available in multiwell filter plates (Protein Kinase and
• Suitable for two-dimensional chromatography (change Mesh Bottom UNIFILTER).
in direction of the solvent front) with possible improved
resolution Grade SG81
A novel paper (0.27 mm thick) combining cellulose and
• Used in enzyme assays to separate product from reactant
large pore silica gel. Not charged, but binds polar molecules
by charge or polarity
from less-polar solvent. Suitable for separations in which
both partition and adsorption are important, including the
Grade DE81
separation of phospholipids, steroids, phenols, and dyes.
A thin (0.20 mm) DEAE cellulose paper – a weakly basic
Flow rate is 110 mm/30 min.
anion exchanger with diethylaminoethyl functional groups.
The ion exchange capacity is 1.7 µeq/cm2 and wicking flow
Ion Exchange Celluloses are also available as microgranular
rate is 95 mm/30 min. For use with reverse transcriptase
and fibrous media.
assays and DNA polymerase. Also available in Multiwell filter
plates (Mesh Bottom UNIFILTER).

189
CHROMATOGRAPHY PRODUC TS | C E L L U L O S E C H RO M a T OGR A P H Y M E D I A

Ordering Information – Ion Exchange Papers


Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
Grade DE81
3658-323 DE81 circles, 23 mm 100
3658-023 DE81 circles, 23 mm 400
3658-324 DE81 circles, 24 mm 100
3658-325 DE81 circles, 25 mm 100
3658-915 DE81 sheets, 460 × 570 mm 25
3658-917 DE81 sheets, 460 × 570 mm 100
Grade P81
3698-321 P81 circles, 21 mm 100
3698-023 P81 circles, 23 mm 400
3698-325 P81 circles, 25 mm 100
3698-875 P81 sheets, 200 × 200 mm 25
3698-915 P81 sheets, 460 × 570 mm 25
3698-917 P81 sheets, 460 × 570 mm 100
Grade SG81
3668-915 SG81 sheets, 460 × 570 mm 25

Cellulose Chromatography Media


Whatman offers an extensive product line of cellulose chromatography media
for applications ranging from the separation of biopolymers such as proteins,
peptides, and hormones to the purification of monoclonal antibodies, vaccines,
synthetic pharmaceuticals, and agrochemicals.

Technological innovations in product development and manufacturing


processes and a dedication to excellence are combined to ensure
batch-to-batch reproducibility of these cellulose chromatography media.

Cellulose Powders
Whatman cellulose powders are used for column and Thin Layer Chromatography
(TLC). Four high-purity cellulose powders are available for separations using the
partition mode.

CC31 CF1
Pure, microgranular cellulose powder for Fibrous, long cellulose for batch
column separations. separations.

CC41 CF11
Pure, binder-free microgranular cellulose Fibrous, medium cellulose powder for
powder for TLC. general column chromatography.

190
Ordering Information – Cellulose Powders
Catalog Number Description Size
4020-050 CF1 cellulose powder 500 g
4021-050 CF11 cellulose powder 500 g
4021-500 CF11 cellulose powder 5 kg
4014-050 CC31 cellulose powder 500 g
4014-200 CC31 cellulose powder 2 kg
4061-050 CC41 cellulose powder 500 g

CDR (Cell Debris Remover)


Serves as a filter aid in protein purification for initial clean-up of cell lysates; 
removes unwanted, suspended colloidal and insoluble matter, leaving target
proteins in solution. Additional filter aids are also available; see Ashless Powder.

Ordering Information – CDR (Cell Debris Remover)


Catalog Number Description Size
4025-050 Cell debris remover 500 g
4025-200 Cell debris remover 2 kg

Advanced Ion Exchange Cellulose


Whatman Advanced Ion Exchange Cellulose (AIEC) products are designed for
the separation of charged biopolymers and are suitable for a wide variety of
applications. Available as:
• Preswollen microgranular AIEC for high load capacity, fast kinetics and resolution;
saves time by eliminating the need for precycling prior to buffer equilibrium
• Dry microgranular AIEC for similar performance characteristics as preswollen
media after precycling; reduces the possibility of bacterial growth
• Fibrous AIEC for maximum throughput at high flow rates
• Commonly used anion and cation exchange functional groups: DEAE
(diethylaminoethyl tertiary amine) and CM (ether-linked carboxymethyl)
• Orthophosphate bifunctional cation exchanger for sharp separation of medium
molecular weight molecules

Ion exchange celluloses are also available in paper format; see


Chromatography Paper.

191
CHROMATOGRAPHY PRODUC TS | A d vance d i o n exchan g e cell u l o se

EXPRESS-ION High Flow Rate Ion Exchange Media


EXPRESS-ION™ media are matrices whose flow characteristics have been greatly
improved. The manufacturing process has been optimized so that the matrix
allows faster flow while retaining its inherently fast kinetics of adsorption and
desorption. They are supplied as moist powders, so precycling and fines removal
are not required.

EXPRESS-ION D
A weak (charge dependent on pH) anion exchange cellulose substituted with
diethylaminoethyl (DEAE) groups and recommended for separations between
pH 2 and pH 9.

EXPRESS-ION Q
A strong (charge independent of pH) anion exchange cellulose having general
applicability in separations requiring an anion exchange step, with the benefit of
wide pH versatility. The N,N,N-trimethyl hydroxypropyl amine (quaternary amine)
group is fully ionized throughout pH range 2-12.

EXPRESS-ION C
A moderately acidic cation exchange cellulose. A weak ion exchanger recommended
for separations between pH 4.5 and pH 10 to ensure the carboxymethyl functional
group remains ionized.

EXPRESS-ION S
A strongly acidic cation exchange cellulose having general applicability in
separations requiring a cation exchange step, with the benefit of wide pH versatility.
The sulfoxyethyl functional group is fully ionized throughout the pH range 2-12.

Standard Anion and Cation Exchange Media are described separately.


Ion Exchange Celluloses are also available in paper format.

Typical Data – EXPRESS-ION Linear Flow Rate (cm/h)


Linear Flow Rate (cm/h)
Pressure at 5 psi at 7.5 psi at 10 psi
EXPRESS-ION D 172 214 239
EXPRESS-ION Q 135 174 212
EXPRESS-ION C 94 127 165
EXPRESS-ION S 94 127 161
Column dimensions: 45 cm ID × 15 cm H

192
Properties – EXPRESS-ION High Flow Rate Media
Type EXPRESS-ION D EXPRESS-ION Q EXPRESS-ION C EXPRESS-ION S
Weak Anion Strong Anion Weak Cation Strong Cation
Working pH Range 2-9 2-12 4.5-10 2-12
Typical Protein Capacity (mg/ml)
BSA 60 55 – –
Lysozyme – – 162 153
Small Ion Capacity 1 meq/dg*
Fiber Length 60-130 µm
Base Matrix Microgranular cellulose
Typical Flow Rate 150 cm/hr
Physical Stability Negligible volume changes
due to ionic strength or pH
Bed Volume g**/ml 0.72 0.64 0.7 0.8
* dg – dry gram; typical moisture content 65-68%
** Grams as supplied

Ordering Information – EXPRESS-ION High Flow Rate Ion Exchange Media


Catalog Number Description Size
Weak Anion Exchange Cellulose
4079-0025 EXPRESS-ION D 250 g
4079-0200 EXPRESS-ION D 2 kg
Strong Anion Exchange Cellulose
4079-3025 EXPRESS-ION Q 250 g
Weak Cation Exchange Cellulose
4079-1025 EXPRESS-ION C 250 g
Strong Cation Exchange Cellulose
4079-2025 EXPRESS-ION S 250 g

Anion Exchangers
The DE weak (charge dependent on pH) anion exchangers DE52 Preswollen Microgranular DEAE Cellulose
are based on the diethylaminoethyl (DEAE) tertiary amine Probably the most widely used DEAE cellulose in the world;
functional group. QA52 is a strong (charge independent used for biopolymers with low to high negative charges;
of pH) anion exchange medium, containing quaternary exhibits excellent resolution with good flow rates.
amine groups.
DE53 Preswollen Microgranular DEAE Cellulose
DE23 Dry Fibrous DEAE Cellulose Partially quaternized DEAE anion exchanger, highly substituted
Allows fast flow rates especially after fines removal; suitable and with higher capacity than DE52; can be used in series
for negatively charged biopolymers. with DE52 media.

DE32 Dry Microgranular DEAE Cellulose QA52 Preswollen Microgranular QA Cellulose


Similar performance characteristics after precycling A strongly basic, quaternary amine-bearing anion exchange
as DE52. medium, moderately substituted, with high protein capacity.
Fully ionized, bears constant charge under all pH conditions;
excellent for high pH applications.

193
CHROMATOGRAPHY PRODUC TS | A d vance d i o n exchan g e cell u l o se

Typical Data – Anion Exchange Media


Physical Form Functional Normal Small Ion Protein Capacity** Packing Density**
Group pH Range Capacity Dry Gram Bed Volume Dry Exchanger/ml
(meq/dg*)† (mg/dg*)† (mg/ml)† Bed Volume (dg*/ml)
Dry Fibrous
DE23 Diethylaminoethyl 2-9.5 0.88-1.08 425 60 0.15
Dry Microgranular
DE32 Diethylaminoethyl 2-9.5 0.88-1.08 700 140 0.24
Preswollen Microgranular
DE52 Diethylaminoethyl 2-9.5 0.88-1.08 700 130 0.9
DE53 Diethylaminoethyl 2-12 1.8-2.2 750 150 1.1
QA52 Quaternary ammonium 2-12 1.1 750 150 1.2
* dg – dry gram
** g – gram as supplied (dry or preswollen)
† Bovine serum albumin in 10 mm phosphate buffer pH 8.5

Ordering Information – Anion Exchange Celluloses


Catalog Number Product Description Size
4053-010 DE23 Dry fibrous DEAE cellulose 100 g
4053-025 DE23 Dry fibrous DEAE cellulose 250 g
4055-010 DE32 Dry microgranular DEAE cellulose 100 g
4055-050 DE32 Dry microgranular DEAE cellulose 500 g
4057-050 DE52 Preswollen microgranular DEAE cellulose 500 g
4057-200 DE52 Preswollen microgranular DEAE cellulose 2 kg
4058-050 DE53 Preswollen microgranular DEAE cellulose 500 g
4058-200 DE53 Preswollen microgranular DEAE cellulose 2 kg
4065-050 QA52 Preswollen microgranular quaternary amine cellulose 500 g
4065-200 QA52 Preswollen microgranular quaternary amine cellulose 2 kg

Cation Exchangers
CM23 (Dry Fibrous Carboxymethyl Cellulose) CM52 (Preswollen Microgranular Carboxymethyl Cellulose)
Uniformly substituted fibrous media allowing very fast flow High-capacity medium for proteins, hormones, polypeptides,
rates, especially after fines removal; exhibits high binding and other biopolymers bearing low to high positive charges;
for proteins and biopolymers bearing positive charges. excellent resolution with good column flow rates.

CM32 (Dry Microgranular Carboxymethyl Cellulose) P11 (Dry Fibrous Cellulose Phosphate)
High-capacity medium for proteins, hormones, polypeptides, Dry fiber. Recommended for column separations.
and other biopolymers bearing low to high positive charges;
excellent resolution with good column flow rates. Requires EXPRESS-ION High Flow Rate Ion Exchange Media are described
precycling to restore swelling. Equivalent after swelling separately. Ion exchange celluloses are also available in
to CM52. paper format.

194
Typical Data – Cation Exchange Media
Physical Form Functional Normal Small Ion Protein Capacity Packing Density
Group pH Range Capacity Dry Gram Bed Volume Dry Exchanger/ml
(meq/dg*) (mg/dg*) (mg/ml) Bed Volume (dg*/ml)
Dry Fibrous
CM23 Carboxymethyl 3-10 0.6-0.7 675 85‡ 0.15
Dry Microgranular
CM32 Carboxymethyl 3-10 2.1-2.8 1180† 200 0.24
Preswollen Microgranular
CM52 Carboxymethyl 3-10 0.90-1.15 1180‡ 210 1.1
Dry Fibrous
P11 Orthophosphate 2-10 3.2-5.3 400-500 – 0.22
* dg – dry gram
† Lysozyme in 10 mm acetate buffer pH 4.4
‡ Lysozyme in 10 mm acetate buffer pH 5.0

Ordering Information – Cation Exchange Celluloses


Catalog Number Product Description Size
4033-025 CM23 Dry fibrous CM cellulose 250 g
4035-010 CM32 Dry microgranular CM cellulose 100 g
4035-050 CM32 Dry microgranular CM cellulose 500 g
4037-050 CM52 Preswollen microgranular CM cellulose 500 g
4037-200 CM52 Preswollen microgranular CM cellulose 2 kg
4071-010 P11 Dry fibrous cellulose phosphate 100 g
4071-050 P11 Dry fibrous cellulose phosphate 500 g
4071-200 P11 Dry fibrous cellulose phosphate 2 kg

Solid Phase Extraction (SPE)


Solid phase extraction is a chromatographic technique used to prepare samples for
subsequent analysis by removing interfering substances that may be present. This is
done either by retaining the substance of interest and washing off everything else or
by retaining the interfering substances and eluting the product of interest.

Whatman SPE devices are designed to concentrate or isolate analytes from complex
sample matrices. Available with a variety of packing media, these devices offer
the advantage of working with different types of interactions between the sample
components, sorbent, and suitable eluent. The polarity (polar, nonpolar) or charge
(anion, cation) of the analyte of interest will determine the proper choice of sorbent
and solvent.
• Columns of 3, 6, and 12 ml sizes Solid phase extraction columns
• Cartridges for use with a syringe
• SPE discs for hydrophobic extraction from relatively large water samples
• Sample drying devices for removal of water from samples in organic solvent

195
CHROMATOGRAPHY PRODUC TS | S o li d P hase E xt r acti o n

Solid Phase Extraction Columns and Cartridges


Whatman SPE devices have silica-based chemistries and are available in several
configurations. Column capacities include 3, 6, and 12 ml sizes. A cartridge format
is also available for use with a syringe.

Features and Benefits


• Available in a range of packing media
• Whatman quality sorbents for consistent results

Applications
Solid phase extraction cartridge
• Isolate analytes from complex sample • Drug metabolites in biological fluids
matrices • Food analysis
• Remove interfering substances in • Environmental analysis
order to prepare samples for
subsequent analysis

Technical Data – Solid Phase Extraction (SPE) Media


Product Key to Sorbent Abbreviations Description
ODS Octadecyl silica 5% carbon load
ODS-4 Octadecyl silica 14% carbon load, end capped*
ODS-5 Octadecyl silica 18% carbon load, end capped
C-8 Octyl silica 8.5% carbon load, end capped
FLO Florisil™ Magnesium silicate (US Silica Company)
NH2 Weak anion exchanger Primary amine
+
SAX Strong anion exchanger Quaternary amine (-NR3 )
SCX Strong cation exchanger Aromatic benzene sulfonic acid
SIL Normal phase silica –
* End capping masks residual silanol groups, reducing ionic affinity for amines.
Weight of sorbent per device is shown in Ordering Information.

Ordering Information – Solid Phase Extraction (SPE) Columns and Cartridges


Catalog Number Functional Group Column (Wt/Vol) Quantity/Pack
Column Type
6803-0505 ODS-5 500 mg/3 ml 50
6803-0507 ODS-5 500 mg/6 ml 30
6803-0509 ODS-5 1000 mg/12 ml 20
6803-1205 C-8 500 mg/3 ml 50
6803-1809 FLO 1000 mg/12 ml 20
6803-2005 SAX 500 mg/3 ml 50
6803-2605 SCX 500 mg/3 ml 50
6803-1769 SIL 690 mg/3 ml 300
6803-2705 NH2 500 mg/3 ml 50
Cartridge Type
6802-0005 ODS 500 mg/unit 50
6804-0405 ODS-4 500 mg/unit 50
6804-0505 ODS-5 500 mg/unit 50
196
Solid Phase Extraction (SPE) Discs
The Whatman SPE disc incorporates Octadecyl (C18) silica into a glass microfiber
matrix. The high flow and high loading capacity of the glass microfiber media
allow for rapid aqueous sample flow rates, while oil, grease, and other hydrophobic
analytes are efficiently extracted and retained by the reverse phase silica material.

Features and Benefits


• High-quality Whatman glass microfiber media for superior flow and high
loading capacity
•E
 fficient analyte extraction and retention
•H
 ydrophobic polypropylene prefilters available for difficult samples, minimizing
water retention

Applications
•U
 S EPA Method 1664A for measurement of oil & grease in wastewater
•O
 ther hydrophobic analytes in water

Ordering Information – Solid Phase Extraction (SPE) Discs


Diameter (mm) Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Description Filter Media Quantity/Pack
C18 SPE Discs for Oil & Grease and Other Analyses
47 – 6805-3042 SPE disc – 20
47 – 6805-4043 SPE disc – 48
47 – 6805-3043 SPE disc – 80
90 – 6805-3048 SPE disc – 20
90 – 6805-3049 SPE disc – 80
Polypropylene Prefilters
42.5 5 6805-8034 Prefilter PP 48
47 5 6805-8035 Prefilter PP 48
90 5 6805-8037 Prefilter PP 16

Sample Drying Device


A sodium sulfate drying device is available for removal of water from water-
immiscible organic solvent extracts. This cartridge attaches to the male luer
outlet of a syringe containing the extract. Traces of water are removed as the
sample is pushed through the drying device into a collection vial.
The device includes 1500 mg sodium sulfate, a 0.45 µm polypropylene filter, and a
tube tip for dispensing into a narrow-mouth vial.

Ordering Information – Sample Drying Device


Catalog Number Description Size (mg) Quantity/Pack
6805-8020 Sample drying device with tube tip 1500 50

197
CHROMATOGRAPHY PRODUC TS | H i g h - P e r f o r mance L iq u i d C h r o mat o g r aph y

High-Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC)


Whatman offers an extensive product line of High-Performance Liquid
Chromatography (HPLC) products ranging from the Partisil high-purity silica gel
for normal phase separations to several different bonded phases for reversed phase
or ion exchange separations. In addition, the PartiSphere™ 5 µm spherical media
are available with different chemistries in a void sealing column configuration for
optimum speed and resolution.

Partisil, PartiSphere, and UniSep Media for HPLC


Whatman offers a variety of media for HPLC. Available formats include Whatman
Void Sealing (WVS) columns, standard Whatman Compression Screw (WCS) columns,
and unpacked media for customer-packed columns.

Normal Phase (Adsorption) Media


Partisil Silica (5 and 10 µm)
Pure silica stationary phase for adsorption chromatography. Partisil 10 is used
particularly for routine separations for higher flow rates and lower back pressures.
Partisil 5 is used particularly for higher resolution and fast analysis. These are the
supports on which the Partisil bonded phases are based.

PartiSphere Spherical Silica (5 µm)


PartiSphere silica features homogenous particles with narrow particle size
distribution for sharp separations and excellent reproducibility. It is the basis for
PartiSphere bonded phases.

Ion Exchange Media


Partisil SAX (5 and 10 µm)
A strong anion exchanger based on quaternary ammonium groups (-NR+3 ). Supplied
in the H2PO4 form in methanol, Partisil 10 SAX has been widely reported in literature
and is best known for the separation of nucleotides. Stable over pH range 1.5-7.5
when used in conjunction with a Solvecon mobile phase conditioning column.
Obtains the highest anion exchange efficiencies and resolution. Applicable to
separations of nucleic acids, organic acids, and inorganic anions.

Partisil SCX (5 and 10 µm)


Based on aromatic benzene sulfonic acid groups. Supplied in the ammonium form.
Excellent for separation of nucleosides, amino acids, polyamines, drugs and other
cationic species. Capable of being loaded with specific metallic cations for use
in ligand exchange chromatography. Stable over pH range 1.5-7.0 when used in
conjunction with a Solvecon mobile phase conditioning column. Exceptionally stable
Si-O-Si-C bond, both thermally and chemically.

Solvecon Precolumn
Column (4.6 mm ID × 25 cm) with WCS fittings, filled with silica and connected
between HPLC pump and injector. It saturates the mobile phase with silica, reducing
damage to the analytical column at pH > 7.5 or temperature > 50°C.

198
PartiSphere SAX and SCX (5 µm)
Strong ion exchange media based on homogenous spherical silica particles with
very tight size distribution. They produce very sharp separations.

Partisil and PartiSphere PAC


Polar Amino Cyano weak anion exchanger – described on p. 200.

Reverse Phase Media


Partisil ODS (10 µm)
A C-18 phase with a 5% carbon load for both normal adsorption and reversed phase
partitioning. Dual-mode operation for added selectivity with 50% residual silanols.
Lightly loaded C-18 packing is particularly effective for compounds having greater
water solubility when used in the reversed phase mode. Creates a moderately polar
surface, different from that of pure silica, in normal phase mode.

Partisil ODS-2 (10 µm)


The high carbon load (16%) of this polymeric phase makes it the most nonpolar and,
therefore, the most retentive of the reversed phases. An alternative to end-capped
C-18 where different elution order is desirable for optimum separation. High sample
load capacity and 10 µm particle size are very suitable for preparative work.

Partisil ODS-3 (5 and 10 µm)


A C-18 polymeric phase with a 10.5% carbon load. Medium of choice for improved
speed, efficiency, and resolution in applications requiring C-18 phases. End-capped
for deactivation of silanols to minimize the need for ion suppression or ion pairing
agents. Used in a wide range of applications with optimal selectivity, including
pharmaceuticals, natural products, food, biological, and environmental pollutants.

PartiSphere C-18 (5 µm)


C-18 stationary phase on homogenous, spherical silica particles for very high
separation efficiency.

PartiSphere RTF C-18 (5 µm)


PartiSphere RTF (Reduced Tailing Factor) C-18 is base-deactivated. It employs a
proprietary process that effectively “deactivates” the secondary chromatographic
effect due to residual silanols. In addition, this material is extremely stable and can
be used from pH 2 to pH 8 with no loss in performance. Excellent for separation of
basic compounds without the need for amine-modified mobile phases. One type has
a polar linker similar but not identical to the UniSep C-8 meda.

Partisil C8 (5 and 10 µm)


An end-capped C-8 monomeric phase with at least 8.5% carbon load. Provides
high efficiency and rapid mass transfer while maintaining excellent peak shape and
stability over a range of aqueous mobile phase compositions. Recommended for ion
pair chromatography.

PartiSphere C-8 (5 µm)


Octyl bonded phase on homogenous spherical particles for maximal resolution.

199
CHROMATOGRAPHY PRODUC TS | H i g h - P e r f o r mance L iq u i d C h r o mat o g r aph y

UniSep C-8 (5 µm) Application-Specific Media


Hydrophobic octyl chain on hydrophilic silica surface,
TAC 1 (5 µm)
enabling the silica to be wetted out. Suited to highly
For great discoveries such as Taxol, Whatman technology
aqueous mobile phases.
optimally separates the closely eluting taxanes of Pacific yew
trees. Whatman worked closely with two leading customers
Partisil PAC (5 and 10 µm)
to develop a specific bonded phase that achieves baseline
A polar amino cyano bonded phase with secondary amine
resolution of the paclitaxel molecule from its closest impurity.
groups for good thermal and chemical stability. Selectivity and
Each lot of TAC 1 (Taxane Analysis Column) is tested with a
rapid equilibrium allow a range of separation mechanisms to
paclitaxel chromatographic purity separation to ensure the
be used, including adsorption, reversed phase, and weak anion
best possible reproducibility. (Richheimer SL et al. Anal Chem.
exchange. Extremely fast equilibration across the entire range
1992; 64: 2323-2326)
of solvents from heptane to water. The media of choice for
carbohydrate separations.
MAX-1 (5 µm)
For use in specialized separations for corn and soy protein.
PartiSphere PAC (5 µm)
Polar amino cyano bonded to homogenous spherical particles
for maximal resolution.

Technical Data and Formats – HPLC Media


Media Type Typical Values Availability
WVS WCS Media
Partisil Bonded Phase (5 and 10 µm)
Silica Normal Irregular; pore size 85Å • • •
SAX IEC* 0.85% N • • •
SCX IEC* 0.40% S • • •
ODS Reverse 5% carbon load; uncapped • •
ODS-2 Reverse 16% carbon load; polymeric • • •
ODS-3 Reverse 10.5% carbon load; end-capped; polymeric • • •
C-8 Reverse 8.5% carbon load; end-capped; monomeric brush • •
PAC Mixed Mixed nodes; 0.85% N • •
PartiSphere Bonded Phase (5 µm)
Silica Normal Spherical; pore size 85Å •
SAX IEC* 0.80% N •
SCX IEC* 0.40% S •
C-18 Reverse 10% carbon load; end-capped; brush •
C-8 Reverse 6% carbon load; end-capped; brush •
C-18 RTF Reverse Base-deactivated; 22% carbon load; monomeric brush •
PAC Mixed Mixed modes; 0.85% N •
UniSep (5 µm)
C-8 Reverse 100Å pore size; 16% carbon load •
Application-Specific Media
TAC 1 AM** For taxane analysis •
MAX-1 AM** For corn and soy protein analysis •
* IEC – Ion Exchange Chromatography
** AM – Application-Specific Media

200
Partisil and PartiSphere Void
Sealing (WVS) Columns
Whatman WVS columns are renowned for their high quality,
innovative design and exceptional durability.

WVS columns allow easy adjustment of the top frit to fill


the void that gradually develops and reduces resolution PartiSphere RTF
as silica dissolves. PartiSphere RTF (Reduced Tailing Factor) HPLC columns
contain base-deactivated C-18 media. They employ a
Features and Benefits proprietary process that effectively “deactivates” the
• Void sealing columns can last twice as long as standard secondary chromatographic effect due to residual silanols.
end fitting columns, saving as much as 50% on column In addition, these columns are extremely stable and can be
cost per test used from pH 2 to pH 8 with no loss in performance. Excellent
•A
 vailable packed with spherical and irregular media for separation of basic compounds without the need for
amine-modified mobile phases.
• Integral void sealing mechanism prolongs column life
• Reusable, hand tightened end fittings save money, allow Features and Benefits
for wrenchless installation, and rapid column changes • Partisil and PartiSphere columns perform reproducibly
every time, thanks to multiple quality control tests for
Optimum Resolution both primary and secondary separation mechanisms
Typical column efficiencies for:
• Polished internal column walls ensure packing symmetries
• Partisil 10 µm media – 45,000 N/m and efficiencies
• Partisil 5 µm media – 65,000 N/m • PartiSphere RTF (Reduced Tailing Factor) employs a
• PartiSphere 5 µm media – 90,000 N/m  proprietary process that effectively “deactivates”
residual silanol groups

WVS Columns: Engineered to Provide PartiSphere and Partisil media are described in the HPLC
Unsurpassed Consistency and Longevity media section. Guard cartridges are available to prolong
Partisil Irregular Media analytical column life.
Available in prepacked, replaceable columns and a choice of
5 µm and 10 µm phases. These include silica and our popular Note: Use of WVS columns requires a one-time purchase
ODS-3 and ODS-2 packings. Also available are SAX (Strong of WVS end fittings (catalog number 4631-1001).
Anion Exchanger), SCX (Strong Cation Exchanger), and PAC
(Polar Amino Cyano).

Due to the greater surface area of the irregular Partisil, the


medium offers enhanced selectivity and loading capacity.
Through uniform particle sizing, back pressure is minimized.
The neutral pH of Partisil media also provides better peak
symmetry without the need for mobile phase modifiers.

PartiSphere Spherical Media


Available in prepacked columns and a choice of 5 µm high-
performance phases. In addition to its efficient pure silica
and monomeric C-18 and C-8, Whatman has added SAX,
SCX, and PAC. PartiSphere media feature narrow particle size
distribution and excellent reproducibility.

201
CHROMATOGRAPHY PRODUC TS | H i g h - P e r f o r mance L iq u i d C h r o mat o g r aph y

Ordering Information – Partisil and PartiSphere† Void Sealing (WVS) Columns


Dimensions (mm) Particle Size (µm) Catalog Number Column Type Quantity/Pack
Partisil* 5 µm and 10 µm Columns Only**
Partisil Silica
4.6 × 250 5 4681-1501 Whatman Void Sealing 1
Partisil SAX
4.6 × 125 5 4681-0505 Whatman Void Sealing 1
4.6 × 250 5 4681-1505 Whatman Void Sealing 1
Partisil SAX
4.6 × 250 10 4682-1505 Whatman Void Sealing 1
Partisil SCX
4.6 × 250 5 4681-1507 Whatman Void Sealing 1
Partisil SCX
4.6 × 250 10 4682-1507 Whatman Void Sealing 1
Partisil ODS-2 (C-18)
4.6 × 250 5 4681-1509 Whatman Void Sealing 1
Partisil ODS-3 (C-18)
4.6 × 125 5 4681-0502 Whatman Void Sealing 1
4.6 × 250 5 4681-1502 Whatman Void Sealing 1
Partisil ODS-3 (C-18)
4.6 × 250 10 4682-1502 Whatman Void Sealing 1
PartiSphere† 5 µm Columns*
PartiSphere Silica
4.6 × 125 5 4621-0501 Whatman Void Sealing 1
4.6 × 250 5 4621-1501 Whatman Void Sealing 1
PartiSphere C-18
4.6 × 125 5 4621-0502 Whatman Void Sealing 1
4.6 × 250 5 4621-1502 Whatman Void Sealing 1
PartiSphere C-8
4.6 × 125 5 4621-0503 Whatman Void Sealing 1
PartiSphere SCX
4.6 × 125 5 4621-0507 Whatman Void Sealing 1
4.6 × 250 5 4621-1507 Whatman Void Sealing 1
PartiSphere SAX
4.6 × 125 5 4621-0505 Whatman Void Sealing 1
4.6 × 250 5 4621-1505 Whatman Void Sealing 1
PartiSphere PAC
4.6 × 125 5 4621-0508 Whatman Void Sealing 1
4.6 × 250 5 4621-1508 Whatman Void Sealing 1
* Irregular media
** Requires one-time purchase of 4.6 mm ID WVS end fittings, catalog number 4631-1001
† Spherical media

202
Partisil and PartiSphere
HPLC Columns with
WCS Standard Fittings
Whatman offers a wide range of high-quality columns to meet
your specific needs. In addition to the innovative Whatman
Void Sealing Columns, Whatman makes available a selection
of Whatman Compression Screw (WCS) standard end fitting
RAC II
column configurations for your analytical and preparative
Available in 4.6 mm ID × 10 cm and 4.6 mm ID × 25 cm
needs. They are specifically designed for compatibility with
columns. Second-generation rapid analysis chromatography
all HPLC instrumentation.
for faster analytical separations and reduced solvent
consumption. Operates at low back pressure, even at high
Whatman Partisil is a high-purity irregular silica gel available
flow rates, prolonging column life. Connects easily to most
in both 5 µm and 10 µm particle sizes with a pore size of 80Å.
LC instrumentation with convenient Whatman Compression
The choice of column packing includes Silica, C-18 polymeric
Screw (WCS) end fittings.
phases (ODS-3, ODS-2) and C-8. Also available are SAX (Strong
Anion Exchanger), SCX (Strong Cation Exchanger) and PAC
Magnum 9 (50 cm)
(Polar Amino Cyano). These columns provide reproducible
9.4 mm ID × 50 cm long. Semi-preparative columns for
results, column to column, lot to lot.
microgram to gram quantities. Coned outlet allows high load
capacity with minimal peak distortion. Durable construction
PartiSphere RTF (Reduced Tailing Factor)
ensures extended service. Magnum 9 columns are compatible
PartiSphere RTF are base-deactivated spherical media for
with today’s HPLC instruments, allowing you to use the same
very high resolution with minimal silanol effect. The media
equipment for analytical and preparative work.
are described in the HPLC Media section.
Magnum 9 (25 cm)
Guard cartridges are available to prolong analytical
9.4 mm ID × 25 cm long.
column life.
Magnum 20 (50 cm)
Due to the greater surface area of the irregular Partisil, the
22 mm ID × 50 cm long. Preparative columns for multigram
medium offers enhanced selectivity and loading capacity.
separations. Coned outlet allows high load capacity with
Through uniform particle sizing, back pressure is minimized.
minimal peak distortion. Durable construction ensures
The neutral pH of Partisil media also provides better peak
extended service. Magnum 20 columns provide sufficient
symmetry without the need for mobile phase modifiers.
yield and resolving power to accomplish difficult separations
on a single pass, achieving high product purity.
Standard Analytical
4.6 mm ID × 25 cm long, standard analytical column for
Magnum 20 (25 cm)
research, methods development, and routine separations.
22 mm ID × 25 cm long.
After optimization, other sizes can be considered for greater
speed or capacity. Allows direct scale-up or scale-down to
other size columns. Supplied with Whatman Compression
Screw (WCS) end fittings. PartiSphere RTF columns are also
available – 2.1 mm ID × 15 cm long.

203
CHROMATOGRAPHY PRODUC TS | H i g h - P e r f o r mance L iq u i d C h r o mat o g r aph y

Ordering Information – Partisil and PartiSphere HPLC Columns with WCS Standard Fittings
Dimensions (mm) Particle Size (µm) Catalog Number Column Configuration Quantity/Pack
Bonded Phase
Partisil Silica
4.6 × 100 5 4222-006 RAC II 1
4.6 × 250 5 4215-001 Standard analytical 1
4.6 × 250 10 4216-001 Standard analytical 1
9.4 × 250 10 4230-120 Magnum 9 1
9.4 × 500 10 4230-220 Magnum 9 1
22 × 500 10 4232-220 Magnum 20 1
Partisil 10 ODS 1
4.6 × 250 10 4223-001 Standard analytical 1
Partisil 10 ODS-2
4.6 × 250 10 4224-001 Standard analytical 1
9.4 × 250 10 4230-124 Magnum 9 1
9.4 × 500 10 4230-224 Magnum 9 1
Partisil ODS-3
4.6 × 100 5 4222-225 RAC II 1
4.6 × 250 5 4238-001 RAC II 1
4.6 × 250 10 4228-001 RAC II 1
9.4 × 250 10 4230-125 Magnum 9 1
9.4 × 500 10 4230-225 Magnum 9 1
Partisil C-8
4.6 × 100 5 4222-232 RAC II 1
4.6 × 250 5 4239-001 Standard analytical 1
4.6 × 250 10 4229-001 Standard analytical 1
Partisil SAX
4.6 × 100 5 4222-227 RAC II 1
4.6 × 250 5 4236-001 Standard analytical 1
4.6 × 250 10 4226-001 Standard analytical 1
4.6 × 250 10 4250-001* Standard analytical 1
Partisil SCX
4.6 × 100 5 4222-228 RAC II 1
4.6 × 250 10 4227-001 Standard analytical 1
4.6 × 250 10 4251-001* Standard analytical 1
Partisil PAC
4.6 × 250 5 4235-001 Standard analytical 1
4.6 × 250 10 4225-001 Standard analytical 1
Accessories
– – 4334-225 Frits, 1/4" diameter, 10
2 µm Porosity
Whatman Base-Deactivated (WCS) HPLC Columns – PartiSphere** 5 µm (reduced tailing factor)
PartiSphere RTF C-18
4.6 × 250 5 4522-0102 Standard analytical 1
4.6 × 150 5 4522-0202 Standard analytical 1
2.1 × 150 5 4242-0103 Standard analytical 1
2.1 × 150 5 4242-0202† Standard analytical 1
* With Solvecon precolumn – see media descriptions.
** Spherical media
† Contains a polar linker (similar but not identical to UniSep Columns)

204
UniSep High-Performance Liquid Features and Benefits
• C-8 reverse phase
Chromatography (HPLC) Columns • Hydrophilic silica surface
The UniSep™ HPLC column is the newest C-8 reverse • 5 µm particle size
phase HPLC column from Whatman. Using state-of-the-art
technology, UniSep was developed for conditions that call for a • 100Å pore size
highly aqueous mobile phase. • 16% carbon load
• Easy scale-up
The advantage of the UniSep C-8 column over a traditional
C-8 column is that the UniSep silica is hydrophilic, or able • Whatman Void Sealing (WVS) format
to be wetted out. This change in hydrophobicity is achieved
by attaching an ether linkage in close proximity to the silica Applications
backbone. Since the ether group is polar, water can easily • Life science
penetrate and hydrate the silica surface, allowing the analyte • Food and beverage
greater access to the binding sites.
• Pharmaceutical
The benefit to the chromatographer is the flexibility
This and other media are described in the HPLC media section.
gained when developing a method for highly water soluble
Guard cartridges are available to prolong analytical column life.
compounds.

Note: Use of WVS columns requires a one-time purchase of


WVS end fittings (catalog number 4631-1001).

Ordering Information – UniSep High-Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) Columns


Dimensions (mm) Particle Size (µm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Reverse Phase HPLC Columns
4.6 × 50 5 4550-4605 1
4.6 × 100 5 4550-4610 1
4.6 × 150 5 4550-4615 1
4.6 × 250 5 4550-4625 1
Reusable WVS Column End Fittings
Reusable WVS End Fittings – 4631-1001 1 pair

Application-Specific HPLC Columns


TAC 1* MAX-1
For great discoveries such as Taxol, Whatman technology For use in specialized separations for corn and soy protein.
optimally separates the closely eluting taxanes of Pacific
yew trees. Both are available in Whatman Void Sealing format. Reusable
WVS end fittings (catalog number 4631-1001) are needed for
Whatman worked closely with two leading customers to connection.
develop a specific bonded phase that achieves baseline
resolution of the paclitaxel molecule from its closest impurity. These and other Whatman HPLC media are described
Each lot of TAC 1 (Taxane Analysis Column) is tested with a separately.
paclitaxel chromatographic purity separation to ensure the
best possible reproducibility.

* Richheimer SL et al. Anal Chem. 1992; 64: 2323-2326


205
CHROMATOGRAPHY PRODUC TS | H i g h - P e r f o r mance L iq u i d C h r o mat o g r aph y

Ordering Information – Application-Specific HPLC Columns


Dimensions (mm) Particle Size (µm) Description Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
4.6 × 250 5 TAC 1* 4601-1001 1
4.6 × 250 5 MAX-1* 4120-001 1
– – WVS end fittings, reusable 4631-1001 1 pair
* Both in Whatman Void Sealing format

HPLC Guard Cartridge System


The prepacked, disposable plastic guard cartridge retains Guard cartridges are available in four phases: silica,
unwanted materials that can harm your analytical column. reversed phase, anion exchanger, and cation exchanger. 
Used in a wide range of applications, the HPLC guard cartridge
system offers high efficiency, convenience, and cost savings. Zero-Dead-Volume
These cartridges fit into either of two reusable guard cartridge Guard columns offer protection by trapping unwanted
holders. The Integral system attaches directly to and becomes compounds that would otherwise be strongly retained on the
an integral part of a Whatman Void Sealing HPLC column, HPLC column. One of the problems inherent with other guard
requiring no connecting tubing. Because of this, there is columns is that they either contribute too much dead volume
virtually no loss in efficiency. or add to the analysis times of the separation (especially in
short, high speed columns). Whatman has overcome this by
The universal system can be used with any standard analytical developing a zero-dead-volume HPLC guard cartridge system
column, bringing guard cartridge convenience to traditional which eliminates almost all extra void volume and does not
HPLC columns. detrimentally affect the separation.

Ordering Information – HPLC Guard Cartridge System


Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
Reusable Guard Cartridge Holders
4631-1003 Integral WVS guard cartridge holder 1
4631-1004 Universal guard cartridge holder 1
Disposable Guard Cartridges
4641-0001 SIL cartridge 5
4641-0002 RP cartridge (reverse phase) 5
4641-0005 SAX cartridge 5
4641-0007 SCX cartridge 5
4641-0008 PAC cartridge 5
Reusable End Fittings for WVS Columns
4631-1001 Reusable WVS end fittings 1 pair

206
Partisil Media for Customer Packed Columns
Several Partisil media are available unpacked for customers
who prefer to pack their own HPLC columns.

Ordering Information – Partisil Media for Customer Packed Columns


Particle Size (µm) Description Catalog Number Bonded Phase Package (g)
5 Partisil Silica 4115-010 None 10
10 Partisil Silica 4116-010 None 10
10 Partisil ODS 4123-010 C-18 polymeric; 10
5% carbon load; uncapped
5 Partisil ODS-2 4134-010 C-18 polymeric 10
16% carbon load; end-capped
10 Partisil ODS-2 4124-010 C-18 polymeric; 10
16% carbon load; uncapped
5 Partisil ODS-3 4138-010 C-18 polymeric; 10
10.5% carbon load; end-capped
10 Partisil ODS-3 4128-010 C-18 polymeric; 10
10.5% carbon load; end-capped
5 Partisil C-8 4139-010 C-8 monomeric; 10
8.5% carbon load; end-capped
10 Partisil C-8 4129-010 C-8 monomeric; 10
8.5% carbon load; end-capped
+
10 Partisil SAX 4126-010 Quaternary amino groups (-NR3 ) 10
10 Partisil SCX 4127-010 Aromatic bezene sulfonic acid 10
functional groups; may also be
loaded with metallic cations for
ligand exchnage chromatography
5 Partisil PAC 4135-010 Alkyl groups containing 10
amino-cyano groups in a 2:1 ratio
10 Partisil PAC 4125-010 Alkyl groups containing 10
amino-cyano groups in a 2:1 ratio

Silica Media for Column and Flash Chromatography


Whatman bulk silica media are used for low pressure columns. Features and Benefits
Same base silica and chemistries as those used for Whatman • High resolution
TLC plates. Particularly useful for scaling up separations
• Good flow characteristics
optimized by TLC. In addition, Whatman offers all-purpose
media for general column chromatography. Applicable for • High surface area
preparative low pressure column separations scaled up from
Partisil analytical HPLC columns.

207
C H R O M ATO G R A P H Y P R O D U C T S | S ilica M e d ia f o r C o l u mn an d flash C h r o mat o g r aph y

Bulk silica media for column chromatography Bulk silica media

Media Properties
Media Particle size Type Detail
LRP-2 ODS 37 to 53 µm Reverse phase Octadecyl, 16% carbon load, end-capped, may be dry-packed
Partisil ODS-3 32 to 75 µm Reverse phase Octadecyl, 10.5% carbon load, end-capped
Silica 60Å 38 to 63 µm Adsorption Bulk media for column or dry chromatography
230 to 400 mesh
Silica 60Å 63 to 212 µm Adsorption Bulk media for column or dry chromatography
70 to 230 mesh

Ordering Information – Silica Media for Column Chromatography


Catalog Number Description Quantity/Pack
4776-001 LRP-2 ODS, 37 to 53 µm 100 g
4776-005 LRP-2 ODS, 37 to 53 µm 500 g
4132-100 Partisil 40 ODS-3 100 g
4132-301 Partisil 40 ODS-3 1 kg
4790-010 Silica, 230 to 400 mesh 1 kg
4790-050 Silica, 230 to 400 mesh 5 kg
4790-250 Silica, 230 to 400 mesh 25 kg
4791-005 Silica, 70 to 230 mesh 500 g
4791-010 Silica, 70 to 230 mesh 1 kg
4791-050 Silica, 70 to 230 mesh 5 kg
4791-250 Silica, 70 to 230 mesh 25 kg

208
Purasil 60Å Silica Gel for Flash Chromatography
Whatman Purasil™ high-purity silica gel provides an excellent Features and Benefits
separation medium for flash chromatography purification • High resolution
of target molecules. Narrow particle size distribution and
• Excellent flow rates
minimal fines enable fast separations with no loss of
chromatographic performance. • Direct scalability

Typical Data – Purasil 60Å Silica Gel

Iron Content < 0.02%


Chloride Content < 0.10%
Loss on Drying < 7%
pH (10% suspension) 7 ± 0.5
Pore Volume 0.7–0.9 ml/g
Surface Area 500-600 m²/g

Ordering Information – Purasil 60Å Silica Gel for Flash Chromatography


Product Particle Size (µm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Purasil 60Å 38-63 4745-010 1 kg
230-400 mesh
Purasil 60Å 38-63 4745-250 25 kg
230-400 mesh
Purasil 60Å 63-212 4746-010 1 kg
70-230 mesh
Purasil 60Å 63-212 4746-250 25 kg
70-230 mesh

209
CHROMATOGRAPHY PRODUC TS | T hin la y e r ch r o mat o g r aph y

Thin Layer Chromatography (TLC)


Product innovations from Whatman have made thin layer chromatography
(TLC) a practical laboratory tool for both qualitative and quantitative analysis.

Features and Benefits


• Stringent quality standards ensure a consistent level of resolution,
accuracy, and reproducibility
• Multiple samples and standards can be run simultaneously under Examples of TLC plate formats
identical conditions
• Wide range of chemistries and sizes to suit your application needs
• Sample preparation is simplified because plates are disposable
• Mobile phase need not be compatible with detector
• Available with fluorescent indicator for easy detection of many
UV-absorbing compounds

Linear-K: Fast, Accurate Spotting


Whatman pioneered the linear preadsorbent layer for easy, rapid, and accurate
sample application. The layer actually acts as a sponge to preconcentrate
the sample before it interacts with the silica layer. In order to facilitate sample
application and the preconcentrating power of the preadsorbent layer, Whatman
made it thicker than the silica layer. This allows the analyst to apply sample in
amounts never before attainable with standard TLC plates, and to apply dilute
samples in less-volatile solvents without sacrificing resolution.

Whatman TLC Product Types

Partisil K6 and K5 Absorption TLC Plates Normal phase analysis and purification of most samples; recovery of analytes by
scraping sample spots; analytical and preparative thicknesses
Partisil Reversed Phase TLC Plates Reverse phase separations and 2-dimensional reverse/normal separations
Flexible TLC Plates Cutting plates to custom sizes; recovery of analytes by cutting sample spots; normal
phase or anion exchange
Diamond Series Silica TLC Plates Normal phase; increased hardness and reflectance for resistance to solvents and
reagents and for scanning densitometry
EH6 Extra Hard TLC Plates Normal phase; very hard, smooth surface for writing on plate; high resistance to
solvents and reagents
Partisil High-Performance TLC Plates Normal phase; small, uniform silica particles for maximum resolution and sensitivity

210
TLC Plates: Designations and Formats
Whatman has designed nomenclature as a simple and convenient way of distinguishing
among the different types of plates. Using these letter codes it is easy to define any TLC plate,
for example: PLK6DF = preparative K6 silica 60Å pore diameter featuring a channeled,
fluorescent plate and the preadsorbent layer.

K – Silica Gel The symbol for silica gel is K (for Kieselgel), followed by a qualifying number.
K5: 10-12 µm silica, of pore size 150Å; K6: 10-12 µm silica, of pore size 60Å.
HP – High-Performance High-performance silica is prefixed by the letters HP: HP-K 4.5 µm silica,
pore size 60Å.
KC-2, KC-18 Reverse Phase Reverse phase plates, with a bonded alkyl group, are represented by a K
followed by the length of the alkyl chain: KC-18 10-12 µm silica, 60Å,
octadecyl bonded phase
L – Preadsorbent Layer This compresses each sample into a narrow horizontal band.
Hence, it is known as Linear-K; prefix L.
D – Channeled Plates 2 mm channels of clear glass separate sample lanes, preventing
crossover. D indicates division.
F – Fluorescent Indicator Fluorescent plates glow bright green under shortwave UV light.
Samples that absorb UV at 254 nm show as dark, quenched spots
M – Microscope Slide Plate size 1 × 3”, 2.5 × 7.5 cm
P – Preparative Layer Has 500 µm or 1000 µm thickness for large sample sizes

Partisil K6 60Å and K5 150Å TLC Plates


Whatman Partisil K6 60Å and K5 150Å TLC plates provide a choice of high-purity
silica gels with polarity for normal phase separations. They give superior performance
compared to silica gel “G” through better resolution, higher sensitivity, and increased
durability. Moderate layer hardness makes possible convenient spot recovery.

Features and Benefits


• Excellent reproducibility; negligible moisture uptake
• Chemically and optically inert organic binder
• Outstanding layer stability
• Fast separation with excellent resolution
• Quality separation of moderately to strongly polar compounds
• Aggressive reagent resistance
• Wide applicability, including carbohydrates, antibiotics, alkaloids, amino acids,
and phospholipids

Key to Labeling
K6 60Å
K5 150Å
M Microscope slide size
F With fluorescent indicator
L With preadsorbent layer below origin
D Divided into channels
P Preparative layer 500 or 1000 µm thick (others are 250 µm)

211
CHROMATOGRAPHY PRODUC TS | T hin la y e r ch r o mat o g r aph y

Ordering Information – Partisil K6 and K5 Absorption TLC Plates


Product Plate Size (cm) Catalog Number Linear-K Channeled Fluorescent Quantity/Pack
Preadsorbent Indicator
Partisil K6 60Å TLC Plates (250 µm unless noted) without Preadsorbent Zone
MK6F 1 × 3" 4861-110 – – Yes 500
K6 5 × 10 4860-320 – – – 150
K6F 5 × 10 4861-320 – – Yes 150
K6 5 × 20 4860-620 – – – 75
K6F 5 × 20 4861-620 – – Yes 75
K6 10 × 20 4860-720 – – – 50
K6F 10 × 20 4861-720 – – Yes 50
K6 20 × 20 4860-820 – – – 25
K6F 20 × 20 4861-820 – – Yes 25
PK6F 20 × 20 4861-830* – – Yes 22
PK6F 20 × 20 4861-840** – – Yes 20
Partisil K6 60Å TLC Plates (250 µm unless noted) with Preadsorbent Zone
LK6D 10 × 10 4865-001 Yes 9 channels – 100
LK6 5 × 20 4865-620 Yes – – 75
LK6F 5 × 20 4866-620 Yes – Yes 75
LK6D 5 × 20 4865-621 Yes 4 channels – 75
LK6DF 5 × 20 4866-621 Yes 4 channels Yes 75
LK6 20 × 20 4865-820 Yes – – 25
LK6F 20 × 20 4866-820 Yes 25
LK6D 20 × 20 4865-821 Yes 19 channels – 25
LK6DF 20 × 20 4866-821 Yes 19 channels – 25
Partisil K5 150Å TLC Plates (250 µm unless noted) without Preadsorbent Zone
K5F 5 × 10 4851-320 – – Yes 150
K5 5 × 20 4850-620 – – – 75
K5F 5 × 20 4851-620 – – Yes 75
K5 10 × 20 4850-720 – – – 50
K5F 10 × 20 4851-720 – – Yes 50
K5 20 × 20 4850-820 – – – 25
K5F 20 × 20 4851-820 – – – 25
PK5 20 × 20 4850-830* – – – 22
PK5 20 × 20 4850-840** – – – 20
PK5F 20 × 20 4851-830* – – Yes 22
PK5F 20 × 20 4851-840** – – Yes 20
* Preparative 500 µm layer cont.
** Preparative 1000 µm layer

212
Product Plate Size (cm) Catalog Number Linear-K Channeled Fluorescent Quantity/Pack
Preadsorbent Indicator
Partisil K5 150Å TLC Plates (250 µm unless noted) with Preadsorbent Zone
LK5 5 × 20 4855-620 Yes – – 75
LK5D 5 × 20 4855-621 Yes 4 channels – 75
LK5DF 5 × 20 4856-621 Yes 4 channels Yes 75
LK5 20 × 20 4855-820 Yes – – 25
LK5F 20 × 20 4856-820 Yes – Yes 25
LK5D 20 × 20 4855-821 Yes 19 channels – 25
LK5DF 20 × 20 4856-821 Yes 19 channels Yes 25
LPK5 20 × 20 4855-840** Yes – – 20
LPK5F 20 × 20 4856-840** Yes – Yes 20
* Preparative 500 µm layer
** Preparative 1000 µm layer

Partisil Reversed Phase TLC Plates


With reverse phase plates, Whatman provides 60Å K6 with a choice of two carbon
chain lengths plus Multi-K Dual Phase plates. The chain length of the hydrocarbon
functional groups primarily affects retention and the ability to accommodate the
water content of solvent systems. The shorter C-2 carbon chain is used for increased
polarity and affinity for aqueous solutions while the longer C-18 chains give greater
retention and hydrophobicity. KC-18 plates are also available with a preadsorbent
zone, which facilitates sample application, especially with dilute samples in less
volatile solvents.

Features and Benefits


• Proven performance, quality, and reliability
• Compatibility with highly aqueous solvent systems, for greater flexibility
• Ready correlation with reverse phase HPLC results

Multi-K Dual Phase for Demanding Samples


Multi-K combines a 3 × 20 cm C-18 reverse phase stationary phase with a 17 × 20 cm
normal phase silica stationary phase on one TLC plate. It allows two-dimensional
separations of mixed polarity samples on one plate. Components are first separated
by reverse phase TLC, then the plate is dried, turned 90°, and developed with a
normal phase solvent mix.

Features and Benefits


• Cleanup and analysis of complex samples
• Two-dimensional TLC on one plate

213
CHROMATOGRAPHY PRODUC TS | T hin la y e r ch r o mat o g r aph y

Key to Labeling
C-2 Ethyl-silica
C-18 Octadecyl-silica
M Microscope slide size
F With fluorescent indicator
L With preadsorbent layer below origin
P Preparative layer 1000 µm thick 

Ordering Information – Partisil Reversed Phase TLC Plates


Type Product Plate Size (cm) Catalog Number Linear-K Fluorescent Quantity/Pack
Preadsorbent Indicator
C-2 Reverse Phase TLC Plates (200 µm)
C-2 K-C2 20 × 20 4809-800 – – 25
C-2 KC-2F 20 × 20 4809-820 – Yes 25
C-18 Reverse Phase Plates (200 µm except where noted)
C-18 Microslide MKC-18F 1” × 3” 4803-110 – Yes 100
C-18 KC-18 5 × 20 4801-600 – – 75
C-18 KC-18F 5 × 20 4803-600 – Yes 75
C-18 KC-18 10 × 10 4801-425 – – 25
C-18 KC-18F 10 × 10 4803-425 – Yes 25
C-18 KC-18 20 × 20 4801-800 – – 25
C-18 KC-18F 20 × 20 4803-800 – Yes 25
C-18 with LKC-18 5 × 20 4800-600 Yes – 75
Linear-K
C-18 with LKC-18F 5 × 20 4800-620 Yes Yes 75
Linear-K
C-18 with LKC-18 20 × 20 4800-800 Yes – 25
Linear-K
C-18 with LKC-18F 20 × 20 4800-820 Yes Yes 25
Linear-K
C-18 with PLKC-18F 20 × 20 4800-840** Yes Yes 20
Linear-K*
Multi-K Dual Phase Plates (250 µm)
Multi-K Dual – 20 × 20 4804-820 – – 25
Phase (3 cm C-18
Strip on Silica
Gel Layer)
* Preparative
** 1000 µm layer

214
Flexible TLC Plates
Flexible backed TLC plates (supplied in a single 20 × 20 cm
size) offer you economy and convenience. They can be cut
with scissors to match individual separation requirements,
making them suitable for applications that require rapid
sample isolation or elution prior to other analytical techniques
(e.g., scintillation counting).

Features and Benefits


• Silica gel 60Å flexible plates exhibit similar selectivity
to the glass backed K6 plates and are widely applicable
for moderately to strongly polar analytes (available on
aluminum or polyester backing material)
• DEAE (diethylaminoethyl tertiary amine) cellulose anion
exchange plates with polyester backing are used for
separating anions
• Aluminum backing is particularly useful for
applications requiring charring
• Polyester backed plates can be heated up to 110°C
and are compatible with mobile phases containing strong
acids or bases

Key to Labeling
PE Polyester backing
AL Aluminum backing
F Fluorescent
SIL Silica 60Å
DEAE DEAE cellulose

Ordering Information – Flexible TLC Plates


Type Product Plate Size (cm) Catalog Number Flexible Fluorescent Quantity/Pack
Backing Indicator
Polyester-backed Flexible Silica TLC Plates (250 µm)
Silica gel 60Å PE-SIL 20 × 20 4410-221 PE – 25
Silica gel 60Å PE-SIL-F 20 × 20 4410-222 PE Yes 25
Aluminum-backed Flexible Silica TLC Plates (250 µm)
Silica gel 60Å AL-SIL 20 × 20 4420-221 AL – 25
Silica gel 60Å AL-SIL-F 20 × 20 4420-222 AL Yes 25
Polyester-backed Flexible DEAE Cellulose TLC Plates (100 µm)
DEAE cellulose PE-DEAE 20 × 20 4410-224 PE – 25
(diethylaminoethyl)

215
CHROMATOGRAPHY PRODUC TS | T hin la y e r ch r o mat o g r aph y

Diamond Series TLC Plates


Whatman Diamond Series TLC plates exhibit gem-like qualities of hardness and
reflectance. These technologically advanced glass-backed plates facilitate dipping
and spraying and will not crack or flake. They allow you to perform scanning
densitometry with the lowest noise backgrounds for maximum range in detection.
The smooth surface of the plates prevents ripples from interfering with scanning
or development.

Features and Benefits


• Highly reflective surface minimizes background noise while scanning
• Superior organic binder prevents surface deterioration even when using the
strongest reagent
• Uniform particle size and distribution add to efficiency by reducing band spreading
• The 60Å pore, 450 m2/g surface area provides optimum characteristics for most
clinical, educational, and general analytical applications. Fast development of
spots with excellent resolution makes the Diamond Series plates very suitable for
screening and toxicology work. They are excellent for the analysis of micro samples.

The plates will withstand most solvent systems and any applied developing reagent
without silica falling off the plate or reacting with reagents. They can be charred to
180°C with cupric acetate/phosphoric acid reagents.

Because 85% of all TLC users employ fluorescent plates, Diamond Series offers the
best format for UV quenching and visual work. All plates are silica gel with UV-254
fluorescent indicator and are available with channeling and a linear preadsorbent
spotting area for faster, more accurate sample application.

Key to Labeling
K6 60Å
M Microscope slide size
F With fluorescent indicator
L With preadsorbent layer below origin
D Divided into channels

Ordering Information – Diamond Series Silica TLC Plates


Product Plate Size (cm) Catalog Number Linear-K Channeled Fluorescent Quantity/Pack
Indicator
Partisil K6 60Å TLC Plates (250 µm unless noted) without Preadsorbent Zone
MK6F 1 × 3" 4500-101 – – Yes 500
K6F 20 × 20 4500-105 – – Yes 25
LK6DF 5 × 20 4500-303 Yes 4 channels Yes 75
LK6DF 20 × 20 4500-305 Yes 19 channels Yes 25

216
EH6 Series Extra Hard TLC Plates
Whatman EH6 Series Extra Hard TLC plates address chromatographers’ need for
harder, smoother, more abrasion-resistant layers. These technologically advanced
glass-backed plates facilitate dipping and spraying and will not crack or flake. The
plates will withstand most solvent systems and any applied visualization reagent
without silica falling off the plate or reacting with the reagents. They can be charred
to 180°C with cupric acetate/phosphoric acid reagents.

Each lot of EH6 TLC plates undergoes extensive quality control testing, including a
pendulum hardness test to ensure outstanding lot-to-lot reproducibility.

Features and Benefits


• Extra hard surface makes it easier to write on with a pen or pencil
• Highly reflective surface minimizes background noise while scanning 
• Superior organic binder prevents surface deterioration even when using the
strongest reagent
• Uniform particle size and distribution add to efficiency by reducing band spreading
• Available in bulk quantities

Applications
• The silica stationary phase (60Å pore, 450 m2/g surface area, 250 µm layer
thickness) provides optimum characteristics for most clinical, educational,
and general analytical applications
• Moderate development times and bands with excellent resolution make the
EH6 Series plates very suitable for screening and toxicology work
• Ultra low noise background allows you to perform scanning densitometry with
maximum detection range

Key to Labeling
EH6 60Å silica, extra-hard layer
F With fluorescent indicator

Ordering Information – EH6 Extra Hard TLC Plates


Product Plate Size (cm) Catalog Number Layer Thickness Fluorescent Quantity/Pack
Indicator
EH6 10 × 20 4840-725 250 – 250
EH6F 20 × 20 4841-820 250 Yes 25
EH6F 2.5 × 7.5 4841-125 250 Yes 500

217
CHROMATOGRAPHY PRODUC TS | T hin la y e r ch r o mat o g r aph y

Partisil High-Performance
TLC Plates
Whatman HPTLC plates can be used for your most sensitive
separations. These plates consist of a 4.5 µm particle size silica
gel plus an inert binder in a uniform 200 µm layer on glass.
They exhibit product characteristics typical of Whatman silica
gel media: narrow particle size distribution, homogeneity,
and overall uniformity. The results are performance and
reproducibility, giving you the ultimate in TLC resolution
and sensitivity.

Features and Benefits


• Dense, uniform layer provides stable baseline in
densitometry
• Short development distance and times
• Low band diffusion provides very compact sample
bands and increased detection sensitivity
• Micro samples (nanograms and picograms) can be analyzed
• Reproducibility inherent in Whatman chromatography
products

Whatman HPTLC plates are referenced in a patented


procedure for fetal lung maturity testing (Juan G. Alvarez and
Jack Ludmir, US Patent Number 5,443,989).

Key to Labeling
HPK High-performance silica (4.5 µm particles, 200 µm layer)
F With fluorescent indicator
L With preadsorbent layer below origin
D Divided into channels

218
Ordering Information – Partisil High-Performance TLC Plates
Product Plate Size (cm) Catalog Number Linear-K Channeled Fluorescent Quantity/Pack
Preadsorbent Indicator
HPK 5×5 4807-050 – – – 100
HPKF 5×5 4802-050 – – Yes 100
HPK 10 × 10 4807-425 – – – 25
HPK 10 × 10 4807-400 – – – 100
HPKF 10 × 10 4802-425 – – Yes 25
HPKF 10 × 10 4802-400 – – Yes 100
HPK 10 × 20 4807-700 – – – 50
HPKF 10 × 20 4802-700 – – Yes 50
LHPK 10 × 10 4805-420 Yes – – 25
LHPK 10 × 10 4805-410 Yes – – 100
LHPKD 10 × 10 4805-421 Yes 9 channels – 25
LHPKF 10 × 10 4806-420 Yes – Yes 25
LHPKF 10 × 10 4806-410 Yes – Yes 100
LHPKDF 10 × 10 4806-421 Yes 9 channels Yes 25
LHPK 20 × 10 4805-710 Yes – – 50
LHPKD 20 × 10 4805-711 Yes 19 channels – 50
LHPKF 20 × 10 4806-710 Yes – Yes 50
LHPKDF 20 × 10 4806-711 Yes 19 channels Yes 50

219
N ucleic acid and pr o tein sa m ple preparati o n

Nucleic Acid and Protein Sample Preparation


Collect DNA from plant or animal sources and store it on a FTA
or FTA Elute Card at room temperature. Amplify DNA to track
mutations and create genetic profiles. Just two applications of
many performed with FTA technology, with unlimited potential
to help humans around the world today and tomorrow.

222 EasiCollect

223 FTA and FTA Elute

229 FTA Concentrator-PS Parasite Purification

230 FTA Purification Reagent and Accessories

234 Clone Archiving

236 DNA/Protein Purification

239 PCR Clean-up UNIFILTER

239 Dye Terminator Removal UNIFILTER 96 Well and 384 Well

240 Plasmid/BAC Sample Preparation


n u c l e i c a c i d an d p r o t e i n sa m p l e p r e pa r a t i o n | easic o llect

Nucleic Acid and Protein


Sample Preparation
Whatman has manufactured quality paper products since 1740 and is recognized
as a world leader in filter separation technologies and products.

With this knowledge and remarkable testimonies to quality, Whatman has


taken its products to a new level, in the genomics/proteomics industry. Our
area of expertise in this evolving industry lies in sample preparation, where
our FTA Cards – an innovative patented technology for collecting, transporting,
purifying, and archiving DNA and RNA all on a single device stored at room
temperature – have become a market leader.

The nucleic acid sample preparation products incorporate proprietary Whatman


technologies, which offer several outstanding advantages to molecular biologists.
These include the encapsulation of solid media into devices and DNA separation
products designed for the collection, transportation, purification, and analysis of
nucleic acids. All of these Whatman products create breakthrough applications
that yield accurate results much faster than previously possible. Offering an
extensive, leading-edge product range means that all your DNA processing
requirements are met by one established provider.
FTA Classic Card

Whatman offers an extensive range of products to facilitate genomic studies of


humans, animals, plants, and microorganisms. Collection, storage, and analysis of
DNA and RNA are facilitated with the use of FTA, FTA Elute™, and other Whatman tools.

EasiCollect
Consistent, reliable DNA collection – every time.
Whatman is a market leading manufacturer of sample collection and preparation
products, which serve a variety of markets. Whatman has a long history of developing
cutting-edge products that meet the needs of today’s genetic analysis laboratories.

The collection of DNA samples for genetic analysis has evolved to meet current
needs. Blood samples have always provided high yields of DNA for a number
of genetic tests. However, the invasive nature of blood collection has caused
laboratories to look for alternative methods. Buccal epithelial cell collection is
a preferable substitute for blood collection due to the noninvasive method of
obtaining samples. A simple rubbing of the inside of the cheek with a mildly abrasive
surface is adequate to collect cells for genetic analysis. Buccal cell collection using
foam tipped applicator swabs and FTA Cards is an accepted method used by forensic
laboratories worldwide.
EasiCollect*

* EasiCollect is patent pending.

222
EasiCollect™ features a novel foam applicator for the The indicating FTA material inside the device contains an inert
adsorption of cells to its surface and for maximal cell transfer. dye that changes color upon application of a colorless sample
Dual clips on the handle and on the front of the device apply to indicate the location of the sample area. Individual sample
constant pressure of the foam applicator to the collection punches are taken from within the sample area for DNA
card. Cells are applied across the sample area in a consistent purification and amplification.
manner, ensuring amplifiable DNA in all locations.

Swab the inside of each cheek Peel off the protective film Close the device to transfer Open the device by bending
for 15 seconds. exposing the Indicating FTA Card. cells to the Indicating FTA Card; back the handle to release the
ensure the foam applicator is foam applicator from under the
snapped into place. snap clips.

Ordering Information – EasiCollect


Description Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
EasiCollect WB120462 50

FTA and FTA Elute


FTA Technology
Collect, Transport, Archive, and Isolate Nucleic
Acids – all at room temperature
FTA and FTA Elute cards utilize patented Whatman FTA
technology that simplifies the handling and processing
of nucleic acids.

FTA Cards contain chemicals that lyse cells, denature proteins,


and protect nucleic acids from nucleases, oxidative, and UV Whatman FTA devices format
damage. FTA Cards rapidly inactivate organisms, including
bloodborne pathogens, and prevent the growth of bacteria
and other microorganisms. US Patent Nos. 5496562, 5756126,
5807527, 5972386, 5985327 and other patents pending.

223
n u c l e i c a c i d an d p r o t e i n sa m p l e p r e pa r a t i o n | F TA & F TA ELUTE

Advantages and Benefits


• Capture nucleic acid in one easy step
• Captured nucleic acid is ready for downstream applications
in less than 30 minutes
• DNA collected on FTA Cards is stable for years at room
temperature
• FTA Cards are stored at room temperature before and after
sample application, reducing the need for laboratory freezers
• Suitable for virtually any cell type
• Indicating FTA Cards change color upon sample application
to facilitate handling of colorless samples
• F TA Cards are available in a variety of configurations
Electron micrograph showing DNA entrapped within the FTA matrix
to meet application requirements (magnification × 10,000)
• Custom configurations are available on request

Use FTA for a Wide Range of Applications: These FTA Cards change from pink to white when sample is
• Forensics applied, verifying the location of the sample.
• Transgenic identification
FTA Cards Used with Virtually Any Sample Type
• Plasmid screening • Blood
• Food and agriculture testing • Cultured cells
• Drug discovery • Buccal cells
• Genomics • Plant material
• STR analysis • Bacteria
• Animal identification • Plasmids
• Molecular diagnostics • Microorganisms
• Whole genome amplification • Solid tissue
• Molecular biology
Captured Nucleic Acid is Ready for Downstream
Capture Nucleic Acids in One Easy Step Applications in Less than 30 Minutes
Simply apply your sample to the FTA Card. Cell membranes Captured nucleic acids are ready for purification when you
and organelles are lysed and the released nucleic acids are are. Just take a punch from the FTA Card, wash with FTA
entrapped in the fibers of the matrix. The nucleic acids remain Purification Reagent and rinse with TE-1 (10 mM Tris-HCI,
immobilized and are stabilized for transport, immediate 0.1 mM EDTA, pH 8) buffer. DNA on the washed punch is
processing or long-term room temperature storage. ready to use in applications such as PCR, SNP analysis,
whole genome amplification, and real-time PCR. Since
Since captured nucleic acids are stabilized, FTA Cards facilitate PCR products remain in solution, the punch can be used
sample collection in remote locations and simplify sample for multiple amplifications.
transport. For example, you can collect samples in the field
without worrying about immediate refrigeration. Ship your
samples back to the laboratory without expensive special
handling or dry ice and process at your convenience.

Indicating FTA Cards are recommended for colorless samples.

224
Store Nucleic Acids at Room Temperature for Years
Genomic DNA stored on FTA Cards at room temperature for
over 17 years (and counting) has been successfully amplified
by PCR. RNA, being chemically less stable than DNA, is best
analyzed upon return of samples to the laboratory. Frozen
storage is helpful for RNA preservation.

Sample integrity is optimized when FTA Cards are stored in a


Multi-Barrier Pouch with a Desiccant Packet.

FTA Cards offer a compact room temperature storage system


that reduces the need for precious freezer space.

FTA Classic Card


Four sample areas for application of up to 500 µl whole blood
or 100 µl plant homogenate per card. Convenient for multiple FTA Plant Kit
applications of the same specimen or collection of multiple
animal or plant samples on one card. Different samples can be
processed independently. FTA Gene Card
An FTA Card enclosed in a rigid card frame. Three sample
Indicating FTA Classic Card areas for application of up to 225 µl whole blood or 30 µl plant
Same as FTA Classic Card with a color indicator that changes homogenate per card. Can be utilized in many automatic
from pink to white when sample is applied. Recommended for dispensing/pipetting systems when used with the FTA Gene
use with colorless samples such as buccal or cultured cells. Card Tray (catalog number WB100030).

FTA Mini Card FTA PlantSaver™ Card


Two sample areas for application of up to 250 µl whole blood Plant friendly FTA Card, in a Classic Card format. Features a
or 50 µl plant homogenate per card. Convenient for protocols laminated flap that allows you to vigorously crush the plant
that require different locations for testing and archiving sample into the FTA matrix without damaging the FTA Card.
samples. Different samples can be processed independently.
FTA Kit
Indicating FTA Mini Card Includes: 25 FTA Micro Cards, 50 ml FTA Purification Reagent,
Same as FTA Mini Card with a color indicator that changes 2 Harris Uni-Core Punches with cutting mat, instructions.
from pink to white when sample is applied. Recommended for
use with clear samples such as buccal or cultured cells. FTA Plant Kit
Includes: 20 FTA PlantSaver Cards, 2.0 mm Uni-Core Punch
FTA Micro Card with cutting mat, 50 ml FTA Purification Reagent, 1 pair
One sample area for application of up to 125 µl whole blood or of nitrile gloves, 1 cutting mat and round bottom test tube
25 µl plant homogenate per card. Recommended when only for sample crushing, instructions.
one sample is needed.

Indicating FTA Micro Card


Same as FTA Micro Card with a color indicator that changes
from pink to white when sample is applied. Recommended for
use with clear samples such as buccal or cultured cells.

225
n u c l e i c a c i d an d p r o t e i n sa m p l e p r e pa r a t i o n | F TA & F TA ELUTE

EasiCollect
EasiCollect is a device for collecting buccal cells and transfer
to FTA Cards for DNA capture. Indicating FTA Cards in a
2 × 2" (50 × 50 mm) format fits automated sample punching
equipment for efficient sample processing. A novel foam
applicator collects cells for an all-in-one transfer to FTA Cards
for even distribution of cells across the sample area.

Ordering Information – FTA Nucleic Acid Collection, Storage, and Purification


Description Catalog Maximum Volume/ Maximum Total Sample Areas/Card Cards/Pack
Number Sample Area (µl) Volume/Card (µl)
FTA Cards
EasiCollect WB120462 – – 1 50
FTA Micro Card WB120310 125 125 1 25
FTA Micro Card WB120210 125 125 1 100
FTA Mini Card WB120355 125 250 2 25
FTA Mini Card WB120055 125 250 2 100
FTA Classic Card WB120305 125 500 4 25
FTA Classic Card WB120205 125 500 4 100
FTA Gene Card WB120308 75 225 3 25
FTA Gene Card WB120208 75 225 3 100
Indicating FTA Cards
Indicating FTA Micro Card WB120311 125 125 1 25
Indicating FTA Micro Card WB120211 125 125 1 100
Indicating FTA Mini Card WB120356 125 250 2 25
Indicating FTA Mini Card WB120056 125 250 2 100
Indicating FTA Classic Card WB120306 125 500 4 25
Indicating FTA Classic Card WB120206 125 500 4 100
PlantSaver Cards
FTA PlantSaver Card WB120365 – – 4 25
FTA PlantSaver Card WB120065 – – 4 100
FTA Kits and Packs
FTA Kit WB120067 – – – 25
FTA Plant Kit WB120068 – – – 20

226
FTA Elute Technology
Collect, Transport, Archive, and Isolate Nucleic
Acids – all at room temperature
FTA Elute Cards utilize patented Whatman FTA technology that
simplifies the handling and processing of nucleic acids. DNA is
eluted in an easy step, providing you with DNA in solution for
your amplification needs.

The FTA Elute matrix is chemically treated with proprietary


reagents that lyse cells upon contact causing the release
of nucleic acids. DNA is recovered from the FTA Elute matrix
through a simplified elution process using water and heat.
Inhibitory components, such as hemoglobin, are retained on
the FTA Elute matrix.

The Indicating FTA Elute matrix is the same chemistry as FTA


Elute with an indicating dye that changes from purple to white
upon application of a colorless sample such as saliva, urine,
buccal cell swabs, cultured cells, and bacterial cultures.
FTA Elute Micro Card
Advantages and Benefits
• Samples can be collected, shipped, and stored at room
temperature. Eliminates high costs associated with shipping
samples on ice. Eliminates high costs associated with
laboratory freezer storage requirements. DNA stored on
FTA Elute Cards is stable at room temperature for at least 12
years…and counting.
• Rapidly inactivates organisms, including bloodborne
pathogens. Eliminates the risk of contamination for the
individuals handling the sample. Eliminates classifying
samples as biohazards.
• Sample processing time to isolate DNA is 15-30 minutes.
Eliminates lengthy and multiple step isolation procedures.
•S
 ample processing requires a simple hot water elution
procedure to isolate DNA. Eliminates cost of using a
purification kit.
•S
 ample volume requirements are minimal: 12-40 µl per
collection area. Eliminates venous blood samples and large
blood volume handling/processing. Eliminates the need for
venipuncture equipment and a medical attendant at the site
of collection. Indicating FTA Elute Micro Card

•H
 emoglobin, a known PCR inhibitor, is bound to the
FTA Elute matrix. DNA is recovered in solution free of
PCR inhibitors.

227
n u c l e i c a c i d an d p r o t e i n sa m p l e p r e pa r a t i o n | F TA & F TA ELUTE

Collect and isolate samples quickly and easily

SPOT PUNCH ELUTE

Blood Sample Collection and Isolation of DNA Template 30 Minute Isolation

1 2 3 4 5 6
Procedure Outline
1. Apply sample to FTA Elute matrix; dry thoroughly
2. Punch a 3 mm disc and place in a microcentrifuge tube
3. Rinse punch in 500 μl water, pulse vortex 3 times for 5 seconds
4. Remove water and centrifuge for 5 seconds; pipette off excess water
5. Add 30 μl sterile water, heat at 95°C for 30 min; pulse vortex 60 times; centrifuge
6. Use 5-10 μl eluted mono-stranded DNA in a PCR mixture

Use FTA Elute for a Wide Range of Applications:


• Multiplex PCR
• Sequencing after PCR amplification
• SNP analysis
• STR analysis
• Whole genome amplification
• Quantitative PCR
• Biobanking
• Pharmacogenomics
• Genotyping
• Genetic identification
• Molecular diagnostics
• Transgenic detection

FTA Elute Micro Card


Four sample application circles (11 mm diameter) per card, 40 µl sample per circle.

Indicating FTA Elute Micro Card


One sample application area (25 mm diameter) per card, 40 μl sample per circle.

228
Ordering Information – FTA Elute
Description Catalog Number Sample Areas/Card Cards/Pack
FTA Elute Micro Card WB120401 4 25
FTA Elute Micro Card WB120410 4 100
Indicating FTA Elute Micro Card WB120412 1 25
Indicating FTA Elute Micro Card WB120411 1 100
Dessicant packets (l g) WB100003 – 1000

FTA Concentrator-PS
Parasite Purification
The FTA Concentrator-PS™ is a 25 mm filter funnel with an FTA disc as the filter. It has
a plastic laminate with three 6 mm holes cut into the laminate. This directs the flow
of solution to concentrate the sample.

The FTA Concentrator-PS is designed for fast purification of parasite DNA in


preparation for PCR analysis. The new product combines concentration and
purification into one step, speeding time to detection, and enhanced sensitivity
thanks to FTA technology incorporated in the unit. It is not recommended for
FTA Concentrator-PS
archiving or for bacterial samples.

A 47 mm filter funnel containing Whatman Grade 4 filter paper is recommended


as a prefilter for samples containing large particulates.

Features and Benefits


•S
 peeds time to detection. Combines concentration and purification in one step
to speed results.
• Time- and cost-effective. Eliminates DNA template preparation steps.
• Increases sensitivity. FTA technology supports detection of small numbers
of organisms.
•E
 ffective. Patented chemical formula lyses cells on contact, entrapping DNA
in the matrix.
• Increases productivity. DNA is immediately ready for PCR analysis.
• High-quality DNA. FTA chemicals protect DNA from enzymatic degradation,
environmental damage, and fungal/microbial attack.
• Safe. Infectious pathogens are inactivated after coming in contact with FTA
coated matrices.
•E
 liminates errors. Capture method avoids problems typically associated with
pathogen isolation and concentration and DNA template preparation.
•E
 asy-to-use. No special skills required.

229
n u c l e i c a c i d an d p r o t e i n sa m p l e p r e pa r at i o n | F TA P u rificati o n R e ag e nt & A cc e ss o ri e s

FTA Concentrator-PS
Fifty 25 mm funnel units containing FTA, barrel of funnel has
40 ml volume.

FTA Concentrator-PS Sample-Kit Prefilter through a 47 mm


Five FTA Concentrator-PS funnels, 2 × 25 ml FTA Purification funnel with Grade 4 paper
PROTOCOL
Reagent, 6 mm Harris Uni-Core Punch, instructions. Filter through FTA Concentrator
with low vacuum
Disposable Filter Funnel, Grade 4
Wash twice with 10 ml
Five 47 mm prefilter funnels to remove large particulates. FTA reagent
100 ml Wash twice with 10 ml TE-1
Maximum
Volume of Remove FTA disk and dry
Suspension at 50°C

Punch out 6 mm disks for

PCR triplicate test

Ordering Information – FTA Concentrator-PS Parasite Purification


Description Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
FTA Concentrator-PS Sample Kit SWB120220 5
Disposable Filter Funnel, Grade 4 WB120070* 5
FTA Concentrator-PS  WB120220 50
* Product is only available in the Americas

FTA Purification Reagent


and Accessories
For Collection, Storage, Processing, and Shipping FTA
and FTA Elute Cards
FTA Purification Reagent
• For purification of nucleic acids stored on FTA Cards
• Ensures superior quality DNA for PCR or SNP analysis
•R
 emoves heme, PCR inhibitors, and other potential contaminants

FTA Gene Card Tray


• Holds 2 FTA Gene Cards for use in automatic dispensing/pipetting systems
• Tray footprint conforms to ANSI/SBS standards

FTA purification reagent

230
Harris Micro Punches™ (1.2 mm, 2.0 mm or 3.0 mm) and Cutting Mat
• Recommended for the precise punching of FTA Cards. No sample carryover when
recommended procedures are used. Tips provide up to 2000 punches. Polished
steel tip is case hardened and can be sterilized. The cutting mat ensures clean
sample cuts and extends the life of the cutting tip.
• 1.2 mm punch recommended for use with FTA Cards containing whole blood and
samples with high DNA content
• 2.0 mm punch recommended for use with FTA Cards containing buccal cells,
plasmids, plant, and other samples with lower DNA content
• 3.0 mm punch recommended for use with FTA Elute Cards Harris Uni-Core Punches

Harris Uni-Core Punches


•D
 isposable punch recommended for punching of FTA Cards. No sample carryover
when recommended procedures are used. Tips provide up to 500 punches.
•1
 .2 mm punch recommended for use with FTA Cards containing whole blood and
samples with high DNA content
•2
 .0 mm punch recommended for use with FTA Cards containing buccal cells,
plasmids, plant, and other samples with lower DNA content
•3
 .0 mm punch recommended for use with FTA Elute Cards
• 6.0 mm punch recommended for use with FTA Concentrator-PS

Sterile Foam Tipped Applicator


• For the collection of saliva and buccal cells
Sterile Omni Swab
• Nonabrasive foam head is same size as sample area on Indicating FTA Cards to
facilitate sample application

Sterile Omni Swab


This is a noninvasive device for the collection of saliva and cheek buccal cells. Sterile
Omni Swab features a brush-like swab head that easily ejects from the stem of the
swab for transfer of samples into tubes and multiwell plates. Sterile Omni Swab is
presterilized and individually wrapped for single use.

Multi-Barrier Pouches
Large
• For transporting or storing FTA Classic Cards
• Seven laminated layers protect the card from exposure to gas or liquid
contamination
• Tamper-evident seal maintains sample security
• Outer paper surface for labeling or writing

231
n u c l e i c a c i d an d p r o t e i n sa m p l e p r e pa r at i o n | F TA P u rificati o n R e ag e nt & A cc e ss o ri e s

Small
• Same construction in a smaller size for storing FTA Gene Cards, Mini Cards
or Micro Cards
• Suitable for FTA Elute Micro Cards as well

Desiccant Packets
• Ensure that FTA Cards remain dry during transport or storage
• Change from blue to pink to indicate absorption of moisture

Multi-barrier pouches

Ordering Information – FTA Purification Reagent and Accessories


Description Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Harris Micro Punch
1.2 mm (with cutting mat) WB100005 1
2.0 mm (with cutting mat) WB100007 1
3.0 mm (with cutting mat) WB100038 1
Replacement tip 1.2 mm WB100006 1
Replacement tip 2.0 mm WB100008 1
Replacement tip 3.0 mm WB100042 1
Replacement plunger 1.2 mm WB100025 1
Replacement Plunger 2.0 mm WB100026 1
Replacement plunger 3.0 mm WB100041 1
Replacement cutting mat WB100020 1
Harris Uni-Core Punch
1.2 mm WB100028 4
2.0 mm WB100029 4
3.0 mm WB100039 4
6.0 mm WB100040 4
FTA Purification Reagent
FTA purification reagent 500 ml WB120204 1
Swabs
Sterile foam tipped applicators WB100032 100
Sterile omni swab WB100035 100
Multi-Barrier Pouches
Small (8 × 7 cm) WB100036 100
Large (9 × 15 cm) WB100037 100
Accessories
FTA Gene Card tray WB100030 20
Blood stain cards WB100014 100
Desiccant packets (1 g) WB100003 1000

232
GenSolve DNA
Extraction Kit
For Elution of DNA from FTA Cards
GenSolve is an enzymatic based method for extracting
high-quality, double-stranded DNA from FTA Cards.

DNA is completely extracted from the FTA matrix and, after


purification, is available for a variety of downstream processes
such as PCR, whole genome amplification, and SNP analysis
by Taqman probes, Affymetrix, and Illumina methods.

DNA Yield from a 6 mm Disc with 10 μl


of Whole Blood Applied:
• Yield average: 132 ng
• Yield range: 51-363 ng
• Overall CV of 96 samples: 11%
• Size: up to 35 Kb

Kit Components:
• Recovery solution A, 6 vials
• 1.0% LiDS (Lithium Dodecyl Sulfate) solution, 40 ml
• Protease, > 16 U/g, 1.5 ml
• Recovery solution B, 1.5 ml

Ordering Information – GenSolve: Extracting DNA from FTA Cards


Description Catalog Number
GenSolve Kit WB100050

233
n u c l e i c a c i d an d p r o t e i n sa m p l e p r e pa r a t i o n | C l o n e A rchiving

Clone Archiving
Whatman offers a patented technology to collect, store, backup, and process clone
samples. This revolutionary FTA technology is available in two formats: 96 well card
and 384 well plate.

CloneSaver Card
FTA Technology in 96 Well Format for High-Throughput
Applications
Designed for the collection, long-term storage, and purification of plasmid and BAC
DNA from bacterial clones in a 96 well format.
Sample application to CloneSaver Card
Prepare BAC and Plasmid DNA with Amazing Ease
• Apply 5 µl bacterial culture, resuspended colony or glycerol stock. Cells are
lysed and plasmid or BAC DNA is stabilized for long-term storage or immediate
processing.
• Bacteriophages are inactivated
• DNA is easily accessible for downstream applications
• Store up to 96 samples on each card

Store Sample DNA for Years at Room Temperature


Plasmid DNA stored on CloneSaver Cards is stable at room temperature for at least
four years … and counting.
CloneSaver Card with Multi-Barrier Pouches
DNA is Easily Accessible for Downstream Applications
Transformation
Plasmid DNA can be eluted or used directly on a punch to transform bacteria either
by electroporation or heat-shock methods.

PCR
Immobilized plasmid DNA on a CloneSaver Card punch can be used directly in a
PCR. The PCR products remain in solution, do not bind to the punch, and are easily
recoverable. Plasmid DNA can also be eluted for PCR or other studies.

Sequencing
Plasmid DNA eluted from a CloneSaver punch can be amplified by Rolling Circle
Amplification, such as TempliPhi™ from GE Healthcare, and then sequenced without
the need for culture regrowth and plasmid purification.

234
CloneSaver Resealable Multi-Barrier Pouches
Used for transporting or storing the CloneSaver Card. The pouch is constructed
with seven laminated layers that protect the card from exposure to gas or liquid
contamination. There is a zip-lock resealable closure for easy access to the
CloneSaver Card. The tamper-evident seal maintains sample security and the outer
paper surface can be used for labeling or writing.

SPOT CloneSaver Holder


SPOT CloneSaver Holder is a rigid frame that allows automated spotting to standard
CloneSaver Cards. It keeps the card flat for uniform and precise spotting of biological
samples. The 96 well card is easily inserted into the ANSI/SBS-compatible frame,
which can then be placed onto a liquid-handling deck just like a multiwell plate. SPOT Holder
The SPOT CloneSaver Holder is compatible with standard liquid handlers
manufactured by companies such as Beckman Coulter and Tecan Instruments.

Ordering Information – CloneSaver Card


Description Catalog Maximum Volume/ Maximum Total Sample Areas/Card Cards/Pack
Number Sample Area (µl) Volume/Card (µl)
CloneSaver Card WB120028 5 480 96 Well Format 5
CloneSaver Resealable WB100024 – – – 50
Multi-Barrier Pouch
SPOT CloneSaver Holder for WB100034 – – – 1 holder
semi-automated spotting

235
n u c l e i c a c i d an d p r o t e i n sa m p l e p r e pa r a t i o n | C l o n e A rchiving

Elu-Quik DNA Purification Kit


The Elu-Quik™ Kit provides a convenient and versatile
method for purifying DNA from 500 bp to 200 Kb. The kit is
recommended for the isolation of genomic DNA from whole
cells and tissues, as well as purification of single- and double-
stranded fragments from gel slices or plasmid minipreps.

The Elu-Quik Kit relies on the affinity of DNA for glass particles
in the presence of sodium perchlorate binding buffer. After
several washing steps to remove contaminants and cellular
debris, the DNA is eluted from the glass in TE-1 buffer or water.
The highly pure DNA is ready for further analysis without the
need for ethanol precipitation. The optimized buffers in the kit
provide high yields and the rod-shaped glass particles reduce Elu-Quik DNA Purification Kit
shearing of genomic DNA. Yields typically are greater than
650 µg from 108 cells.

Features and Benefits


• Optimized buffer system provides high DNA yields
• Versatile kit allows isolation of DNA from a variety of sources
• Samples are eluted in TE-1 buffer or water, ready for further
assays without ethanol precipitation
• Uniform glass rods minimize shearing of DNA

Ordering Information – Elu-Quik DNA Purification Kit


Description Catalog Number
Elu-Quick DNA Purification Kit* 10462620
* Includes: 5 ml Glass Concentrate in Binding Buffer, 125 ml Sodium Perchlorate Binding Buffer, 20 ml Lysis Buffer,
125 ml Wash Buffer Concentrate, 125 ml Salt Reduction Buffer (1) and 125 ml Salt Reduction Buffer (1)

236
Elutip-d Purification Minicolumns
High Recovery of DNA
The Elutip-d™ minicolumns are designed for purification of DNA with high recovery
rates. They provide a simple and convenient method for purification of DNA in the
15 bp to 50 Kb range.

The Elutip-d columns are excellent for the removal of unincorporated nucleotides
and other contaminants from radiolabeling reactions to reduce background levels
and increase sample activity. They also provide an excellent method for isolation of
nucleic acids from low-melt agarose gels.

The Elutip-d column matrix binds nucleic acids in high quantities upon sample
application under low salt conditions. Contaminants are washed through the column
and the purified DNA is then eluted with high salt. The eluted sample is ready for use
in a variety of assays that require high purity of the nucleic acid.
Elutip-d
Elutip-d columns are used with standard syringes. Optional prefilters contain
nonbinding cellulose acetate membranes and are designed to increase efficiency
by removing gel pieces that could otherwise clog the column.

Features and Benefits


• High recovery of single- and double-stranded DNA
• Eliminates contaminants that can cause high background or interfere with
sample activity
• Sample is eluted in a small volume
• 100 µg capacity

Ordering Information – Elutip-d Purification Minicolumns


Description Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Elutip-d Starter Kit* 10462615 1
Elutip-d columns 10462617 50
Elutip-d columns 10462618 250
Elutip-d prefilters 10484224** 50
* Includes: 15 Columns and 15 Prefilters (0.45 µm CA membrane)
** Product is only available in the Americas

237
n u c l e i c a c i d an d p r o t e i n sa m p l e p r e pa r a t i o n | C l o n e A rchiving

Elutrap Electroelution System


Elution of Nucleic Acids and Proteins from
Gel Slices
The Elutrap™ System is designed to isolate nucleic acids
and proteins from agarose or polyacrylamide gel slices by
electroelution. Samples are purified with excellent recovery
into volumes as low as 200 µl, without requiring sample
pretreatment or special buffers.

The Elutrap System can be used with most horizontal gel


electrophoresis chambers. The Elutrap Electrophoresis
Chamber allows for the most efficient flow of current
through the device and can be used for up to four samples Elutrap Electroelution System
simultaneously.

Assembly of the Elutrap System is very easy. Gel slices are


placed in the middle of the Elutrap device, which is then placed
into a horizontal electrophoresis chamber. Molecules migrate
from the gel slice into a trap area formed by BT1 and BT2
membranes. The membrane placement is adjustable, allowing
final elution trap volumes to be optimized for the particular
assay. The Elutrap System can also be used for concentration
of dilute solutions.

Features and Benefits


• Versatile system can be used for nucleic acids and proteins
• Purifies nucleic acids 14 bp to 150 Kb; proteins larger
than 3-5 kD
• No salt cushions or special buffers required for elution
• Adjustable trap allows optimization of final sample volume
• Electrophoresis chamber holds up to four Elutrap devices
simultaneously

Ordering Information – Elutrap Electroelution System


Description Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Elutrap BT1 Membranes for Elutrap System 10404090 100
Elutrap BT2 Membranes for Elutrap System 10404092 100
Elutrap Starter Kit 10447700 1
Includes: Elutrap Device (1), BT1 Membranes (50), BT2 Membranes (50)
Elutrap System Kit – 4-Pack 10447705 1
Includes: Elutrap Device (4), Electrophoresis Chamber (1), BT1 Membranes (50), BT2 Membranes (50)
Elutrap System Starter Kit 10447724 1
Includes: Elutrap Device (1), Electrophoresis Chamber (1), BT1 Membranes (50), BT2 Membranes (50)

238
PCR Clean-up UNIFILTER
Process 96 or 384 samples quickly by a bind-wash-elute
method with greater than 85% recovery. The PCR Clean-up
UNIFILTER eliminates time-consuming precipitations and
labor-intensive resin purifications. Purified DNA is ready for
sequencing, hybridization assays, and microarrays.

The PCR Clean-up UNIFILTER can be used with both vacuum


and centrifuge techniques. (Centrifugation is recommended
for final elution with the 384 well UNIFILTER.)

96 well PCR Clean-up UNIFILTER

Ordering Information – PCR Clean-up UNIFILTER


Well Well Volume (µl) Catalog Number Plate Material Filter Media Well Bottom Quantity/
Format Pack
UNIFILTER
96 800 7700-2810 Clear polystyrene DNA binding Filter, LDD 25
384 100 7700-2110 Clear polystyrene DNA binding plate Filter, LDD 50
UNIPLATE Collection Plate
96 250 7701-5250* Natural polypropylene – “V” 50
384 100 7701-1100 Clear polystyrene – Flat 50
* Does not comply with ANSI/SBS standards
LDD – Long Drip Director

Dye Terminator Removal


UNIFILTER – 96 Well and
384 Well
The Whatman Dye Terminator Removal plates are available in
96 well and 384 well formats. These plates can be used with
gel filtration media for high-throughput sequencing reaction
clean-up, including removal of dye blobs.

They are constructed from rigid polystyrene that can


withstand centrifugation. Laboratory packing of gel filtration
media is less expensive than prepacked plates or spin
96 well Dye Terminator Removal UNIFILTER
columns.

239
n u c l e i c a c i d an d p r o t e i n sa m p l e p r e pa r a t i o n | P las m id / bac sa m ple preparati o n

Ordering Information – Dye Terminator Removal UNIFILTER


Well Format Well Volume (µl) Catalog Number Plate Material Well Bottom Quantity/Pack
UNIFILTER
96 800 7700-2801 Clear polystyrene, GF/C Filter, LDD 25
384 100 7700-1101 Clear polystyrene, GF/C Filter, LDD 50
UNIPLATE Collection Plate
96 750 7701-5750 Natural polypropylene Round 25
384 80 7701-5101 Natural polypropylene “V” 50
LDD – Long Drip Director

Plasmid/BAC Sample Preparation


96 Well Bacterial Growth Plate
The Whatman high-throughput Bacterial Growth Plate can simplify and accelerate
the growth of 96 individual 1.5 ml bacterial cultures. It is used for both overnight
cultivation and the initial “spin down” of bacteria. Made of medical-grade
polypropylene with a clear polystyrene lid, this gamma-irradiated plate eliminates
the need to grow multiple, discrete cultures. It also optimizes space and efficiency in
the incubator.

96 Well Lysate Clarification UNIFILTER


The Whatman Lysate Clarification UNIFILTER can utilize either vacuum or a
centrifuge. The vacuum process is significantly easier to automate with consistency
across all wells. It also has an average DNA recovery rate 10-30% higher than the
manual centrifuge method. This method filters out cell debris to obtain plasmid DNA
in the aqueous phase. Whatman filter technology results in high particle retention
and fast flow rates while producing a clean lysate. The Lysate Clarification plate is an
important tool for high-throughput plasmid DNA purification.

96 Well DNA Binding UNIFILTER


Whatman Plasmid DNA Binding UNIFILTER works either as a stand-alone plate
or as part of our high-throughput miniprep system. Plasmid DNA is bound to the
filter under chaotropic conditions, washed twice, and then vacuumed to dryness
on a vacuum manifold. The plasmid DNA is eluted by vacuum in a final volume of
100 µl into a nonbinding polypropylene collection plate using water or TE-1 buffer.
The DNA is ready to use and further ethanol precipitation is unnecessary. The final
concentration is 50-100 ng/µl, depending on the original culture. The OD260/280
ratio is 1.9 and the yields in all 96 wells “max out” at 6 µg.

The Plasmid DNA Binding Plate can be used with both vacuum and centrifuge
techniques, making it a vital and flexible tool in every high-throughput laboratory.

240
384 Well DNA Binding UNIFILTER
The 384 well DNA Binding UNIFILTER Plate effectively binds and purifies DNA
molecules. It provides highly reproducible results with yields exceeding 2 µg/well,
from bind-wash-elute processing with collection by filtration. Minimal liquid hang-up
allows for reduced elution volume, enabling DNA concentration as high as 150 ng/µl.
Further ethanol precipitation is unnecessary. The DNA is ready to use.

BAC Prep UNIFILTER


With increasing demand for simple and fast methods to purify DNA from bacterial
cultures, the Whatman BAC Prep Microplate provides the solution for the clarification
of lysates containing large insert vectors.

This microplate has a cellulose acetate membrane with a special support, which
clears nonchaotropic bacterial lysates, and long drip directors. Without further
purification, the DNA is clean enough for further enzymatic manipulation. Cellulose
acetate acts as both a depth filter and a fine particle filter. The 0.45 µm pores do not
block because of the depth effect of the membrane. Cellulose acetate is also inert
and does not bind either DNA or protein.

Ordering Information – Plasmid/BAC Sample Preparation


Well Well Catalog Plate Material Description Well Quantity/Pack
Format Volume (µl) Number Bottom
96 Well Bacteria Growth Plate UNIPLATE
96 2000 7701-5205 Natural polypropylene Irradiated with lid Round 25 (individually bagged)
96 Well Lysate Clarification UNIFILTER
96 800 7720-2830 Clear polystyrene Lysate clarification plate – 25
96 and 384 Well DNA Binding UNIFILTER
96 800 7700-2810 Clear polystyrene DNA binding Filter, LDD 25
384 100 7700-2110 Clear polystyrene DNA binding Filter, LDD 50
BAC Prep UNIFILTER
96 800 7700-2808 Clear polystyrene 0.45 µm CA Filter, LDD 25
UNIPLATE Collection Plates
96 750 7701-5750 Natural polypropylene N/A Round 25
96 2000 7701-5203 Natural polypropylene N/A – 25
384 100 7701-1100 Clear polystyrene N/A – 50
CA – Cellulose Acetate
LDD – Long Drip Director

241
neona t al sc r een i n g p r oduc t s

Neonatal Screening Products


Originally used to test for phenylketonuria (PKU), these
cards now screen for more than 30 potential diseases.
Simple. Accurate. Effective. Lifesaving. Now you can help
every infant be safe, be healthy.

244 903 Specimen Collection Paper

248 Specimen Collection Devices


neonatal screening produc ts | 9 0 3 spec i m en collec t i on pape r

Neonatal Screening Products


Whatman offers a line of products for neonatal and population screening. These products are used
in physicians’ offices, home blood sample collection kits for use by healthcare professionals, and in
methods for sample archiving.
Specimen collection papers allow researchers to collect
samples for analysis from a wide range of sources. Samples
can be collected in a controlled laboratory environment or in
more challenging field environments.

It is important that the paper selected for specimen collection


is extremely pure and consistent and has excellent absorption
characteristics.

Neonatal screening

903 Specimen Collection Paper


For Specimen Collection and Transport hypothyroidism, galactosemia, branched-chain ketonuria,
Since Dr. Robert Guthrie first published procedures for maple sugar urine disorder, and sickle-cell anemia. More
screening newborns for phenylketonuria (PKU), the 903 recently, with the advent of tandem mass spectrometry
specimen collection paper has been widely used globally for technology, many programs are adding less frequently
body fluid sample collection, transport, analysis, and archiving. occurring disorders to their panel of assays, including MCAD,
cystic fibrosis, and a range of amino acid disorders.
The 903 paper is used in virtually all Europe and US Newborn
Screening Programs and in most Newborn Screening Guaranteed Consistency
Programs throughout the world. In Europe, it is registered by Whatman maintains statistical process control (SPC) over
our regulatory body and complies with CE directive 98/79/ the manufacture of 903 specimen collection paper. State-
CE. In the US, it is considered an FDA listed Class II medical of-the-art equipment ensures uniformity and adherence to
device. Widespread testing for phenylketonuria (PKU) has specified parameter ranges. Since the stability of the collected
led to early detection and intervention for tens of thousands sample can be affected by the composition of the paper,
of babies worldwide. Newborn Screening Programs today Whatman carefully controls the manufacturing process to
screen for, depending on the state or country, anywhere ensure consistent composition, uniform thickness, flow-rate,
from three to eleven or more conditions, including congenital absorbency, and purity.

244
Manufacturing Quality
The 903 paper is manufactured from 100% pure cotton linters with no wet-strength
additives. Whatman guarantees to the newborn screening community that each lot
of paper that is manufactured will last for at least 12 months at current usage levels.

As 903 paper is a regulated product (in Europe a CE compliant device and in the U.S.
an FDA Class II medical device), Whatman complies with FDA Regulations during 903
manufacture. Products are tested to ensure that the product complies with the FDA
consensus performance standard for blood collection on filter paper for Newborn
Screening Programs. This Clinical and Laboratory Standards Institute (CLSI) standard
defines the performance requirements required when blood is applied to the filter
paper. These requirements include: the time for 100 μl of blood applied to the paper
to be absorbed, the spot diameter made by 100 μl of blood, serum uptake volume
of a 1/8" disc, and grammage. Whatman 903 paper is strictly quality controlled for
serum uptake, absorption characteristics, and lot-to-lot consistency.

During the production of a lot of 903 paper, Whatman Quality Control test the
time for 100 μl of blood applied to the paper to be absorbed, together with the
diameter of the spot made by the blood. Random samples taken throughout the lot
are then subject to testing by an independent lab and by the Centers for Disease
Control, Newborn Screening Program. This test is undertaken to demonstrate that
the lot of paper complies with all the requirements, including serum uptake, of
the CLSI performance standard for blood collection on filter paper for Newborn
Screening Programs.

Post-Printing Quality
For most applications, the 903 paper is printed and provided as part of a form
that includes detailed demographic information about the patient being tested.
Requirements for printing filter paper for use in Newborn Screening Programs are
provided in the CLSI (formally NCCLS) standard. Improper printing can calender or
crush the paper, negatively impacting its absorption characteristics. This can result
in unacceptably long absorption times, layering of blood spots, and incomplete
absorption. Therefore, Whatman Quality Assurance tests a random sampling of
forms from all printed collection form lots for blood absorption time, circle size, and
caliper. A certificate of analysis is available upon request for each lot of printed blood
collection forms.

Beyond Neonatal Testing


903 paper is a medium for whole blood collection in Newborn Screening Programs;
however, 903 can also be used in other related applications, for example as a
specimen receptacle for the primary containment and preservation of blood derived
from the body for in vitro diagnostic examination. Such applications may include
the collection of blood spots at a physician’s office for subsequent analysis of the
concentration of lead in blood at a central laboratory. Users should qualify protocols
for any specific downstream assay of blood held on 903 for validity and safety, and
define and validate the limits of detection.

Some laboratories analyze nucleic acids in samples collected on 903 paper. While
this work can be done, we strongly recommend our FTA and FTA Elute range of
products as being much more suitable for DNA and RNA applications. See p. 223 for
more information on these products.

245
neonatal screening produc ts | 9 0 3 P r o t e i n S ave r C a r ds

Dry Rak for Collection Card Drying


The Whatman Dry Rak™ is designed to accommodate multiple collection forms
at one time, safely and properly air-drying the blood specimens in a suspended
horizontal position (CLSI Document LA4-A5, Vol. 27, No. 20). The Dry Rak is easily
assembled and can be affixed to a wall (reference 10539521) or counter top
(reference 10537173) with optional Velcro stickers.

903 Protein Saver Cards


Whatman offers a variety of generic collection cards that
meet the requirements for many sampling programs.

903 Multiple-Part Neonatal Card


The multiple-part neonatal card includes a demographic
portion in duplicate where information about the newborn,
parents, physician, and care can be entered. Each card has
a unique sequential number and bar code. The multi-part
903 collection paper is imprinted with five half-inch (13 mm)
circles and has a wraparound cover to protect the 903 paper
before and after sample collection. Each circle holds 75-80 µl
of blood.
Multiple-part neonatal card
903 Protein Saver Card
The sample collection area of the 903 Protein Saver Card
contains five half-inch (13 mm) circles. Each circle holds 75-80
µl of sample. The wraparound cover has spaces for name
and date of collection and is imprinted with the universal
biohazard symbol in accordance with USPS regulations. It fits
into Whatman foil barrier Ziploc® bags for storage. This is for
research use only.

903 Protein Saver Card

246
903 Protein Saver Snap-apart Card
The 903 paper in this device, imprinted with four half-inch
circles, is enclosed between two pieces of cover stock. Each
circle holds 75-80 µl of sample. To use, one cover is snapped
off, the sample is collected, and the remaining cover is folded
over the sample. This cover is imprinted with the universal
biohazard symbol in accordance with USPS regulations.
This is for research use only.

Regulation Disclaimer – CE Mark


Under current regulations, specimen collection cards,
including neonatal screening cards, which are to be used for
human diagnostic tests, are classified as “other” IVD devices
under the European IVD Directive 98/79/CE and require the
CE Mark if sold within the European Union. All 903 specimen
collection devices manufactured and printed by Whatman Protein Saver Snap-apart Card
for neonatal testing in the EU undergo post-printing quality
control and carry the CE Mark. Whatman will assume
no responsibility for the quality or performance of 903 Please contact our Technical Support for more information,
collection devices converted, printed or packaged by or visit our web site at http://www.whatman.com/
third party suppliers. neonatalscreeningproducts.aspx

Training Materials Within Europe, our 903 card packs now include instructions
Educational materials illustrating the proper method for for use in various languages. These documents can be
collecting neonatal samples are available from Whatman in downloaded from our web site at http://www.whatman.com/
five languages: English, German, French, Italian, and Spanish. productinserts.aspx

Ordering Information – 903 Protein Saver Cards


Description Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
903 Protein Saver Card 10534612* 100
903 Protein Saver Card 10531018** 100
903 Multiple-Part Neonatal Card 10537279* 100
903 Protein Saver Snap-apart Card 10534320 100
903 Neonatal cards 10538069 100
Dry Rak (without Velcro) 10537173 10
Dry Rak (with Velcro) 10539521 10
Hand punch 3.1 mm 10495010 1
Biohazard labels 7/8" × 7/8" 10534150 1000
Foil-Barrier Ziploc bags (for cards 95 × 130 mm max) 10534321 100
Plastic Ziploc storage bags 4" × 6" 10548232 100
Desiccant pack 10548234 100
Glassine envelopes 3 1/4" × 4 7/8" 10548236 100
* Product is only available in the Americas
** Product is only available in Europe

247
neonatal screening produc ts | spec i m en collec t i on D ev i ces

Specimen Collection
Devices
Custom Printing
Whatman offers customized collection devices for use in
large sampling studies. Specimen collection papers enable
researchers and clinicians to obtain samples for analysis from
a wide range of sources.

Regardless of where a sample is collected, information about


the sample must be recorded and cataloged for each sample.
Whatman custom printed forms are designed with this
function in mind.
Customized collection devices

Whatman can develop individually designed collection


matrices, which can be used as a single-part form or
incorporated into multiple-part specimen collection forms.

Custom Collection Device Options


Whatman recommends that the following information be
included on a custom 903 card as recommended by CLSI. This
is to ensure that your laboratory is compliant with the CLSI
recommendations. Information below is taken from the CLSI
document (LA4-A5, Vol. 27, No. 20): Blood Collection on Filter
Paper for Newborn Screening Programs; Approved Standard-
Fifth Edition.

Minimum Preprinted Information


The following is the minimum necessary demographic
information required to achieve the screening goals.
Additional information may be included at the discretion of the
screening programs in order to meet specific needs. Consult
local regulations and institutional policies for deviations from
minimum preprinted information.
• Infant’s last name (first if available)
• Mother’s first and last name (optional: include mother’s
maiden name)
• Sex
• Birth date (optional: include time of birth)
• Date of specimen collection
• Infant’s age (indicate if less than 24 hours; optional: include
time of collection)

248
• Patient identification number (e.g., medical record number;
optional: include address and phone number)
• Birth weight
• Submitter’s identification and address
(optional: include birth facility)
• Physician’s name (healthcare provider)
and telephone number
• Name of Newborn Screening Program and address
• Unique nonrepeating serial number
• Expiration date of specimen collection device
• Appropriate number of preprinted circles should be available
with preprinted broken- or dotted-line circles on one side of
the filter paper section (with optional printing of circles on
Specimen collection forms
both sides). (In the United States, the preprinted circle (1/2
inch [13 mm] internal diameter) is filled to the printed line by
75 µl of blood while 100 µl fills slightly beyond the print.)
• Manufacturer and lot number of filter paper indicated on the
filter paper section, and manufacturer or printer listed on the
patient information section of the form (optional: bar codes
may be imprinted on the specimen collection device)

Whatman also recommends that the expiration date is printed


on the card, as per the CLSI recommendations.

Shelf Life
The printed collection device (card) for newborn screening has
a shelf life of three years. Carbonless paper has a shelf life
of approximately three years and is sensitive to temperature
changes. When cards are removed from the shipping
carton, they should be stored in their original wrapping
and stacked in a manner that avoids compressing the
filter paper. Compression of the filter paper will alter its
performance characteristics.

Sequential Numbering
Forms can be provided with sequential numbering for tracking
and identification.

Cassette Format
Custom cassette formats are suited for automated processing.

249
neonatal screening produc ts | spec i m en collec t i on D ev i ces

Dual Paper Specimen Collection Cards


With increasing frequency, Newborn Screening Programs and
diagnostics companies are doing both protein-based and
molecular testing from the same blood spots, often in different
laboratories. To assist in this process, Whatman has developed
a variety of sample collection card designs that incorporate
two pieces of filter paper, one sheet of FTA and two sheets of
903. In order to ensure accuracy of identification, the papers
can be bar coded. This is not an in vitro diagnostic device.

Bar Codes
Forms can be provided with bar coding on the demographic
portion of the form and/or directly on the specimen collection
paper in any bar code format that can print alphanumeric
characters (letters, digits, and some special symbols).
Data integrity is fortified by the use of modulus check
digit characters.
Parent information pamphlets
OCR-Scannable Format
Whatman can use special inks for printing forms that are
invisible to optical character recognition (OCR) scanners,
ensuring that scanners will detect only the variable
demographic information.

Parent Information Sheets/Pamphlets


Parent information sheets that are part of the neonatal
collection device and include the device numbers can
be provided as the first part of a multiple-part form.
Alternatively, detailed parent information pamphlets
can be glued to the form.

Transfer or Mailing Envelopes


Whatman can provide custom envelopes for mailing of
samples to the central laboratory, for sending a screening
form home with the parent for follow-up sampling, or sending
samples to separate laboratories for nonstandard screening Envelopes
tests, for example, for DNA testing or supplemental screening.
These envelopes are frequently color-coded.

250
Hearing Section
It is possible to add a section to a form for hearing test results. This puts all the
screening results together in a database under a single control number.

Tip-ons
This is an economical alternative to using a full sheet of collection paper. Whatman
can attach a small piece of 903 filter paper onto the end of a form, minimizing costs
while ensuring high-quality results.

Color Coding
Custom printed forms can be color-coded to simplify form distribution before and
after sample collection and to readily identify samples that require nonstandard or
supplemental testing.

Colored Inks and Papers


Forms can be printed in colored inks and/or screen tints as well as your choice of
colored papers.

Multiple-Part Forms
Printing of up to 8-part forms offers convenience and maintains integrity of
information on all parts.

Wraparound Covers
Offering a variety of wraparound covers to ensure long-term sample integrity.
Some of the options include 28-pound paper, translucent glassine or clear
moisture-proof barrier.

Custom Packaging
A specified coding system can be printed on every package, carton, and shipping
box. Outside cartons can be labeled to reflect the sequential numbering of the
forms enclosed.

Snap-apart Format
903 specimen collection paper is protected prior to use. After sample application, the
cover folds over and tucks into the flap in “matchbook” fashion.

251
pr o t e i n micr o arra y s

Protein Microarrays
In many applications, these tools are used for
advanced research applications such as identifying
novel protein-protein interactions, screening entire
proteomes for new proteins, and profiling hundreds
of patient samples simultaneously – all so we can
better understand the human body.

254 Protein Microarrays

256 FAST Slides

257 FAST PAK

259 Slide Incubation Chambers

260 Slide Holders

262 Protein Array Buffers and Reagents


263 MicroCaster Arrayer

265 FAST Quant System

267 FAST Quant 40 Human

269 MicroVigene for FAST Quant Analysis Software

270 Serum Biomarker Chip

272 ULS Biotin Single Color Labeling System

273 Two-Color Labeling and Detection System

274 Protein Array Services


Protein MicroArrays | P r o t e i n M icr o arra y s

Protein Microarrays
Protein microarrays are tools that can be used in many different areas of research, including basic
and translational research. Protein arrays can take on many different formats and can be used to
do more than simple expression profiling of samples.
Recent publications have demonstrated that protein microarrays can be used to
phenotype leukemia cells, identify novel protein-protein interactions, screen entire
proteomes for new proteins, and profile hundreds of patient samples simultaneously.
Whatman has led the way in protein array technology starting with the development
of the FAST™ Slide: the premier protein arraying surface.

Whatman offers kits, reagents, and protocols for scientists who wish to develop
their own protein arrays, as well as off-the-shelf arrays and a variety of protein
array services.

Quantitative immunoassays

Proteomic Arrays
Proteomic arrays are typically high-density arrays (> 1000 elements/array) that are
used to identify novel proteins or protein-protein interactions. The library that is
arrayed can come from many possible sources, including expression libraries, and
can contain known, as well as unknown, elements. The sample to probe the array
can come from virtually any source.

To detect proteins that are bound to the array, the samples must be labeled directly
with a fluorophore or a hapten. Alternatively, in some applications antibodies can be
used to detect binding events. One common use is for antibody screening.

Microspot ELISA and Antibody Arrays Proteomic arrays


Microspot ELISA and antibody arrays are used for quantitative profiling of protein
expression in cell cultures or clinical specimens. Typically, these arrays are low-
density (9-100 elements/array). In these arrays, known antibodies are arrayed and
used to capture antigens from unknown samples. To detect antigen that is bound
to the array, the antigen either needs to be labeled directly with a fluorophore, or
a second binder/antibody can be used. The latter option creates a sandwich assay
similar to a traditional ELISA, only in a microspot format. The Whatman FAST Quant
Cytokine Quantification Kits offer an example of a microspot sandwich assay.

Microspot ELISA and antibody arrays

254
Single-Capture Antibody Arrays
Single-capture antibody arrays consist of multiple, known antibodies arrayed to a
solid surface and used to profile the presence of specific antigens from a pooled
sample, usually consisting of both a normal and disease-present sample. A single
capture antibody array utilizes a direct or hapten labeling system, which does not
require a matched antibody. Single-capture antibody arrays offer a qualitative
profiling tool to detect binding events. The Whatman Serum Biomarker Chip offers
an example of a single-capture antibody array.

Antigen Arrays or Reverse Arrays


Single-capture antibody arrays
One application of antigen arrays is to interrogate research or clinical samples
for the presence of auto-antibodies. Normally, a low-density array is probed with
serum or plasma samples. Reverse arrays are used to profile dozens or hundreds
of samples (research or clinical) for the presence of a small number of antigens
(1-3). Cell lysates, material from laser capture microdissection or serum samples
are arrayed. This creates an array of “unknowns” that can be probed with a small
number of antibodies. Visualization can be performed with a detection or “top”
antibody linked to a fluorophore or color detection reagent.

Microarray Westerns
An alternative strategy for protein microarrays is to array samples containing
multiple proteins on the FAST Slide and probe with a labeled antibody or set of
antibodies. The advantage of the micro format is that extracts from various
Antigen arrays or reverse arrays
treatments and time points can be arrayed on the same slide. Once arrayed, the
levels of multiple proteins can be measured and compared simultaneously.

Protein Binder Arrays


Protein arrays can be used to identify novel protein binding motifs or protein-protein
interactions. Engineered or synthetic proteins, or peptides with various binding
motifs are arrayed, and the array is probed with complex protein samples.
Detection with a known antibody allows the researcher to identify previously
unknown binding events.

Protein binder arrays

255
Protein MicroArrays | F A S T S lid e s

FAST Slides
Protein Microarray Surface
FAST Slides are the premier surface for protein microarray
applications. They are now manufactured in a highly
automated process that provides excellent control and
very high reproducibility.

FAST Slides are glass slides coated with a proprietary


nitrocellulose polymer. The polymer binds proteins in a non-
covalent, irreversible manner and can be probed using the
same method as in traditional blots.

The three-dimensional surface of a FAST Slide maintains


reactivity of proteins and gives excellent reproducible results.
It is usable with fluorescent, chemiluminescent or radiographic
detection systems and is compatible with microarray scanners
and robots.

Perhaps the most significant advantage of FAST Slides over


modified glass surfaces is that the matrix retains arrayed Compatible Detection Methodologies
proteins in near-quantitative fashion. This property translates FAST Slides are compatible with fluorescent, chemiluminescent
into antibody arrays with unparalleled sensitivity down to or radiographic detection systems.
antigen concentrations of 1 pg/ml. These qualities make FAST
Slides the most reliable surface for microarray experiments Accessories
and provide a high level of confidence. Optimal use of FAST Slides is supported by Incubation
Chambers, Slide Holders, and Protein Array Buffers and
Features Reagents. The FAST PAK Kit combines these items (except
• Superior protein binding capacity Slide Holders) in a convenient starter format.
• Highest sensitivity and dynamic range
• Excellent long-term stability of printed proteins
• Compatible with all detection methodologies
• Compatible with commercially available arraying robots

FAST Slides are suitable for many types of protein microarrays,


including antibody arrays and microarray Westerns. There are
tremendous advantages to using FAST Slides over traditional
ELISAs and Westerns, including less sample required, better
sensitivity, linearity, and quantitation. The major advantage is
that hundreds or thousands of antibodies or samples can be
screened simultaneously.

256
Product Specifications – FAST Slides
Slide: 1 × 3" (25 × 76 mm) Description
Surface: Nitrocellulose
Thickness: 11 µm
FAST Slides, 1 pad Up to 10,000 spots (150 µm spot size, 300 µm pitch)
Bar coded
FAST Slides, 2 pad 2× up to 3600 spots (150 µm spot size, 300 µm pitch)
Bar coded
FAST Slides, 8 pad Pad spacing: 9 mm (microplate spacing)
8x up to 256 spots (150 µm spot size, 300 µm pitch)
Not bar coded
FAST Slides, 16 pad Pad spacing: 9 mm (microplate spacing)
16x up to 256 spots (150 µm spot size, 300 µm pitch)
Not bar coded

Ordering Information – FAST Slides


Description Pad Dimensions (mm) Catalog Number Bar Coded Quantity/Pack
FAST Slides, 1 pad 20 × 51 10484182 Yes 20
FAST Slides, 1 pad 20 × 60 10486111 – 20
FAST Slides, 2 pad 20 × 20 10485317 Yes 10
FAST Slides, 8 pad 6×6 10485320 – 10
FAST Slides, 16 pad 6×6 10485323 – 10

FAST PAK
Protein Array Kits
FAST PAK Protein Array Kits provide the necessary components
for researchers to conveniently build and process protein
microarrays.

FAST PAK Kits are available for all FAST Slide formats (1, 2, 8,
and 16 pads). Each kit contains 10 FAST Slides, 10 Incubation
Chambers, 40 Chamber Covers, 10 ml 2× Protein Arraying
Buffer, 15 ml Protein Array Blocking Buffer, and 125 ml 10×
Protein Array Wash Buffer.

A reusable slide holder is also needed, either FAST Frame for


1-4 slides or Chip Clip™ for 1 slide.
Protein Array Kits

257
Protein MicroArrays | F ast P ak

Features and Benefits


• 1, 2, 8 or 16 array pads on each slide
• Each pad can be processed separately to increase the number of arrays on each
slide and reduce sample volume
• Suitable for multiplex experiments, side-by-side comparisons, and control
experiments all on the same slide
• Reproducible results from slide-to-slide and pad-to-pad
• Increased protein stability and enhanced signal intensity with FAST PAK
array buffer
• Proprietary protein array blocking buffer ensures optimum signal-to-noise ratios
and promotes specific binding
• Flexibility for detection by fluorescent, chemiluminescent, colorimetric, and
radiographic methods

Applications
• ELISA format (sandwich assay) experiments using antibody arrays
• Reverse phase (micro-Western) arrays using cell or tissue lysates
• Purified protein arrays
• Carbohydrate arrays
• Lipids and other materials which can be arrayed on nitrocellulose

Ordering Information – FAST PAK Protein Array Kits


Description Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
FAST PAK, 1 pad* 10485262 1
FAST PAK, 2 pad* 10485319 1
FAST PAK, 8 pad* 10485322 1
FAST PAK, 16 pad* 10485325 1
Slide Holders
FAST Frame 10486001 1
Chip Clip 10486081 1
* Includes: FAST Slides (10), Incubation Chambers (10), Chamber Covers (40), 2× Protein Arraying Buffer (10 ml), Protein Array Blocking
Buffer (15 ml) and 10× Protein Array Wash Buffer (125 ml)

258
Slide Incubation Chambers
Whatman array incubation chambers are designed for protein
microarray applications on FAST Slides. The chambers provide
a convenient way to carry out binding reactions on protein
microarrays.

Used in conjunction with the FAST Frame or Chip Clip slide


holder, the incubation chambers have a secure gasket design
forming a tight, leak-proof seal with the FAST Slides. Simply
remove the incubation chamber when the reaction is finished.
These reusable chambers are recommended for use at room
temperature and elevated incubation temperatures up to 76ºC.

Product Specifications – FAST Slide Incubation Chambers


Description External Dimensions (mm) Well Dimensions (L × W × D) (mm) Volume (µl)
Single well array incubation chamber* 79 × 25.4 53 × 22 × 4 600-700
Dual well array incubation chamber** 79 × 25.4 21 × 21 × 4 300-400
16 well array incubation chamber † 79 × 25.4 7×7×4 60-100
* For use with 1 pad FAST Slides, catalog number 10484182
** For use with 2 pad FAST Slides, catalog number 10485317
† For use with 8 and 16 pad FAST Slides, catalog numbers 10485320 and 10485323

Ordering Information – FAST Slide Incubation Chambers


Description Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Single well incubation chamber (for 1 pad FAST Slides) 10486137 10
Dual well incubation chamber (for 2 pad FAST Slides) 10486087 10
16 well incubation chamber (for 8 and 16 pad FAST Slides) 10486046 10

259
Protein MicroArrays | S lid e h o ld e rs

Slide Holders
FAST Frame Multi-Slide Plate
The FAST Frame multi-slide plate is designed to hold
four 16 pad FAST Slides and the corresponding multiwell
incubation chambers in a microplate footprint for high-
throughput processing of microarrays. The footprint
dimensions meet the standards recommended by the
Society for Biomolecular Screening.

The 96 well spacing (9 mm center to center) of the array


pads on 16 pad FAST Slides makes the loaded FAST Frame
compatible with automated liquid handling systems and
8 channel manual pipettors.

Each plate processes up to 64 arrays simultaneously.


The rows and columns on each plate are labeled for
easy indexing and sample application.

The FAST Frame multi-slide plate is constructed of


autoclavable plastic and is compatible with standard
1 × 3" (25 × 76 mm) glass slides when used with Whatman
reusable incubation chambers (1, 2, 16). The FAST Frame
is available as a stand-alone, reusable unit or as a starter
kit. The starter kit contains ten 16 pad FAST Slides, ten
16 pad Incubation Chambers, and 40 Chamber Covers
with the FAST Frame.

FAST Frame

Product Specifications – FAST Frame Multi-Slide Plate

Number of slides up to 4
Row spacing 9 mm
Footprint 128 × 86 mm
Material Delrin, autoclavable

260
Chip Clip
The Single Grip Slide Holder
The Chip Clip securely holds one FAST Slide and incubation
chamber for processing multiple arrays simultaneously.
Used in conjunction with Whatman Incubation Chambers,
the Chip Clip ensures leak-proof barriers around the arrayed
pads on the slide.

The slide and incubation chamber are easily inserted into


and removed from the Chip Clip slide holder; side rails hold
the chamber firmly against the slide surface. The Chip Clip
is compatible with 1 × 3" (25 × 76 mm) slides when used with
incubation chambers.
Chip Clip

Product Specifications – Chip Clip

Number of slides 1
Footprint 50 × 85 mm
Material Delrin, autoclavable

Ordering Information – Slide Holders


Description Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
FAST Frame Multi-Slide Plate 10486001 1
FAST Frame Starter Kit* 10486003 1
Chip Clip Slide Holder 10486081 1
* Includes: 1 FAST Frame, 16 pad FAST Slides (10), 16 Well Incubation Chambers (10), and Chamber Covers (40)

261
Protein MicroArrays | P r o t e i n A rra y buff e rs a n d r e a g e n ts

Protein Array Buffers


and Reagents
Whatman protein array reagents have been optimized for use
on FAST Slides. These reagents include Protein Arraying Buffer,
Protein Array Blocking Buffer, and Protein Array Wash Buffer.

Protein Arraying Buffer


• Enhances long-term protein stability and molecular
recognition activity
• Enhances fluorescent signal from arrayed sample
• Optimized for use on FAST Slides

Protein Array Blocking Buffer


Protein Array Buffers and Reagents
• Demonstrates highly efficient blocking of protein
microarrays
• Exhibits strong reduction of nonspecific antibody-antibody
interactions
• Exhibits minimal effects on specific antibody-antigen
interactions
• Results in superior signal-to-noise ratios in protein
microarray applications
• Superior blocking capabilities

Reduction of Nonspecific Protein-Protein Interaction:


Monoclonal capture antibodies were arrayed on FAST Slides
and probed with an antibody cocktail consisting of 16
biotinylated polyclonal antibodies followed by Streptavidin-Cy5 Blocking with TBS Tween 20®, 0.1% – nonspecific binding of
detection. Images were taken at an identical laser/PMT setting. biotinylated antibodies
The first row of the array field is a positive detection control.

Blocking with Protein Array Blocking Buffer:


Reduction of nonspecific antibody-antibody interactions by
the protein array blocking buffer.

Protein Array Wash Buffer


• Excellent washing buffer for protein microarrays
• Conveniently supplied as 10× concentrate
• Optimized for use on FAST Slide

The Protein Array Wash Buffer has been optimized for efficient
washing of protein microarrays to ensure optimum results.
Blocking with Protein Array Blocking Buffer
This buffer is used as the washing buffer in FAST PAK, FAST
Quant, and the Serum Biomarker Chip Kits.

262
Ordering Information – Protein Array Buffers and Reagents
Description Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Protein Array Buffer (2×) 10 ml 10485331 4
Protein Array Blocking Buffer (1x) 100 ml 10485356 1
Protein Array Wash Buffer (10×) 125 ml 10485330 4

MicroCaster Arrayer
Handheld Microarraying System
The MicroCaster™ is an economical, entry-level manual
microarraying system for principle and pilot studies. With
the MicroCaster 8 Pin hand tool, samples can be loaded
from 96 well or 384 well microtiter plates.

The MicroCaster slide holder accommodates two slides. It has


a built-in indexing system that enables precise printing of up
to 768 spots in an array of 32 × 24 spots. It is very easy to set
up and use with processing time of 5-20 minutes per slide.

The MicroCaster is designed for 1 pad FAST Slides with


20 × 51 mm pad size and is compatible with other
slide surfaces.
MicroCaster arrayer

Product Specifications – MicroCaster Arrayer

Number of spots up to 768


Horizontal pitch x-axis 1250 µm
Vertical pitch y-axis 750 µm
Spot size 500-1000 µm
Print volume (varies with buffer and viscosity) 20-70 nl

263
Protein MicroArrays | micr o cast e r acc e ss o ri e s

MicroCaster Accessories
MicroCaster accessories can be used to increase the flexibility
of the manual arrayer system by providing accurate source-
plate indexing and reliable pin-tool cleaning.

The MicroCaster accessories are compatible with standard


96 well microplates and they reduce hassle with pin-tool
cleaning.

FAST Frame

Ordering Information – MicroCaster Arrayer


Description Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
MicroCaster System* 10485047 1
MicroCaster pin conditioner, 30 ml 10485061 1
MicroCaster replacement pin 10485326 1
MicroCaster pad (pin support pad) 10485370 1
Wash and blot station 10486043 1
96 well microplate indexer 10486044 1
* MicroCaster System includes: MicroCaster 8 Pin System Hand Tool, MicroCaster 8 Pin System Slide Holder, MicroCaster Pin Conditioner,
and Spare Replicator Pins

264
FAST Quant System
MicroSpot ELISA for High-Throughput Multiplex
Cytokine Quantification
FAST Quant™ represents a quantum leap forward in protein
microarray technology. With FAST Quant, a researcher can
accurately determine the concentration of multiple cytokines
in dozens of biological samples simultaneously, using familiar
ELISA immunochemistry.

Built on FAST technology, the high protein binding capacity


surface chemistry, FAST Quant combines the power of array
technology with the quantitative nature and high-throughput FAST Quant System
capabilities of traditional ELISA. FAST Quant exhibits greater
sensitivity and reproducibility than traditional ELISA.

The standard FAST Quant Kits contain 64 arrays of 8-10


monoclonal antibodies with affinities for common human
or mouse cytokines. The antibodies are arrayed in a
quantitative fashion in triplicate on each array. The whole
group of 8–10 cytokines is measured in 56 samples. The new
FAST Quant 40 Human™ Kit measures 40 cytokines in 24
samples. (See following section.)

Using four 16 pad FAST Slides placed in a FAST Frame (sold


separately) FAST Quant offers an 8 × 12 cm footprint – the
same as the traditional microplate format. A standard
curve can be generated by creating a dilutional series from
recombinant antigen mass standards. Due to the solid-
phase nature of a microspot assay, it is not necessary to take
duplicate measurements of each sample. The MicroSpot is FAST Frame
entirely concentration dependent, unlike an ELISA where the
reaction is both concentration and volume dependent.

FAST Quant antibody arrays offer a variety of human


and mouse menus. Each kit includes four 16 Pad FAST
Slides prearrayed with one of the cytokine antibody panels,
four 16 Well Incubation Chambers, Recombinant Antigen
Standard Cocktail for standard curves, Biotinylated Detection
Antibody Cocktail, Whatman Protein Array Blocking Buffer,
and Wash Buffer.

A reusable slide holder is also needed, either FAST Frame for


4 slides or Chip Clip for 1 slide.

265
Protein MicroArrays | F A S T qua n t s y st e m

Data analysis is seamless using data reduction software, MicroVigene™ for FAST
Quant, the cutting edge utility for protein array image analysis. The software
provides rapid data acquisition and comprehensive reports. It analyzes any TIFF
image from virtually all commercial imaging instruments. The application provides
standard curve data, concentrations of unknowns, and percent coefficient of
variation for each analyte. FAST Quant is another clear example of Whatman
commitment to providing the scientific community with the best solution for
multiplex cytokine measurements.

FAST Quant Human and Mouse Menus*


Description Catalog Description Catalog
Number Number
FAST Quant Human Th1/Th2 10486031 FAST Quant Mouse Th1/Th2 10486061
Cytokines commonly associated with the Cytokines commonly associated with the
human Th1/Th2 immune response system mouse Th1/Th2 immune response system
IL-1β IL-10 IL-1β IL-10
IL-2 IL-13 IL-2 IL-13
IL-4 TNFα IL-4 TNFα
IL-5 IFN γ IL-5 IFN γ
IL-6 IL-6
FAST Quant Human II 10486060 FAST Quant Human Angiogenesis 10486063
Il-1β IL-10 PDGF-BB KGF
IL-2 IL-12p70 VEGF TIMP-1
IL-4 GM-CSF FGFβ ICAM-1
IL-6 RANTES Angiogenin Angiopoietin-2
IL-8 MCP-1
* For research use only

Ordering Information – FAST Quant Kits for Cytokine Quantitation


Description Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
FAST Quant Human Th1/Th2 Kit 10486031 1
FAST Quant Human II Kit 10486060 1
FAST Quant Human Angiogenesis Kit 10486063 1
FAST Quant Mouse Th1/Th2 Kit 10486061 1
FAST Quant 40 Human Kit 10486257 1
Each kit includes: 16 pad FAST Slides (4); each pad is prearrayed with a panel of cytokine antibodies (choice of six panels), 16 Well Incubation
Chambers (4), Recombinant Antigen Standard Cocktail for dilutional series (standard curve), Biotinylated Detection Antibody Cocktail, and
Whatman Protein Array Wash Buffer and Protein Array Blocking Buffer.

266
FAST Quant 40 Human
New FAST Quant 40 Human Kit lets you measure concentrations of 40 human
cytokines at once.

Angiogenin IGF-I IL-12p40 PDGF-BB


Angiopoietin-2 IGF-II IL-12p70 RANTES
CRP IL-1alpha IL-13 TGF-alpha
Eotaxin IL-1beta IP-10 TGF-beta1
FAST Quant 40 Human Kit
FAS ligand IL-2 KGF TGF-beta3
FGF-basic IL-4 MCP-1 TIMP-1
Fibronectin IL-5 MCP-3 TNF-alpha
GM-CSF IL-6 MIP-1alpha TNFR-I
ICAM-1 IL-8 MMP-7 TNFR-II
IFN-gamma IL-10 MMP-9 VEGF

FAST Quant Kits combine carefully tested, sensitive immunoassays with Whatman
FAST Slides, the surface of choice for protein microarrays. Previous kits allow
measurement of concentrations of 8–10 human or mouse cytokines in one assay.
This new kit combines the 40 most-requested human cytokines in one kit, allowing
you to collect data and analyze relationships that were impractical to explore before.

MicroSpot ELISA for High-Throughput Multiplex Cytokine Quantification


FAST Quant represents a quantum leap forward in protein microarray technology.
With FAST Quant, a researcher can accurately determine the concentration of forty
human cytokines in 24 biological samples simultaneously, using familiar ELISA
immunochemistry and fluorescent detection.

Built on FAST technology, the high protein binding capacity surface chemistry, FAST
Quant combines the power of array technology with the quantitative nature and
high-throughput capabilities of traditional ELISA. FAST Quant exhibits sensitivity and
reproducibility better than traditional ELISA.

A standard curve is generated for each analyte by creating a dilutional series from
recombinant antigen mass standards. Due to the solid-phase nature of a MicroSpot
assay, it is not necessary to take duplicate measurements of each sample. The
MicroSpot is entirely concentration dependent, unlike an ELISA where the reaction is
both concentration and volume dependent.

The 40 analytes are divided into 2 sub-arrays of individual cytokine-specific


antibodies, spotted in triplicate. Each slide contains 8 pads arrayed with Sub-Array
A and 8 pads with Sub-Array B. The kit of 4 slides, used with a FAST Frame holder
(ordered separately) gives standard curves for each Sub-Array plus full cytokine
concentration measurement on 24 samples. The FAST Frame provides an 8 × 12 cm
footprint for use with standard multiwell pipettors and liquid handling devices.

267
Protein MicroArrays | F ast Q ua n t 4 0 H uma n

Data analysis uses MicroVigene for FAST Quant data reduction software, the cutting
edge utility for protein array image analysis. Adaptation to the 2-sub-array format
of the new kit is underway. Until a customized version becomes available customers
will send scanned .tif files to Whatman by FTP for data analysis.

FAST Quant 40 Human is another clear example of Whatman commitment to


providing the scientific community with the best solution for multiplex cytokine
measurements. For research use only.

Sub-Array A – Analytes, Limits of Detection and Ranges


Analyte LOD (pg/ml) Range (pg/ml) Analyte LOD (pg/ml) Range (pg/ml)
IL-1alpha 1 1-1000 IL-13 50 50-25,000
IL-1beta 1 1-2000 IFN-gamma 20 20-25,000
IL-2 1 1-3000 TNF-alpha 1 1-1000
IL-4 1 1-6000 MMP-9 3 3-6000
IL-5 1 1-3000 MCP-1 1 1-2000
IL-6 1 1-2000 IGF-II 2000 2000-300,000
IL-8 1 1-1000 TNFR-I 2 2-3000
IL-10 50 50-50,000 TGFalpha 1 1-600
IL-12p70 20 20-20,000 TGFbeta3 1 1-2000

Sub-Array B – Analytes, Limits of Detection and Ranges


Analyte LOD (pg/ml) Range (pg/ml) Analyte LOD (pg/ml) Range (pg/ml)
Angiogenin 5 5-20,000 FGF basic 60 60-60,000
Angiopoietin-2 50 50-50,000 FAS ligand 1 1-6000
Eotaxin 4 4-3000 MCP-3 5 5-2000
ICAM-1 5 5-30,000 Fibronectin 10 10-20,000
IGF-I 10 10-50,000 PDGF-BB 15 15-50,000
MMP-7 3 3-6000 TGF beta1 9 9-20,000
KGF 5 5-10,000 TIMP-1 9 9-30,000
IP-10 5 5-6000 TNFR-II 10 10-30,000
GM-CSF 1 1-2000 VEGF 2 2-10,000
IL-12p40 30 30-50,000 RANTES 2 2-2000
CRP 1 1-1000 MIP-1alpha 5 5-10,000

Ordering Information – FAST Quant 40 Human


Description Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
FAST Quant 40 Human Kit 10486257 1
FAST Frame Multi-Slide Holder 10486001 1
Each kit contains 4 arrayed 16 Pad Slides (each with 8 pads of Sub-Array A and 8 of B), 4 Incubation Chambers, Blocking Buffer,
Washing Buffer, Biotinylated Detection Antibody Solutions for each sub-array, Recombinant Antigen Solutions for each sub-array,
Streptavidin-Cy 5 for fluorescent detection, an Array Template, and a Protocol Booklet.

268
MicroVigene for FAST Quant
Analysis Software
The customized software from VigeneTech for use with Whatman FAST Quant Kits
provides high-quality image quantification and automates the data analysis.

The Main Features Are:


• Integrated image and data analysis
• Ability to support multiple slides
• Array wells are automatically detected, grids placed, and spot intensity quantified
• Replicates average are calculated
• Negative, positive control calibration, and normalizations
• Imbedded multi-level quality controls

The Main Benefits Are:


• Results are highly reproducible and are operator independent
• Actual spot boundary definition to obtain accurate spot signal
• Automatic dust removal with back fill
• Regional background subtraction to obtain highest sensitivity
• 3D visualization enables convenient quality assurance
• Spot intensity is quantified in mean, median, volume
• Spot quantities are reported in spot shape, size, edge, and noise level

Ordering Information – MicroVigene for FAST Quant Analysis Software


Description Catalog Number
FAST Quant Analysis Software, 4 week trial 10486245
FAST Quant Analysis Software, Whatman preconfigured version 10486246
FAST Quant Analysis Software, research version 10486247

269
Protein MicroArrays | s e rum bi o mark e r chip

Serum Biomarker Chip


High-Density Profiling
The Serum Biomarker Chip enables proteomics researchers to
profile and pattern the molecular signature of human serum.
The chip addresses the need for a high-throughput technology
to enable research in the fields of risk stratification, disease
prognosis, drug eligibility, prediction of safety and efficacy,
and therapeutic monitoring.

The Serum Biomarker Chip is a single-capture antibody array


built on the FAST Slide dual pad platform. Each slide has two
identical arrays of antibodies printed in triplicate. Fluorescent
detection permits the researcher to reproducibly pattern the
relative abundance of 120 human serum proteins between
two samples, such as serum samples from diseased and
healthy individuals. Serum Biomarker Chip Kit

Fluorescent labeling is done with the ULS Biotin Single Color


Labeling System, available separately. Two-color labeling is
also available for customers who prefer to do hapten and label
swapping experiments. The chip can be scanned with any
standard fluorescence scanner. A reusable slide holder
is also needed, either FAST Frame for 4 slides or Chip Clip
for 1 slide.

The Serum Biomarker Chip Kit includes two Arrayed 2 pad


FAST Slides, and two Dual Incubation Chambers.

Specific Antibodies on the Serum Biomarker Chip

Alpha fetoprotein Carcinoembryonic antigen (group 2 specific) Epidermal growth factor


Alpha 1 antichymotrypsin Carcinoembryonic antigen (group 4 specific) Epidermal growth factor receptor
Alpha 2 macroglobulin Cathepsin B ErbB2
Angiogenin Ceruloplasmin E-selectin
Angiopoietin-2 Chrondroitin sulfate Estrogen receptor
Angiostatin Chorionic gonadotropin α Fas
Angiopoprotein Chorionic gonadotropin β Fas ligand
Angiopoprotein J Chromagranin Ferritin
Beta-2 microglobulin Collagen Type I Fibroblast growth factor-7
Bone sialoprotein Complement C4 Fibroblast growth factor-basic
cont.

270
CA 15-3 C-Reactive Protein G-CSF
CA 19-9 Cyclic-dependent kinase inhibitor 2A GM-CSF
CA 50 Cytokeratin fragment 21-1 (CYFRA 21-1) Haptoglobulin
CA 125 Eotaxin Hemoglobin
Hepatocyte growth factor Kallikrein-5 PSA (total)
ICAM-1 Kallikrein-9 PSA-ACT complex
IgA Kallikrein-12 S100
IgG Kallikrein-14 Serum albumin
IgM Laminin Sialyl Lewis X
IL-1α Low-density lipoprotein TAG-72
IL-1β MCP-1 Tetranectin
IL-2 MCP-2 TGFα
IL-2 receptorα MCP-3 TGFβ
IL-2 receptorβ MCP-4 Thrombopoietin
IL-3 MIP-1α Thrombospondin-1
IL-4 MMP-2 Thyroglobulin
IL-5 MMP-3 TIMP1
IL-6 MMP-9 TIMP2
IL-7 Myeloperoxidase TNFα
IL-8 Myoglobin TNFβ
IL-10 Neuron-specific enolase TNFβ
IL-12p40 RANTES Transferrin
IL-12p70 Osteopontin Tumor-associated trypsin inhibitor
IL-13 PDGF (all isoforms) Tyrosinase
IL-17 PDGF (BB isoform only) Urokinase plasminogen activator
Insulin Placental alkaline phosphatase VCAM-1
Insulin growth factor binding protein 3 Plasminogen VE-Cadherin
Insulin-like growth factor 1 Plasminogen activator Inhibitor VEGF
Interferon- γ Prostatic acid phosphatase VEGF-D
IP-10 PSA (free) Von Willebrand factor

Ordering Information – Serum Biomarker Chip


Description Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Serum Biomarker Chip Kit* 10486077 1
Slide Holders
FAST Frame Slide Holder, for 1-4 slides 10486001 1
Chip Clip Slide Holder, for 1 slide 10486081 1
* Each kit includes: Serum Biomarker Chip Arrayed FAST Slides (2) and Dual Pad Incubation/Processing Chambers (2)

271
Protein MicroArrays | uls bi o ti n si n g l e c o l o r lab e li n g s y st e m

ULS Biotin Single Color


Labeling System
The Whatman Single Color ULS™ Biotin Labeling Kit is designed to label serum or cell
lysate proteins in order to detect their binding to complementary antibodies. The kit
is especially intended for use with 2 pad FAST Slides, including the Serum Biomarker
Chip and other single-capture antibody chips. The kit contains Universal Linkage
System (ULS) chemistry from KREATECH® Biotechnology to label samples containing
approximately 100 to 120 µg of protein in serum or plasma or 60 µg protein in a
whole cell lysate.

Features
• Highly efficient and uniform labeling of complex protein samples
• Reproducible labeling and signal detection
• Stable, robust, and fast nonenzymatic process
• Broad pH range of labeling
• Compatible with most buffers, salts, detergents, and reducing agents
• Labels multiple amino acids

ULS label
S N

Methionine
Pt N

N
SH Detection principle
• Haptens
Cysteine • Fluorophores
• Enzymes

N Reactive site
NH

Histidine

ULS chemistry tags protein methionine, cysteine, and histidine residues with biotin
(normally at least two biotins per molecule). The attached biotin is then detected with
fluorescent streptavidin.

272
Ordering Information – ULS Biotin Single Color Labeling System
Description Catalog Number
Single color ULS Labeling Kit for serum 10486243
Single color ULS Labeling Kit for cell lysates 10486244

Two-Color Labeling
and Detection System
The Whatman Two-Color Labeling and Fluorescent Detection Kit is designed to label
two protein samples. The labeled proteins are pooled and probed against arrayed
antibodies in a competitive binding assay and detected using indirect fluorescence.

The kit is intended for use with the 2 pad FAST Slides, including the Serum
Biomarker Chip. The kit contains the Universal Linkage System (ULS) chemistry
to label samples containing approximately 250 µg of protein in serum, plasma Two-Color Labeling and Fluorescent
or a whole cell lysate. The kit is designed to label two different protein samples, Detection Kit
each with a different hapten. Sufficient labeling reagent is provided to perform
a hapten swapping experiment.

Features
• Highly efficient and uniform labeling of complex serum samples
• Reproducible labeling and signal detection
• Stable, robust, and fast nonenzymatic procedure
• Reduces pH dependency of labeling efficiency
• System solution includes labeling reagents, fluorescent conjugate, and
bench-friendly protocol
•A
 ccounts for hapten-specific differences in either Biotin-ULS or Fluorescein-ULS
labeling efficiencies
Two-Color Labeling and Fluorescent Detection
• Averages differences in antibody-antigen binding interactions caused by
steric hindrance
•M
 inimizes chip-to-chip variability – includes an internal control within the assay

273
Protein MicroArrays | P r o t e i n A rra y s e rvic e s

The first pad on the slide is probed with a mixture of two different protein samples,
each labeled with a different hapten; the second pad is probed with the same two
protein samples but with the haptens reversed. The normalized intensity for each
element of each pad is calculated as the average of the biotin and fluorescein
labeled derived intensities from a two pad experiment. The ratio between the signal
intensity at each spot corresponds to the concentration ratio of the proteins found in
the two samples. This method is attractive for antibody chips as it takes into account
any hapten-specific differences in antigen-antibody interactions.

The use of the ULS labeling system minimizes background by using indirect
fluorescence detection, labels multiple amino acids, and requires no additional
materials or reagents.

Ordering Information – Two-Color Labeling and Detection System


Description Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Two-Color Labeling & Detection Kit* 10486085 1
* Each kit includes: Biotin-ULS (20 μl), Fluorescein-ULS (20 μl), 10× Protein Labeling Buffer (80 μl), 10× KREAstop Solution (80 μl),
Streptavidin-DY 647 Conjugate (150 μl), Anti-Fluorescein Antibody-DY 547 Conjugate (350 μl), Micro Bio-Spin Chromatography
Columns (8), and User’s Manual.

Protein Array Services


Whatman offers a comprehensive group of protein array services, all based on the
widely accepted FAST Slide protein microarray platform.
• Printing custom arrays
• Designing custom assays
• Running custom or standard assays
• Scanning slides and analyzing data
Running assay
Whatman protein array services allow the researcher to concentrate on
interpretation and use of results, rather than on array mechanics. They provide
access to microarray benefits for labs that lack the necessary instrumentation or
software. The services also permit testing of different approaches when planning
a major program.

274
Printing Custom Arrays
Whatman can array proteins from our antibody library or from your protein
collection. Our library currently consists of specific antibodies against approximately
230 human and 20 mouse proteins, including many cytokines. They include those
used in our FAST Quant kits for cytokine quantitation and our Serum Biomarker
Chip for biomarker screening. A frequent application for custom arraying is making
FAST Quant Kits assaying different combinations of cytokines by MicroSpot ELISA
(with fluorescent readout), or biomarker screening slides that include alternate or
additional potential biomarkers.
Printing arrays
Specificity can be determined by cross-reactivity studies. Custom arrays may be
designed for quantitation or screening, depending on goals and on availability
of reagents.

In addition to specific proteins, Whatman can array your cell lysates and similar
complex samples for assaying with antibodies or other specific probes.

Designing and Running Assays


Whatman can assay your samples with our FAST Quant Kits or Serum Biomarker
Chips, or with custom FAST slides arrayed to your design and specifications. The
assay design process includes proof-of-principle, determination of specificity (if
necessary), assay design, array design and printing, sample processing and
data analysis.

Applicable sample types include serum, plasma, amniotic fluid, cell culture
supernatants cellular extract, tissue lysate, and wound effluent. You can choose
to receive scans and raw data as well as the final results if you wish.

Slide Scanning and Data Analysis


If you lack only the fluorescent scanner you can send processed FAST slides to
Whatman for scanning. The resulting graphic file can be downloaded from a GE
Healthcare web site. For our FAST Quant and Serum Biomarker Chip products we
can do the calculations either from your scans or from your slides that we scan.

Please contact us (whatmaninfo@ge.com or 1-800-WHATMAN) to discuss your


specific microarray interests.

275
b l o t t i n g pr o d u c t s

Blotting Products
Whether you are blotting for proteomics, testing for diseases,
analyzing genetic mutations or profiling DNA, our blotting
products are extensively used around the world. Just one
more way you can help advance science and promote
health every day.

279 Blotting Membranes

286 Blotting Papers

289 Blotting Devices

294 Blotting Accessories

295 Waste Reduction


Blotting products | b l o t t i n g m e mbran e s

Blotting Products
Whatman offers an extensive line of blotting products for all of your application requirements. This
includes premium blotting membranes and blotting devices for screening many samples on one
membrane. We also offer circular membranes in a variety of membrane types, which are suitable
for colony hybridization and plaque lift applications.

Blotting Membranes
Blotting Membrane Selection Guide
Protran Optitran Nytran N Nytran Westran S Westran
SuPerCharge Clear Signal
Membrane Type Nitrocellulose Nitrocellulose, Nylon, moderately Nylon, highly PVDF PVDF
100% pure reinforced positively charged positively charged
Applications Western, Western, Southern, Southern, Western Western
Southern, Southern, Northern Northern blotting … blotting …
Northern Northern blotting … blotting … Sequencing
blotting … blotting …
Binding 80-150 µg/cm2 75-90 µg/cm2 > 400 µg/cm2 > 600 µg/cm2 > 50-100 µg/cm2 > 50-100 µg/cm2
Pore Sizes 0.45 µm 0.45 µm 0.45 µm 0.45 µm – 0.45 µm
0.2 µm 0.2 µm 0.2 µm – 0.2 µm –
0.1 µm – – – – –
Transfer Methods
Semi-dry Blotting ** ** ** ** ** **
Tank Blotting ** ** ** ** ** **
Vacuum Blotting ** ** ** ** * *
Capillary Blotting ** ** ** ** * *
Alkaline Method not not ** ** not not
recommended recommended recommended recommended
Immobilization
UV-crosslinking, ** ** ** ** – –
DNA, RNA
Baking (80°C), ** ** * * – –
DNA, RNA
Drying, DNA, RNA – – * * – –
Drying, protein ** ** – – ** **
Detection Methods
Colorimetric ** ** * * ** **
Chemiluminescent ** ** ** ** ** **
Isotopic ** ** ** ** ** **
Fluorescent ** – – – – –
Reprobing limited ** ** ** ** **
* Satisfactory
** Recommended

278
Protran Nitrocellulose Membranes
100% Pure Nitrocellulose Membranes
Protran™ nitrocellulose (NC) membranes are the most frequently specified transfer
media in the world for a wide range of applications. Protran membranes are
manufactured using 100% pure nitrocellulose to ensure the highest binding
capacity possible.

Other membranes referred to as “nitrocellulose” may actually contain large


amounts of cellulose acetate, which will lower the protein binding capacity. Protran Protran nitrocellulose membrane
membranes have the best handling strength of all pure nitrocellulose membranes.
They are compatible with a variety of detection methods, including isotopic,
chemiluminescent (luminol-based), colorimetric, and fluorescent.

Unlike PVDF membranes, Protran nitrocellulose does not require a methanol


prewetting step. This makes Protran the membrane of choice for proteins which
prefer aqueous environments. Prior to transfer, the membrane is simply wetted
in water, and then placed in the transfer buffer. No other pretreatment steps
are necessary.

High Binding, Low Background


In addition to high binding capacity, Protran nitrocellulose membranes inherently
have very low background. The superior surface properties of the membrane
Protran BA85 nitrocellulose membrane
guarantee superior signal-to-noise ratios, without the need for stringent
washing conditions.

High Retention of Small Proteins


The 0.2 µm pore size Protran BA83 nitrocellulose membrane has high surface area,
ensuring binding of small proteins below 20 kD by reducing “blow-through.” The 0.45
µm pore size membrane BA85 is suitable for larger molecular weight samples. BA79,
with 0.1 µm pore size, is the membrane of choice for smaller proteins below 7 kD.

A key benefit of the proprietary Protran nitrocellulose formula is the proven shelf
life of bound proteins. Empirical evidence shows that proteins maintain molecular
recognition activity for five years on Protran.

Protran Blotting Sandwiches


A precut nitrocellulose membrane and two sheets of 3MM Chr blotting paper are
prepackaged into a sandwich to help save time. This is made with our Protran BA83
or BA85, the highest quality NC membranes available for blotting.

For orders for NC membranes from Canada, please add a C to the end of the catalog
number, for example, 10485376C.

279
Blotting products | b l o t t i n g m e mbran e s

Ordering Information – Protran Nitrocellulose Membranes


Dimensions Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Protran BA79 Membranes (Sheets)
7 × 8.5 cm 0.1 10549088 50
10.2 × 13.3 cm* 0.1 10402088 10
20 × 20 cm 0.1 10402062 5
20 × 20 cm 0.1 10402091 25
33 × 56 cm 0.1 10484212 5
Protran BA79 Membrane (Roll)
30 cm × 3 m 0.1 10402096 1
Protran BA83 Membranes (Circles)
82 mm 0.2 10401316 50
132 mm 0.2 10402426 50
Protran BA83 Membranes (Sheets)
7 × 8.5 cm 0.2 10549084 50
10.2 × 13.3 cm* 0.2 10402488 10
6.3 × 22.8 cm** 0.2 10402493 10
15 × 15 cm 0.2 10402405 5
15 × 20 cm 0.2 10401465 10
20 × 20 cm 0.2 10402452 5
20 × 20 cm 0.2 10401391 25
25 × 25 cm 0.2 10402453 5
30 × 60 cm 0.2 10401380 5
33 × 56 cm 0.2 10402480 5
Protran BA83 Membranes (Rolls)
15 cm × 3 m 0.2 10402468 1
20 cm × 3 m 0.2 10402495 1
30 cm × 3 m 0.2 10401396 1
Protran BA85 Membranes (Circles)
25 mm 0.45 10402506 100
25 mm 0.45 10402578 1000
82 mm 0.45 10401116 50
82 mm† 0.45 10405316 50
82.5 mm 0.45 10402579 50
87 mm 0.45 10401164 50
132 mm 0.45 10401124 25
132 mm 0.45 10402525 50
137 mm 0.45 10401147 25
137 mm 0.45 10402548 50
* Fits Minifold I System cont.
** Fits Minifold II System
† With 5 mm grid
Protran nitrocellulose membrane binding capacity: 80-150 µg/cm 2; autoclavable (liquid cool cycle)

280
Dimensions Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Protran BA85 Membranes (Sheets)
7 × 8.5 0.45 10549085 50
10.2 × 13.3 cm* 0.45 10402588 10
6.3 × 22.8 cm** 0.45 10402593 10
8.2 × 12 cm 0.45 10401218 10
15 × 15 cm 0.45 10402606 5
15 × 15 cm 0.45 10401261 25
20 × 20 cm 0.45 10402680 5
20 × 20 cm 0.45 10401191 25
25 × 25 cm 0.45 10402694 5
30 × 60 cm 0.45 10401180 5
33 × 56 cm 0.45 10402580 5
Protran BA85 Membranes (Rolls)
15 cm × 3 m 0.45 10402594 1
20 cm × 3 m 0.45 10401197 1
30 cm × 3 m 0.45 10401196 1
* Fits Minifold I System
** Fits Minifold II System
† With 5 mm grid
Protran nitrocellulose membrane binding capacity: 80-150 µg/cm2; autoclavable (liquid cool cycle)

Ordering Information – Protran Blotting Sandwiches


Dimensions (cm) Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Protran BA83 Blotting Sandwiches
7 × 8.5 0.2 10485376 20
8.5 × 13.5 0.2 10485377* 20
Protran BA85 Blotting Sandwiches
8.5 × 13.5 0.45 10485375 20
7 × 8.5 0.45 10485374 20
7.3 × 8.5 0.45 10540107** 20
* Product is only available in the Americas
** Product is only available in Europe

281
Blotting products | b l o t t i n g m e mbran e s

Optitran Nitrocellulose Membranes


Reinforced Nitrocellulose Membranes
Optitran™ membrane consists of 100% pure nitrocellulose supported by an inert
polyester nonwoven material within the membrane. The support does not affect
transfer conditions or results and gives the membrane exceptional handling
characteristics, allowing it to be reprobed repeatedly.

The Optitran nitrocellulose membrane provides high sensitivity with very low
nonspecific binding. Using standard nitrocellulose protocols, stringent washing
and blocking conditions are not necessary. Optitran nitrocellulose membranes

Optitran membranes combine flexibility, strength, and excellent signal-to-noise


ratios, which are especially beneficial when experiments involve repeated stripping
and reprobing.

Optitran supported nitrocellulose membranes combine sensitivity, strength,


and savings.

Ordering Information – Optitran Nitrocellulose Membranes


Dimensions Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Optitran BA-S 83 (Circle)
82 mm 0.2 10439316 50
Optitran BA-S 83 (Sheets)
7 × 8.5 cm 0.2 10549087 50
10.2 × 13.3 cm* 0.2 10439388 10
15 × 15 cm 0.2 10439351 5
20 × 20 cm 0.2 10439361 5
20 × 20 cm 0.2 10439391 25
25 × 25 cm 0.2 10439362 5
30 × 60 cm 0.2 10439380 5
Optitran BA-S 83 (Rolls)
20 cm × 3 m 0.2 10439394 1
30 cm × 3 m 0.2 10439396 1
Optitran BA-S 85 (Circles)
82 mm 0.45 10439116 50
132 mm 0.45 10439126 50
Optitran BA-S 85 (Sheets)
7 × 8.5 cm 0.45 10549086 50
10.2 × 13.3 cm* 0.45 10439188 10
15 × 15 cm 0.45 10439251 5
20 × 20 cm 0.45 10439282 5
20 × 20 cm 0.45 10439191 25
25 × 25 cm 0.45 10439262 5
30 × 60 cm 0.45 10439180 5
Optitran BA-S 85 (Rolls)
20 cm × 3 m 0.45 10439194 1
30 cm × 3 m 0.45 10439196 1
* Fits Minifold I System Optitran binding capacity: 75-90 µg/cm2; autoclavable (liquid cool cycle)
282
Westran PVDF Membranes
Whatman Westran™ PVDF (Polyvinylidene Fluoride) membranes are available in two
formats: the Westran S used for protein sequencing and the Westran Clear Signal
used for Western blotting.

Westran S
Westran S PVDF is a 0.2 µm pore size hydrophobic membrane designed specifically
for protein sequencing applications. The small pore size of this membrane eliminates
“blow-through” and increases protein binding over a wide range of molecular weights.

Protran nitrocellulose membrane


Features and Benefits
•P
 rotein binding capacity (over 200 µg/cm2) for easy signal detection
• Chemical resistance needed for N-terminal sequencing
• High protein retention even after harsh wash steps
• Maximum capture of proteins during transfers, minimizing sample loss
• 0.2 µm pore size for higher surface area, resulting in better binding of low
molecular weight proteins
• Compatible for use with Western blotting applications
• Available in popular precut sizes for your application

Westran Clear Signal


Westran Clear Signal (CS) PVDF is a 0.45 µm membrane specifically designed for
Western blotting and protein dot-blotting applications.

Features and Benefits


• Protein binding capacity over 125 µg/cm2
• Extremely low backgrounds with chemiluminescent and colorimetric applications
providing you with clear signals and sharp bands
• Excellent results with general protein stains such as Coomassie® Brilliant Blue,
Amido Black, and Ponceau S Red
• Increased strength allows for multiple stripping and reprobing, which results
in savings

Westran PVDF Blotting Sandwiches


A precut PVDF membrane and two sheets of 3MM Chr blotting paper are
prepackaged into a sandwich to help save time. Sandwiches are available
with either Westran S or CS.

Ordering Information – Westran PVDF Blotting Sandwiches


Dimensions Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Westran S Blotting Sandwiches
7 × 8.5 cm 0.2 10485378* 20
8.5 × 13.5 cm 0.2 10485379* 20
Westran CS Blotting Sandwiches
7 × 8.5 cm 0.45 10485380* 20
8.5 × 13.5 cm 0.45 10485381* 20
* Product is only available in the Americas
283
Blotting products | b l o t t i n g m e mbran e s

Ordering Information – Westran PVDF Blotting Membranes


Dimensions Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Westran S Blotting Membranes (Sheets)
7 × 8.5 cm 0.2 10485292 50
10 × 10 cm 0.2 10413052 10
15 × 15 cm 0.2 10485290 10
20 × 20 cm 0.2 10485291 10
Westran S Blotting Membranes (Roll)
26 cm × 3 m 0.2 10413096 1
Westran CS Blotting Membranes
7 × 8.5 cm 0.45 10485293 50
15 × 15 cm 0.45 10485287 10
20 × 20 cm 0.45 10485288 10
Westran CS Blotting Membranes (Roll)
30 cm × 3 m 0.45 10485289 1

Nytran Nylon Membranes


Whatman Nytran™ nylon membranes are available in two
formats. The Nytran N is moderately charged and the Nytran
SuPerCharge (SPC) has a very high positive charge.

Nytran Nylon
The Whatman Nytran nylon membrane is suitable for
applications that require a lower charge. It is designed for
Southern and Northern blotting as well as colony and plaque
lifts and Dot-/Slot-Blots. Nytran N is compatible with isotopic
and nonisotopic detection methods.

Nytran N membrane allows for excellent signal-to-noise


ratios. The membrane is cast uniformly on both sides of a
support matrix, demonstrating excellent symmetry. This gives Nytran N nylon membranes
the membrane the ability to lie flat without curling. Nytran N
membrane is a highly consistent membrane with uniform pore
size and distribution. It is available in 0.2 µm and 0.45 µm pore
sizes for optimal retention of oligos and larger DNA fragments.

284
Nytran SuPerCharge (SPC)
Nytran SPC nylon membranes have a very high positive
charge. Improvements in the manufacturing process result in
a membrane with a higher density of nylon per unit area. The
increased charge and greater nylon density provide increased
binding sites for your samples.

Nytran SPC membranes show a very uniform pore size and


pore distribution compared to typical nylon membranes.
They are free of surface microvoids, which are common in
other membranes. These characteristics lead to greater
reproducibility of results across a membrane and from
blot to blot.

Nytran SPC membrane is cast uniformly on both sides of a


support matrix, demonstrating excellent symmetry. This gives
the membrane the ability to lie flat without curling.

With typical manufacturing techniques, increasing


positive charge tends to increase background. Nytran SPC
membranes are manufactured using a process that allows Nytran SuPerCharge nylon membrane (1250× magnification)
the combination of high positive charge with low background.
Whether using radioactive or nonradioactive detection
techniques, Nytran SPC consistently gives high signal with
extremely low background.

Ordering Information – Nytran N Nylon Membranes


Dimensions Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Sheets
20 × 20 cm 0.2 10416085 10
30 × 60 cm 0.2 10416080 5
20 × 20 cm 0.45 10416185 10
11 × 14 cm 0.45 10416130 10
25 × 25 cm 0.45 10416163 10
30 × 60 cm 0.45 10416180 10
Circles
82 mm 0.45 10416116* 50
137 mm 0.45 10416147 50
Rolls
20 cm × 3 m 0.2 10416094 1
30 cm × 3 m 0.2 10416096 1
20 cm × 3 m 0.45 10416194 1
30 cm × 3 m 0.45 10416196 1
* Product is only available in the Americas
Nytran binding capacity: > 400 µg/cm2; Nytran SuPerCharge: > 600 µg/cm2

285
Blotting products | B l o t t i n g P ap e r s

Ordering Information – Nytran SuPerCharge (SPC) Blotting Membranes


Dimensions Pore Size (µm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Circles
82 mm 0.45 10416216 50
132 mm 0.45 10416224 50
Sheets
10 × 15 cm 0.45 10416289 10
15 × 20 cm 0.45 10416287 10
20 × 20 cm 0.45 10416285 10
11 × 14 cm 0.45 10416230 10
15 × 15 cm 0.45 10416284 10
25 × 25 cm 0.45 10416263 10
30 × 60 cm 0.45 10416280 5
22.2 × 22.2 cm* 0.45 10416291 48
82 × 120 mm** 0.45 10416257 10
Rolls
20 cm × 3 m 0.45 10416294 1
30 cm × 3 m 0.45 10416296 1
* Macroarray membrane size
** Multiwell plate format with black grid
Nytran binding capacity: > 400 µg/cm2; Nytran SuPerCharge: > 600 µg/cm2.

Blotting Papers
3MM Chr
Whatman 3MM Chr paper is the world’s most widely used blotting paper. This
acceptance and usage reflect the high quality, purity, and consistency that are relied
upon by researchers doing Southern, Northern, and Western transfers. 3MM Chr
paper is now available in the most widely used sizes. A medium thickness paper
(0.34 mm) is used extensively in electrophoresis for lifting of sequencing gels.

GB003
A general purpose blotting paper (0.8 mm) made from pure raw materials with a 3MM Chr
high absorbency used as a membrane gel support. A thick paper recommended
for the lysis/denaturation of colony or plaque lifts and Western blots.

GB004
A thick gel blotting paper (1.0 mm) used for wicking purposes only. Provides higher
absorbency and more consistent wicking than paper towels. Recommended for
applications where fewer layers of gel blotting paper must still ensure a high
capacity. Fewer layers of blotting paper reduce the risk of trapping air bubbles.
Recommended for capillary blotting of nucleic acids.

GB005
A thick (1.5 mm) highly absorbent paper recommended for applications where
fewer layers of blotting paper must still ensure a high capacity. Recommended
for semi-dry blotting of proteins.
GB004
286
17 Chr
A thick (0.92 mm) and highly absorbent paper.

31 ET Chr
An extremely fast and thick paper (0.5 mm) with a fairly soft surface.

Features and Benefits


• Pure cellulose produced entirely from the highest quality cotton linters with
no additives of any kind. Ensures that no contamination will occur during the
transfer steps.
• Manufactured and tested specifically for chromatographic and blotting techniques.
This ensures the wicking capability and uniformity of capillary action that are
important in obtaining clean and even transfers during blotting.
• Whatman 3MM Chr is considered the industry standard for blotting procedures
• Convenient sizes available in sheets precisely cut to the most popular gel
and transfer membrane sizes. Allows “out-of-the-box” usage and eliminates
sheet-to-sheet variations.

Ordering Information – Pure Cellulose Blotting Papers


Dimensions Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Grade 3MM Chr (Sheets)
11 × 14 cm 3030-6185 100
12 × 14 cm 3030-6132 100
15 × 17.5 cm 3030-153 100
15 × 20 cm 3030-6188 100
18 × 34 cm 3030-221 100
20 × 20 cm 3030-861 100
26 × 41 cm 3030-6461 100
31.5 × 35.5 cm 3030-335 100
35 × 43 cm 3030-347 100
35 × 45 cm 3030-392 100
46 × 57 cm 3030-917 100
58 × 68 cm 3030-931 100
4 × 5 1/4" 3030-6189 100
6 × 8" 3030-6187 100
8 × 10" 3030-866 100
Grade 3MM Chr (Rolls)
2 cm × 100 m 3030-614 100
7.5 cm × 100 m 3030-662 100
10 cm × 100 m 3030-672 100
12.5 cm × 100 m 3030-675 100
15 cm × 100 m 3030-681 100
19 cm × 100 m 3030-690 100
23 cm × 100 m 3030-700 100
27 cm × 100 m 3030-704 100
cont.

287
Blotting products | B l o t t i n g P ap e r s

Dimensions Catalog Number Quantity/Pack


Grade GB003 (Sheets)
10 × 10 cm 10426880 50
10.2 × 13.3 cm* 10427824 100
15 × 15 cm 10427810 100
15 × 20 cm 10427812 100
16 × 18 cm 10427813 100
20 × 20 cm 10427818 100
30 × 60 cm 10426890 25
46 × 57 cm 10427826 100
58 × 60 cm 10426892 50
Grade GB004 (Sheets)
7 × 10 cm 10484124 100
10 × 15 cm 10427900 100
11 × 14 cm 10427902 100
12 × 14 cm 10427904 100
15 × 15 cm 10427910 100
15 × 20 cm 10427912 100
15 × 25 cm 10427914 100
20 × 20 cm 10427918 100
20 × 24 cm 10427920 100
20 × 25 cm 10427922 100
46 × 57 cm 10427926 100
Grade GB005 (Sheets)
8 × 12 cm 10426956** 25
15 × 15 cm 10426972 25
20 × 20 cm 10426981 25
58 × 58 cm 10426994 25
Grade 17 Chr (Sheets)
2.5 × 22 cm 3017-8793 100
46 × 57 cm 3017-915 25
46 × 57 cm 3017-917 100
Grade 31 ET Chr (Sheets)
46 × 57 cm 3031-915 25
* Fits Minifold I System
** Product is only available in the Americas

288
Blotting Devices
Whatman offers a line of blotting devices to simplify your
testing processes. These provide a method for screening many
samples on one membrane.

The product line includes the TurboBlotter™ for rapid


downward transfers and the Minifold Systems for Dot,
Spot, and Slot-Blot techniques.

Minifold I System
Superior 96 and 48 Well Manifolds for Proteins
and Nucleic Acids: Dot, Spot, and Slot-Blot Minifold I System
Array Systems
The Minifold I System consists of four basic components:
sample well plate, filter support plate, vacuum plenum, and
metal clamping plate. The sample well plate is available in
three configurations for producing spots, dots or slots.

The Minifold I System is compatible with multichannel pipettes.


All three plates are interchangeable and can be purchased as
accessory plates or in conjunction with a complete system.
The tension on the clamping is adjustable, permitting use of a
variety of blotting and filtration media.

Minifold I Dot-Blot System – 96 Well


Novel O-ring design – ensures discrete dot formation without
leakage of samples by cross lateral flow. Minifold I Dot-Blot System – 96 well

Generates even, uniform dots that eliminate uneven test areas


resulting from manual sample application.

Minifold I Spot-Blot System – 96 Well


Small volume required – sample volumes as low as 25 µl can
be applied using less of your precious sample.

Very high signal intensity – 2 mm2 sample application area


results in increased signal intensity.

Standard microtitration format – 96 samples on a single


membrane, same as the standard Minifold Dot-Blot System.

Minifold I Spot-Blot System – 96 well

289
Blotting products | Blotting Devices

Minifold I Slot-Blot System – 48 Well


Preferred format for densitometric scanning, since slots can be
easily quantitated.

Concentrated signal – 6 mm2 sample application area results


in high signal intensity.

Easy to survey format – 48 samples on your membrane are


easier to view than 96 samples.

Minifold I Spot-Blot System – 48 well

Specifications – Minifold I System


Description Material Filter Area Max Capacity Pressure
96 well Dot-Blot plate Acrylic 12.5 mm2 Dot 500 µl/well, 96 wells 0.9 bar, vacuum
96 well Spot-Blot plate Acrylic 2 mm2 Spot (1 × 2 mm) 200 µl/well, 96 wells 0.9 bar, vacuum
48 well Slot-Blot plate Acrylic 6.24 mm Slot (7.8 × 0.8 mm)
2
1000 µl/well, 48 wells 0.9 bar, vacuum

Ordering Information – Minifold I System


Description Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Complete Systems*
Dot-Blot System, complete 96 well (acrylic) 10447900 1
Dot-Blot System, complete 96 well (Delrin®) 10447910 1
Spot-Blot System, complete 96 well (acrylic) 10447850 1
Slot-Blot System, complete 48 well (acrylic) 10447941 1
Replacement Parts and Accessories
Dot-Blot System, replacement plate 10447905 1
Spot-Blot System, replacement plate 10447852 1
Slot-Blot System, replacement plate 10447906 1
Clamping plate 10447960 1
Dot-Blot System, replacement filter support plate 10447903 1
Vacuum Plenum 10447968 1
Dot-Blot System, replacement O-ring 10447902 50
Incubation plate 10447909 1
Membrane cutting template 10447901 1
* Systems include: Manifold Apparatus, Protran BA85 Sheets (5), 3MM Chr Sheets (5) cont.

290
Description Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Transfer Membranes and Blotting Paper**
BA79 Protran 0.1 µm blotting membrane 10402088 10
BA83 Protran 0.2 µm blotting membrane 10402488 10
BA85 Protran 0.45 µm blotting membrane 10402588 10
BA-S 83 Optitran 0.2 µm 10439388 10
BA-S 85 Optitran 0.45 µm 10439188 10
3MM Chr cellulose blotting sheet 3030-6189 100
GB003 cellulose blotting sheet 10427824 100
** Fits Minifold 1 System, 10.2 × 13.3 cm sheet

Minifold II System
72 Well Slot-Blot Array System
The Minifold II System is designed for precise, quantitative
solid-phase assays with three rows of 24 slots, spaced
according to multi-tip pipette format. The smaller slot surface
area results in higher signal intensity and requires less sample
than standard dot-blot formats. The resulting blot can be read
with a densitometer.

Features and Benefits


• Higher signal intensity – smaller slot surface area results in
increased signal
• Less sample – small slot dimensions require less sample than
dot-blotters
• Faster results – more intense signal generated with the slot- Slot-Blot Array System – 72 well
blotter – allows users to visualize results in less time
• Accepts all types of transfer membranes – allows for choice
of membrane with the highest binding capacity
• Easy to assemble – bevelled side rails ensure rapid and
accurate assembly

Specifications – Minifold II System


Description Material Filter Area Max Capacity Pressure
Acrylic 6.3 × 22.8 cm 6.0 mm2/well (0.75 × 8.0 mm slots) 600 µl/slot 0.9 bar, vacuum

291
Blotting products | Blotting Devices

Ordering Information – Minifold II System


Description Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Complete System*
Minifold II Slot-Blot System, complete 10447800 1
Replacement Parts
Sample well plate 10447801† 1
Vacuum filter support with 1/4" vacuum tube adaptor 10447864† 1
Silicone O-ring 10447813† 1
Silicone sheet 10447805† 5
Vacuum connector 10447866† 1
Replacement Parts and Accessories**
BA83 Protran 0.2 µm blotting membrane 10402493 10
BA85 Protran 0.45 µm blotting membrane 10402593 10
* System includes: Manifold Apparatus, Protran BA85 Sheets (5), 3MM Chr Sheets (5)
** Fits Minifold II System, 6.3 × 22.8 cm sheet
† Product is only available in the Americas

TurboBlotter
Rapid Downward Transfer System
The TurboBlotter System is a rapid downward blotting device
for high-resolution transfer of DNA and RNA.

The conventional Northern/Southern transfer stack has been


turned upside down in order to take advantage of gravity.
No heavy weights are required on the top of the transfer
stack, eliminating the messy set-up of standard upward
capillary transfers.

The TurboBlotter System offers greater speed, target


resolution, and convenience versus traditional blotting
procedures. Alkaline DNA transfers can be performed in as
little as one hour, while neutral (SSC) transfers of DNA and TurboBlotter
RNA take only three hours.

292
Features and Benefits
• Rapid – downward capillary transfer allows for alkaline Wick Cover
buffer transfers in one hour and neutral (SSC) transfers in Buffer Wick*
three hours
• Economical – reusable blotting device requires less buffer Buffer Tray

and blotting paper. Convenient refill packs available. 3MM*


Downward Transer
Agarose Gel
• Compact – has a smaller footprint than most homemade
Nytran SPC
devices and is stackable. Up to five units can be stacked on or N Membrane
top of each other during transfers. 3MM*
3MM
• Easy to use – very easy to set up and works without power or GB004

vacuum source
Stack Tray
• Uses Whatman Nytran SPC membrane and Whatman 3MM
Chr and GB004 blotting papers for top performance

TurboBlotter is available in two sizes. The smaller model is


12 × 16 cm, for gels from 7 × 8 cm to 11 × 14 cm. The larger * Prewet in transfer buffer
model is 21 × 26 cm, for gels from 12 × 21 cm to 20 × 25 cm.
Each size comes in your choice of refill packs and the refill TurboBlotter set-up
packs are available separately.

Each transfer uses one sheet of Nytran SPC, one wick of


3MM Chr, and a blotter stack composed of eight sheets of
3MM Chr and 20 sheets of GB004. Each TurboBlotter Kit or
TurboBlotter refill contains five sets of these materials,
enough for five transfers.

Ordering Information – TurboBlotter System


Dimensions (cm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Nytran SPC TurboBlotter Kits*, small
12 × 16 cm transfer device with Nytran SPC, wicks, and blotter stacks for indicated gel size
7 × 10 10416328 1
9 × 11 10416336 1
10 × 15 10416300 1
11 × 14 10416304 1
Nytran SPC TurboBlotter Refills**, small
Nytran SPC, wicks, and blotter stacks for five transfers from indicated gel size
7 × 10 10416330 1
9 × 11 10416338 1
10 × 15 10416302 1
11 × 14 10416306 1
* Each TurboBlotter Kit includes: Transfer Device, Membrane Sheets (5), 3MM Chr Sheets (40), GB004 Sheets (100), cont.
and 3MM Chr Wicks (5)
** TurboBlotter refills include: Membrane Sheets (5), 3MM Chr Sheets (40), GB004 Sheets (100), and 3MM Chr Wicks (5)
All TurboBlotter kits and refills 0.45 µm

293
Blotting products | Blotting Accessories

Dimensions (cm) Catalog Number Quantity/Pack


Nytran SPC TurboBlotter Kits*, Large
21 × 26 cm transfer device with Nytran SPC, wicks, and blotter stacks for indicated gel size
12 × 21 10416308 1
15 × 15 10416312 1
15 × 20 10416316 1
20 × 20 10416320 1
20 × 25 10416324 1
Nytran SPC TurboBlotter Refills**, Large
Nytran SPC, wicks, and blotter stacks for five transfers from indicated gel size
12 × 21 10416310 1
15 × 15 10416314 1
15 × 20 10416318 1
20 × 20 10416322 1
20 × 25 10416326 1
* Each TurboBlotter Kit includes: Transfer Device, Membrane Sheets (5), 3MM Chr Sheets (40), GB004 Sheets (100), and 3MM Chr Wicks (5)
** TurboBlotter refills include: Membrane Sheets (5), 3MM Chr Sheets (40), GB004 Sheets (100), and 3MM Chr Wicks (5)
All TurboBlotter kits and refills 0.45 µm

Blotting Accessories
Whatman offers a range of blotting accessories to simplify
your testing processes. Products include membrane marking
pens and reaction folders (sealable hybridization bags).

Membrane Marking Pen


For Marking Nitrocellulose and Nylon Transfers
The membrane marking pen is a high-xylene, felt-tipped
marker that permanently writes on nitrocellulose and nylon
membranes used in standard transfer procedures.

This indispensable tool ensures easy identification and


orientation of gel transfers, colony and plaque lifts, and
Western blots, even when the membrane is damp. It is
compatible with hybridization and incubation buffers.
An excellent marker for keeping records of transfers. Membrane marking pen

Ordering Information – Membrane Marking Pen


Description Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Membrane Marking Pen 10499001 1

294
Reaction Folders
Sealable Hybridization Bags
Whatman Reaction Folders are sealable bags for hybridization
and incubation reactions.

The folders are open on three sides to allow easier insertion of


a wet membrane when compared to standard hybridization
bags. The folders can be sealed with a standard heat-sealer.
Available in 8 × 10" (20.3 × 25.8 cm) size.

Sealable hybridization bags

Ordering Information – Reaction Folders


Dimensions Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
8 × 10" (20.3 × 25.8 cm) 10483064 50

Waste Reduction
Whatman offers products to safely reduce waste and protect
the laboratory environment. These include the Extractor™
System for removal of ethidium bromide from gel-staining
solutions and Benchkote, an absorbent, impermeable material
designed to protect laboratory surfaces.

Benchkote and Benchkote Plus


Benchkote
Benchkote is an absorbent, impermeable material designed
to protect laboratory surfaces against hazardous spills. The
material features a high-quality, smooth, absorbent Whatman
paper, which quickly absorbs liquid spills and a laminated
polyethylene layer that prevents flow through to the working
surface. After use, the sheet is incinerated or disposed of Benchkote
according to local regulations.

Benchkote Plus
Benchkote Plus is a thicker, more absorbent material for more
demanding applications and can absorb in excess of 0.75 liters
of water per square meter.

295
Blotting Products | Waste reduction

Features and Benefits


•M
 aterial is very strong, making it tear resistant, wet or dry
•S
 mooth white surface can be written on with ink or pencil and lies flat
•S
 uitable for saturation with disinfectant to protect benches where pathogens and
other bacteria are present
•U
 se polyethylene side up to collect deposits without absorption
•P
 aper side quickly absorbs liquid spills, preventing liquids from going through to the
work surface
•S
 pillages are trapped in the absorbent paper
•B
 enchkote can be incinerated after use; the polyethylene layer does not melt or
drip but is rapidly consumed in the flames

Applications
•C
 ontaining radiochemical spillage and avoiding contamination
•R
 ecovering spillage of expensive materials
•P
 rotecting hard surfaces to lessen impact
•W
 ater or solvent wick for humidity chambers
• Lining of chemical cabinets, laboratory bench drawers, and laboratory hoods

Ordering Information – Benchkote for Specialty Products


Dimensions Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Sheets
460 × 570 mm 2300-916 50
460 × 570 mm 2300-917 100
Pads
460 × 570 mm* 2300-594 1 (50 sheets per pad)
460 × 570 mm** 2300-599 1 (50 sheets per pad)
Reels
460 mm × 50 m 2300-731 1
920 mm × 50 m 2300-772 1
* Product is only available in the Americas
** Product is only available in Europe

Ordering Information – Benchkote Plus for Specialty Products


Dimensions Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Sheets
500 × 600 mm 2301-6150 50
Reel
600 mm × 50 m 2301-6160 1

296
Extractor EtBr System
Ethidium Bromide (EtBr) Waste Reduction System
The Extractor System is a one-step filtration funnel device
for the rapid removal of ethidium bromide from gel-staining
solutions.

This disposable unit contains an activated carbon


matrix, which removes > 99% of ethidium bromide from
electrophoretic buffer quickly and easily. Each device can
decontaminate up to 10 liters of gel-staining solution.
After filtration, the decontaminated solution can be
safely poured down the laboratory drain.

The Extractor funnel device fits most standard laboratory


flasks and bottles (neck size 33-45 mm), and the unit includes Extractor EtBr System
a cap for storage between uses. The polypropylene housing is
chemically resistant to organics. Also included in the package
are glass fiber prefilters, which remove gel pieces and other
debris to avoid premature clogging of the carbon filter.

Ordering Information – Extractor EtBr System


Description Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Extractor EtBr System, Starter Pack 10448030 2
Extractor EtBr System, Standard Pack 10448031 6

297
multi w ell plates

Multiwell Plates
Their novel design allows for numerous applications, such
as sample preparation, drug discovery, genomics, and filter
based assays.

300 Application Specific Plates

312 UNIFILTER Filtration Microplates

319 UNIPLATE Collection Plates

323 Specialty Microplates

326 Multiwell Accessories


MULTIWELL PL ATES | A pplicati o n S pecific P lates

Multiwell Plates
Whatman is dedicated to providing the most advanced technology for sample preparation to
meet the growing demands of the life sciences market. Whatman filters are used worldwide for
research, analysis, and quality control in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries. These
high-quality filters are provided in a range of multiwell analytical plates for pharmaceutical and
life science research.

Whatman utilizes a patented process to encapsulate the filter


media, which ensures no cross talk or contamination between
wells. This proprietary technology allows for use of a variety
of Whatman filter media. In addition, to further optimize the
filter plates for specific applications, novel polymers, surface
treatments, well densities, profiles, and accessories are
incorporated into the process. Our microplate technology is
applied by a team of engineers, scientists, polymer engineers
and filtration experts to ensure Whatman is at the leading
edge of new developments.

The Whatman multiwell range of products is extremely


diverse. The novel design of the filter plates allows for a large
number of applications. Applications for disciplines such as
sample preparation, genomics, and filter based assays are
served by the multiwell approach to filtration technology.
Some core applications include sample clean-up, cell-based
immunoassay, isolation of nucleic acids, and compound library
generation using parallel synthesis procedures. Whatman multiwell plates

Application Specific Plates


Whatman has developed consistent and reproducible
microplates and microplate systems to improve throughput
and reduce cost for a number of biological sample
preparations and clean-up procedures.

Comprehensive protocols are provided to enable


implementation by all types of users. Whatman microplates
conform to the ANSI/SBS standards and are engineered for
fast and convenient processing applications.

UNIFILTER plate

300
384 Well DNA Binding
UNIFILTER Plate
The 384 well DNA Binding UNIFILTER plate effectively binds
and purifies DNA molecules. It provides highly reproducible
results with yields exceeding 2 μg/well, from bind-wash-
elute processing with collection by filtration. Minimal liquid
hang-up allows for reduced elution volume, enabling
DNA concentration as high as 150 ng/μl. Further ethanol
precipitation is unnecessary. The DNA is ready to use.

Features and Benefits


• High efficiency bind-wash-elute processing with collection
by filtration
384 well DNA Binding UNIFILTER
• Simplifies automation with no cross contamination
• Highly reproducible results yielding DNA purity exceeding
2 μg/well, sufficient for sensitive downstream applications
• Minimal liquid hang-up allows for reduced elution volume
with DNA concentration as high as 150 ng/μl

Ordering Information – 384 Well DNA Binding UNIFILTER


Well Format Well Volume (μl) Catalog Number Plate Material Well Bottom Filter Media Quantity/Pack
DNA Binding UNIFILTER
384 100 7700-2110 Clear polystyrene Filter, LDD DNA binding 50
UNIPLATE Collection Plate
384 100 7701-1100 Clear polystyrene Flat – 50
LDD – Long Drip Director
See also 96 well DNA Binding UNIFILTER chart on p. 310.

301
MULTIWELL PL ATES | A pplicati o n S pecific P lates

Dye Terminator Removal UNIFILTER


The Whatman Dye Terminator Removal plates are available
in 96 well and 384 well formats. These plates can be used
with gel filtration media for high-throughput sequencing
reaction clean-up, including removal of dye blobs.
They are constructed from rigid polystyrene that can
withstand centrifugation. Laboratory packing of gel filtration
media is less expensive than prepacked plates or spin columns.

96 well Dye Terminator Removal UNIFILTER

Ordering Information – Dye Terminator Removal UNIFILTER


Well Format Well Volume (μl) Catalog Number Plate Material Well Bottom Quantity/Pack
Dye Terminator Removal UNIFILTER
96 800 7700-2801 Clear polystyrene Filter, LDD* 25
384 100 7700-1101 Clear polystyrene Filter, LDD* 50
UNIPLATE Collection Plate
96 750 7701-5750 Natural polypropylene Round 25
384 80 7701-5101 Natural polypropylene “V” 50
* Whatman GF/C
LDD – Long Drip Director

ELISA UNIFILTER
Traditional ELISA is performed in plastic microplates.
Whatman offers speed, sensitivity, and simple washing
protocols with nitrocellulose filter plates.

ELISA performed with the Whatman ELISA UNIFILTER takes


less time than traditional methods using regular microplates.
Coating the nitrocellulose filter with antibody takes only
minutes, compared with overnight procedures employed
for coating polystyrene microplates. Also, the use of vacuum
filtration greatly reduces the time required for rinsing and
enables quantitative collection of filtrate into a collection plate.

ELISA UNIFILTER

302
Ordering Information – ELISA UNIFILTER
Well Format Well Volume (μl) Catalog Number Plate Material Filter Media Well Bottom Quantity/Pack
ELISA UNIFILTER
96 350 7700-3307 White polystyrene 0.45 µm CN Filter, SDD 50
UNIPLATE Collection Plate
96 350 7701-1350 Clear polystyrene – Flat 50
96 2000 7701-5200 Natural polypropylene – Round 25
Microplate Seals
Clear polyester thin cold 7704-0001 – – – 100
sealing film with adhesive
backing 0.05 mm thick
UniVac 3 Vacuum Manifold
Univac 3 acrylic filter/collect 7705-0107 – – – 1
vacuum manifold for volumes
from 100 μl to 10 ml
CN – Cellulose Nitrate
SDD – Short Drip Director

BAC Prep UNIFILTER


With ever increasing demand for simple, fast methods to
purify DNA from bacterial cultures, the Whatman Genomics
microplate is an excellent solution for the clarification of
lysates containing large insert vectors.

This microplate has a cellulose acetate membrane with a


special support, which clears non-chaotropic bacterial lysates,
and long drip directors to eliminate cross talk between wells.
Without further purification the DNA is clean enough for
further enzymatic manipulation. Cellulose acetate acts as
both a depth filter and a fine particle filter. The 0.45 µm pores
do not block because of the depth effect of the membrane.
Cellulose acetate is also inert and does not bind either BAC prep UNIFILTER
DNA or protein.

Ordering Information – BAC Prep UNIFILTER


Well Format Well Volume (μl) Catalog Number Plate Material Filter Media Well Bottom Quantity/Pack
BAC Prep UNIFILTER
96 800 7700-2808 Clear polystyrene 0.45 µm CA Filter, LDD 25
Bacterial Growth Plate
96 2000 7701-5205 Natural polypropylene – Round, irradiated 25
with lid
UNIPLATE Collection Plate
96 2000 7701-5200 Natural polypropylene – Round 25
96 750 7701-5750 Natural polypropylene – Round 25
CA – Cellulose Acetate
LDD – Long Drip Director
303
MULTIWELL PL ATES | A pplicati o n S pecific P lates

PCR Clean-Up UNIFILTER


Process 96 or 384 samples quickly by a bind-wash-elute method with greater
than 85% recovery. The PCR Clean-up UNIFILTER eliminates time-consuming
precipitations and labor-intensive resin purifications. Purified DNA is ready
for sequencing, hybridization assays, and microarrays.

The PCR Clean-up UNIFILTER can be used with both vacuum and centrifuge
techniques. (Centrifugation is recommended for final elution with the
384 well UNIFILTER.)
96 well PCR Clean-up UNIFILTER

Ordering Information – PCR Clean-Up UNIFILTER


Well Format Well Volume (μl) Catalog Number Plate Material Filter Media Well Bottom Quantity/Pack
PCR Clean-up UNIFILTER
96 800 7700-2810 Clear polystyrene DNA binding Filter, LDD 25
384 100 7700-2110 Clear polystyrene DNA binding Filter, LDD 50
UNIPLATE Collection Plate
96 250 7701-5250* Natural polypropylene – “V” 50
384 100 7701-1100 Clear polystyrene – Flat 50
Microplate Seals
Microplate Seals, thin cold 7704-0001 Clear polyester – – 100
sealing film with adhesive
backing 0.05 mm thick
* Does not comply with ANSI/SBS standards
LDD – Long Drip Director

Phase Separation UNIFILTER


The Phase Separation plate allows for a quick separation of halogenated solvents
from an aqueous phase, with no carryover and no close manual contact. The plate
consists of a 2 ml, 96 well, rigid glass-filled polypropylene body. It has long drip
directors to ensure accurate dispensing of the filtrate. Whatman 1PS media is sealed
into each well.

Whatman 1PS is a silicone-treated medium, which remains impervious to aqueous


solvents but allows the unimpeded passage of organic solvents. Providing that the
solvent layer is in contact with the 1PS, the organic solvent layer will drain under Phase Separation UNIFILTER
gravity until the aqueous interface is reached, when flow will stop automatically.
If subsequent harvesting of the aqueous layer is required, a vacuum can then be
applied to collect this layer.

304
Ordering Information – Phase Separation UNIFILTER
Well Format Well Volume (μl) Catalog Number Plate Material Filter Media Well Bottom Quantity/Pack
Phase Separation UNIFILTER
96 2000 7720-7229-01 Glass-filled Filter, LDD Phase separation 1
polypropylene
UNIPLATE Collection Plate
96 750 7701-5750 Natural polypropylene – Round 25
96 2000 7701-5200 Natural polypropylene – Round 25
LDD – Long Drip Director

Protein Kinase Assay UNIFILTER


The Protein Kinase Assay filter plate incorporates a P81 filter
in each well. P81 is a cation exchanger that binds peptides but
does not bind unincorporated ATP, resulting in low nonspecific
background noise and high sensitivity in kinase assays.

The filter plate is produced to ANSI/SBS standards in rigid white


polystyrene or Barex to eliminate optical cross talk problems
during liquid scintillation counting. The 150 μl UNIFILTER has
shallow wells enabling higher detection sensitivity.

Protein Kinase Assay UNIFILTER

Ordering Information – Protein Kinase Assay UNIFILTER


Well Format Well Volume (μl) Catalog Number Plate Material Filter Media Well Drip Quantity/
Bottom Director Pack
Protein Kinase Assay UNIFILTER
96 150 7700-0512* White Barex Whatman P81 Mesh Mesh 50
96 350 7700-3312* White polystyrene Whatman P81 Filter Short 50
96 350 7700-4312* White polystyrene Whatman P81 Mesh Mesh 50
UniVac 1 Vacuum Manifold
Vacuum to waste manifold 7705-0101 Polyurethane – – – 1
* Comes with 55 backing seals

305
MULTIWELL PL ATES | A pplicati o n S pecific P lates

Protein Precipitation UNIFILTER FF


The Protein Precipitation UNIFILTER FF (Fast Flow) is
optimized for removing acetonitrile-precipitated proteins
from plasma or serum samples. This 2 ml, 96 well, rigid
glass-filled polypropylene microplate is both robust and
chemically resistant.

The plate contains specially formulated dual membranes


with two distinct layers. The top layer acts as a prefilter to
remove coarse particulates. The bottom layer is oleophobic
for retaining the well contents without dripping. This provides
a final filter for removing fine particulate matter when a
vacuum is applied.

Features and Benefits Protein Precipitation UNIFILTER FF


• 96 samples purified at the same time
• Purified samples available in less than 10 minutes
• Precipitation and filtration in the same well
• No laborious pipetting and/or centrifugation required
and minimal liquid handling
• Dual Whatman filter media
• Ensures no fluid loss during incubation and fast flow
during filtration
• Over 98% protein removal
• Sample volumes up to 150 μl for plasma and 200 μl
for serum
• ANSI/SBS compatible
• Robotics friendly

Ordering Information – Protein Precipitation UNIFILTER FF


Well Format Well Volume (μl) Catalog Number Plate Material Filter Media Well Bottom Quantity/Pack
Protein Precipitation UNIFILTER
96 2000 7720-7235 Glass polypropylene Standard – 1
96 2000 7720-7236 Glass polypropylene Fast flow – 1
UNIPLATE Collection Plate
96 750 7701-5750 Natural polypropylene – Round 25
96 2000 7701-5200 Natural polypropylene – Round 25

306
Plasmid Miniprep
The preparation of plasmid DNA from bacterial culture is an
extremely common procedure. The Plasmid Miniprep System
Bacterial Growth simplifies the process, increases the throughput, and improves
Plate 7701-5205 the purity of plasmid DNA.

The Plasmid Miniprep System consists of a few basic steps,


each with an optimized microplate.
Cultivate

Alkaline Lysis

Novel Filter Lysate Clarification


Configuration UNIFILTER 7720-2830

Filter/Collect
Clarified Lysate

DNA DNA Binding


Binding UNIFILTER 7720-2810

Wash/Elute

Shallow Well
“V” Bottom UNIPLATE
7701-5250

Amplify or Sequence

307
MULTIWELL PL ATES | A pplicati o n S pecific P lates

Sample Results

Average yield per well 6.0 μg


A260/A280 1.94
EcoR1 digest Yes
Sequencing accuracy (BLAST) 97% over 600 bp
Full protocol available at www.whatman.com

Ordering Information – Plasmid Miniprep


Well Format Well Volume (μl) Catalog Number Plate Material Filter Media Well Bottom Irradiated Quantity/
with Lid Pack
UNIPLATE Bacterial Growth Plate
96 2000 7701-5205 Natural – Round Yes 25
polypropylene
Lysate Clarification UNIFILTER
96 800 7720-2830 Clear Lysate Filter, LDD No 25
polystyrene clarification
96 800 7770-0062 Clear Lysate Filter, LDD No 25
polystyrene clarification
0.45 µm PP
DNA Binding UNIFILTER
96 800 7700-2810 Clear DNA binding Filter, LDD No 25
polystyrene
UNIPLATE Collection Plate
96 2000 7701-5200 Natural – Round No 25
polypropylene
96 750 7701-5750 Natural – Round No 25
polypropylene
96 250 7701-5250* Natural – “V” No 50
polypropylene
UniVac 3 Vacuum Manifold
UniVac 3 Teflon coated aluminum 7705-0102 – – – – 1
filter/collect vacuum manifold for
volumes from 100 μl to 10 ml
* Does not comply with ANSI/SBS standards
LDD – Long Drip Director

308
96 Well Bacterial Growth Plate
The high-throughput Bacterial Growth plate can simplify
and accelerate the growth of 96 individual 1.5 ml bacterial
cultures. It is used for both overnight cultivation and the initial
“spin down” of bacteria. Made of medical-grade polypropylene
with a clear polystyrene lid, this gamma-irradiated plate
eliminates the need to grow multiple, discrete cultures.
It also optimizes space and efficiency in the incubator.

Whatman has demonstrated that culture integrity is not


affected by the close proximity of neighboring cultures and
that each culture grows to the same density as it would in
individual culture tubes (at 325 rpm and 37°C for 16 hours).
96 well Bacterial Growth plate
Features and Benefits
• Consistent cell densities across all 96 wells
• Eliminates cross contamination between wells
• Growth comparable to individual test tubes
• Ability to automate allows for increased productivity

Ordering Information – 96 Well Bacterial Growth Plate


Well Format Well Volume (μl) Catalog Number Plate Material Well Bottom Irradiated with Lid Quantity/Pack
96 2000 7701-5205 Natural Round Yes 25
polypropylene

309
MULTIWELL PL ATES | A pplicati o n S pecific P lates

96 Well DNA Binding UNIFILTER


Plasmid DNA Binding UNIFILTER works either as a stand-alone
or as part of our high-throughput miniprep system.

Plasmid DNA is bound to the filter under chaotropic


conditions, washed twice, and then vacuumed to dryness
on a vacuum manifold. The plasmid DNA is eluted by vacuum
in a final volume of 100 μl into a nonbinding polypropylene
collection plate using water or TE-1 buffer. The DNA is ready
to use and further ethanol precipitation is unnecessary.
The final concentration is 50-100 ng/μl, depending on the
original culture. The OD260/280 ratio is 1.9 and the yields in
all 96 wells “max out” at 6 μg. Full protocol is available at
www.whatman.com 96 well Plasmid DNA Binding UNIFILTER

The Plasmid DNA binding plate can be used with both vacuum
and centrifuge techniques, making it a vital and flexible tool in
every high-throughput laboratory.

Features and Benefits


•D
 NA recovery of 6 μg per well on average
•C
 onsistent yield across all 96 wells
• Eluted plasmid DNA is free of genomic DNA contamination
when used with Lysate Clarification UNIFILTER
• High-quality DNA suitable for PCR, restriction digestion,
and sequencing
•S
 ave time: no desalting or ethanol precipitation
•N
 o kit required, significantly reduces costs

Ordering Information – 96 Well DNA Binding UNIFILTER


Well Format Well Volume (μl) Catalog Number Plate Material Filter Media Well Bottom Quantity/Pack
96 800 7700-2810 Clear polystyrene DNA binding Filter, LDD 25
LDD – Long Drip Director

310
96 Well Lysate Clarification
UNIFILTER
The Lysate Clarification UNIFILTER can utilize either vacuum
or a centrifuge. The vacuum process is significantly easier
to automate with consistency across all wells when used
with the DNA Binding UNIFILTER; it also has an average DNA
recovery rate 10-30% higher than the manual centrifuge
method. This method filters out cell debris to obtain plasmid
DNA in the aqueous phase.

Whatman filter technology results in high particle retention


and fast flow rates while producing a clean lysate. The Lysate
Clarification plate is an important tool for high-throughput
96 well Lysate Clarification UNIFILTER
plasmid DNA purification.

Features and Benefits


• Processes 96 lysates in less than 10 minutes
• Increases DNA recovery by 10-30%
• Consistent yield across all 96 wells
• User flexibility of using either centrifugation or vacuum
• 96 well format is easily automated 

Ordering Information – 96 Well Lysate Clarification UNIFILTER


Well Format Well Volume (μl) Catalog Number Plate Material Filter Media Well Bottom Quantity/Pack
96 800 7700-0062 Clear polystyrene Lysate clarification Filter, LDD 25
0.45 µm PP
96 800 7720-2830 Clear polystyrene Lysate clarification – 25
LDD – Long Drip Director

311
MULTIWELL PL ATES | UNIFILTER FILTR ATION MICROPL ATES

UNIFILTER Filtration Microplates


The proprietary Whatman UNIFILTER microplates with filter
bottom wells are convenient and ready to use. Available in
24, 96, and 384 well formats, UNIFILTER microplates offer a
choice of filter media to meet exact application requirements.

The novel drip director design of Whatman UNIFILTER


microplates ensures precise collection of the filtrate to allow
for further processing and analysis. UNIFILTER microplates are
available in a range of well volumes from 100 μl to 10 ml.

Features and Benefits


• No cross talk. Patented integral filter design prevents
well-to-well cross contamination.
• Economical to use. Wide range of well volume options
ensures efficient use of materials.
• Better control. Choice of filter media allows control of the
flow rates and retention characteristics.
• Versatile. A broad range of filtration media is available,
including glass fiber, polypropylene, cellulose nitrate,
cellulose acetate, nylon, and ion exchange cellulose.
UNIFILTER construction

312
24 Well 10 ml UNIFILTER Microplate
The 10 ml UNIFILTER microplate is widely used for applications
that require very large sample or reagent volumes. Typically
these applications include biomolecule purification by solid
phase extraction and organic synthesis in combinatorial
chemistry library generation.

The polypropylene construction of the 10 ml UNIFILTER


microplate permits chemical and heat-resistant operation.
The long drip directors facilitate collection of filtrate with
no cross talk.

Long drip director 24 well 10 ml UNIFILTER microplate

Ordering Information – 24 Well 10 ml UNIFILTER Microplate


Well Format Well Volume (ml) Catalog Number Plate Material Drip Director Filter Media Quantity/Pack
24 10 7700-9901 Natural polypropylene Long Whatman GF/C 25
24 10 7700-9904 Natural polypropylene Long 25-30 µm melt 25
blown polypropylene
24 10 7700-9905 Natural polypropylene Long 1 µm PTFE laminate 25
24 10 7700-9917 Natural polypropylene Long 10-12 µm melt 25
blown polypropylene

313
MULTIWELL PL ATES | UNIFILTER FILTR ATION MICROPL ATES

384 Well 100 μl UNIFILTER Microplate


The 100 μl UNIFILTER is the only 384 well filter microplate
with a 100 μl well volume to allow a large enough sample for
recovery after filtration. Beneath the filter plate are long drip
directors designed to eliminate well-to-well contamination
during the filtration process.

The 384 well filter plate has been successfully used for DNA
template clean-up, cell capture, and for the removal
of unwanted debris.

Long drip director 384 well 100 μl UNIFILTER microplate

Ordering Information – 384 Well 100 μl UNIFILTER Microplate


Well Format Well Volume (μl) Catalog Number Plate Material Drip Director Filter Media Quantity/Pack
384 100 7700-1101 Clear polystyrene Long Whatman GF/C 50
384 100 7700-1102 Clear polystyrene Long Whatman 50
hydrophobic GF/C
384 100 7700-2106 Clear polystyrene Long 0.45 µm hydrophilic 50
PVDF
384 100 7700-2110 Clear polystyrene Long DNA binding 50
384 100 7700-2117 Clear polystyrene Long 10 µm melt blown 50
polypropylene

314
96 Well 2 ml UNIFILTER Microplate
The 2 ml UNIFILTER microplate is widely used for applications
that require larger sample or reagent volumes. Typically these
applications include biomolecule purification by solid phase
extraction and organic synthesis in combinatorial chemistry
library generation.

The glass-filled polypropylene construction of the 2 ml


UNIFILTER microplate permits chemical and heat-resistant
operation. The long drip directors facilitate collection of filtrate
with no cross talk.

Two filter media for the 2 ml chemically resistant filter plate


are PKP and GF/D. Both are chemically resistant with the Glass-filled polypropylene 96 well UNIFILTER
PKP used for retaining solvent, while the GF/D is used for
fast flow rates.

Long drip director Protein Precipitation UNIFILTER

Ordering Information – 96 Well 2 ml UNIFILTER Microplate


Well Well Catalog Plate Material Drip Filter Media Quantity/
Format Volume (ml) Number Director Pack
96 2 7700-7201 Glass-filled polypropylene Long Whatman GF/C 25
96 2 7700-7202 Glass-filled polypropylene Long Whatman hydrophobic GF/C 25
96 2 7700-7203 Glass-filled polypropylene Long Whatman GF/B 25
96 2 7700-7204 Glass-filled polypropylene Long 25-30 µm melt blown polypropylene 25
96 2 7700-7206 Glass-filled polypropylene Long 0.45 µm hydrophilic PVDF 25
96 2 7700-7210 Glass-filled polypropylene Long Whatman GF/F 25
96 2 7700-7211 Glass-filled polypropylene Long Whatman GF/D 25
96 2 7700-7224 Glass-filled polypropylene Long 10 µm polypropylene 25
96 2 7700-7228 Glass-filled polypropylene Long Whatman oleophobic PKP 10
96 2 7720-7229-01 Glass-filled polypropylene Long Phase separation 1
96 2 7720-7235 Glass-filled polypropylene Long Protein precipitation 1
96 2 7720-7236 Glass-filled polypropylene Long Protein precipitation fast flow 1

315
MULTIWELL PL ATES | UNIFILTER FILTR ATION MICROPL ATES

96 Well 350 μl UNIFILTER Microplate


The 350 μl UNIFILTER is the plate of choice for filter-based assays
in high-throughput screening (HTS). It is available in opaque
white polystyrene for efficient use with liquid scintillation,
fluorescence, and chemiluminescence detections. The
dimensions are compatible with most microplate readers
for screening procedures. These plates are also available
in clear polystyrene.

Short drip director 96 well 350 μl UNIFILTER microplate

Ordering Information – 96 Well 350 μl UNIFILTER Microplate


Well Format Well Catalog Drip Filter Media Quantity/
Volume (μl) Number Director Pack
UNIFILTER – Clear Polystyrene
96 350 7700-1301 Short Whatman GF/C 50
96 350 7700-1303 Short Whatman GF/B 50
96 350 7700-1305 Short 0.45 µm polypropylene 50
96 350 7700-1306 Short 0.45 µm hydrophilic PVDF 50
96 350 7700-1308 Short 0.45 µm cellulose acetate 50
96 350 7920-8365* Closed bottom 0.2 µm cellulose nitrate and lid 50
UNIFILTER – White Polystyrene
96 350 7700-3301 Short Whatman GF/C 50
96 350 7700-3302 Short Whatman hydrophobic GF/C 50
96 350 7700-3303 Short Whatman GF/B 50
96 350 7700-3304 Short 25-30 µm melt blown polypropylene 50
96 350 7700-3305 Short 0.45 µm polypropylene 50
96 350 7700-3306 Short 0.45 µm hydrophilic PVDF 50
96 350 7700-3307 Short 0.45 µm cellulose nitrate 50
96 350 7700-3308 Short 0.45 µm cellulose acetate 50
96 350 7700-3310 Short Whatman GF/F 50
96 350 7700-3312 Short Whatman P81 50
96 350 7700-3356 Short 0.45 µm hydrophobic PVDF 50
96 350 7770-0001 Short 0.45 µm hydrophobic PVDF and 0.45 µm polypropylene 50
96 350 7770-0006** Short 0.45 µm hydrophobic PVDF and 0.45 µm polypropylene, 50
irradiated with lid
* Closed bottom for ELISPOT plate with membrane
** Recommended for ELISPOT assays

316
96 Well 800 μl UNIFILTER Microplate
The 800 μl UNIFILTER is the microplate most typically used
in purifications, isolations, and separations of biomolecules,
particularly DNA.

The microplate has a well volume of 800 μl, which is excellent


for standard DNA plasmid miniprep chemistries. The choice of
short or long drip directors is application specific. The UNIFILTER
800 μl is constructed from rigid high grade polystyrene.

Long drip director Short drip director 96 well 800 μl UNIFILTER microplate

Ordering Information – 96 Well 800 μl UNIFILTER Microplate


Well Format Well Catalog Plate Material Filter Media Quantity/
Volume (μl) Number Pack
UNIFILTER – Short Drip Director
96 800 7700-1801 Clear polystyrene Whatman GF/C 25
96 800 7700-1804 Clear polystyrene 25-30 µm melt blown polypropylene 25
96 800 7700-1806 Clear polystyrene 0.45 µm hydrophilic PVDF 25
96 800 7700-1808 Clear polystyrene 0.45 µm cellulose acetate 25
96 800 7700-1818 Clear polystyrene 5-7 µm melt blown polypropylene 25
UNIFILTER – Long Drip Director
96 800 7700-2801 Clear polystyrene Whatman GF/C 25
96 800 7700-2803 Clear polystyrene Whatman GF/B 25
96 800 7700-2804 Clear polystyrene 25-30 µm melt blown polypropylene 25
96 800 7700-2805 Clear polystyrene 0.45 µm polypropylene 25
96 800 7700-2806 Clear polystyrene 0.45 µm hydrophilic PVDF 25
96 800 7700-2808 Clear polystyrene 0.45 µm cellulose acetate 25
96 800 7700-2809 Clear polystyrene 0.45 µm nylon positive 25
96 800 7700-2810 Clear polystyrene DNA binding 25
96 800 7700-2811 Clear polystyrene Whatman GF/D 25
96 800 7700-2817 Clear polystyrene 10-12 µm melt blown polypropylene 25
96 800 7720-2830 Clear polystyrene Lysate clarification plate 25
96 800 7770-0062 Clear polystyrene Lysate clarification media and 0.45 µm PP 25

317
MULTIWELL PL ATES | unifilter filtrati o n micr o plates

96 Well UNIFILTER Microplate:


Mesh Bottom
Mesh bottom UNIFILTER plates with 150 and 350 μl wells
are designed to accommodate rapid flow rates when
vacuuming solutions to waste, for scintillation counting or
other analysis of the trapped cells or particles. All mesh
bottom UNIFILTER microplates are supplied with 55
backing seals for plate bottoms.

Mesh bottom 96 well UNIFILTER microplate: mesh bottom

Ordering Information – 96 Well UNIFILTER Microplate: Mesh Bottom


Well Format Well Volume (μl) Catalog Number Drip Director Filter Media Quantity/Pack
UNIFILTER – White Barex
96 150 7700-0512 Mesh Protein Kinase Assay with 50
Whatman P81
UNIFILTER – White polystyrene
96 350 7700-4301 Mesh Whatman GF/C 50
96 350 7700-4302 Mesh Whatman hydrophobic GF/C 50
96 350 7700-4303 Mesh Whatman GF/B 50
96 350 7700-4312 Mesh Whatman P81 50
96 350 7700-4313 Mesh Whatman DE81 50

318
UNIPLATE Collection Plates
Whatman microplates for collection and analysis are
available in single, 24, 48, 96 and 384 well formats.
These microplates are manufactured from polystyrene,
polypropylene, and Multi-Chem™ materials to accommodate
a wide range of sampling and storage applications.

Multi-Chem Microplates
Multi-Chem is a chemically resistant material that
exhibits extremely useful properties over a wide range
of applications. Providing an excellent choice for storage
applications, Multi-Chem microplates are suitable for
aggressive organic solvents such as DMF, TFA, THF,
acetonitrile, chloroform, and methylene chloride. Multi-Chem microplates
Nonbinding properties of Multi-Chem microplates also
make them suitable for storage of biological materials.

Ordering Information – Multi-Chem Microplates


Well Format Well Volume (μl) Catalog Number Plate Material Filter Media Quantity/Pack
Multi-Chem – 24 Well
24 10,000 7701-6102 Multi-Chem Round 10
Multi-Chem – 96 Well
96 250 7701-6250 Multi-Chem “V” 10
96 750 7701-6750 Multi-Chem Round 10
96 2000 7701-6200 Multi-Chem Round 10
Multi-Chem – 384 Well
384 80 7701-6101 Multi-Chem “V” 10

319
MULTIWELL PL ATES | U N I P L A T E C o llecti o n P lates

UNIPLATE “V” Bottom Microplates


The 96 and 384 well format UNIPLATE™ with “V” bottom is
suitable for applications with small sample volumes. The
vertical sides of the well, combined with the “V” design at the
base of each well, ensure that all the material runs down the
side walls and is channeled into the well base. The “V” bottom
ensures maximum sample recovery – typically, approximately
99% liquid sample recovery is attained.

“V” bottom for UNIPLATE “V” bottom microplates


maximum sample
recovery

Ordering Information – UNIPLATE “V” Bottom Microplates


Well Format Well Volume (μl) Catalog Number Plate Material Well Bottom Quantity/Pack
UNIPLATE – 96 Well
96 250 7701-1250 Clear polystyrene “V” 50
96 250 7701-2250 Black polystyrene “V” 50
96 250 7701-3250 White polystyrene “V” 50
96 250 7701-6250 Multi-Chem “V” 10
96 250 7701-5250* Natural polypropylene “V” 50
UNIPLATE – 384 Well
384 80 7701-5101 Natural polypropylene “V” 50
384 80 7701-6101 Multi-Chem “V” 10
* Does not comply with ANSI/SBS standards

320
UNIPLATE Collection
and Analysis Microplates
Whatman offers a wide range of UNIPLATE microplates,
including various well profiles, well volumes, and well densities,
in diverse polymer materials. Most UNIPLATE microplates
conform to the ANSI/SBS microplate standard and fit most
microplate readers and automated plate handling devices.

Whatman UNIPLATE microplates are suitable for a wide range


of applications, including simple filtrate collection, when used
in conjunction with our UNIFILTER microplates, as well as
homogeneous assay techniques utilized in HTS.

Features and Benefits


UNIPLATE collection microplates
• Widest selection from a single source. Choice of well
volumes ranging from 80 μl to 10 ml, well densities
from 24 to 384 wells with round or “V” bottom for
maximum recovery.
• Chemical compatibility. Available in chemically resistant
polymers capable of withstanding low temperatures for
long-term storage. Opaque plates prevent optical cross
talk in light emitting assays.
•C
 onforms to ANSI/SBS microplate standard
•G
 uaranteed for use with robotic handlers and
centrifuge carriers

Applications
•S
 ample storage
•A
 ssay development
•H
 igh-throughput screening 384 well 400 μl UNIPLATE

• Plasmid miniprep
•E
 LISA assays
• Luminescence/chemiluminescence
•C
 ell culture
• Filtrate collection

321
MULTIWELL PL ATES | uniplate c o llecti o n plates

Ordering Information – UNIPLATE Collection and Analysis Microplates


Well Well Catalog Number Plate Material Well Bottom Irradiated Quantity/Pack
Format Volume (μl) with Lid
UNIPLATE – Single Well
1 75,000 7701-0176 Clear polystyrene Flat with grid No 50
UNIPLATE – 24 Well
24 3000 7701-7300* Black polypropylene Flat (square well) No 25
24 10,000 7701-5102 Natural polypropylene Round No 25
24 10,000 7701-5110 Natural polypropylene Round Yes 25
UNIPLATE – 48 Well
48 1500 7701-1150 Clear polystyrene Flat No 50
48 5000 7701-5500 Natural polypropylene Flat (rectangular well) No 25
48 5000 7701-5505 Natural polypropylene Flat Yes 25
UNIPLATE – 96 Well
96 300 7701-1350 Clear polystyrene Flat No 50
96 300 7701-3350 White polystyrene Flat No 50
96 300 7701-2350 Black polystyrene Flat No 50
96 300 7701-5350* Clear polypropylene Flat No 50
96 300 7701-4350* White polypropylene Flat No 50
96 300 7701-7350* Black polypropylene Flat No 50
96 650 7701-1651 Clear polystyrene Flat (square well) No 50
96 750 7701-1750 Clear polystyrene Round No 25
96 750 7701-5750 Natural polypropylene Round No 25
96 800 7701-1800 Clear polystyrene Flat No 25
96 2000 7701-5200 Natural polypropylene Round No 25
96 2000 7701-5205 Natural polypropylene Round Yes 25
UNIPLATE – 384 Well
384 100 7701-1100 Clear polystyrene Flat No 50
384 100 7701-3100 White polystyrene Flat No 50
384 100 7701-2100 Black polystyrene Flat No 50
384 400 7701-5400 Natural polypropylene Square to round No 25
* Does not comply with ANSI/SBS standards

322
Specialty Microplates
Whatman offers an extensive range of specialty microplates to meet the demanding
requirements of sample preparation in the life sciences market.

Clear View Microplates


Whatman Clear View™ microplates have optically clear polymer bottoms.
They eliminate the need for numerous transfer steps by providing the means
to grow, observe, count, and assay cells in a single device. Tissue culture treatment
facilitates cell adhesion. Whatman Clear View microplates have a very low
visible-wavelength absorbance background.

Ordering Information – Clear View Microplates


Well Format Well Volume (μl) Catalog Number Plate Material Quantity/Pack
No Surface Treatment, No Lid
96 300 7706-2380 Black polystyrene 50
384 100 7706-2103 Black polystyrene 50
Tissue Culture Treated, Irradiated with Lid
96 300 7716-2380 Black polystyrene 50
96 300 7716-3380 White polystyrene 50

323
MULTIWELL PL ATES | S pecialty M icr o plates

Glass Bottom Microplates


Whatman Glass Bottom microplates are designed for high-
sensitivity detection, including fluorescent and luminescent
detection and scintillation counting, where extremely low
backgrounds with no cross talk are needed. Glass Bottom
microplates have excellent uniformity in flatness and thickness
(0.175 mm glass thickness) to provide optically clear as well as
optically flat surfaces. This ensures confluence and planarity
for confocal imaging and detection techniques.

They are suitable for FRET and GFP. The skirtless glass bottom
plate allows the bottom of the plate to be positioned very
close to microscope objectives. This is the plate of choice for
Zeiss Confocal Microscopes. The Glass Bottom microplates
are available in clear and black in a 96 well format.

Features and Benefits


• Superior optical clarity
• Optics using single or dual wavelength probe
Glass Bottom microplates
• Sensitivity
• Absolute flatness

Applications
• Receptor-ligand interaction
• DNA-protein interaction
• Enzyme studies
• Cell based assays Skirtless Glass Bottom microplates

Ordering Information – Glass Bottom Microplates


Well Format Well Volume (μl) Catalog Number Plate Material Characteristics Quantity/Pack
Tissue Culture Treated, Irradiated with Lid, Standard Skirt
96 300 7716-2375 Black polystyrene Glass 5
Tissue Culture Treated, Irradiated with Lid, Skirtless for Microscopy
96 300 7716-2370 Black polystyrene Glass 5
No Surface Treatment, Standard Skirt
96 300 7706-2375 Black polystyrene Glass 5
No Surface Treatment, Skirtless for Microscopy
96 300 7706-1365 Clear polystyrene Glass 5
96 300 7706-2370 Black polystyrene Glass 5

324
UniCell Microplates
The UniCell™ 24 microplate is a versatile product that is
specifically designed for cell culture.

The UniCell 24 consists of three components:


• 24 well filtration microplate containing a polycarbonate
membrane with a pore size of 0.4 μm
• 24 well feeder tray with round wells, which have a volume
of 3.5 ml
• Polystyrene lid cover

The polycarbonate membrane is suitable for cell culture


because it is not toxic to cells and will not inhibit cell growth.
It is an excellent material to allow formation of a confluent
monolayer of mammalian cells.

The membrane becomes translucent when wet and retains


its strength, allowing for the harvesting of cells either by UniCell microplates
sloughing or by mechanical removal. The growth well,
contained in the top microplate, sits neatly inside the feeder
tray. Each well is completely sealed and sits in its own
individual feeder well. The complete UniCell 24 is supplied
irradiated and tissue culture treated. The clearance between
the bottom of the membrane and the bottom of the feeder
tray is 2 mm.

Applications
• Permeability studies
• Cocultivation
• Tissue resistance
• Cell migration
• Toxicology

Ordering Information – UniCell Microplates


Well Format Catalog Number Plate Material Filter Media Tissue Quantity/Pack
Treated/Irradiated
24 7703-1400 Polystyrene 0.4 µm polycarbonate membrane Yes 5

325
MULTIWELL PL ATES | M ulti w ell A ccess o ries

Multiwell Accessories
Whatman offers a line of multiwell plate accessories to
simplify your testing processes. The product line includes
capmats, seals, lids, vacuum manifolds, and accessories for
Biomek® 2000 and F/X liquid handling systems.

Biomek and Liquid Handling


System Accessories
Designed specifically for the Biomek 2000 and F/X liquid
handling systems from Beckman Coulter, Whatman Adapter
Collars eliminate many of the problems common to generic
vacuum systems such as cross contamination, unnecessary
collection steps, and the need for spacer plates. Adapter collars for Biomek 2000

The adapter collars are offered in two sizes to accommodate


the wide range of Whatman specialty filter and collection
plates – small, to enable collection into standard 300 μl
collection and filter plates (~14 mm high), and medium, to
accommodate collection into 800 μl collection and filter
plates (~30 mm high). Chemically resistant and easy to install,
Whatman adapter collars ensure quality is maintained in a
wide range of high-throughput applications. When vacuuming
to waste during wash steps, the 96 well Filtrate Director
assures crosstalk-free filtration by isolating the flow from
each well without collecting it.

Ordering Information – Biomek and Liquid Handling System Accessories


Description Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Small Whatman vacuum adapter collar 7705-0120 1
Medium Whatman vacuum adapter collar 7705-0121 1
96 well filtrate director 7725-0118 25

326
BugStopper Microplate Capmat
The Whatman BugStopper Capmat provides a simple and
reliable method for venting cultures being grown in a 24 well
microplate. This reusable sterile closure, which is produced
using chemically resistant biosafe silicone rubber, incorporates
hydrophobic microfilters, which provide a vent for each well.

More efficient than plastic lids, test comparisons confirm that


BugStopper Capmats improve cell growth and significantly
reduce evaporation. The silicone rubber portion of the capmat
reseals after puncture, thus keeping cell cultures sterile during
inoculation or aspiration.

Sterile Venting Closures for Microplate Cultures


• More efficient than plastic lids. Perfect for extended growth BugStopper microplate capmat
of slow growing bacteria and fungi.
• Positive seal for every well. Significantly reduces evaporation
rate and removes well-to-well cross contamination.
• Autoclave and reuse. Cost-effective; repeated autoclave
cycles do not affect gas exchange or retention capabilities.
• Rated 99.9% efficient for bacteria and viruses. Restricts
microorganisms while allowing O2 and CO2 to pass through
the membrane.
• Prevents aerosol formation. Suitable for growth of
infectious microorganisms.

Growth plate

Ordering Information – BugStopper Microplate Capmat


Item Well Format Catalog Number Material Well Bottom Quantity/Pack
BugStopper Venting Capmat 24 7704-0014 Silicone rubber – 5
for 10 ml microplates

Growth plate 10 ml 24 7701-5110 Natural polypropylene Round, irradiated 25


with lid

327
MULTIWELL PL ATES | M ulti w ell A ccess o ries

Flexible Capmats
Whatman Flexible Capmats individually seal the top of
each well. Capmats may be used on either filter or
collection microplates.

Silicone Capmat
• Pierceable capmats, suitable for autosamplers
• Autoclavable (121°C, 15 min.)
• Resistant to ethanol, methanol, DMSO, and DMF
• Stable at a wide temperature range – autoclave at
120°C or store at -70°C
•R
 eseal after needle puncture

Pierceable capmat
EVA and Santoprene Capmat
• Less expensive capmat for aqueous solutions. Not suitable
for organic solvent.
•S
 table down to -20°C
• EVA is not autoclavable. Santoprene is autoclavable
at a temperature of 120°C.
•7
 704-0007 is pierceable

Ordering Information – Flexible Capmats


Well Format Catalog Number Capmat Material Microplate Compatibilty Quantity/Pack
Silicone Capmat
96 7704-0104 Square format silicone 2 ml microplates 50
96 7704-0105 Round format silicone 300 μl, 750 μl, and 50
800 µl microplates
384 7704-0115 Square format silicone 100 μl and 400 µl microplates 50
EVA and Santoprene Capmat
96 7704-0004 Square format EVA 2 ml microplates 100
96 7704-0005 Round format EVA 750 μl and 800 μl microplates 100
48 7704-0006 Rectangular format EVA 5 ml microplates 100
24 7704-0007 Square format santoprene 10 ml microplates 100
384 7704-0015 Square format santoprene 400 μl microplates 100
Venting Capmat (Autoclavable)
24 7704-0014 BugStopper venting silicone rubber 10 ml microplates 5

328
Lids
Lids are suitable for using as dust covers and to prevent splashing or
contamination when plates are being moved around the laboratory.

Polystyrene microplate lids

Ordering Information – Lids


Description Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Clear polystyrene universal lid 7704-1001 100
Natural polypropylene lid 7704-1002 100

Seals
Seals are used to control humidity and reduce evaporation of samples. They prevent
spills and contamination. Cold seals are self-sticking with inert adhesive. Heat seals
are available in a clear polyester or aluminum foil. Heat seals are for polypropylene
microplates only and are applied with heat and pressure.

Microplate seals

Ordering Information – Seals


Description Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Clear polyester thin cold sealing film with 7704-0001 100
adhesive backing, 0.05 mm thick
Clear polypropylene cold sealing film, 7704-0009 100
adhesive backing, 0.05 mm thick
Aluminum foil, applied with heat and pressure 7704-0002 100
Clear polypropylene film, applied with 7704-0003 100
heat and pressure

329
MULTIWELL PL ATES | M ulti w ell A ccess o ries

UniVac Vacuum Manifolds


UniVac 1 Vacuum to Waste Manifold
The Whatman UniVac™ 1 is a single station unit that can be used for evacuating all
liquid from a filter plate to waste when the filtrate is not required for further analysis.

UniVac 3 Vacuum to Collect Manifold


The Whatman UniVac 3 is a universal filter/collection manifold designed to hold
all the UNIPLATE formats from 100 μl to 10 ml.

The specially designed drip directors beneath the UNIFILTER plate ensure that the UniVac 1 vacuum to waste manifold
filtrate is directed into the corresponding well of the receiving UNIPLATE. The UniVac
3 comes complete with vacuum gauge, regulator, and two-way control valve.

UniVac 3 vacuum to collect manifold

Ordering Information – UniVac Vacuum Manifolds


Description Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
UniVac 1 Vacuum to Waste Manifold
Polypropylene vacuum to waste manifold 7705-0101 1
UniVac 3 Vacuum to Collect Manifold
Teflon coated aluminum filter/collect vacuum manifold 7705-0102 1
for volumes from 100 μl to 10 ml
Solid Teflon filter/collect vacuum manifold for volumes 7705-0106 1
from 100 µl to 10 ml
Acrylic filter/collect vacuum manifold for volumes from 7705-0107 1
100 µl to 10 ml
Replacement Viton gaskets for UniVac 3 filter/collect manifold 7705-0108 5
Replacement Viton O-rings for UniVac 3 filter/collect manifold 7705-0109 5

330
VacAssist Vacuum Assist Frame
The Whatman VacAssist™ is a thin, transparent Teflon
membrane stretched inside a light metal frame that fits on
top of the UNIFILTER during the vacuuming process. If one well
empties before the others, this patented device automatically
seals the mouth of the empty well, allowing the other wells to
evacuate. One VacAssist is supplied with each UniVac 3.

Ordering Information – VacAssist Vacuum Assist Frame


Description Catalog Number Quantity/Pack
Vacuum Assist (PTFE film) Frame 7705-0112 1
Vacuum Assist (PTFE/silicone) without Frame 7705-0205 6

331
Appendices
Appendix A: Filtration Simplified
Basic Filtration Concepts and Terms 334
Filter Types and Filter Holders 336

Appendix B: Product Selection


Product Selection Chart 340

Alphabetical Index
Index by Product Name 342

Numerical Index
Index by Catalog Product Number 347

Trademarks
Whatman and Affiliated Trademarks 363

333
A pp e n d i x a

Filtration Simplified
Basic Filtration Concepts and Terms
Selecting a filter with the appropriate properties can help you achieve accurate
results and reach discovery faster. But with so many types of filters to choose from,
how can you be sure you’re making the right choice? Whatman has assembled this
compilation of basic filtration concepts and terms to clarify the various options
available to you and speed the process of selection.
Membrane filters allow the efficient retention
Ash Content of submicron particulates and organisms.
Determined by ignition of the cellulose filter at 900°C in air. Minimizing ash content
is essential in gravimetric applications and also a useful measure of the level of
general purity.

Chemical Compatibility
It is very important to ensure that the pore structure of the filter media and the
integrity of the housing (if applicable) will not be impaired by exposure to certain
chemicals. In addition, exposure to these chemicals should not cause the filter to
shed fibers or particles, or add extractibles. Length of contact time, temperature,
concentration, and applied pressure can all affect compatibility. Whatman has
provided chemical compatibility charts to aid your membrane selection (see p. 340).
Glass microfiber filters are manufactured
Depth Filters from 100% borosilicate glass.
Depth filters are usually characterized as those which retain particles on the surface
and within the filter matrix. All conventional fibrous filters (whether manufactured
from cellulose, borosilicate glass microfiber or other fibrous material) are depth filters
and are normally characterized by good loading capacity.

Herzberg Method
Whatman quantifies liquid flow rate for its range of filters by using a Herzberg flow
rate test. Prefiltered deaerated water is applied to the test filter (effective area
10 cm2) at a constant hydrostatic head (10 cm). The rate of the flow is measured
in seconds per 100 ml. Flow rate can also be measured by the modified ASTM
method, which uses a quadrant folded filter held in a wire loop. It is not considered to
be as reliable or consistent as the Herzberg test. Whatman cellulose filter papers exhibit
particle retention levels down to 2.5 µm.
Hydrophilic
Because hydrophilic filters possess an affinity for water and can be wetted with
virtually any liquid, they are typically used for aqueous solutions and compatible
organic solvents.

Hydrophobic
These filters repel water, and are thus best suited for filtering organic solvents as
well as for venting and gas filtration applications.

Multigrade GMF 150 combines two filters in


one for fast, effective, multilayered filtration.

334
Liquid Flow Rate
Under practical filtration conditions, the liquid flow rate will depend on a number of
factors, many of which will be specific to the solid/liquid being filtered. In order to
compare filter performances, a standardized set of conditions is required, which will
characterize liquid flow rate for a given filter without the complicating secondary
effects derived from the presence of particulates. Liquid flow rate is tested with
prefiltered, deaerated water using a flat filter subjected to a constant hydrostatic
head. Test methods based on quadrant folded filters are considered unreliable.
See “Herzberg Method.”

Loading Capacity
This relates to the ability of a filter to load particulates into the fibrous matrix
while maintaining a practical filtration speed and a workable pressure differential
across the filter. In general, glass microfiber filters have a high loading capacity
when compared with cellulose filters of the same retention rating and thickness.
Membranes are inherently low in loading capacity. “Choking life” is a measure of
loading capacity.

Particle Retention (Air/Gas)


Retention mechanisms for removing particulates from air or gas enable much higher
efficiencies to be realized than those applicable to liquids. Efficiencies for air filtration
are normally expressed as percent penetration or retention for a stated airborne
particle size. In the United States, the Dioctyl Phthalate (DOP) test is commonly used
wherein the filter is challenged with an aerosol containing 0.3 µm particles.

Particle Retention (Liquid)


In a filtration process, the particle retention efficiency of a depth-type filter is
expressed in terms of the particle size (in µm) at which a retention level of 98% of the
total number of particles initially challenging the filter is obtained. It is customary
to quote the retention levels at 98% efficiency to allow for secondary filtration
effects. All Whatman depth filter grades have a published nominal retention rating
determined on this basis.

Pore Size (Membranes)


The pore size, usually stated in micrometers (µm), of Whatman filter media is based
upon bubble point. Pore size ratings are nominal for all membranes, apart from
those for Track-Etched and Anopore membranes. Pore size ratings for these products
are absolute, as these membranes have true pores (i.e., a top to bottom hole through
the membrane).

Prefilters
Prefilters are traditionally depth filters placed upstream from a membrane filter
to significantly reduce the particulate loading in the system and thereby allow the
membrane to operate efficiently at a light particulate loading.

Screen or Surface Filters


Membrane filters are generally described as screen filters because particles
are almost entirely trapped on the filter surface. The narrow effective pore size
distribution of Whatman membrane filters is one of their major features.

335
A pp e n d i x a

Filter Types and Filter Holders


Filter Papers
Whatman qualitative and quantitative filter papers are, with few exceptions,
manufactured from high-quality cotton linters, which have been treated to achieve
a minimum alpha cellulose content of 98%. These cellulose filter papers are used
for general filtration and exhibit particle retention levels down to 2.5 µm. There is
a wide choice of retention/flow rate combinations to match numerous laboratory
applications. The different groups of filter papers offer increasing degrees of purity,
hardness, and chemical resistance. Whatman quantitative filter papers have
extremely high purity for analytical and gravimetric work.

Glass Microfiber Filters (GMF)


The distinct properties of borosilicate glass microfibers enable Whatman to
manufacture filters with retention levels extending into the submicron range. These
depth filters combine fast flow rate with high loading capacity and retention of
very fine particulates. Due to the high void volume exhibited by glass microfiber
filters, the choking life is considerably extended beyond the life of a cellulose filter
of similar retention. Whatman glass microfiber filters are manufactured from 100%
borosilicate glass and most are completely binder free. Binder free glass microfiber
filters will withstand temperatures up to 550°C and can therefore be used in
gravimetric analysis where ignition is involved.

Membrane Filters
Unlike cellulose and glass microfiber depth filters, membrane filters are
conventionally classified as surface filters because the filter matrix acts as a screen
and retains particulates almost entirely on the smooth membrane surface. The
retention levels for these filters extend down to 0.02 µm and allow the efficient
retention of sub-micron particulates and organisms. Water microbiology and air
pollution monitoring are major applications for membranes.

Prefilters
The life of a membrane filter can be extended many times by placing a prefilter
upstream of the membrane. The total particulate load challenging the membrane is
considerably reduced thus allowing the membrane to operate efficiently.

Standard Circle Funnel Volumes


The maximum practical volume of the most popular circle sizes (quadrant folded) is
given in the following chart. Membrane and glass microfiber filters are used flat.

Standard Circle Funnel Volumes


Diameter (cm) Volume (ml)
9 15
11 20
12.5 35
15 75
18.5 135
24 300

336
Types of Filter Holders
A filter matrix requires a suitable support structure to enable it to be used for the
filtration of liquids or gases. One of the simplest forms of holder is the conical glass
1
filter funnel into which a quadrant folded or fluted filter paper is placed (1). Some
applications require additional motivating force for the solid particulate/liquid
separation to occur (i.e., vacuum assisted filtration). This type of filtration can be
carried out in a one-piece Büchner style funnel (2) where the filter is used flat on
a perforated base sealed into the funnel. Due to the difficulties encountered in
cleaning this type of funnel, the demountable 3-piece funnel was developed (3).
The Whatman 3-Piece Filter Funnel can be fully disassembled and enables the filter
paper to be securely clamped between the support plate and filter reservoir flange.
Membrane holders (4) incorporate either sealed-in sintered glass or removable
stainless steel mesh supports for the membrane. Syringe and inline filters are also
available. Large diameter membranes are typically used in pressure holders.

Selecting the Right Filter


The selection of a laboratory filter depends on the conditions and objectives
2
of the experiment or analytical procedure.

The three most important characteristics of any laboratory filter are:


• Particle retention efficiency
• Fluid flow rate through the filter
• Loading capacity

In addition, according to the particular application, other important characteristics


may require examination. For instance, wet strength, chemical resistance, purity, and
ash level may assume equal importance under certain circumstances.
3

337
A pp e n d i x a

Standard 58° or 60° Funnels


Glass/Polyethylene Funnel Diameter (mm) Filter Paper Size (cm)

9 15.0
11 20.0
12.5 35.0
15 75.0
18.5 135
24 300
35 5.5
45 7.0
55 9.0
65 11.0
75 12.5
90 15.0
100 18.5
160 24.0
180 32.0
220 40.0
260 50.0

Büchner Funnel Filter Selection


Diameter (mm) Perforated Area (mm) Filter Paper Size (mm)

43 32 42.5
63 42 55.0
83 60 75.0
100 77 90.0
114 95 110
126 105 125
151 135 150
186 160 185
253 213 240

338
Typical Particle Sizes
Gelatinous Precipitates µm
Metal Hydroxides 25-40
Precipitated Silica 25-40
Crystalline Precipitates
Ammonium Phosphomolybdate 20
Calcium Oxatate 15
Lead Sulfate 10
Barium Sulfate (hot ppt.) 8
Barium Sulfate (cold ppt.) 3
Blood Cells
Platelets 2-3
Erythrocytes (average) 7
Polymorphs 8-12
Small Lymphocytes 7-10
Large Lymphocytes 12-15
Monocytes 16-22
Bacteria*
Cocci 0.5
Bacilli 1.0 × (2.0-6.0)
Serratia Marcescens 0.5 × (0.5-1.0)
Pneumococcus 1.0
Bacillus Tuberculosis 0.3 × (2.5-3.5)
Amoeba 12-30
E. Coli 0.5 × (1.0-3.0)
Smallest Bacteria 0.22
Other Microorganisms, etc.
Yeast Cells 2–8
Tobacco Smoke 0.5
Colloids 0.06-0.30
Rye Grass Pollen 34
Ragweed Pollen 20
Puffball Spores 3.3
* Where bacteria are rod-shaped, range of lengths is given in brackets

339
A pp e n d i x B

Product Selection
Chemical Compatibility of Membranes and Housings
Solvent ANP CA CN PC PE GMF NYL PP DpPP PES PTFE PVDF RC
Acetic Acid, 5% R LR R R R R R R R R R R
Acetic Acid, Glacial R NR NR R LR R R R R R NR
Acetone R NR NR NR R R R R R NR R NR R
Acetonitrile R NR NR R R R R R R R R
Ammonia, 6N NR NR NR LR LR R R R R R LR LR
Amyl Acetate LR NR NR R R R R R R LR R LR R
Amyl Alcohol R R R R R R R NR R R R
Benzene* R R R LR R R LR LR LR R R R R
Benzyl Alcohol* R LR LR LR R R LR LR R NR R R R
Boric Acid R R R R R R LR R R R R R
Butyl Alcohol R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Butyl Chloride* R NR NR NR R R
Carbon Tetrachloride* R NR R LR R R LR LR LR R R R R
Chlorobenzene* R R R NR R R R
Chloroform* R NR R NR R R NR LR LR NR R R R
Citric Acid R LR R R R R
Cresol NR R R NR R R NR R NR R
Cyclohexane R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Cyclohexanone R NR NR R NR R R NR R R R
Diethyl Acetamide R NR R R R R R NR R
Dimethyl Formamide LR NR NR R R R R NR R NR LR
Dioxane R NR NR NR R R R R R LR R LR R
DMSO LR NR NR NR R R R R R NR R LR LR
Ethanol R R NR R R R R R R R R R R
Ethers R LR LR R R R R R R R R LR R
Ethyl Acetate R NR NR LR R R R R R NR R LR R
Ethylene Glycol R LR LR R R R R R R R R R R
Formaldehyde LR LR R R R R R R R R R R R
Formic Acid LR LR R NR R R R R R LR
Freon TF R R R R R R R R R R R R
Hexane R R R R R R R R R R R R R
Hydrochloric Acid, Conc NR NR NR R NR R NR LR LR R R R NR
Hydrofluoric Acid NR NR NR NR LR LR R R NR
Isobutyl Alcohol R R LR R R R R R R R R R
Isopropyl Alcohol R R LR R R R R R R R
* Short Term Resistance of Housing cont.
** Membrane must be wetted with a water miscible solvent (e.g., methanol) prior to filtering water
R – Resistant
LR – Limited Resistance
NR – Not Recommended
The above data is to be used as a guide only. Testing prior to application is recommended.

340
Solvent ANP CA CN PC PE GMF NYL PP DpPP PES PTFE PVDF RC
Methanol R R NR R R R R R R R R R R
Methylene Chloride* R NR LR NR R NR LR LR NR R R R
Methyl Ethyl Ketone R LR NR LR R R R R R NR R R R
Nitric Acid, GN LR LR R NR LR LR LR R LR LR
Nitric Acid, Conc NR NR R NR R NR NR NR NR R NR NR
Nitrobenzene* LR NR NR NR R R LR LR R NR R R R
Pentane R R R R R R R R LR R R R R
Perchloro Ethylene R R R R R R LR NR R R R
Phenol 0.5% LR LR R R R R R NR R R R
Pyridine R NR NR NR R R LR R R NR R R R
Sodium Hydroxide, 6N NR NR NR NR NR NR LR R R R R NR NR
Sulfuric Acid, Conc NR NR NR NR NR R NR NR R NR R NR NR
Tetrahydrofuran R NR NR R R LR LR NR R R R
Toluene* R LR R LR R R LR LR LR NR R R R
Trichloroethane* R NR LR NR R R LR LR R R R R R
Trichloroethylene* R R R NR LR R NR R R R
Water R R R R R R R R R R R** R R
Xylene* R R R R LR LR LR LR R R R
* Short Term Resistance of Housing
** Membrane must be wetted with a water miscible solvent (e.g., methanol) prior to filtering water
R – Resistant
LR – Limited Resistance
NR – Not Recommended
The above data is to be used as a guide only. Testing prior to application is recommended.

Membrane Abbreviations:
ANP – Anopore
CA – Cellulose Acetate
CN – Cellulose Nitrate
DpPP – Depth Polypropylene
GMF – Glass Microfiber
NYL – Nylon
PC – Polycarbonate
PE – Polyester
PES – Polyethersulfone
PP – Polypropylene
PTFE – Teflon
PVDF – Polyvinylidene Fluoride
RC – Regenerated Cellulose

341
A lphab e tical I n d e x

Alphabetical Index
Page Page
3MM Chr Blotting Papers 279, 283 Blotting Papers 286
3MM Chr Cellulose Chromatography Papers 186 Blotting Products 278
903 Multiple-part Neonatal Card 246, 247 Bottle-top Filters 138
903 Protein Saver Card 246, 247 Brilliant Green Bile Broth 2% 154
903 Protein Saver Snap-apart Card 247 Broths, for Microbiology 154
903 Specimen Collection Paper 244, 251 Buffers 159
A Buffer Swabs 160
Acid Treated Low Metal TCLP Filters 32 BugStopper 131
Advanced Ion Exchange Cellulose 191 BugStopper Microplate Capmat 327
Air Monitoring Membrane, PM 2.5 59 BugStopper Venting Capmat 10 ml 327
Air Sampling Filters 33 C
Amber Mini-UniPrep Syringeless Filter 73 Capmats 328
Analytical Funnels 145 Capsule Filters 106
Anion Exchangers 193 Carbon Cap 121
Anodisc Membrane Filter 46 Cation Exchangers 194
Anopore Inorganic Membranes 46 Cell Debris Remover (CDR) 191
Anotop Syringe Filters 94 Cellulose Acetate Membranes 48
Antibiotic Assay Paper and Discs 180 Cellulose Chromatography Papers 186
Application Specific Filters 24 Cellulose Filters 4
Application Specific HPLC Columns 205 Cellulose Membranes 47
Application Specific Plates 300 Cellulose Nitrate Membranes 50
Aqueous IFD and Solvent IFD 105 Chip Clip 261, 258, 270
Array Incubation Chamber, 16 Well 259 Clear View Microplates 323
AS 300 and 600 Multiple Vacuum Filtration Apparatus 151 Clone Archiving 234
Ashless Cellulose Powder Filter Aid 175 CloneSaver Card 234
Ashless Quantitative Filter Paper 16 CloneSaver Resealable Multi-Barrier Pouches 235
AUTOCUP Disposal Filter Funnel 135 Collection Plates 319
Autovial Syringeless Filters 78 Colony and Plaque Lift Membranes 284, 294
B Cellulose Powders 190
Bacterial Growth Plate, 96 Well 240, 309 CENTREX Centrifuge Filters 126
Benchkote and Benchkote Plus 172, 295 Centrifuge Filters 123
Binder-Free Glass Microfiber Filters 27 Chromatography 186
Biohazard Labels 247 Chromatography Paper 186
Biomek 96 Well Filtrate Director 326 Chromotography Cellulose Media 190
Biomek and Liquid Handling System Accessories 326 Clyde 100
Biomek Medium Whatman Collar 326 Cyclopore Polycarbonate and Polyester Membranes 37
Biomek Small Whatman Collar 326 D
Black Cyclopore Membranes 43 Desiccant Packets 232
Black Nuclepore Membranes 44 Diamond Series TLC Plates 210, 216
Blotting Accessories 294 Dilution Bottles 159
Blotting Devices 289 DIONEX ASE 100/300 Extraction Thimble 171
Blotting Membranes 278 DIONEX ASE 200 Extraction Thimble 171

342
Page Page
Dispensers Type SR pH Indicator 178 FTA Gene Card Tray 230, 232
Dispensers Type TC pH Indicator 178 FTA Kit 225
DNA/Protein Purification 236 FTA Micro Card 225, 226
Dry Rak 246, 247 FTA Micro Card – Indicating 225, 226
Dual Paper Specimen Collection Cards 250 FTA Mini Card 225, 226
Dual Well Array Incubation Chamber 259 FTA Mini Card – Indicating 225, 226
E FTA Plant Kit 225, 226
EasiCollect 222, 226 FTA PlantSaver Card 225, 226
Elu-Quik DNA Purification Kit 236 FTA Purification Reagent 230, 232
Elutip-d Prefilters 237 G
Elutip-d Purification Minicolumns 237 GD/XP Syringe Filters 85
Elutrap Electroelution System 238 GD/X Syringe Filters 81
EPM 2000 Air Sampling Filters 33 GenSolve DNA Extraction Kit 233
EXPRESS-ION Exchangers 192 Glass Bottom Microplates 324
Extraction Thimbles 168 Glass Fiber Filters 31
Extraction Thimbles for Standard Soxhlet Apparatus 168 Glass Fiber Filter with Binder 31
Extractor EtBr System 297 Glass Fiber Filter with Inorganic Binder 31
F Glass Fiber Filter with Organic Binder 31
FAST Frame Multi-Slide Plate 260, 261 Glass Microfiber Accessories 35
FAST PAK 258, 262 Glass Microfiber Filters 26
FAST Quant System 265 Glass Microfiber Filters with Binder 31
FAST Quant 40 Human 267 Glass Microfiber GF Series 27
FAST Slides 256, 257, 258 Glass Microfiber Thimbles 171, 172
FilterCup Disposable Filter Funnel 138 Glassine Envelopes 247
FilterCup Stem with Stopper 138 GMF 150 Multigrade Membrane Prefilter 26, 30, 81
Filter Funnel, Glass 35 H
Filter Funnel Manifold for Vacuum Filtration 152 Hand Punch 247
Filter Papers 4, 24 Hardened Ashless Quantitative Filter Paper 15
Filter Papers and Membranes 4 Hardened Low Ash Filter Paper 15
Filter Papers for Technical Use 21 Harris Micro Punches 231
Filter Tubes 134 Harris Uni-Core Products 231
Filtration Devices 72 HEPA-VENT and HEPA-CAP 130
Flexible TLC Plates 210, 215 High-Performance Cellulose Extraction Thimbles 168, 169
Foil-Barrier Ziploc Bags 247 High-Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) 198
Folded (Prepleated) Qualitative Filter Paper 11 HPLC Accessories 206
Forceps PZ 001 153 HPLC Certified Syringe Filters 92
FTA Accessories 230 HPLC Columns 205
FTA Card/Pouch/Desiccant 225 HPLC Guard Cartridge System 206
FTA Card Products 223 HPLC Guard Cartridge System Replacements 206
FTA Classic Card 222, 225, 226 HPLC Integral Guard Cartridge Holder (for WVS) 206
FTA Classic Card – Indicating 225 HPLC Media 198
FTA Concentrator-PS Parasitic Purification 229 HPLC Universal Guard Cartridge Holder 206
FTA Elute 227 Human and Mouse Menus 266
FTA Elute Micro Card 228 I
FTA Gene Card 225, 226 IFD End Fitting Kit In-Line Filters 105

343
A lphab e tical I n d e x

Page Page
Ignition Strength (IS) Papers 175 Multi-Barrier Pouches 231, 232
Incubation Chamber Cover 259 Multi-Chem Microplates 319
Indicating Cards 227 Multiwell Accessories 326
Indicator Books 178 Multiwell Plates 300
Indicator Papers 180 N
Inline Filters 100 Neonatal Screening Products 244
Ion Exchange Papers 189 Neutralizing Buffer Swabs 160
Ion Exchangers – EXPRESS-ION 192 Nucleic Acid and Protein Sample Preparation 222
K Nuclepore Track-Etched Membranes 40
Kjeldahl Weighing Boats 174 Nylon Membranes 61
L Nytran Membranes, N Nylon 278, 284
Lens Cleaning Tissue 183 Nytran SuPerCharge (SPC) Nylon Membranes 278, 285, 286
Lids 329 O
Lint-Free Blotting Paper 264 Optitran Nitrocellulose Membranes 282
Liquid Media 154 P
M Papers for Healthcare 180
MBS I 146 Parchment Weighing Paper 174
MBS I Accessories 148 Partisil 198, 201, 203
Media 154 Partisil HPLC Media and Columns 198, 203, 207
MembraClear Membrane 63 PartiSphere Spherical Media HPLC Columns 198, 201
Membrane Accessories 64 Phase Separator Paper 181
Membrane-Butler 148 pH Indicator and Test Papers 177
Membrane-Butler E 146, 148, 149 Plasmid/BAC Sample Preparation 240
Membrane-Butler E Accessories 149 Plasmid Miniprep 307
Membrane Filter Accesories 66 Plastic Filter Holders 68
Membrane Filters 36, 142 Plastic Ziploc Storage Bags 247
Membrane Filtration 142 Protein Array Blocking Buffer 258, 262, 265
Membrane Filtration Accessories 149 Protein Arraying Buffer 262
Membrane Marking Pen 294 Protein Array Reagents 262
Membrane Prefilters 64 Protein Array Services 274
Microbiological Monitors 143 Protein Array Wash Buffer 262
Microbiology 142 Protein Kinase Assay UNIFILTER 305
Microbiology Media/Broths 154 Protein Microarrays 254
MicroPlus and ME Membranes 142 Protein Precipitation UNIFILTER FF 306
MicroVigene for FAST Quant Analysis Software 269 Protran Nitrocellulose Membranes 279
Mini-UniPrep Syringeless Filters 72 Polyamide Membranes 62, 65
Minifold I Dot-Blot System, 96 Well 289 Polycap Capsule Filters 107
Minifold II Replacement Parts and Accessories 292 Polycarbonate Track-Etched Membranes 45
Minifold II System 291 Polydisc Inline Filters 100
Minifold I Replacement and Accessories 290 Polyester Drain Discs 65
Minifold I Slot-Blot System, 48 Well 290 Polyethersulfone (PES) Membranes 62
Minifold I Spot-Blot System, 96 Well 289 Polypropylene Membranes 63
Minifold I System 289 PolyVENT/SteriVENT 128
Mixed Cellulose Ester Membranes 53 Polywipe Sponge 162

344
Page Page
Puradisc Syringe Filters 86 Standard Methods Agar 157
Q Standard Qualitative Filter Paper 6
Qualitative Filter Papers 5 Standard Qualitative Filter Papers 5
Qualitative Filter Papers – Folded (Prepleated Grades) 11 Sterile Foam Tipped Applicator 231
Qualitative Filter Papers – Wet Strengthened Grades 5, 9 Sterile Omni Swab 231
Quantitative Filter Papers – Ashless Grades 15 Strips Type CF pH Indicator 178
Quartz Filter, QM-A 28 Strips Type CS pH Indicator 178
R Sugar/Food Industry Filter Papers 24
Rapid Test 165 Surface Wipes, Smear Tab 18
Reaction Folders 295 SwabCheck 159
Reagent, FTA 230 SwabCheck Escherichia Coli 161
Regenerated Cellulose Membranes 47 Swabs 159
ReZist Syringe Filters 93 Syringe Filters 80
Roby 25 Automation Filters 98 Syringeless Filters 72
Roby 25 Filter Validation Kit 98 Syringe Type Holders S/S 68
S T
Sealing Film Adhesive Backing 303 Teflon (PTFE) Membranes 57
Seals 329 Test Papers 177, 179
Seed Testing Papers 176 Thin Layer Chromatography (TLC) Plates 210
Separator 181 TurboBlotter 292
Serum Biomarker Chip 270, 271 Track-Etched Polycarbonate and Polyester 37
Shark Skin 21 Membranes

Silica Gel, Purasil 60Å 208, 209 Trypticase Soy Broth 157
Silica Media 207 Two-Color Labeling and Detection System 272
Silica Media for Column Chromatography 208 U
Single Well Array Incubation Chamber 259 ULS Biotin Single Color Labeling System 272
Six-Position Compressor Accessory – Mini-UniPrep 76 UniCell Microplates 325
Slide Holders 260 UNIFILTER DNA Binding, 96 Well 240, 310
Slide Incubation Chambers 259 UNIFILTER DNA Binding, 384 Well 241, 301
Slit Septa Mini-UniPrep Syringeless Filter 73 UNIFILTER Dye Terminator Removal, 96 Well 239, 302
Soil Analysis Filter Papers 24 UNIFILTER Dye Terminator Removal, 384 Well 239, 302
Solid Phase Extraction (SPE) 195 UNIFILTER ELISA 302
Solid Phase Extraction (SPE) Discs 197 UNIFILTER Filtration Microplates 312
SPARTAN – HPLC Certified Syringe Filters 91 UNIFILTER Lysate Clarification , 96 Well 240, 311
Specialized Test Papers 178 UNIFILTER Microplate, 24 Well 10 ml 313
Specialty Devices 134 UNIFILTER Microplate, 96 Well 2 ml 315
Specialty Products 168 UNIFILTER Microplate, 96 Well 350 μl 316
Specialty Products for Protein Separations 191 UNIFILTER Microplate, 96 Well 800 μl 317
Specialty Microplates 323 UNIFILTER Microplate, 384 Well 100 μl 314
Specimen Customized Printing Collection Devices 248 UNIFILTER Microplate: Mesh Bottom, 96 Well 318
SPOT CloneSaver Holder 235 UNIFILTER PCR Clean-Up 304
Standard Analytical HPLC Column 203 UNIFILTER Phase Separation 304
Standard Cellulose Extraction Thimbles 168, 170 UNIPLATE Collection and Analysis Microplates 319
Standard Glass Fiber Extraction Thimbles 171, 172 UNIPLATE “V” Bottom Microplates 320

345
A lphab e tical I n d e x

Page
UniPrep Syringeless Filters 76
UniSep C-8 Reversed Phase Media 200
UniSep High-Performance Liquid Chromatography 205
(HPLC) Columns

UniVac 1 Vacuum to Waste Manifold 330


UniVac 3 Vacuum to Collect Manifold 330
UniVac Vacuum Replacement Parts 330
Universal Indicator Papers 180
V
VacAssist Vacuum Assist Frame 331
VACUFLO 138
VACU-GUARD 133
VACU-GUARD 150 134
Vacuum Filtration Equipment 150
Vacuum Filtration Equipment Accessories 152
Vacuum Manifolds 330
Vacuum Pressure Pumps 152
Vacuum Protection Filters 133
Vacuum Type Glass Holders 65
VectaSpin Centrifuge Filters 123
Venting Filters 128
Void Sealing (WVS) Columns 201
W
Weighing Papers 174
Wet Strengthened Qualitative Filter Paper 5, 9
Y
Yeast and Mold Swab Kit 162
Z
ZapCap 139
ZC Syringe Filter 98

346
Numerical Index
Catalog Number Page Catalog Number Page
1001-018 7 1002-185 7 1004-325 7 1091-185 10
1001-020 7 1002-240 7 1004-400 7 1091-190 10
1001-025 7 1002-270 7 1004-911 8 1091-240 10
1001-030 7 1002-320 7 1004-912 8 1091-500 10
1001-032 7 1002-325 7 1004-917 8 1093-110 10
1001-042 7 1002-385 7 1004-922 8 1093-111 10
1001-047 7 1002-500 7 1004-930 8 1093-125 10
1001-055 7 1002-917 8 1005-042 7 1093-126 10
1001-070 7 1002-929 8 1005-047 7 1093-6212 10
1001-085 7 1002-931 8 1005-055 7 1093-6215 10
1001-090 7 1002-6691 8 1005-070 7 1113-090 10
1001-110 7 1003-042 7 1005-090 7 1113-110 10
1001-125 7 1003-055 7 1005-110 7 1113-125 10
1001-150 7 1003-070 7 1005-125 7 1113-150 10
1001-0155 7 1003-090 7 1005-150 7 1113-185 10
1001-185 7 1003-110 7 1005-185 7 1113-240 10
1001-240 7 1003-125 7 1005-240 7 1113-320 10
1001-270 7 1003-150 7 1005-320 7 1113-500 10
1001-320 7 1003-185 7 1005-325 7 1114-090 10
1001-325 7 1003-240 7 1005-550 7 1114-125 10
1001-329 7 1003-270 7 1006-042 7 1114-150 10
1001-385 7 1003-320 7 1006-070 7 1114-185 10
1001-400 7 1003-323 7 1006-090 7 1114-240 10
1001-813 8 1003-433 8 1006-110 7 1114-270 10
1001-824 8 1003-500 7 1006-125 7 1114-400 10
1001-917 8 1003-917 8 1006-150 7 1202-125 13
1001-918 8 1003-930 8 1006-185 7 1202-150 13
1001-929 8 1004-027 7 1006-240 7 1202-185 13
1001-931 8 1004-042 7 1017-047 180 1202-240 13
1001-932 8 1004-047 7 1017-070 180 1202-270 13
1001-6508 7 1004-050 7 1017-080 180 1202-320 13
1002-042 7 1004-055 7 1017-185 180 1202-385 13
1002-047 7 1004-070 7 1017-411 180 1202-400 13
1002-055 7 1004-090 7 1030-023 188 1202-500 13
1002-070 7 1004-110 7 1030-024 188 1205-185 13
1002-090 7 1004-125 7 1030-025 188 1213-125 13
1002-094 7 1004-150 7 1030-047 188 1213-150 13
1002-110 7 1004-185 7 1091-110 10 1213-185 13
1002-125 7 1004-240 7 1091-125 10 1213-240 13
1002-147 7, 26, 175 1004-270 7 1091-150 10 1213-270 13
1002-150 7 1004-320 7 1091-165 10 1213-320 13

347
N um e rical I n d e x

Catalog Number Page Catalog Number Page


1213-500 13 1442-070 17 1452-070 18 1541-917 20
1214-125 13 1442-090 17 1452-090 18 1542-055 20
1214-150 13 1442-110 17 1452-110 18 1542-070 20
1214-185 13 1442-125 17 1452-125 18 1542-090 20
1214-240 13 1442-150 17 1452-150 18 1542-110 20
1214-320 13 1442-185 17 1452-240 18 1542-125 20
1440-012 16 1442-200 17 1452-923 19 1542-150 20
1440-032 17 1442-240 17 1454-055 18 1542-185 20
1440-042 17 1442-320 17 1454-070 18 1542-240 20
1440-047 17 1442-917 17 1454-090 18 1542-400 20
1440-055 17 1442-930 17 1454-110 18 1600-001 5, 7, 138
1440-070 17 1442-6551 17 1454-125 18 1600-003 5, 7, 138
1440-090 17 1443-090 17 1454-150 18 1600-113 10, 138
1440-110 17 1443-110 17 1454-185 18 1600-820 30, 138
1440-125 17 1443-125 17 1454-240 18 1600-822 30, 138
1440-150 17 1443-150 17 1454-320 18 1600-825 30, 138
1440-185 17 1443-185 17 1454-500 19 1600-900 138
1440-240 17 1444-070 17 1454-917 19 1602-0462 136
1440-320 17 1444-090 17 1540-042 20 1602-0465 136
1440-329 16 1444-110 17 1540-055 20 1602-0472 136
1440-917 17 1444-125 17 1540-070 20 1602-0475 136
1440-6168 17 1444-150 17 1540-090 20 1700-025 175
1441-025 16 1444-185 17 1540-110 20 1703-050 175
1441-040 17 1444-240 17 1540-125 20 1704-010 175
1441-042 17 1444-917 17 1540-150 20 1810-047 33
1441-047 17 1450-042 19 1540-185 20 1810-090 33
1441-050 17 1450-050 19 1540-240 20 1810-110 33
1441-055 17 1450-055 19 1540-270 20 1810-125 33
1441-060 17 1450-070 19 1540-320 20 1810-142 33
1441-070 17 1450-090 19 1540-321 20 1810-150 33
1441-090 17 1450-110 19 1540-324 20 1820-021 29
1441-105 17 1450-125 19 1541-042 20 1820-024 29
1441-110 17 1450-150 19 1541-047 20 1820-025 29
1441-125 17 1450-185 19 1541-055 20 1820-030 29
1441-150 17 1450-240 19 1541-070 20 1820-037 29
1441-185 17 1450-320 19 1541-085 20 1820-042 29
1441-240 17 1450-400 19 1541-090 20 1820-047 29
1441-320 17 1450-500 19 1541-110 20 1820-050 29
1441-325 16 1450-561 19 1541-125 20 1820-055 29
1441-866 17 1450-880 19 1541-150 20 1820-060 29
1441-917 17 1450-900 19 1541-185 20 1820-061 29
1441-6309 16 1450-916 19 1541-240 20 1820-070 29
1442-042 17 1450-917 19 1541-270 20 1820-090 29
1442-047 17 1450-925 19 1541-320 20 1820-110 29
1442-055 17 1450-993 19 1541-400 20 1820-125 29

348
Catalog Number Page Catalog Number Page
1820-150 29 1823-007 29 1827-047 29 1872-060 25
1820-240 30 1823-010 29, 64 1827-055 29 1882-047 34
1820-866 30 1823-021 29 1827-070 29 1882-866 34
1820-915 30 1823-024 29 1827-082 29 1920-1441 17, 137
1820-6537 29 1823-025 29, 64 1827-085 29 1920-1443 137
1820-8013 29 1823-035 29, 64 1827-090 29 1920-7001 137
1821-019 29 1823-042 29, 64 1827-105 29 1920-7113 137
1821-021 29 1823-047 29, 64 1827-110 29 1922-1820 30, 137
1821-024 29 1823-055 29 1827-125 29 1922-1822 30, 137
1821-025 29, 64 1823-070 29 1827-132 29 1950-002 35
1821-037 29, 64 1823-090 29, 64 1827-150 29 1950-004 35
1821-042 29, 64 1823-110 29 1827-185 30 1950-007 35
1821-047 29, 64 1823-125 29, 64 1827-240 30 1950-009 35
1821-055 29 1823-142 29, 64 1827-262 30 1950-012 35
1821-070 29 1823-150 29 1827-320 30 1950-017 35
1821-090 29, 64 1823-257 30, 64 1827-808 30 1950-027 35
1821-110 29 1823-915 30 1827-866 30 1950-104 35
1821-125 29, 64 1825-021 29 1827-889 30 1950-107 35
1821-150 29 1825-024 29 1827-957 30 1950-109 35
1821-155 30 1825-025 29 1841-047 31, 64 1950-114 35
1821-185 30 1825-037 29 1841-090 31, 64 1950-117 35
1821-293 30 1825-042 29 1842-047 31, 64 1950-119 35
1821-914 30 1825-047 29 1842-090 31, 64 1950-207 35
1821-915 30 1825-055 29 1851-025 34 1950-209 35
1822-021 29 1825-070 29 1851-032 34 1950-217 35
1822-024 29 1825-090 29 1851-037 34 1960-002 66
1822-025 29 1825-110 29 1851-047 34 1960-004 66
1822-037 29 1825-125 29 1851-050 34 1960-009 66
1822-042 29 1825-0134 29 1851-055 34 1960-032 66
1822-047 29 1825-142 29 1851-070 34 1960-052 66
1822-050 29 1825-150 29 1851-082 34 1960-054 66
1822-055 29 1825-257 30 1851-085 34 1961-054 66
1822-070 29 1825-293 30 1851-090 34 1980-001 68
1822-090 29 1825-295 30 1851-101 34 1980-002 68
1822-100 29 1825-915 30 1851-110 34 2001-0100 97
1822-110 29 1827-021 29 1851-118 34 2001-0200 97
1822-125 29 1827-024 29 1851-150 34 2002-5100 97
1822-142 29 1827-025 29 1851-865 34 2002-5200 97
1822-150 29 1827-027 29 1851-8866 34 2017-006 180
1822-849 30 1827-028 29 1853-037 34 2017-009 180
1822-866 30 1827-030 29 1853-047 34 2017-013 180
1822-914 30 1827-032 29 1853-050 34 2022S 122
1822-915 30 1827-035 29 1853-150 34 2103 129
1822-6580 29 1827-037 29 1872-012 25 2105-841 183
1822-9916 29 1827-042 29 1872-047 25 2105-862 183

349
N um e rical I n d e x

Catalog Number Page Catalog Number Page


2105-918 183 2606NS 108 2742M 116 2810-432 169
2107 129 2606T 108 2800-105 169 2810T 111
2108 129 2609T 131 2800-185 169 2811 111
2165-623 181 2610 111 2800-199 169 2811-258 172
2181-090 177 2610T 111 2800-226 169 2811-308 172
2181-904 177 2611 111 2800-228 169 2811T 111
2182-410 177 2611-628 179 2800-250 169 2812 111
2200-070 182 2611T 111 2800-258 169 2812-259 171
2200-090 182 2612-990 179 2800-259 169 2812T 111
2200-110 182 2612T 111 2800-260 169 2813 112
2200-125 182 2613-991 179 2800-266 169 2813T 112
2200-150 182 2613T 111 2800-280 169 2814 112
2200-185 182 2614-991 179 2800-282 169 2814-199 171
2200-240 182 2614T 111 2800-288 169 2814-259 171
2200-270 182 2622NS 115 2800-300 169 2814-300 171
2200-890 182 2626-990 179 2800-307 169 2814-432 171
2227 103 2627-990 179 2800-308 169 2814-533 171
2228 103 2628-990 179 2800-330 169 2814T 112
2300-594 173, 296 2629-990 179 2800-331 169 2820 113
2300-599 173, 296 2630-990 179 2800-338 169 3001-604 187
2300-731 173, 296 2631-990 179 2800-339 169 3001-614 187
2300-772 173, 296 2638-500 179 2800-373 169 3001-633 187
2300-916 173, 296 2651-500 179 2800-412 169 3001-640 187
2300-917 173, 296 2700M 119 2800-432 169 3001-651 187
2301-6150 173, 296 2700T 119 2800-608 169 3001-652 187
2301-6160 173, 296 2702M 119 2800T 119 3001-653 187
2600-100A 179 2702T 119 2801 119 3001-672 187
2600-101A 179 2703T 119 2802 119 3001-681 187
2600-102A 179 2704T 119 2802T 119 3001-845 187
2600-103A 179 2706 109 2803 119 3001-861 187
2600-104A 179 2706T 109 2803T 119 3001-878 187
2600-201A 179 2707NS 109 2804T 119 3001-917 187
2600-202A 179 2709T 131 2805 109 3001-931 187
2600-203A 179 2710 111 2806 109 3001-964 187
2600-204A 179 2710T 111 2806T 109 3002-911 187
2600-500 179 2711T 111 2807 109 3002-917 187
2600-601 179 2712 111 2808 109 3003-911 187
2600-602 179 2712M 111 2809 131 3003-917 187
2601 118 2712T 111 2810 111 3004-614 188
2601T 118 2713 111 2810-166 169 3004-651 188
2602-500A 179 2713M 111 2810-228 169 3004-917 188
2602-501A 179 2713T 111 2810-258 169 3004-919 188
2602S 118 2714 111 2810-266 169 3017-621 188
2603 118 2714T 111 2810-338 169 3017-820 188
2603T 118 2742C 116 2810-339 169 3017-915 188, 288

350
Catalog Number Page Catalog Number Page
3017-917 188, 288 4014-200 191 4139-010 207 4550-4625 205
3017-8355 188 4020-050 191 4215-001 204 4601-1001 206
3017-8793 188, 288 4021-050 191 4216-001 204 4621-0501 202
3020-917 188 4021-500 191 4222-006 204 4621-0502 202
3030-153 188, 287 4025-050 191 4222-225 204 4621-0503 202
3030-221 188, 287 4025-200 191 4222-227 204 4621-0505 202
3030-335 188, 287 4033-025 195 4222-228 204 4621-0507 202
3030-347 188, 287 4035-010 195 4222-232 204 4621-0508 202
3030-392 188, 287 4035-050 195 4223-001 204 4621-1501 202
3030-614 188, 287 4037-050 195 4224-001 204 4621-1502 202
3030-662 188, 287 4037-200 195 4225-001 204 4621-1505 202
3030-672 188, 287 4053-010 194 4226-001 204 4621-1507 202
3030-675 188, 287 4053-025 194 4227-001 204 4621-1508 202
3030-681 188, 287 4055-010 194 4228-001 204 4631-1001 205, 206
3030-690 188, 287 4055-050 194 4229-001 204 4631-1003 206
3030-700 188, 287 4057-050 194 4230-120 204 4631-1004 206
3030-704 188, 287 4057-200 194 4230-124 204 4641-0001 206
3030-861 188, 287 4058-050 194 4230-125 204 4641-0002 206
3030-866 188, 287 4058-200 194 4230-220 204 4641-0005 206
3030-917 188, 287 4061-050 191 4230-224 204 4641-0007 206
3030-931 188, 287 4065-050 194 4230-225 204 4641-0008 206
3030-6132 188, 287 4065-200 194 4232-220 204 4681-0502 202
3030-6185 188, 287 4071-010 195 4235-001 204 4681-0505 202
3030-6187 188, 287 4071-050 195 4236-001 204 4681-1501 202
3030-6188 188, 287 4071-200 195 4238-001 204 4681-1502 202
3030-6189 188, 287 4079-0025 193 4239-001 204 4681-1505 202
3030-6461 188, 287 4079-0200 193 4242-0103 204 4681-1507 202
3031-681 189 4079-1025 193 4242-0202 204 4681-1509 202
3031-901 189 4079-2025 193 4250-001 204 4682-1502 202
3031-915 189, 288 4079-3025 193 4251-001 204 4682-1505 202
3031-917 189 4115-010 207 4334-225 204 4682-1507 202
3454-651 189 4116-010 207 4410-221 215 4745-010 209
3454-7051 189 4120-001 206 4410-222 215 4745-250 209
3658-023 190 4123-010 207 4410-224 215 4746-010 209
3658-323 190 4124-010 207 4420-221 215 4746-250 209
3658-324 190 4125-010 207 4420-222 215 4776-001 208
3658-325 190 4126-010 207 4500-101 216 4776-005 208
3668-915 190 4127-010 207 4500-105 216 4790-010 208
3698-023 190 4128-010 207 4500-303 216 4790-050 208
3698-321 190 4129-010 207 4500-305 216 4790-250 208
3698-325 190 4132-100 208 4522-0102 204 4791-005 208
3698-875 190 4132-301 208 4522-0202 204 4791-010 208
3698-915 190 4134-010 207 4550-4605 205 4791-050 208
3698-917 190 4135-010 207 4550-4610 205 4791-250 208
4014-050 191 4138-010 207 4550-4615 205 4800-600 214

351
N um e rical I n d e x

Catalog Number Page Catalog Number Page


4800-620 214 4851-840 212 6703-6050 121 6713-3100 132
4800-800 214 4855-620 213 6703-7510 111 6713-5036 129
4800-820 214 4855-621 213 6703-7511 111 6713-6010 132
4800-840 214 4855-820 213 6703-7521 111, 112 6713-6050 132
4801-425 214 4855-821 213 6703-7550 111 6714-3601 115
4801-600 214 4855-840 213 6703-9502 111 6714-3602 115
4801-800 214 4856-621 213 6703-9504 111 6714-3604 115
4802-050 219 4856-820 213 6703-9510 111 6714-6004 121
4802-400 219 4856-821 213 6704-1500 122 6714-7501 116
4802-425 219 4856-840 213 6704-7500 122 6714-7502 116
4802-700 219 4860-320 212 6704-9502 116 6714-7504 116
4803-110 214 4860-620 212 6705-3600 113 6715-3601 115
4803-425 214 4860-720 212 6705-3602 108 6715-3602 115
4803-600 214 4860-820 212 6705-3604 108 6715-3604 115
4803-800 214 4861-110 212 6705-3610 108 6715-3682 115
4804-820 214 4861-320 212 6705-7500 113 6715-7501 116
4805-410 219 4861-620 212 6705-7502 108 6715-7502 116
4805-420 219 4861-720 212 6705-7504 109 6715-7582 116
4805-421 219 4861-820 212 6705-7510 109 6716-3602 115
4805-710 219 4861-830 212 6706-3602 108 6716-3612 115
4805-711 219 4861-840 212 6706-7502 109 6716-7502 116
4806-410 219 4865-001 212 6707-3612 111 6717-3602 115
4806-420 219 4865-620 212 6708-3602 108 6717-7504 116
4806-421 219 4865-621 212 6708-3604 108 6717-7510 116
4806-710 219 4865-820 212 6708-7502 108 6717-9501 116
4806-711 219 4865-821 212 6708-7504 109 6717-9502 116
4807-050 219 4866-620 212 6709-3602 108 6717-9504 116
4807-400 219 4866-621 212 6709-7502 108 6717-9510 116
4807-425 219 4866-820 212 6709-7504 109 6718-7504 116
4807-700 219 4866-821 212 6710-3602 118 6718-9502 116
4809-800 214 6700-3602 118 6710-3604 118 6718-9582 116
4809-820 214 6700-3610 118 6710-7502 119 6720-5001 102
4840-725 217 6700-7501 119 6710-7504 119 6720-5002 102
4841-125 217 6700-7502 119 6711-3601 118 6720-5005 102
4841-820 217 6700-7504 119 6711-3602 118 6720-5045 102
4850-620 212 6700-7510 119 6711-3604 118 6721-5010 102
4850-720 212 6701-7510 119 6711-7501 119 6722-1001 134
4850-820 212 6702-3600 131 6711-7502 119 6722-1002 134
4850-830 212 6702-7500 131 6711-7504 119 6722-1003 134
4850-840 212 6702-9500 131 6711-7505 119 6722-5000 134
4851-320 212 6703-3610 111 6713-0425 129 6722-5001 134
4851-620 212 6703-3611 111 6713-1075 129 6723-5000 131
4851-720 212 6703-3621 111 6713-1650 129 6723-6010 121
4851-820 212 6703-3650 111 6713-1651 129 6723-6050 121
4851-830 212 6703-6010 121 6713-3010 132 6724-5000 103

352
Catalog Number Page Catalog Number Page
6724-5002 101 6777-0402 88 6786-2504 90 6804-0405 196
6724-5010 101 6777-0404 88 6787-2520 90 6804-0505 196
6724-5045 101 6777-1302 89 6788-1302 89 6805-3042 197
6724-5145 101 6777-1304 89 6788-1304 89 6805-3043 197
6724-6004 121 6778-1302 89 6788-2502 90 6805-3048 197
6725-5002 105 6779-0402 88 6788-2504 90 6805-3049 197
6725-5002A 105 6779-0404 88 6789-0402 88 6805-4043 197
6726-5000 105 6779-1302 89 6789-0404 88 6805-8020 197
6726-5002 105 6779-1304 89 6789-1301 89 6805-8034 197
6726-5002A 105 6780-1302 89 6789-1302 89 6805-8035 197
6728-5050 103 6780-1304 89 6789-1304 89 6805-8037 197
6728-5100 103 6780-2502 90 6790-0402 88 6806-1316 89
6740-5002 100 6780-2504 90 6790-0404 88 6809-0088 126
6740-5004 100 6780-2510 90 6790-1302 89 6809-0089 126
6746-2502 90 6781-1304 89 6790-1304 89 6809-1002 97
6746-2504 90 6781-2502 90 6790-2502 90 6809-1012 97
6747-2502 90 6781-2504 90 6790-2504 90 6809-1022 97
6747-2504 90 6781-2510 90 6791-0402 88 6809-1102 97
6749-2504 90 6782-1302 89 6791-1302 89 6809-1112 97
6750-2502 90 6782-1304 89 6791-1304 89 6809-1122 97
6750-2504 90 6783-0402 88 6792-0402 88 6809-2002 97
6750-2510 90 6783-0404 88 6792-0404 88 6809-2012 97
6751-2502 90 6783-1302 89 6792-1302 89 6809-2022 97
6751-2504 90 6783-1304 89 6792-1304 89 6809-2024 97
6751-2510 90 6783-2510 90 6792-2510 90 6809-2102 97
6752-2504 90 6783-2520 90 6794-2502 90 6809-2112 97
6753-2502 90 6784-0402 88 6794-2504 90 6809-2122 97
6753-2504 90 6784-0404 88 6794-2510 90 6809-3002 97
6753-2510 90 6784-1301 89 6794-2512 90 6809-3012 97
6759-2502 90 6784-1302 89 6794-2514 90 6809-3022 97
6759-2504 90 6784-1304 89 6796-1304 89 6809-3102 97
6760-1302 89 6784-1310 89 6798-2501 90 6809-3112 97
6760-1304 89 6784-1350 89 6798-2502 90 6809-3122 97
6761-1302 89 6784-2501 90 6798-2504 90 6809-4002 97
6761-1304 89 6784-2502 90 6798-2510 90 6809-4012 97
6763-1304 89 6784-2504 90 6802-0005 196 6809-4022 97
6765-1302 89 6784-2510 90 6803-0505 196 6809-4024 97
6765-1304 89 6785-1302 89 6803-0507 196 6809-4102 97
6766-1302 89 6785-1304 89 6803-0509 196 6809-4112 97
6766-1304 89 6785-2502 90 6803-1205 196 6809-4122 97
6768-1302 89 6785-2504 90 6803-1769 196 6809-5002 47
6768-1304 89 6786-0402 88 6803-1809 196 6809-5012 47
6771-1304 89 6786-1301 89 6803-2005 196 6809-5502 47
6775-1302 89 6786-1302 89 6803-2605 196 6809-5522 47
6775-1304 89 6786-2502 90 6803-2705 196 6809-6002 47

353
N um e rical I n d e x

Catalog Number Page Catalog Number Page


6809-6012 47 6840-2504 99 6875-1304 83 6905-2504 84
6809-6022 47 6841-1302 99 6875-2502 84 6970-2504 86
6809-7003 47 6841-2502 99 6875-2504 84 6971-2504 86
6809-7013 47 6841-2504 99 6876-1302 83 6972-2504 86
6809-7023 47 6842-1304 99 6876-1304 83 6973-2504 86
6809-9232 97 6842-2504 99 6876-2502 84 6974-2504 86
6809-9233 97 6844-2502 99 6876-2504 84 6978-2504 86
6809-9234 97 6844-2504 99 6878-1302 83 6984-0610 135
6809-9235 97 6843-1304 99 6878-1304 83 6984-0650 135
6809-9244 97 6844-1302 99 6878-2502 84 6984-1210 135
6816-1315 89 6844-1304 99 6878-2504 84 6984-1250 135
6818-1304 89 6846-2504 99 6879-2504 84 6984-6050 135
6820-1316 89 6847-2504 99 6880-1302 83 6986-6010 135
6821-1310 89 6849-2504 99 6880-1304 83 6987-0699 135
6822-1312 89 6853-2516 99 6880-2502 84 6987-1299 135
6823-1327 89 6854-2510 99 6880-2504 84 6987-6099 135
6825-1307 89 6855-2510 99 6881-2502 84 6988-6010 135
6825-2517 90 6858-2527 99 6881-2504 84 6993-2504 86
6825-2527 90 6860-2507 99 6882-1316 83 6994-2504 86
6827-1315 89 6860-2527 99 6882-2516 84 6995-2504 86
6830-0021 124 6864-2504 99 6883-2516 84 7002-0290 63
6830-0201 124 6869-2502 84 6884-1310 83 7002-0425 63
6830-0203 124 6869-2504 84 6884-2510 84 7002-0447 63
6830-0218 126 6870-1302 83 6886-1312 83 7060-1301 39
6830-0220 126 6870-1304 83 6886-2512 84 7060-1304 39
6831-0401 124 6870-2502 84 6888-1327 84 7060-1308 39
6831-0405 125 6870-2504 84 6888-2510 99 7060-2501 39
6832-0401 124 6870-2550 84 6888-2527 84 7060-2502 39
6832-0405 125 6871-1302 83 6890-1307 84 7060-2504 39
6832-0408 126 6871-1304 83 6890-2507 84 7060-2506 39
6832-0409 126 6871-2502 84 6891-2507 84 7060-2508 39
6833-0201 124 6871-2504 84 6892-2515 84 7060-2510 39
6833-0401 124 6871-2550 84 6894-1304 84 7060-2511 39
6834-1001 124 6872-1302 83 6894-2504 84 7060-2513 39
6834-2001 124 6872-1304 83 6895-2504 84 7060-2514 39
6835-1005 125 6872-2502 84 6896-2502 85 7060-2515 39
6835-1101 124 6872-2504 84 6896-2504 85 7060-2516 39
6835-3001 124 6873-1304 83 6897-2502 85 7060-3704 40
6835-3005 125 6873-2502 84 6897-2504 85 7060-4701 40
6838-0002 124 6873-2504 84 6900-2502 85 7060-4702 40
6838-0005 125 6874-1302 83 6900-2504 85 7060-4704 40
6838-0008 126 6874-1304 83 6901-2502 85 7060-4710 40
6838-0009 126 6874-2502 84 6901-2504 85 7060-4711 40
6839-1212 97 6874-2504 84 6902-2504 85 7060-4712 40
6840-1304 99 6875-1302 83 6905-2502 84 7060-4713 40

354
Catalog Number Page Catalog Number Page
7060-4714 40 7184-008 53 7700-1305 316 7700-7203 315
7060-4715 40 7184-009 53 7700-1306 316 7700-7204 315
7060-4716 40 7184-014 53 7700-1308 316 7700-7206 315
7060-9010 40 7184-029 53 7700-1801 317 7700-7210 315
7061-1313 39 7186-002 52 7700-1804 317 7700-7211 315
7061-2502 39 7186-004 52 7700-1806 317 7700-7224 315
7061-2504 39 7187-114 52, 57 7700-1808 317 7700-7228 315
7061-2510 39 7188-002 52 7700-1818 317 7700-9901 313
7061-4701 40 7188-003 52 7700-2106 314 7700-9904 313
7061-4702 40 7188-004 52 7700-2110 239, 241, 7700-9905 313
7062-2513 39 7188-009 53 301, 304, 7700-9917 313
7062-4712 40 7190-002 52 314 7701-0176 322
7063-2502 44 7190-004 52 7700-2117 314 7701-1100 239, 241,
7063-2504 44 7190-009 53 7700-2801 240, 302, 301, 304,
7063-4702 44 7191-005 52 317 322

7063-4704 44 7191-014 53 7700-2803 317 7701-1150 322


7091-2510 39 7193-002 52 7700-2804 317 7701-1250 320
7091-4710 40 7193-004 52 7700-2805 317 7701-1350 303, 322
7140-104 57 7195-002 52 7700-2806 317 7701-1651 322
7141-002 57 7195-004 52 7700-2808 241, 303, 7701-1750 322
7141-004 57 7195-009 53 317 7701-1800 322
7141-025 63 7402-001 61 7700-2809 317 7701-2100 322
7141-037 63 7402-002 61 7700-2810 239, 241, 7701-2250 320
7141-047 63 7402-004 61 304, 308, 7701-2350 322
7141-104 57 7402-009 61 310, 317 7701-3100 322
7141-114 57 7404-001 61 7700-2811 317 7701-3250 320
7141-124 57 7404-002 61 7700-2817 317 7701-3350 322
7141-154 57 7404-004 61 7700-3301 316 7701-4350 322
7141-204 57 7404-009 61 7700-3302 316 7701-5101 240, 302,
7148-002 57 7408-004 61 7700-3303 316 320
7153-004 52, 57 7410-004 61 7700-3304 316 7701-5102 322
7153-104 52, 57 7582-002 58 7700-3305 316 7701-5110 322, 327
7155-004 52, 57 7582-004 58 7700-3306 316 7701-5200 303, 305,
7181-002 52 7585-004 58 7700-3307 303, 316 306, 308,
322
7181-004 52 7590-002 58 7700-3308 316
7182-001 52 7590-003 58 7700-3310 316 7701-5203 241
7182-002 52 7590-004 58 7700-3312 305, 316 7701-5205 241, 303,
7182-004 52 7592-104 60 7700-3356 316 307, 308,
7182-009 53 7700-0062 311 7700-4301 318 309, 322

7182-014 53 7700-0512 305, 318 7700-4302 318 7701-5250 239, 304,


7184-001 52 7700-1101 240, 302, 7700-4303 318 307, 308,
7184-002 52 314 7700-4312 305, 318 320

7184-003 52 7700-1102 314 7700-4313 318 7701-5350 322


7184-004 52 7700-1301 316 7700-7201 315 7701-5400 322
7184-005 52 7700-1303 316 7700-7202 315 7701-5500 322

355
N um e rical I n d e x

Catalog Number Page Catalog Number Page


7701-5505 322 7716-2370 324 110657 44 112806 43
7701-5750 240, 241, 7716-2375 324 110659 44 112807 43
302, 303, 7716-2380 323 110807 42 112810 43
305, 306, 7716-3380 323 110809 42 112811 43
308, 322
7720-2810 307 111101 42 113313 43
7701-6101 319, 320 7720-2830 241, 307, 111103 42 113314 43
7701-6102 319 308, 311, 111104 42 113502 43
7701-6200 319 317 111105 42 113506 43
7701-6250 319, 320 7720-7229-01 305, 315 111106 42 113513 43
7701-6750 319 7720-7235 306, 315 111107 42 113516 43
7701-7300 322 7720-7236 306, 315 111108 42 117197 41
7701-7350 322 7725-0118 326 111109 42 150445 45
7703-1400 325 7770-0001 316 111110 42 150446 41, 45
7704-0001 303, 304, 7770-0006 316 111111 42 155814 45
329 7770-0062 308, 317 111112 42 155845 45
7704-0002 329 7920-8365 316 111113 42 155846 43, 45
7704-0003 329 110401 41 111114 42 170607 41
7704-0004 328 110405 41 111115 42 230300 66
7704-0005 328 110406 41 111116 42 230500 66
7704-0006 328 110407 41 111130 42 230600 66
7704-0007 328 110409 41 111137 42 230800 66
7704-0009 329 110410 41 111156 44 231100 66
7704-0014 327, 328 110412 41, 45 111157 44 420100 69
7704-0015 328 110413 41, 45 111164 62 420200 69
7704-0104 328 110414 41, 45 111206 42 420400 69
7704-0105 328 110415 41 111207 42 800195 41
7704-0115 328 110424 45 111213 42 800280 41
7704-1001 329 110601 41 111216 42 800281 41
7704-1002 329 110602 41 111503 42 800282 41
7705-0101 305, 330 110603 41 111505 42 800284 41
7705-0102 308, 330 110604 41 111701 42 800307 41
7705-0106 330 110605 41 111703 42 800308 41
7705-0107 303, 330 110606 41 111705 42 800309 41
7705-0108 330 110607 41 111706 42 800319 41
7705-0109 330 110608 41 111707 42 1031209 8
7705-0112 331 110609 41 111710 42 10300009 17
7705-0120 326 110610 41 111711 42 10300010 17
7705-0121 326 110611 41, 45 111712 42 10300011 17
7705-0205 331 110612 41, 45 112104 42 10300012 17
7706-1365 324 110613 41, 45 112105 42 10300014 17
7706-2103 323 110614 41, 45 112106 42 10300045 17
7706-2370 324 110615 41 112107 42 10300102 16
7706-2375 324 110616 41 112108 42 10300103 17
7706-2380 323 110637 41 112110 42 10300106 17
7706-3103 323 110656 44 112111 42 10300107 17

356
Catalog Number Page Catalog Number Page
10300108 17 10311653 14 10313951 14, 26 10334352 14
10300109 17 10311654 14 10313953 14, 26 10334353 14
10300110 17 10311656 14 10314711 10 10334365 22
10300111 17 10311687 8 10314712 10 10334383 22
10300112 17 10311804 8 10314714 10 10334385 22
10300114 17 10311807 8 10314720 10 10334512 23
10300120 17 10311808 8, 177 10314726 10 10334547 14
10300143 17 10311809 8, 177 10314744 14 10334551 14
10300145 17 10311810 8 10314745 14 10334553 14
10300210 17 10311811 8 10314747 14 10334885 22
10300211 17 10311812 8 10314751 14 10334887 22
10300212 17 10311814 8 10314752 14 10334953 14
10300214 17 10311820 8 10314753 14 10334985 22
10300251 17 10311822 8 10314756 14 10334987 22
10300263 16 10311841 14 10314812 23 10342577 177
10301645 26 10311842 14 10314844 14 10342580 177
10301647 26 10311843 14 10314847 14 10342583 177
10310244 13, 26 10311844 14 10314889 23 10342710 177
10310245 13, 26 10311845 14 10314911 10 10342766 177
10310247 13, 26 10311847 14 10314912 10 10342810 23
10310251 13, 26 10311851 14 10314914 10 10342860 23
10310253 13, 26 10311852 14 10314916 10 10342862 23
10310643 26 10311853 14 10314983 23 10343287 23
10310645 26 10311854 14 10314984 10 10343630 23
10310647 26 10311856 14 10314991 10 10343687 23
10310802 25 10311862 8 10316114 25 10343876 23
10310807 25 10311887 8 10316116 25 10343976 23
10310808 25 10311897 8 10316316 25 10344672 177
10310809 25 10312040 8 10316320 25 10344676 177
10310810 25 10312209 8, 177 10316619 25 10345572 177
10310811 25 10312244 14 10318220 10 10345576 177
10311347 14 10312247 14 10318487 181 10347509 23
10311351 14 10312256 14 10318489 181 10347510 23
10311387 8 10312287 8 10318493 181 10347511 23
10311610 8 10312611 8 10319352 14 10347512 23
10311611 8 10312612 8 10331421 23 10347513 23
10311612 8 10312614 8 10331451 13 10347519 23
10311641 14 10312620 8 10331456 13 10347521 23
10311642 14 10312642 14 10331459 13 10347522 23
10311643 14 10312644 14 10331487 22 10347523 23
10311644 14 10312645 14 10331653 13 10347525 23
10311645 14 10312647 14 10331687 22 10347530 23
10311647 14 10312651 14 10334345 14 10347576 23
10311649 14 10313032 174 10334347 14 10347577 23
10311651 14 10313947 14, 26 10334351 14 10347585 22

357
N um e rical I n d e x

Catalog Number Page Catalog Number Page


10347588 22 10350324 170 10371042 172 10401126 53
10347670 174 10350327 171 10371043 172 10401131 53
10347671 174 10350328 171 10371045 172 10401147 280
10347672 174 10350437 170 10371055 172 10401164 280
10347673 174 10360005 180 10371075 172 10401170 52
10347890 174 10360300 180 10371103 172 10401180 281
10347893 174 10360400 180 10371114 172 10401191 281
10348903 25 10362000 180 10371122 172 10401196 281
10350106 171 10362010 180 10372112 32 10401197 281
10350108 171 10362030 180 10372150 32 10401218 281
10350109 171 10370002 32 10382461 189 10401261 281
10350116 170 10370003 32 10382562 189 10401306 52
10350211 170 10370004 32 10382581 189 10401312 52
10350215 170 10370005 32 10400012 52 10401314 52
10350216 170 10370006 32 10400014 53 10401316 280
10350217 170 10370007 32 10400106 52 10401380 280
10350219 170 10370008 32 10400109 52 10401391 280
10350220 170 10370010 32 10400112 52 10401396 280
10350223 170 10370011 32 10400114 53 10401465 280
10350225 170 10370012 32 10400121 53 10401506 55
10350226 170 10370018 32 10400132 53 10401512 55
10350227 170 10370019 32 10400206 52 10401514 55
10350234 170 10370020 32 10400212 52 10401521 55
10350235 170 10370050 32 10400214 53 10401606 55
10350236 170 10370105 32 10400706 56 10401612 55
10350238 170 10370119 32 10400712 56 10401614 55
10350240 170 10370172 32 10400714 56 10401618 55
10350241 170 10370202 32 10400721 56 10401621 55
10350242 170 10370205 32 10400772 56 10401626 55
10350243 170 10370206 32 10400806 55 10401631 55
10350245 170 10370208 32 10400812 55 10401662 55
10350247 170 10370302 32 10400814 55 10401670 55
10350250 170 10370305 32 10400821 55 10401672 55
10350252 170 10370308 32 10400906 55 10401706 55
10350254 170 10370319 32 10400909 55 10401712 55
10350255 170 10370320 32 10400912 55 10401714 55
10350261 170 10370394 32 10400914 55 10401721 55
10350265 170 10371005 172 10400921 55 10401731 55
10350273 170 10371007 172 10400970 55 10401726 55
10350274 170 10371011 172 10401107 52 10401770 55
10350275 170 10371019 172 10401114 52 10401772 55
10350287 170 10371023 172 10401116 280 10402014 52
10350303 170 10371025 172 10401118 53 10402062 280
10350306 170 10371029 172 10401121 53 10402088 280, 291
10350315 171 10371036 172 10401124 280 10402091 280

358
Catalog Number Page Catalog Number Page
10402096 280 10405079 53 10409270 56 10414012 62
10402096 280 10405316 280 10409414 56 10414014 62
10402206 52 10405672 56 10409462 56 10414106 62
10402405 280 10406512 56 10409470 143 10414112 62
10402426 280 10406514 56 10409471 56 10414114 62
10402452 280 10406562 56 10409472 143 10414131 62
10402453 280 10406570 56 10409473 56 10416080 285
10402468 280 10406572 56 10409712 56 10416085 285
10402480 280 10406812 56 10409714 56 10416094 285
10402488 280, 291 10406814 56 10409770 56 10416096 285
10402493 280, 292 10406862 56 10409771 56 10416116 285
10402495 280 10406870 143 10409772 56 10416130 285
10402506 280 10406871 56, 143 10409773 56 10416147 285
10402525 280 10406872 143 10409814 56 10416163 285
10402548 280 10406873 56, 143 10409834 143 10416180 285
10402578 280 10406914 56 10409970 56 10416185 285
10402579 280 10406970 56 10410012 48 10416194 285
10402580 281 10406972 56 10410014 48 10416196 285
10402588 281, 291 10407112 143 10410206 48 10416216 286
10402593 281, 292 10407114 143 10410212 48 10416224 286
10402594 281 10407132 143 10410214 48 10416230 286
10402606 281 10407134 143 10410219 48 10416257 286
10402680 281 10407170 143 10410224 48 10416263 286
10402694 281 10407172 143 10410229 48 10416280 286
10403012 49 10407312 143 10410312 48 10416284 286
10403014 49 10407314 143 10410314 48 10416285 286
10404001 49 10407324 143 10410319 48 10416287 286
10404006 49 10407332 143 10410380 48 10416289 286
10404012 49 10407334 143 10411108 59 10416291 286
10404014 49 10407342 143 10411111 59 10416294 286
10404021 49 10407344 143 10411113 59 10416296 286
10404026 49 10407345 143 10411116 59 10416300 293
10404031 49 10407370 143 10411130 59 10416302 293
10404044 49 10407372 143 10411205 58 10416304 293
10404090 238 10407615 143 10411211 58 10416306 293
10404092 238 10407713 143 10411213 58 10416308 294
10404106 49 10407714 143 10411305 58 10416310 294
10404112 49 10407734 143 10411311 58 10416312 294
10404114 49 10407970 56 10411313 58 10416314 294
10404126 49 10408372 56 10411405 58 10416316 294
10404131 49 10408472 56 10411411 58 10416318 294
10404139 49 10408712 143 10411413 58 10416320 294
10404170 49 10408714 143 10413052 284 10416322 294
10404180 49 10408915 143 10413096 284 10416324 294
10404331 49 10408970 56 10414006 62 10416326 294

359
N um e rical I n d e x

Catalog Number Page Catalog Number Page


10416328 293 10439282 282 10445895 72 10462241 91
10416330 293 10439316 282 10447700 238 10462243 91
10416336 293 10439351 282 10447705 238 10462260 91
10416338 293 10439361 282 10447724 238 10462261 91
10421019 32 10439362 282 10447800 292 10462263 91
10421022 32 10439380 282 10447801 292 10462300 91
10421026 32 10439388 282, 291 10447805 292 10462500 91
10421030 32 10439391 282 10447813 292 10462510 91
10421043 32 10439394 282 10447850 290 10462520 91
10421048 32 10439396 282 10447852 290 10462600 91
10421055 32 10440000 151 10447864 292 10462601 91
10421057 32 10440020 151 10447866 292 10462610 91
10421060 32 10440200 151 10447900 290 10462615 237
10426880 288 10441000 67 10447901 290 10462617 237
10426890 288 10441100 67 10447902 290 10462618 237
10426892 288 10441200 67 10447903 290 10462620 236
10426956 288 10442000 67 10447905 290 10462650 91
10426972 288 10442100 67 10447906 290 10462655 91
10426981 288 10442200 67 10447909 290 10462656 91
10426994 288 10442300 67 10447910 290 10462700 90
10427810 288 10443000 67 10447941 290 10462701 90
10427812 288 10443100 67 10447960 290 10462710 90
10427813 288 10443301 139 10447968 290 10462800 91
10427818 288 10443311 139 10448030 297 10462940 89
10427824 288, 291 10443401 139 10448031 297 10462945 89
10427826 288 10443411 139 10450450 150 10462950 91
10427900 288 10443421 139 10451410 150 10462960 91
10427902 288 10443423 139 10451610 150 10463030 92
10427904 288 10443425 139 10451700 150 10463032 92
10427910 288 10443430 139 10451710 150 10463040 92
10427912 288 10443435 139 10452600 150 10463042 92
10427914 288 10444820 152 10453000 150 10463050 92
10427918 288 10444830 152 10453001 150 10463052 92
10427920 288 10444835 152 10453002 150 10463053 92
10427922 288 10444850 152 10453007 150 10463060 92
10427926 288 10445830 152 10453200 150 10463062 92
10439116 282 10445835 152 10453201 150 10463100 92
10439126 282 10445850 152 10453208 150 10463102 92
10439180 282 10445861 148 10453301 150 10463110 92
10439188 282, 291 10445863 148 10462000 90 10463112 92
10439191 282 10445865 148 10462100 90 10463400 104
10439194 282 10445866 148 10462200 90 10463401 104
10439196 282 10445868 148 10462205 91 10463500 93
10439251 282 10445870 148 10462206 91 10463503 93
10439262 282 10445890 148 10462240 91 10463505 93

360
Catalog Number Page Catalog Number Page
10463510 93 10467021 127 10485380 283 10496187 158
10463513 93 10470300 153 10485381 283 10496192 158
10463515 93 10471100 150 10486001 258, 261, 10496700 158
10463523 94 10471101 150 268, 271 10496705 158
10463525 94 10471200 150 10486003 261 10496706 158
10463533 94 10471700 153 10486031 266 10496707 158
10463535 94 10477100 149 10486043 264 10496708 158
10463543 94 10477110 148, 149 10486044 264 10496709 158
10463545 94 10477112 148, 149 10486046 259 10496710 158
10463607 102 10477113 149 10486060 266 10496713 158
10463609 102 10477600 153 10486061 266 10496714 158
10463610 102 10477601 153 10486063 266 10496722 158
10463611 102 10477602 148, 153 10486077 271 10496731 158
10463612 102 10483064 295 10486081 258, 261, 10496745 165
10463703 93 10484124 288 270 10496847 158
10463713 93 10484182 257 10486085 274 10496851 158
10463800 99 10484212 280 10486087 259 10497500 144
10463801 99 10484224 237 10486111 257 10497501 144
10463803 98 10485047 264 10486137 259 10497502 144
10463804 99 10485061 264 10486243 273 10497503 144
10463805 99 10485262 258 10486244 273 10497504 146
10463807 99 10485287 284 10486245 269 10497506 146
10463809 99 10485288 284 10486246 269 10497507 146
10463812 98 10485289 284 10486247 269 10497508 146
10463813 98 10485290 284 10486257 266, 268 10497509 146
10463814 99 10485291 284 10495010 247 10497510 146
10463815 99 10485292 284 10496101 158 10497511 144
10463898 99 10485293 284 10496102 158 10497600 144
10464103 153 10485317 257 10496103 158 10497601 144
10467001 127 10485319 258 10496104 158 10497602 144
10467002 127 10485320 257 10496106 158 10497603 144
10467003 127 10485322 258 10496108 158 10498303 164
10467004 127 10485323 257 10496109 158 10498304 164
10467005 127 10485325 258 10496112 158 10498305 164
10467006 127 10485326 264 10496113 158 10498306 164
10467007 127 10485330 263 10496114 158 10498315 164
10467008 127 10485331 263 10496116 158 10498316 164
10467009 127 10485356 263 10496119 158 10498402 164
10467010 127 10485370 264 10496120 158 10498404 164
10467011 127 10485374 281 10496121 158 10498406 164
10467012 127 10485375 281 10496124 158 10498407 164
10467013 127 10485376 281 10496125 158 10498408 164
10467015 127 10485377 281 10496146 158 10498503 159
10467017 127 10485378 283 10496151 158 10498504 159
10467019 127 10485379 283 10496164 158 10498505 159

361
N um e rical I n d e x

Catalog Number Page Catalog Number Page


10498521 164 AV125UPP 79 UN503NPEPP 75 WB100014 232
10498761 152 AV125URCT 79 UN503NPERC 74 WB100020 232
10498762 152 AV525BGMF 79 UN503NPUAQU 74 WB100024 235
10499001 294 AV525UAQU 79 UN503NPUDPP 75 WB100025 232
10531018 247 AV525UNAO 79 UN503NPUGMF 75 WB100026 232
10534150 247 AV525UORG 79 UN503NPUNYL 74 WB100028 232
10534320 247 CR0000006 76 UN503NPUORG 75 WB100029 232
10534321 247 SWB120220 230 UN503NPUPES 74 WB100030 232
10534612 247 UN113EAQU 77 UN503NPUPP 75 WB100032 232
10537138 22 UN113ENYL 77 UN503NPURC 74 WB100034 235
10537173 247 UN113EORG 77 UN513EORG 77 WB100035 232
10537279 247 UN113UAQU 77 UN513UAQU 77 WB100036 232
10538069 247 UN113UGMF 77 UN513UNYL 77 WB100037 232
10538873 22 UN113UNYL 77 UN513UORG 77 WB100038 232
10538877 22 UN113UORG 77 UN2031545PP 76 WB100039 232
10539521 247 UN203APEAQU 76 US203APUNYL 76 WB100040 232
10540107 281 UN203APENYL 75 US203NPEAQU 75 WB100041 232
10548232 247 UN203APEORG 76 US203NPENYL 75 WB100042 232
10548234 247 UN203APEPES 75 US203NPEORG 75 WB100050 233
10548236 247 UN203APEPP 76 US203NPEPES 75 WB120028 235
10549084 280 UN203APUAQU 76 US203NPEPP 75 WB120056 226
10549085 281 UN203APUDPP 76 US203NPUAQU 75 WB120065 226
10549086 282 UN203APUGMF 76 US203NPUDPP 75 WB120067 226
10549087 282 UN203APUNYL 75 US203NPUGMF 75 WB120068 226
10549088 280 UN203APUORG 76 US203NPUNYL 75 WB120070 230
AV115NPEORG 79 UN203APUPES 75 US203NPUORG 75 WB120204 232
AV115NPUAQU 79 UN203APUPP 76 US203NPUPES 75 WB120205 226
AV115NPUNYL 79 UN203NPEAQU 74 US203NPUPP 75 WB120206 226
AV115NPUORG 79 UN203NPENYL 74 US503NPEAQU 75 WB120208 226
AV115UGMF 79 UN203NPEORG 74 US503NPENYL 75 WB120210 226
AV125EAQU 79 UN203NPEPES 74 US503NPEORG 75 WB120211 226
AV125ENAO 79 UN203NPEPP 75 US503NPEPES 75 WB120220 230
AV125EORG 79 UN203NPERC 74 US503NPEPP 75 WB120306 226
AV125EPP 79 UN203NPUAQU 74 US503NPUAQU 75 WB120308 226
AV125NPUAQU 79 UN203NPUDPP 75 US503NPUDPP 75 WB120310 226
AV125NPUPSU 79 UN203NPUGMF 75 US503NPUGMF 75 WB120311 226
AV125PDCE 79 UN203NPUNYL 74 US503NPUNYL 75 WB120355 226
AV125SAQU 79 UN203NPUORG 74 US503NPUORG 75 WB120356 226
AV125SNAO 79 UN203NPUPES 74 US503NPUPES 75 WB120365 226
AV125SORG 79 UN203NPUPP 75 US503NPUPP 75 WB120401 229
AV125UAQU 79 UN203NPURC 74 WB100003 229, 232 WB120410 229
AV125UCA 79 UN503NPEAQU 74 WB100005 232 WB120411 229
AV125UGMF 79 UN503NPENYL 74 WB100006 232 WB120412 229
AV125UNAO 79 UN503NPEORG 74 WB100007 232 WB120462 223, 226
AV125UORG 79 UN503NPEPES 74 WB100008 232

362
Trademarks
Whatman™ is a trademark of GE Healthcare companies.

Trademarks Other Trademarks and Registered Trademarks


41™ MicroCaster™ Biomek® is a registered trademark of Beckman Coulter, Inc.
903™ MicroVigene™ Caliper® is a registered trademark of Caliper Life Sciences, Inc.
934-AH™ Mini-UniPrep™ Coomassie® and Coomassie Brilliant Blue® are registered
Anodisc™ Minifold™ trademarks of Imperial Chemical Industries
Anopore™ Multi-Chem™ Delrin® is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours
Anotop™ NC ™ Dy 647® and Dy 567® are registered trademarks of Dyomics Gmbh
AOX ™ Nuclepore™ Florisil® is a registered trademark of U.S. Silica
Aqueous IFD™ Nytran™ Harris Micro Punch™ is a trademark of Shunderson Communications.
AUTOCUP ™ Optitran™ KREATECH™ is a trademark of KREATECH Biotechnolgoy, B.V.
Autovial™ Partisil™ SOTAX ™ is a trademark of SOTAX Corporation
Benchkote™ PartiSphere™ Soxtec™ is a trademark of Tecator
Benchkote Plus™ PlantSaver™ Taxol® is a registered trademark of Bristol-Myers Squibb Co.
BugStopper™ Polycap™ Teflon® is a registered trademark of E.I. Dupont de Nemours
Carbon Cap™ Polydisc™ TempliPhi™ and GenomiPhi™ are trademarks of GE Healthcare,
CELTRON™ PolyVENT™ Amersham BioSciences
CENTREX ™ Pop-Top™ Tween® and Tween 20® are registered trademarks
Chip Clip™ Puradisc™ of ICI Americas
Clear View™ Purasil™ ULS® is a registered trademark of KREATECH Biotechnology BV
CloneSaver™ Protran™ Varian® is a registered trademark under license to Varian Inc.
Clyde™ ReZist™ Viton® is a registered trademark of DuPont
ColiCheck™ SHARK SKIN™ Zymark® is a registered trademark of Caliper Life Sciences
Cyclopore™ Solvent IFD™
Dry Rak™ SPARTAN™ The PCR process is covered by patents owned by
EasiCollect™ SteriVENT™ Hoffmann-LaRoche, Inc.
Elu-Quik™ SwabCheck™
Elutip-d™ Swin-Lok™ These trademarks and registered trademarks are accurate
Elutrap™ TurboBlotter™ to the best of our knowledge at the time of printing.
EXPRESS-ION™ ULS™
Extractor™ UniCell™
FAST™ UNIFILTER™
FAST Quant™ UNIPLATE™
FAST Quant 40 Human™ UniPrep™
FilterCup™ UniSep™
FTA™ UniVac™
FTA Concentrator-PS™ VacAssist™
FTA Elute™ VACU-GUARD™
GD/X ™ VectaSpin™
GD/XP ™ Whatman™
GF/C ™ Westran™
Hemafil™ ZapCap™
HEPA-CAP ™
HEPA-VENT™
IFD™

363
N ot e s
©2009 General Electric Company – All rights reserved.
GE, imagination at work and GE Monogram are trademarks of General Electric Company.

Whatman is a trademark of GE Healthcare companies.



All third party trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

All goods and services are sold subject to the terms and conditions of sale of the
company withint GE Healthcare which supplies them. A copy of these terms and
conditions is available on request. Contact your local GE Healthcare Representative
for the most current information.

Whatman Inc., a General Electric Company, going to market as GE Healthcare.

First published January 2009.

Whatman, Inc.
GE Healthcare Bio-Sciences Corp.
800 Centennial Avenue
Piscataway, NJ 08855
U.S.A.
www.whatman.com

You might also like

pFad - Phonifier reborn

Pfad - The Proxy pFad of © 2024 Garber Painting. All rights reserved.

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.


Alternative Proxies:

Alternative Proxy

pFad Proxy

pFad v3 Proxy

pFad v4 Proxy